WQ0005233_Modification_20190903

INITIAL REVIEW
Reviewer
Project Number*
Thornburg, Nathaniel
WQ0005233
SUBMITTAL DATED: 8/20/2019
Project Contact Information
Hease provide inforrration on the person to be contacted by MB Staff regarding electronic submittal, confirmation of receipt, and other issues.
......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Name * Timothy Lawrence
Email Address*
[e-mail]
Project Information
Application Type* r
New
r
Renewal
r
Annual Report
Permit Type * r
Wastewater Irrigation
r
Other Wastewater
r
Closed -Loop Recycle
r
Single -Family Residence
Wastewater Irrigation
Is a paper copy of the application being submitted?*
r Yes r Nor N/A
Permit Number WQ0005233
currently has project
Applicant\Permittee * MCAS Cherry Point
Facility Name * Atlantic Airfield WWTF
Phone Number*
2524662754
r Modification (Major or Minor)
r Additional Information
r Other
r High -Rate Infiltration
r Reclaimed Water
r Residuals
r Other
Please provide comments/notes on your current submittal below.
This modification is being request in order to remove and replace the influent pump station. The replacement lift
station will increase the influent pump station from 60 gpm to 80 gpm. This increase is required to obtain optimum
scour velocities in the force main.
Please attach all information required or requested for this submittal to be review here.
Application Form Engineering Hans, Specifications, Calculations, Etc.)
WQ0005233 Modification Submittal Package 8-19-
7.81 MB
19.pdf
Upload only 1 HDF docurrent. K/Ultiple docurrents mast be combined into one HJF file.

For new and modification permit applications, a paper copy may he required. If you have any questions
about what is required, please contactthe reviewer or Tessa Monday. If a raper al.plication is required,
be advised, applications accepted for pre -review until both the paper and elect -c -,ic o1, es nave been
received. The paper copy shall include the following:
o Application Farm
o All relevant attachments (talcs, soils report, specs, etc.)
o One full-size engineering plan set
o One 11x17" engineering plan set
o One extra set of specifications
o Fee (if required)
Mailing address:
Division of Water Resources ! Division of Water Resources
Non -discharge Branch I Non -Discharge Branch
1617 Mail Service Center I Att: Nathaniel Thornburg, Yh Floor, Office #942W
- =
Raleigh, NC 27699-1617 S12 N.5alisburySt.
Forquestions or problems contact Tessa Mondayattessa.monday[lncdenr.Rov or 919.707.3560.
* W By checking this box I acknowledge that I understand the application will not be accepted
for pre -review until the paper copy (if required) and fee (if required) have been received by
the Non -Discharge Branch. I also confirm that the uploaded document is a single PDF with
all parts of the application in correct order (as specified by the application).
Signature
9c aar
Submission Date 8/20/2019

UNITED STATES MARINE CORPS
MARINE CORPS AIR STATION
POSTAL SERVICE CENTER SM
CHERRY POINT, NORTH CAROLINA 26533.0003
IN REPLY REPER TO:
5090/07102
LN
August 13, 2019
North Carolina Department of
Environment Quality
Division of Water Resources
Water Quality Permitting Section
Non -Discharge Branch
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1617
SUBJECT: PERMIT MODIFICATION FOR WQ0005233
Marine Corps Air Station (MCAS) Cherry Point submits the
enclosed modification package for our non -discharge system permit
WQ0005233. This submittal package includes one original and one
copy of all required documents and a check for the $245.00
permitting fee. An electronic copy of this application was
uploaded via the Non -Discharge Branch website.
The modification is being requested in order to remove and
replace the influent pump station. The replacement lift station
will increase the influent pump station from 60 gpm to SO gpm.
This increase is required to obtain optimum scour velocities in
the force main.
For additional information, please do not hesitate to
contact Mr. Timothy Lawrence of the Environmental Affairs
Department at [phone].
ZSiZncere,
C. E. SCHULZ
Deputy Facilities Director
By direction of
the Commanding Officer
Enclosure: 2019 Permit Modification Package for WQ0005233

AVOLIS ENGINEERING, PA
P.O. Box 15554 - New Bern_ North Carolina 28561 - 252.633.0068 - License No. C-0706
August 5, 2019
Ms. Tessa Monday
Engineer
Non -Discharge Permitting Unit (NDPU)
NCDEQ- Division of Water Resources
1617 Main Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1617
RE: Replace Pump Station OLF Atlantic
MCAS Cherry Point, North Carolina
AE Project No. 19002
Dear Tessa:
Marine Corps Air Station, Cherry Point is seeking a modification to the existing Wastewater
Irrigation System Permit WQ0005233 for the facilities at Atlantic Field. Specifically, the existing
influent pump station discharging to the stabilizing lagoon is in a state of disrepair and in need of
replacement. It is proposed that the existing 60 GPM influent pump station be demolished and
replaced with a new dual pump submersible grinder pump station rated at 80 GPM. The existing
wet well and control system will be replaced in their entirety.
The pump station discharges to the stabilizing lagoon via a 4-inch PVC force main which will
remain. In order to obtain scour velocities in the 4-inch main, a flow rate of 80 GPM is needed.
The present permitted flow rate does not obtain scour velocities.
No other elements of the permitted system will be modified as a part of this work.
Enclosed, please find the following for your review and approval:
• Application Form WWIS06-16 (with application portions completed)
• $245 Permit Fee
• Existing Wastewater Permit WQ0005233 dated December 14, 2014
• Project Plans (Two Copies)
• Project Specifications
• Pump Station Calculations
An electronic version of the application has been uploaded.
- ?oAV'_ W4mitW,raa,tr -

If you should have any questions regarding the proposed project or if you should need any
additional information to process this request, please do not hesitate to contact the
undersigned.
Sincerely,
J. Kevin Avolis, PE
Mce-President
Mr. Eric Frank
Mr. Timothy Lawrence

' State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02T .0500 — WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
Division of Water Resources INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: WWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
Plans, specifications and supporting documents shall be prepared in accordance with 15A NCAC 02H .0400 (if necessary), 15A
NCAC 02L .0100, 15A NCAC 02T .0100, 15A NCAC 02T .0700, Division Policies and good engineering practices. Failure to
submit all required items will necessitate additional processing and review time.
For more information, visit the Water Quality Permitting Section's ,ion -Discharge Permitting Unit webs
General - When submitting an application to the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit, please use the
following instructions as a checklist in order to ensure all required items are submitted. Adherence to these instructions and checking
the provided boxes will help produce a quicker review time and reduce the amount of requested additional information.
Unless otherwise noted the Applicant shall submit one original and two covies of the application and supporting documentation.
A. Cover Letter (All Application Packages):
® List all items included in the application package, as well as a brief description of the requested permitting action.
B. Application Fee (All New and Major Modification Application Packages):
® Submit a check, money order or electronic funds transfer made payable to: North Carolina Department of Environmental
Quality (NCDEQ). The appropriate fee amount for new and major modification applications may be found at: Standard
Review Project Fees.
C. Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: VMS 06-16) Application (All Application Packages):
® Submit the completed and appropriately executed Wastewater Irrigation Systems (FORM: WWIS 06-16) application. Any
unauthorized content changes to this form shall result in the application package being returned. If necessary for clarity or
due to space restrictions, attachments to the application may be made, as long as the attachments are numbered to correspond
to the section and item to which they refer.
❑ If the Applicant Type in Item 1.2. is a corporation or company, provide documentation it is registered for business with the
North Carolina Secretary of State.
❑ If the Applicant Type in Item 1.2. is a partnership or d/bla, enclose a copy of the certificate filed with the Register of Deeds in
the county of business.
❑ The facility name in Item 11.1. shall be consistent with the facility name on the plans, specifications, agreements, etc.
® The Professional Engineer's Certification on Page 12 of the application shall be signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina
licensed Professional En ineer.
® The Applicant's Certification on Page 12 of the application shall be signed in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b). Per
15A NCAC 02T .01 06(c), an alternate person may be designated as the signing official if a delegation letter is provided from
a person who meets the criteria in 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b).
❑ If this project is for a renewal without modification, use the Non -Discharge System Renewal (FORM: NDSR} application.
D. Property Ownership Documentation (All Application Packages):
z Per 15A NCAC 02T .0504(f}, the Applicant shall demonstrate they are the owner of all property containing the wastewater
treatment, storage and irrigation facilities:
❑ Legal documentation of ownership (i.e., GIS, deed or article of incorporation), or
❑ Written notarized intent to purchase agreement signed by both parties with a plat or survey map, or
❑ Written notarized lease agreement that specifically indicates the intended use of the property and has been signed by both
parties, as well as a plat or survey map. Lease agreements shall adhere to the requirements of 15A NCAC 02L_U107.
❑ Provide all agreements, easements, setback waivers, etc. that have a direct impact on the wastewater treatment, conveyance,
storage and irrigation facilities.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: WWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 1 of 6

1~. Soil Evaluation (All Application Packages that include new irrigation sites):
❑ Per l 5A NCAC fl2T ,U504ib} and the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy, submit a detailed soil evaluation that has been signed,
sealed and dated by a North Carolina Licensed Soil Scientist and includes at a minimum:
❑ The report shall identify all the sitesffields with project name, location, and include a statement that the sites/fields were
recommended for the proposed land application activity.
❑ Field delineated detailed soils map meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy.
❑ Soil profile descriptions meeting all of the requirements of the Snit Scientist Evaluation Policy.
❑ Provide all soil boring logs performed at the site.
❑ Standard soil fertility analysis conducted no more than one year prior to permit application for each map unit in the soil
map legend for the following parameters:
❑ Acidity ❑ Exchangeable sodium percentage (by calculation) ❑ Phosphorus
❑ Base saturation (by calculation) ❑ Magnesium ❑ Potassium
❑ Calcium ❑ Manganese ❑ Sodium
❑ Cation exchange capacity ❑ Percent humic matter ❑ Zinc
❑ Copper ❑ pH
D Saturated hydraulic conductivity (KSAT) data that shall include at a minimum:
❑ A minimum of three KSAT tests shall be conducted in the most restrictive horizon for each soil series in the soil map.
❑ All KSAT tests shall be conducted in areas representative of the site.
❑ All KSAT tests shall be run until steady-state equilibrium has been achieved.
❑ All collected KSAT data shall be submitted, including copies of field worksheets showing all collected readings.
❑ Submit a soil profile description for each KSAT data point that shall extend at least one foot below the tested horizon.
Soil evaluation recommendations shall include at a minimum:
❑ A brief summary of each map unit and its composition and identification of minor contrasting soils.
❑ Maximum irrigation precipitation rate (in/hr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed irrigation areas.
❑ Seasonal irrigation restrictions, if appropriate.
❑ Identification of areas not suitable for wastewater irrigation.
❑ Recommended geometric mean KsAT rate to be used in the water balance for each soil/map unit based upon in -situ
measurement of the saturated hydraulic conductivity from the most restrictive horizon.
❑ Recommended drainage coefficient to be used in the water balance based upon comprehensive site evaluation,
review of collected onsite data, minor amounts of contrasting soils and the nature of the wastewater to be applied.
❑ Recommended annual hydraulic loading rate (in/yr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed irrigation areas based
upon in -situ KSAT measurements form the most restrictive soil horizon.
NOTE — If the soil evaluation was performed more than one year prior to the submittal of this application package, a statement
shall be included indicating that the site has not changed since the original investigation.
F. Agronomist Evaluation (All Application Packages that include new irrigation sites or new crops for existing irrigation sites).
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0504 i , submit an agronomist evaluation that has been signed, sealed and dated by a qualified
professional and includes at a minimum:
❑ Proposed nutrient uptake values for each cover crop based upon each field's dominant soil series and percent slope.
❑ Plant available nitrogen calculations for each cover crop using the designed effluent concentrations in Application Item
V.1. and proposed mineralization and volatilization rates.
❑ Historical site consideration, soil binding and plant uptake of phosphorus.
❑ Seasonal irrigation restrictions, if appropriate.
❑ A clear and reproducible map showing all areas investigated and their relation to proposed fields and crops.
❑ Maintenance and management plan for all specified crops.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: WWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 2 of 6

G. Hydrogeologic Report (All Application Packages treating industrial waste or having a design flow over 25,000 GPD):
❑ Per I5A NCAC 02T ,0504(cl, the I lydroveologic Investigation and Reporting Policy, the Groundwater Modeling Fulky and
the Performance and Analysis of Aquifer Slug Tests and Pumping Tests Policyr, submit a detailed hydrogeologic description
that has been signed, sealed and dated by a qualified professional and includes at a minimum:
❑ A hydrogeologic description to a depth of 20 feet below land surface or bedrock, whichever is less. A greater depth of
investigation is required if the respective depth is used in predictive calculations.
❑ Representative borings within the irrigation areas and all proposed earthen impoundments.
❑ A description of the regional and local geology and hydrogeology.
❑ A description, based on field observations of the site, of the site topographic setting, streams, springs and other
groundwater discharge features, drainage features, existing and abandoned wells, rock outcrops, and other features that
may affect the movement of the contaminant plume and treated wastewater.
❑ Changes in lithology underlying the site.
❑ Depth to bedrock and occurrence of any rock outcrops.
❑ The hydraulic conductivity and transmissivity of the affected aquifer(s).
❑ Depth to the seasonal high water table (SHWT),
❑ A discussion of the relationship between the affected aquifers of the site to local and regional geologic and
hydrogeologic features.
❑ A discussion of the groundwater flow regime of the site prior to operation of the proposed facility and post operation of
the proposed facility focusing on the relationship of the system to groundwater receptors, groundwater discharge
features, and groundwater flow media.
❑ If the SHWT is within six feet of the surface, a mounding analysis to predict the level of the SHWT after wastewater
application,
H. Water Balance (All Application Packages that include new or modified irrigation sites, changes in flow or changes in storage):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0504(k) and the Water Balance Calculation Policy, submit a water balance that has been signed, sealed
and dated by a qualified professional and includes at a minimum:
❑ At least a two-year iteration of data computation that considers precipitation into and evaporation from all open
atmosphere storage impoundments, and uses a variable number of days per month.
❑ Precipitation based on the 80`t' percentile and a minimum of 30 years of observed data.
❑ Potential Evapotranspiration (PET) using the Thomthwaite method, or another approved methodology, using a minimum
of 30 years of observed temperature data.
❑ Soil drainage based on the geometric mean of the in -situ KsAT tests in the most restrictive horizon and a drainage
coefficient ranging from 4 to 10% (unless otherwise technically documented).
D Other factors that may restrict the hydraulic loading rate when determining a water balance include:
❑ Depth to the SHWT and groundwater lateral movement that may result in groundwater mounding.
❑ Nutrient limitations and seasonal application times to ensure wastewater irrigation does not exceed agronomic rates.
❑ Crop management activities resulting in cessation of irrigation for crop removal.
NOTE — Wastewater Irrigation Systems serving residential facilities shall have a minimum of 14 days of wet weather storage.
I. Engineering Plans (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0504(c)(1), submit standard size and I 1 x 17-inch plan sets that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer, and shall include at a minimum:
® Table of contents with each sheet numbered.
® A general location map with at least two geographic references and a vicinity map.
® A process and instrumentation diagram showing all flow, recyclelreturn, aeration, chemical, electrical and wasting paths.
® Plan and profile views of all treatment and storage units, including their piping, valves, and equipment (i.e., pumps,
blowers, mixers, diffusers, flow meters, etc.), as well as their dimensions and elevations.
® Details of all piping, valves, pumps, blowers, mixers, diffusers, recording devices, fencing, auxiliary power, etc.
❑ A hydraulic profile from the treatment plant headworks to the highest irrigation point.
❑ The irrigation area with an overlay of the suitable irrigation areas depicted in the Soil Evaluation.
❑ Each nozzle?emitter and their wetted area influence, and each irrigation zone labeled as it will be operated.
❑ Locations within the irrigation system of air releases, drains, control valves, highest irrigation nozzle/emitter, etc.
❑ For automated irrigation systems, provide the location and details of the precipitation/soil moisture sensor.
® Plans shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY, NOT
FOR CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the plans may be
labeled with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: WWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 3 of 6

J. Specifications (All Application Packages):
® Per 45A NCAC.02T .0504Ic1(2), submit specifications that have been signed, sealed and dated by a Nrjrth.C_a_rolina livens d
Professional Engineer, and shall include at a minimum:
® Table of contents with each section/page numbered.
® Detailed specifications for each treatment/storageiirrigation unit, as well as all piping, valves, equipment (i.e., pumps,
blowers, mixers, diffusers, flow meters, etc.), nozzles/emitters, precipitation/soil moisture sensor (if applicable),
audible/visual high water alarms, liner material, etc.
® Site Work (i.e., earthwork, clearing, grubbing, excavation, trenching, backfilling, compacting, fencing, seeding, etc.)
® Materials (i.e., concrete, masonry, steel, painting, method of construction, etc.)
® Electrical (i.e., control panels, transfer switches, automatically activated standby power source, etc.)
® Means for ensuring quality and integrity of the finished product, including leakage, pressure and liner testing.
® Specifications shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW
ONLY, NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the
specifications may be labeled with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
K. Engineering Calculations (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0504(c)(3), submit engineering calculations that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North
Carolina licensed Professional Engineer, and shall include at a minimum:
❑ Hydraulic and pollutant loading calculations for each treatment unit demonstrating how the designed effluent
concentrations in Application Item V.I. were determined.
® Sizing criteria for each treatment unit and associated equipment (i.e., blowers, mixers, flow meters, pumps, etc.).
❑ Total and effective storage calculations for each storage unit.
® Friction/total dynamic head calculations and system curve analysis for each pump used.
❑ Manufacturer's information for all treatment units, pumps, blowers, mixers, diffusers, flow meters, irrigation system, etc.
® Flotation calculations for all treatment and storage units constructed partially or entirely below grade.
❑ A demonstration that the designed maximum precipitation and annual loading rates do not exceed the recommended
rates.
® A demonstration that the specified auxiliary power source is capable of powering all essential treatment units.
L. Site Map (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0504(d), submit standard size and 1 I x I7-inch site maps that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer andlor Pfcssional Land 5urvAZ3Lgr, and shall include at a minimum:
® A scaled map of the site with topographic contour intervals not exceeding 10 feet or 25 percent of total site relief and
showing all facility -related structures and fences within the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation areas.
❑ Soil mapping units shown on all irrigation sites.
❑ The location of all wells (including usage and construction details if available), streams (ephemeral, intermittent, and
perennial), springs, lakes, ponds, and other surface drainage features within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage
and irrigation sites.
❑ Delineation of the compliance and review boundaries per 15A NCAC 02L .0107 and .0108, and 15A NCAC 02T
.0506 c if applicable.
❑ Setbacks as required by 15A NCAC 02T .0506.
❑ Site property boundaries within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation sites.
❑ All habitable residences or places of public assembly within 500 feet of all treatment, storage and irrigation sites.
NOTE For clarity, multiple site maps of the facility with cut sheet annotations may be submitted.
M. Power Reliability Plan (All Application Packages):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .05050), submit documentation of power reliability that shall consist of at a minimum:
❑ An automatically activated standby power supply onsite that is capable of powering all essential treatment units under
design conditions, OR
Approval from the Director that the facility:
❑ Serves a private water distribution system that has automatic shut-off during power failures and has no elevated
water storage tanks,
❑ Has sufficient storage capacity that no potential for overflow exists, and
❑ Can tolerate septic wastewater due to prolonged detention.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: WWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 4 of 6

N. Operation and Maintenance Plan (All Application Packages):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0507, submit an operation and maintenance (O&M) plan encompassing all wastewater treatment,
storage and irrigation systems that shall include at a minimum a description of•.
❑ Operation of the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation systems in sufficient detail to show what operations are
necessary for the system to function and by whom the functions are to be conducted.
❑ Anticipated maintenance of the wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation systems.
❑ Safety measures, including restriction of access to the site and equipment.
❑ Spill prevention provisions such as response to upsets and bypasses, including how to control, contain and remediate.
❑ Contact information for plant personnel, emergency responders and regulatory agencies.
NOTE - A final O&M Plan shall be submitted with the partial and/or final Engineering Certification required under 15A NCAC
02T. OI 16, however, a preliminary O&M Plan shall be submitted with each application package.
0. Residuals Management Plan (All Application Packages with new, expanding or replacement wastewater treatment systems):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0504{i) and .0508, submit a Residuals Management Plan that shall include at a minimum:
❑ A detailed explanation of how generated residuals (including trash, sediment and grit) will be collected, handled,
processed, stored, treated, and disposed.
❑ An evaluation of the treatment facility's residuals storage requirements based upon the maximum anticipated residuals
production rate and ability to remove residuals.
❑ A permit for residuals utilization or a written commitment to the Applicant from a Permittee of a Department approved
residuals disposal/utilization program that has adequate permitted capacity to accept the residuals or has submitted a
residuals/utilization program application.
❑ If oil/grease removal and collection are a designed unit process, submit an oil/grease disposal plan detailing how the
oil/grease will be collected, handled, processed, stored and disposed.
NOTE - Per 15A NCAC 02T .0505(o), a minimum of 30 days of residual storage shall be provided.
NOTE - Per I5A NCAC 02T .0504W, a written commitment to the Applicant from a Permittee of a Department approved
residuals disposal/utilization program is not required at the time of this application, however, it shall be provided prior to
operation of any permitted facilities herein.
NOTE - If an on -site restaurant or other business with food preparation is contributing wastewater to this system, an oil/grease
disposal plan shall be submitted.
P. Additional Documentation:
Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity (All Application Packages for Privately -Owned Public Utilities):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0115 a l and .0504(e), provide the Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity from the
North Carolina Utilities Commission demonstrating the Applicant is authorized to hold the utility franchise for the area
to be served by the wastewater treatment and irrigation system, or
❑ Provide a letter from the North Carolina Utilities Commission's Water and Sewer Division Public Staff stating an
application for a franchise has been received and that the service area is contiguous to an existing franchised area or that
franchise approval is expected.
Existing Permit (All Modification Packages):
® Submit the most recently issued existing permit.
® Provide a list of any items within the permit the Applicant would like the Division to address during the permit
modification (i.e., compliance schedules, permit description, monitoring, permit conditions, etc.).
Final Environmental Document (All Application Packages using public monies or lands subject to the North Carolina
Environmental Policy Act under 15 A NC AC 01 C .0100 to .04001:
❑ Per 1 A_NCAC 02T _0105(c)(4j, submit one copy of the environmental assessment and three copies of the final
environmental document (Le_, Finding of No Significant Impact or Record of Decision).
❑ Include information on any mitigating factors from the Environmental Assessment that impact the design and/or
construction of the wastewater treatment and irrigation system.
Floodway Regulation Compliance (All Application Packages where any portion of the wastewater treatment, storage and
irrigation system is located within the 100-year floodplain):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .01054c)(,88 , provide written documentation from all local governing entities that the facility is in
compliance with all local ordinances regarding construction or operation of wastewater treatment and/or disposal
facilities within the floodplain.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: WWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 5 of 6

P. Additional Documentation (continued):
➢ Operational Agreements (All Application Packages for Home/Properry Owners' Associations and Developers of lots to be
sold):
➢ Home/Property Owners' Associations
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0115(c), submit the properly executed Operational Agreement (FORM.- HOA).
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0115(c), submit the proposed or approved Articles of Incorporation, Declarations and By-laws.
➢ Developers of lots to be sold
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0115(b), submit the properly executed Operational Agreemew (FORM, DFV),
➢ Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation (All Application Packages):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T ,0105(c)(10), submit documentation from the Department's Natural Heritage Program
demonstrating the presence or absence of threatened or endangered aquatic species within the boundary of the
wastewater treatment, storage and irrigation facilities.
❑ If the facility directly impacts such species, this documentation shall provide information on the need for permit
conditions pursuant to 15A NCAC 02B .0110.
➢ Wastewater Chemical Analysis (All Application Packages treating Industrial Waste):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0504(h), provide a complete Division certified laboratory chemical analysis of the effluent to be
irrigated for the following parameters (For new facilities, an analysis from a similar facility's effluent is acceptable):
❑ Ammonia Nitrogen (NH3-N) ❑ Nitrate Nitrogen (NOj-N) ❑ Total Organic Carbon
❑ Calcium ❑ pH ❑ Total Phosphorus
❑ Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) ❑ Phenol ❑ Total Trihalomethanes
❑ Chloride ❑ Sodium ❑ Total Volatile Organic Compounds
❑ Fecal Coliform ❑ Sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR) ❑ Toxicity Test Parameters
❑ 5-day Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BODS) ❑ Total Dissolved Solids
❑ Magnesium ❑ Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (TKN)
THE COMPLETED APPLICATION AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO:
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
WATER QUALITY PERMITTING SECTION
NON -DISCHARGE PERMITTING UNIT
By U.S. Postal Service:
1617 MAIL SERVICE CENTER
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1617
TELEPHONE NUMBER: [phone]
By Courier/Special Delivery:
512 N. SALISBURY ST.
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27604
FAX NUMBER: [phone]
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: WWIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 6 of 6

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
RW Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02T .0500 — WASTEWATER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
Division of Wager Resources FORM: WWIS 06-16
1. APPLICANT INFORMATION:
1. Applicant's name: U.S. Marine Corps Air Station Cherry Point
2. Applicant type: ❑ Individual ❑ Corporation ❑ General Partnership ❑ Privately -Owned Public Utility
® Federal ❑ State ❑ Municipal ❑ County
3. Signature authority's name: C.E. Schulz per 15A NC AC 02.1. _010A Ub Title: Deputy Facilities Director by direction of CO
4. Applicant's mailing address: PSC Box 8006
City: Cherry Point State: NC Zip: 28533-
5. Applicant's contact information:
Phone number: 2( 52) 466-3148 Email Address: Charles.e.schulzausmc.mil
I1. FACILITY INFORMATION:
I. Facility name: Enlisted Men's Barracks - Atlantic Field WWTn
2. Facility status: Existing
3. Facility type: Minor (<10,000 GPD or < 300 disposal acres)
4. Facility's physical address: Air Base Road
City: Atlantic State: NC Zip: 28511- County: Carteret
5. Wastewater Treatment Facility Coordinates (Decimal Degrees): Latitude: Longitude: -
Datum: Select Level of accuracy: Select Method of measurement: Select
6. USGS Map Name:
III. CONSULTANT INFORMATION:
1. Professional Engineer: J. Kevin Avolis, PE
Mailing address: P.O. Box 15564
License Number: 15738 Firm: Avolis Engineering, PA
City: New Hem State: NC Zip: 28561-
Phone number: �) 633-0068 Email Address: avoliseneineerinizOembarQmail.com
2. Soil Scientist: License Number: Firm:
Mailing address:
City: State:
Zip:
Phone number:
Email Address: _
3. Geologist:
License Number:
Mailing address:
City: State:
Zip:
Phone number: (_ _) =
Email Address: _
4. Agronomist:
Firm:
Mailing address:
City: State:
Zip: -
Phone number: (_) =
Email Address: _
Firm:
FORM: WWIS 06-16 Page 1 of 12

IV. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS —15A NCAC 02T .0100:
1. Application type: ❑ New ❑ Major Modification ® Minor Modification
If a modification, provide the existing permit number: WQ0005233 and most recent issuance date: December 14, 2014
2. Application fee: $245 -Standard -Minor Facility - Major Mod
3. Does this project utilize public monies or lands? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, was an Environmental Assessment required under 15A NCAC 01 C? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If yes, which final environmental document is submitted? ❑ Finding of No Significant Impact or ❑ Record of Decision
Briefly describe any mitigating factors from the Environmental Assessment that may impact this facility:
4. What is the status of the following permits/certifications applicable to the subject facility?
Permit/Certification
Date
Submitted
Date
Approved
Permit/Certification
Number
Agency Reviewer
Collection System fO ., 200,000 GPD
Dam Safety
Erosion & Sedimentation Control Plan
Nationwide 12 / Section 404
Pretreatment
Sewer System
Stormwater Management Plan
Wetlands 401
Other.
5. What is the wastewater type? ® Domestic or Industrial (See 15A NCAC L2L& O (, )
Is there a Pretreatment Program in effect? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
Has a wastewater chemical analysis been submitted? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
6. Wastewater flow: 10.000 GPD
Limited by: ❑ Treatment, ❑ Storage, ® Field Hydraulics, ❑ Field Agronomics or ❑ Groundwater Mounding
7. Explain how the wastewater flow was determined: ❑ 15A NCAC 02T .01 14 or ® Representative Data
Has a flow reduction been approved under 15A NCAC 02T .0114(0? ❑ Yes or ® No
Establishment Type
Daily Design Flow'
No. of Units
Flow
gal/
GPD
gal/
GPD
gal/
GPD
gal/
GPD
gall
GPD
gal/
GPD
Total
GPD
' See ISA NCAC 02T ,0114(b). (d), (e)(1) and (e)(2), for caveats to wastewater design flow rates (i.e., minimum flow per
dwelling; proposed unknown non-residential development uses; public access facilities located near high public use
areas; and residential property located south or east of the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway to be used as vacation rentals
as defined in G.S. 42A-4).
FORM: WWIS 06-16 Page 2 of 12

IV. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS— 15A NCAC 02T .0100 (continued):
8. What is the nearest 100-year flood elevation to the facility? 6 feet mean sea level. Source: Survev
Are any treatment, storage or irrigation facilities located within the 100-year flood plain? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, which facilities are affected and what measures are being taken to protect them against flooding?
If yes, has the Applicant submitted written documentation of compliance with § 143_ Article 21 Part 6? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
9. Has the Applicant provided documentation of the presence or absence of threatened or endangered aquatic species utilizing
information provided by the Department's Natural Heritage Program? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
10. Does the facility have a proposed or existing groundwater monitoring well network? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If no, provide an explanation as to why a groundwater monitoring well network is not proposed:
If yes, complete the following table (NOTE — This table may be expanded for additional wells):
Well Name
Status
Latitude"
Longitude
Gradient
Location
Select
-
Select
Select
Select
°
-
Select
Select
Select
°
-
Select
Select
Select
°
-
Select
Select
Select
°
-
Select
Select
Select
-
Select
Select
Select
-
Select
Select
Select
°
-
Select
Select
Select
°
- °
Select
Select
Select
-
Select
Select
' Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: Select Level of accuracy: Select Method of measurement: Select
11. If the Applicant is a Privately -Owned Public Utility, has a Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity been submitted?
❑ Yes, [:]No or ❑NIA
12. If the Applicant is a Developer of lots to be sold, has a Developer's Operational Agreement (FORM: DEV} been submitted?
❑ Yes, []No or ❑NIA
13. If the Applicant is a Home/Property Owners' Association, has an Association Operational Agreement (FORM: HOA} been
submitted? ❑ Yes, [:]No or ❑NIA
14. Demonstration of historical consideration for permit approval — 15A NCAC 02T .0120:
Has the Applicant or any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate exhibited the following?
a. Has been convicted of environmental crimes under Federal law or G.S. 143-215.65? ❑ Yes or ® No
b. Has previously abandoned a wastewater treatment facility without properly closing that facility? ❑ Yes or ® No
c. Has unpaid civil penalty where all appeals have been abandoned or exhausted? ❑ Yes or ® No
d. Is non -compliant with an existing non -discharge permit, settlement agreement or order'? ❑ Yes or ® No
e. Has unpaid annual fees in accordance with 15A NC AC. 021 .f}1_[]5{e](;)? ❑ Yes or ® No
FORM: WWIS 06-16 Page 3 of 12

V. WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY DESIGN CRITERIA —15A NCAC 02T .0505:
1. For the following parameters, provide the estimated influent concentrations and designed effluent concentrations as
determined in the Engineering Calculations, and utilized in the Agronomic Evaluation and Groundwater Modeling (if
applicable):
Parameter
Estimated Influent Concentration
Designed Effluent Concentration
(monthly average)
Ammonia Nitrogen (NH3-N)
mg/L
mg/L
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BODS)
mg1L
mg/L
Fecal Coliforms
per 100 mL
Nitrate Nitrogen (NO3-N)
mg1L
mg/L
Nitrite Nitrogen (NOZ-N)
mg/L
mg/L
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
mg/L
Total Nitrogen
mg/L
mg/L
Total Phosphorus
mg/L
mg/L
Total Suspended Solids (TSS)
mg/L
mg/L
2. Is flow equalization of at least 25% of the average daily flow provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
3. Does the treatment facility include any bypass or overflow lines? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If yes, describe what treatment units are bypassed, why this is necessary, and where the bypass discharges:
4. Are multiple pumps provided wherever pumps are used? ® Yes or ❑ No
If no, how does the Applicant intend on complying with 15A NCAC 02T .0505(k)?
5. Check the appropriate box describing how power reliability will be provided in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T ,0505(ll:
❑ Automatically activated standby power supply onsite capable of powering all essential treatment units; or
❑ Approval from the Director that the facility:
➢ Has a private water supply that automatically shuts off during power failures and does not contain elevated water
storage tanks;
D Has sufficient storage capacity that no potential for overflow exists; and
D Can tolerate septic wastewater due to prolonged detention.
6. If the wastewater treatment system is located within the 100-year flood plain, are there water -tight seals on all treatment units
or a minimum of two feet protection from the 100-year flood plain elevation? ❑ Yes, ❑ No or ❑ NiA
7. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0505(o), how many days of residuals storage are provided?
8. How does the Applicant propose to prohibit public access to the wastewater treatment and storage facilities?
9. if an influent pump station is part of the proposed facility (i.e., within the wastewater treatment plant boundary), does the
influent pump station meet the design criteria in 15A NCAC 02T .0305(h)? ® Yes, ❑ No, ❑ NIA — To be permitted
separately, or ❑ NIA — Gravity fed
10. If septic tanks are part of the wastewater treatment facility, do the septic tanks adhere to the standards in 15A NCAC 18A
.1900? ❑ Yes, ❑ No or ❑ NIA
FORM: WWIS 06-16 Page 4 of 12

V. WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY DESIGN CRITERIA - 15A NCAC 02T .0505 (continued):
11. Provide the requested treatment unit and mechanical equipment information:
a. PRELIMINARY ;' PRIMARY TREATMENT (i.e., physical removal operations and flow equalization):
Treatment Unit
No. of
Units
Manufacturer or
Material
Dimensions (ft) /
Spacings in(gallons)
Volume
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
b. SECONDARY i TERTIARY TREATMENT (i.e., biological and chemical processes to remove organics and nutrients)
Treatment Unit
No. of
Units
Manufacturer or
Material
Dimensions (ft}
Volume
(gallons)
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
c. DISINFECTION
No. of
Manufacturer or
Volume
Plan Sheet
Specification
Treatment Unit
Dimensions (R)
Units
Material(gallons)
Reference
Reference
Select
Select
D If chlorination is the proposed method of disinfection, specify detention time provided: minutes (NOTE — 30
minutes minimum required), and indicate what treatment unit chlorine contact occurs:
D If ultraviolet (UV) light is the proposed method of disinfection, specify the number of banks: , number of lamps
per bank: and maximum disinfection capacity: GPM.
d. RESIDUAL TREATMENT
No. of
Manufacturer or
Volume
Plan Sheet
Specification
Treatment Unit
Dimensions (ft)
Units
Material
allons
Reference
Reference
Select
Select
FORM: WWIS O6-I6 Page 5 of 12

V. WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY DESIGN CRITERIA - 15A NCAC 02T .0505 (continued):
e. PUMPS
Location
No. of
Pumps
Purpose
Manufacturer 1
Type
CupcityaPlan
Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
GPM
I TDH
Bldg 7019
2
Influent Pumps
To be Determined
80
25
CU104
3332 13.13
f BLOWERS
Location
No. of
Blowers
Units Served
Manufacturer /
Type
Capacity
(CFM)
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
g. MIXERS
Location
No. of
Mixers
Units Served
Manufacturer 1
Tyge
Power
(hel
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
h. RECORDING DEVICES & RELIABILITY
Device
No. of
Units
Location
Manufacturer
Maximum
Capacity
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Select
Select
Select
Select
i. EFFLUENT PUMP 1 FIELD DOSING TANK (IF APPLICABLI )-
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Internal dimensions (L x W x H or (p x H)
ft
ft
ft
Total volume
R
gallons
Dosing volume
ft
gallons
Audible & visual alarms
Equipment to prevent irrigation during rain events
FORM: WWIS 06-16 Page 6 of 12

VI. EARTHEN IMPOUNDMENT DESIGN CRITERIA —15A NCAC 02T .0505:
IF MORE THAN ONE IMPOUNDMENT PROVIDE ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THIS PAGE AS NECESSARY.
1. What is the earthen impoundment type? Select
2. Storage Impoundment Coordinates (Decimal Degrees): Latitude: Longitude: -
Datum: Select Level of accuracy: Select Method of measurement: Select
3. Do any impoundments include a discharge point (pipe, spillway, etc)? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
4. Are subsurface drains present beneath or around the impoundment to control groundwater elevation? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
5. Is the impoundment designed to receive surface runoff? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If yes, what is the drainage area? ft2, and was this runoff incorporated into the water balance? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
6. If a liner is present, how will it be protected from wind driven wave action?:
7. Will the earthen impoundment water be placed directly into or in contact with GA classified groundwater? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If yes, has the Applicant provided predictive calculations or modeling demonstrating that such placement will not result in a
contravention of GA groundwater standards? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
8. What is the depth to bedrock from the earthen impoundment bottom elevation? ft
If the depth to bedrock is less than four feet, has the Applicant provided a liner with a hydraulic conductivity no greater than
1 x 10'7 curls? ❑ Yes, ❑ No or ❑ NIA
ly Has the Applicant provided predictive calculations or modeling demonstrating that surface
water or groundwater standards will not be contravened? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If the earthen impoundment is excavated into bedrock, has the Applicant provided predictive calculations or modeling
demonstrating that surface water or groundwater standards will not be contravened? ❑ Yes, ❑ No or ❑ NIA
9. If the earthen impoundment is lined and the mean seasonal high water table is higher than the impoundment bottom
elevation, how will the liner be protected (e.g., bubbling, groundwater infiltration, etc.)?
10. If applicable, provide the specification page references for the liner installation and testing requirements:
11. If the earthen impoundment is located within the 100-year flood plain, has a minimum of two feet of protection (i.e., top of
embankment elevation to 100-year flood plain elevation) been provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
12. Provide the requested earthen impoundment design elements and dimensions:
Earthen Impoundment Design Elements
Earthen Impoundment Dimensions
Liner type:
Lj Clay
Top of embankment elevation:
ft
Unithedc
Liner hydraulic conductivity:
x cmis
Freeboard elevation:
ft
Hazard class:
Select
Toe of slope elevation:
ft
Designed freeboard:
ft
Impoundment bottom elevation:
ft
Total volume:
W
gallons
Mean seasonal high water table depth:
ft
Effective volume:
ft,
gallons
Embankment slope:
Effective storage time:
days
Top of dam water surface area:
flZ
Plan Sheet Reference:
Freeboard elevation water surface area:
ftZ
Specification Section:
Bottom of impoundment surface area:
ft,
NOTE — The effective volume shall be the volume between the two foot freeboard elevation and the: (1) pump intake pipe
elevation; (2) impoundment bottom elevation or (3) mean seasonal high water table, whichever is closest to the two foot
freeboard elevation.
FORM: WWIS 06-16 Page 7 of 12

VII. IRRIGATION SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA -15A NCAC 02T .0505:
1. Provide the minimum depth to the seasonal high water table within the irrigation area:
NOTE - The vertical separation between the seasonal high water table and the ground surface shall be at least one foot.
2. Are there any artificial drainage or water movement structures (e.g., surface water or groundwater) within 200 feet of the
irrigation area? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If yes, were these structures addressed in the Soil Evaluation and/or Hydrogeologic Report, and are these structures to be
maintained or modified?
3. Soil Evaluation recommended loading rates (NOTE - This table may be expanded for additional soil series):
Soil Series
Fields within
Soil Series
Recommended
Loading Rate
inlhr
Recommended
Loading Rate
in/ r
Annual 15easonal
Loadin g
If Seasonal, list
appropriate
months
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
4. Are the designed loading rates Iess than or equal to Soil Evaluation recommended loading rates? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If no, how does the Applicant intend on complying with 15A NCAC 02T .0505(n)?
5. How does the Applicant propose to prohibit public access to the irrigation system?
6. Has the irrigation system been equipped with a flow meter to accurately determine the volume of effluent applied to each
field as listed in VII.8.? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If no, how does the Applicant intend on complying with 15A NCAC 02T .0505(tj?
7. Provide the required cover crop information and demonstrate the effluent will be applied at or below agronomic rates:
Cover Crop
Soil Series
% Slope
Nitrogen Uptake Rate
lbslac• r
Phosphorus Uptake
Rate lbslac• r
F--
a. Specify where the nitrogen and phosphorus uptake rates for each cover crop were obtained:
b. Proposed nitrogen mineralization rate:
c. Proposed nitrogen volatilization rate:
d. Minimum irrigation area from the Agronomist Evaluation's nitrogen balance: ft,
e. Minimum irrigation area from the Agronomist Evaluation's phosphorus balance: ft2
f. Minimum irrigation area from the water balance: W
FORM: WWIS 06-16 Page 8 of 12

VII. IRRIGATION SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA —15A NCAC 02T .0505 (continued):
8. Field Information (NOTE — This table may be expanded for additional fields):
Field
Area
(acres)
Dominant
Soil Series
Designed
Loading
Rate
in/hr
Designed
Loading
Rate
in/ r
Latitude'
Longitude ,
Waterbody
StreamIndex
No.
Classification
0
0
o
Q
P
O
o
p
o
Q
n
O
4
C
O
p
O
O
O
O
n
Q
o
q
O
Total
' Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: Select Level of accuracy: Select Method of measurement: Select
b For assistance determining the waterbody stream index number and its associated classification, instructions may be
downloaded at: http!YdeQ_nc.izoviabout"divisions.1water-resources'nlanniin"lassificalion-siandardsiclass iFicalions
Spray Irrigation Design Elements
Drip Irrigation Design Elements
Nozzle wetted diameter:
ft
Emitter wetted area:
ll
Nozzle wetted area:
ft,
Distance between laterals:
ft
Nozzle capacity:
GPM
Distance between emitters:
ft
Nozzle manufacturer/model:
I
Emitter capacity:
GPH
Elevation of highest nozzle:
ft
Emitter manufacturer/model:
!
Specification Section:
Elevation of highest emitter:
ft
Specification Section:
FORM: WWIS 06-16 Page 9 of 12

VIII. SETBACKS — 15A NCAC 02T .0506:
1. Does the project comply with all setbacks found in the river basin rules (15A NCAC 0213.0200}? ® Yes or ❑ No
If no, list non -compliant setbacks:
2. Have any setback waivers been obtained in order to comply with 15A NCAC 02T .506(a) and .0506(b}? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If yes, have these waivers been written, notarized and signed by all parties involved and recorded with the County Register of
Deeds? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
3. Provide the minimum field observed distances (ft) for each setback parameter to the irrigation system and treatment/storage
units (NOTE — Distances greater than 500 feet may be marked N.'A):
Setback Parameter
Irrigation
System
Treatment /
StoraUe Unit
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate ownership or not to be
maintained as pan of the pEoject site
Any habitable residence or place of assembly owned by the Permittee to be maintained as
part of the project site
Any private or public water supply source
Surface waters (streams — intermittent and perennial, perennial waterbodies, and wetlands)
Groundwater lowering ditches (where the bottom of the ditch intersects the SHWT)
Subsurface groundwater lowering drainage systems
Surface water diversions (ephemeral streams, waterways, ditches)
Any well with exception of monitoring wells
Any property line
Top of slope of embankments or cuts of two feet or more in vertical height
Any water line from a disposal system
Any swimming pool
Public right of way
Nitrification field
Any building foundation or basement
Impounded public water supplies
Public shallow groundwater supply (less than 50 feet deep)
4. Does the Applicant intend on complying with 15A NCAC 02T .0506(c) in order to have reduced irrigation setbacks to
property lines? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If yes, complete the following table by providing the required concentrations as determined in the Engineering Calculations:
Estimated Influent
Designed Effluent
Designed Effluent
Parameter
Concentration
Concentration
Concentration
imonthly average)__(daily
maximum
Ammonia Nitrogen (NH3-N)
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD3)
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
Fecal Coliforms
per 100 mL
per 100 mL
Total Suspended Solids (TSS)
mg/L
mg/L
mg/L
Turbidity
NTU
FORM: WWIS 06-16 Page 10 of 12

IX. COASTAL WASTE TREATMENT DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS -15A NCAC 02H .0400:
1. Is this facility located in a Coastal Arenas defined per 15A NCAC 02H ,0403? [-]Yes or ❑ No
For assistance determining if the facility is located within the Coastal Area, a reference map may be downloaded at: Coastal
Areas Boundary.
2. Is this an Interim Treatment and Disposal Facility per 15A NCAC 02H .0404(g ? [:]Yes or ❑ No
NOTE - Interim facilities do not include County and Municipal area -wide collection and treatment systems.
1F ANSWERED YES TO ITEMS IX I. AND IX.2., THEN COMPLETE ITEMS IX.3. THROUGH U{.17.
3. Is equalization of at least 25% of the average daily flow provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
4. How will noise and odor be controlled?
5. Is an automatically activated standby power source provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
6. Are all essential treatment units provided in duplicate? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
NOTE - Per 15A NCAC 02T .0103(16), essential treatment units are defined as any unit associated with the wastewater
treatment process whose loss would likely render the facility incapable of meeting the required performance criteria,
including aeration units or other main treatment units, clarification equipment, filters, disinfection equipment, pumps and
blowers.
7. Are the disposal units (i.e., irrigation fields) provided in duplicate (e.g., more than one field)? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
8. Is there an impounded public surface water supply within 500 feet of the wetted area? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
9. Is there a public shallow groundwater supply (less than 50 feet deep) within 500 feet of the wetted area? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
10. Is there a private groundwater supply within 100 feet of the wetted area? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
IL Are there any SA classified waters within 100 feet of the wetted area? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
12. Are there any non -SA classified waters within 50 feet of the wetted area? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
13. Are there any surface water diversions (i.e., drainage ditches) within 25 feet of the wetted area? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
14. Per the requirements in 15A NCAC 02H .0404(gX7x, how much green area is provided? ft2
15, Is the green area clearly delineated on the plans? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
16. Is the Mray wetted area within 200 feet of any adjoining properties? ❑ Yes, ❑ No or ❑ NIA (i.e., drip irrigation)
17. Does the designed annual loading rate exceed 91 inches? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
FORM: WW1S 06-16 Page i l of 12

Professional Engineer's Certification:
I, J. Kevin Avolis PE attest that this application for
(Professional Engineer's name from Application Item III.1.)
Influent Pump Station 7022, Enlisted Men's Barracks, Atlantic Airfield WWTP
(Facility name from Application Item II.I.)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate, complete and consistent with the information supplied in the plans, specifications,
engineering calculations, and all other supporting documentation to the best of my knowledge. I further attest that to the best of my
knowledge the proposed design has been prepared in accordance with this application package and its instructions, as well as all
applicable regulations and statutes. Although other professionals may have developed certain portions of this submittal package,
inclusion of these materials under my signature and seal signifies that I have reviewed this material and have judged it to be consistent
with the proposed design.
NOTE — In accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000, as well as civil penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
North Carolina Professional Engineer's seal, signature, and date:
�0�CARp/11/r
�' ,••ASS •O
9
_� At
7a
API ��•' �.:
OkN 1C,
P``��``
I111ttt111%%
Applicant's Certification per 15A NCAC„02T 0106(bl:
I, CE Schulz, Deputy Facilities Director by direction of Camtartding attest that this application for
Officer (Signature Authority's name & title from Application Item I.3.)
Influent Pump Station 7022, Enlisted Men's Barracks, Atlantic Airfield WWTP
(Facility name from Application Item II.1.)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I understand that any discharge of wastewater
from this non -discharge system to surface waters or the land will result in an immediate enforcement action that may include civil
penalties, injunctive relief, and/or criminal prosecution. I will make no claim against the Division of Water Resources should a
condition of this permit be violated. I also understand that if all required parts of this application package are not completed and that
if all required supporting information and attachments are not included, this application package will be returned to me as incomplete.
I further certify that the Applicant or any affiliate has not been convicted of an environmental crime, has not abandoned a wastewater
facility without proper closure, does not have an outstanding civil penalty where all appeals have been exhausted or abandoned, are
compliant with any active compliance schedule, and do not have any overdue annual fees per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(e1.
NOTE — In accordance with Genera
representation, or certificat' in any
exceed $10,000 as well asfifvil penal)
Signature:
Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
ipplicatA package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
up t 25,000 r violation.
Date: 2
FORM: WWIS 06-16 Page 12 of 12

Pat McCrory
Govew
AV.A NA
WAR
North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
December 14, 2014
Mr. George Radford — Enviroltmeatal Affairs Officer
US MCAS Cherry Point
Environmental Affairs
PSC Box 8006
CherryPoint, NC 28533-0006
Dear Mr. Radford:
John E. Sitvalla, III
Secretary
Subject: Permit No. WQ00D5233
Enlisted Men's Barracks —Atlantic Airfield WWTF
Wastewater Irrigat m System
Carteret County
In accordance with your permit major modification request received September 9, 2014, we are
forwarding herewith Permit No. WQ0005233 dated December 14, 2014, to US MCAS Cherry Point for
the eoomptaal approval of the subject wastewater treatment and irrigation facilities.
This permit shall be effective from the date of issuance until July 31, 2019, shall void Permit No.
WQ0005233 issued August 1, 2014, and shall be subject to the conditions and limimtions as specified
therein. Please pay particular attention to the monitoring requirements listed in Attachments A, B and C
for they may differ from the previous permit issuance. Failure to establish an adequate system for
collecting and maintaining the required operational information shall result in future compliance
problems.
For your ranvenience, cetstomb!zd electronic copies of your facility's NDMR and NDAR-1
reporting forms are available for download at
Please note the following permit conditions are new since the last permit Issuance:
D Condition 1.2 and Attachment B: Prior to placing Field 03 in Allachment B into opemdon,
the Permittee shall apply for a modification of the permit.
If any parts, requirements or limitations contained in this permit ate unacceptable, the Pcrmince
has the right to request an adjudicatory hearing upon written request within 30 days following receipt of
this permit. This request shall be in the form of a written petition, conforming to Chapter 150B of the
North Carolina General Statutes, and filed with the Office of Adadmistranve Hearings At 6714 Mail
Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-6714. Unless such demands are made, this permit shall be final and
binding.
Norft�teduye Pem*ft UrA
P170r0:
1817 Mid Sefvlao Center. RsWD4 Nona C 2is44-ia17
919�07�i6: t Ietmrnet
M "QW0ftftV 1 AfMa.A'. AM Faelf+ff- wa fn pW oo NVOa pep„

Mr. George Redford
December 14, 2014
Page 7 of 2
If you need additional information concerning this permit, please contact Troy Doby at (919)
807-6336 or [e-mail].
Sincerely,
r
��r ome5 !�. Reeder, Dtrectar
Division of Water Resources
cc: Carteret County Health Department (Electronic Copy)
Wilmington Regional Office, Water Quality Regional Operations Section (Electrmaic Copy)
Timothy O. Lawrence, PE ([e-mail]) (Electronic Copy)
Beth Buffington, Public Water Supply Section — Protection and Enforcement Branch (Electronic
Copy)
Central Files
Digital Permit Archive (Electronic Copy)

NORTH CAROLINA
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMISSION
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONNUM AND NATURAL REBoURCF.g
RALEIGH
WASTEWATER DMIGATION SYSTEM PERMIT
In accordance with the provisions of Article 21 of Chapter 143, General Statutes of North Carolina as
amended, and other applicable haws. Rules and Regulations
PERMISSION IS HEREBY GRANTED TO
US MCAS Cherry Point
Carteret County
FOR THE
conceptual approval of a 1,825,000 gallons per year wastewater treatment and irrigation facility
consisting of
one (1) 60 gallon per minute (GPM) influent pump station with dual pumps and high water alarm system;
one (1) primary stabilization lagoon; one (1) 46%000-gallon polishing and storage pond, one (1) chlorine
(tablet) contact chamber, dual (2) irrigation pumps with flow measuring and recording equipment; two (2)
0.50 acre spray irrigation fields; and aLl associated valves, piping, and appurtenances to treat wastewater
generated from the Enlisted Men's Barracks (Atlantic WWiTP)
to serve Enlisted Meds Barracks — Atlantic Airfield WWTF, with no discharge of wastes to surface
waters, pursuant to the application received September 9, 2014, and in conformity with the project plans,
specifications, and other supporting data subsequently filed and approved by the Department of
Environment and Natural Resources and considered a part of this permit.
This permit shall be effective ftom the date of issuance until July 31, 2019, shall void Permit No.
WQ0005233 issued August 1, 2014, and shell be subject to the following specified conditions and
limitations:
•1 11IM
1. No laier than six months prior to the expiration of this permit, the Permtttee shall request renewal of
this permit on official Division forms. Upon receipt of the request, the Division will review the
adequacy of the facilities described therein, and if warranted, will renew the permit for such period of
time and under such conditions and limitations as it may deem appropriate. Please note Rule I SA
NCAC 02T .0105(d) requires an updated site trap to be submitted with the permit renewal
application.
2. Thirty calendar days prior to placing Field 03 in Attachment B in operation, the Permifte shall
submit signed and scaled plans of the sprayfield design prepared by a Professional Engineer detailing
the wetted area and verifying all materials in Field 03 that could interfere with its proper operation
(e.g„ building foundations, sewers, and other debris above and below ground) have been roved.
This report shall be submitted to the Division of Water Resources, Water Quality Permitting section,
Non -Discharge Permitting Unit, 1617 Mail Service Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-1617.
WQD005233 Version 4.1 Shell VeraioA 141027 Page 1 of 9

IL
1. The subject non -discharge facilities shall be effectively maintained and operated at all times so there
is no discharge to surface waters, nor any contravention of groundwater or surface water standards.
In the event the facilities fail to perform satisfactorily, including the creation of nuisance conditions
due: to improper operation and maintenetice, or failure of the irrigation areas to adequately usirnilde
the effluent, the Permittee shall take immediate corrective actions including Division required actions,
such as the construction of additional or replacement wastewater treatment or irrigation facilities.
2. This permit shall not relieve the Permittee of their responsibility for damages to groundwater or
surface water resulting from the operation of this facility.
3. All wells constructed for purposea of groundwater monitoring shall be constructed in accordance with
15A NCAC 02C ,0108 (Standards of Construction for Wells Other than Water Supply), and any other
jurisdictional laws and regulations pertaining to well construction.
4. Effluent quality shall not exceed the limitations specified in Attachment A.
5. Application rates, whether hydraulic, nutrient or other pollutant, shall not exceed those specified in
Attachment B.
6. A usable green area shall be maintained for effluent disposal. The gretm area shall have the capability
of accommodating the facility's average daily flow without exceeding the green area loading rates.
As defined in ISA NCAC 02H .0404(g)(7), a "green area" is an area suitable for waste disposal,
either in its natural state or which has been modified by planting a vegetative cover of grasses or low
growing shrubbery.
7. The compliance boundary for the disposal system shall be specified in accordance with 15A NCAC
02L .0107(b). This disposal system was individually permitted on or after December 30, 1993;
therefore, the compliance boundary is established at either 250 feet from the effluent disposal area, or
50 feet within the property boundary, whichever is closest to the effluent disposal area. An
exceedance of groundwater standards at or beyond the compliance boundary is subject to remediation
action according to 1 SA NCAC 02L .0106(d)(2) as well as enforcement actions in accordance with
North Carolina General Statute 143-215.6A through 143-215.6C.
S. In accordance with ISA NCAC 02L .0108, the review boundary is established midway between the
compliance boundary and the effluent disposal area. Any exceedance of groundwater standards at the
review boundary shall require action in accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0106.
9. The Permittee shall apply for a permit modification to establish a new compliance boundary prior to
any sale or transfer of property affecting a compliance boundary.
10. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02L .0107(d), no wells, excluding Division approved monitoring
wells, shall be constructed within the compliance boundary except as provided for in 15A NCAC 02L
.0107(g).
t 1. Except as provided for in 15A NCAC 02L .0107(g), the Permittee shall ensure any landowner who is
not the Permittec and owns land within the compliance boundary shall execute and file with the
Carteret County Register of Deeds an easement rutming with the Iand containing the following items:
a. A notice of the permit and number or other description as allowed in 15A NCAC 02L .0 107(f)(1);
b. Prohibits construction and operation of water supply wells within the compliance boundary; and
c. Reserves the right of the Permittee or the State to enter the property within the compliance
boundary for purposes related to the permit.
The Director may terminate the easement when its purpose has been fulfilled or is no longer needed.
WQ0005233 Version 4.1 Shet1 Version 141027 Page 2 of 8

12. The facilities permitted herein shall be constructed according to the following setbacks:
e. The setbacks for irrigation sites permitted under 15A NCAC 02T .0500 shall be as follows (all
distances in feet):
i. Any habitable residence or place of public assembly under separate ownership: 400
11. Any tlatrltaUtc resMence or place of public assembly owned by the Permittee:
200
iii. Any private or public water supply source:
Wo
iv. Surface waters:
100
v. Groundwater lowering ditches:
100
vi. Surface water diversions:
25
vii. Any well with exception of monitoring wells:
100
viii.Any property line:
150
ix. Top of slope of embankments or cuts of two feet or more in vertical height:
15
x. Any water line from a disposal system:
10
xi. Subsurface groundwater lowering drainage systems:
100
xii, Any swimming pool:
100
xiii. Public right of way:
50
xiv. Nitrification field:
20
xv. Any building foundation or basement:
15
xvi. Impounded public water supplies:
500
xvii. Public shallow groundwater supply:
500
b. The setbacks for storage and treatment units permitted under 15A NCAC 02T .0500 shall be as
follows (all distances in feet):
i. Any habitable residence or place of public assembly under separate ownership: 100
ii, Any private or public water supply source: 100
in. Surface waters: 50
iv. Any well with exception of monitoring wells: 100
v. Any property Ime: 50
I . rite facilities shall be property maintained and operated at all times. The facilities shall be effectively
maintained and operated as a non -discharge system to prevent the discharge of any wastewater
resulting from the operation of this facility. The Permittee shall maintain an Operation and
Maintenance Plan pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T .0507, which at s minimum shall include operational
functions, maintenance schedules, safety measures and it spill response plan.
2. Upon the Water Pollution Control System Operators Certification Commission's (WPCSOCC)
classification of the subject non -discharge facilities, in accordance with 15A NCAC OBG .0200 the
Permittee shall designate and employ a certified operator in responsible charge (ORC) and one or
more certified operator(s) as back-up ORC(s). The ORC or their back-up shall visit the facilities in
accordance with 15A NCAC OBG .0200, and shall comply with all other conditions specified in the
previously cited rules.
3. A suitable year round vegetative cover shall be maintained at all times, such that crop health is
optimized, allows for even distribution of effluent and allows inspection of the irrigation system.
WQ0005233 Version 4.1 Shell Version I41027 Page 3 of 3

4. Adequate measures shall be taken to prevent effluent ponding in or runoff from the irrigation sites
listed in Attachment B.
5. Irrigation shall not be performed during inclement weather or when the ground is in a condition that
will cause ponding or runoff.
6. All irrigation equipment shall be tested and calibrated at least once per permit cycle. Calibration
records shall be maintained at the ftility for a period of no less than five years, and shall be made
available to the Division upon request.
7. Only effluent from Enlisted Men's 13arracks — Atlantic Airfield WWTF shall be irrigated on the sites
listed in Attachment B.
8. No automobiles or machinery shall be allowed on the irrigation sites except during equipment
installation or while maintenance is being performed.
9, Public access to the irrigation sites and wastewater treatment facilities shall be prohibited.
10. The rwWuab generated from the wastewater treatment facilities shall be disposed or utilized in
accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .1100. The Permittec shall maintain a residual management plan
pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T .0508.
11. Diversion or bypassing of untreated or partially treated wastewater from: the treatment facilities is
prohibited.
12, Freeboard in the stabilization lagoon and the polishing and storage pond shall not be less than two
feet at any time.
13. A gauge to monitor waste levels in the stabilization lagoon and the polishing and storage pored shall
be provided. This gauge shall have readily visible permanent markfaga, at inch or tenth -of -a -foot
increments, indicating the following elevations: maximum liquid level at the top of the temporary
liquid storage volume; minimum liquid level at the bottom of the temporary liquid storage volume;
and the lowest point on top of the dam.
14. A protective vegetative cover shall be established and maintained on aU earthen embankments (i.e.,
outside toe of embankment to maximum allowable temporary storage elevation on the inside of the
embankment), berms, pipe runs, erosion control areas, and surface water diversions. Trees, shrubs,
and other woody vegetation shall not be allowed to grow on the earthen dikes or embankments.
Earthen embankment areas shall be kept mowed or otherwise controlled and accessible.
IV. T
1. Any Division required monitoring (including groundwater, plant tissue, soil and surface water
analyses) necessary to ensure groundwater and surface water protection shall be established, and an
acceptable sampling reporting schedule shall be followed.
2. Per l5A NCAC 02H .0900, a Division certified laboratory shall conduct all laboratory analyses for
the requited effluent, groundwater or surface water parameters.
3. Flow through the treatment facillry shall be continuously monitored, and daily average flow values
shall be reported on Form NDMK Flow may be estimated from water use records, provided the
Permittee's water use is metered. Daily average flow values shall be calculated by dividing the
monthly metered water usage by the number of days in the month.
4. The Permittee shall monitor the effluent from the subject facilities at the frequencies and locations for
the parameters specified in Attachment A.
WQ0005233 Version 4.1 Shell Version 141027 Page 4 of 8

5. The Permittee shall maintain adequate records tracking the amount of effluent irrigated. At a
minimum, time records shall include the following information for each irrigation site listed in
Attachment B:
a. Date of irrigation;
b. Volume of effluent irrigated,
c. Site irrigated;
d, l.engtb of time site is Irrigated:
e. Continuous weekly, monthly, and Year-to-date hydraulic (lncheslaerc) loadings;
f. Weather conditions; and
g. Maintenance of cover crops.
6. Freeboard (Le., waste level to the lowest embankment elevation) in the stabilization lagoon and the
polishing and storage pond shall be measured to the nearest inch or tenth of a foot, and recorded
weeldy. Weekly freeboard records shall be maintained at rho facility for a period of no Ices than five,
years, and shall be made available to the Division upon request.
7. Three copies of all monitoring data (as specified in Conditions IV.3. and IVA.) on Form NDMR for
each PPI and three copies of all operation and disposal records (as specified in Conditions IV.5. and
IV.6.) on Form NDAR-1 for every site in Attachment B shall be submitted on or before the last day of
the following month. If no activities occ =cd during the monitoring month, monitoring reports are
still required documenting the absence of the activity. All information shall be submitted to the
following address-.
Division of Water Resources
Information Processing Unit
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1617
8. A record shall be maintained of all residuals removed from this facility. This record shall be
maintained at the facility for a period of no less than five years, and shall be trade available to the
Division upon request. At a minimum, this record shall include:
a. Name of the residuals hauler;
b. Non -Discharge permit number authorizing the residuals disposal, or a letter from a municipality
agreeing to accept the residuals;
c. Date the residuals were hauled; and
d. Volume of residuals removed.
9. A maintarartce log shall be maintained at this facility. This log shall be maintained at the facility for
a period of no less than five years, and shall be made available to the Division upon request. At a
minimum, this log shall include:
a. Date and results of power interruption testing on alternate power supply,
b. Visual observations of the plant and plant site; and
c. Record of preventative maintenance (e.g., changing of equipment, adjustments, tasting,
inspections and cleanings, etc.).
1 U. Monitoring wells shall be sampled after construction and within 3 months prior to initiating non -
discharge disposal operations. Monitoring wells &hall be sampled thereafter at the frequencies and for
the parameters specified in Attacbrnent C. All mantdnsc. well constnuction forms, wgIJ,abandonment
forms_ and_monitooing data sfq;li_rcfcr to the permit pumber and the well nomenc turn as RMddcd In
Aqmhmsm C.
WQ0005233 veman 4.1 Shall Vera{on 141027 page 5 of a

11. Two copies of the monitoring well sampling and analysis results shall be submitted on a Compliance
Monitoring Form (OW-59), along with attached copies of laboratory analyses, on or before the last
working day of the month following the sampling month. The Compliance Monitoring Form (GW-
59) shall include this permit number, the appropriate well identification number, and one OW 59a
ceRification form shall be submitted with each Set of sampling results. All information shall be
submitted to the following addtoss;
Division of water Resources
Information Processing Unit
1617 Mail Service Canter
Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1617
12. An annual representative soils analysis (i.e., Standard Soil Fertility Analysis) shall be conducted on
each irrigation site listed in Attachment B. These results shall be maintained at the facility for a
period of no less than five years, and shall be made available to the Division upon request. At a.
minimum, the Standard Soil Fertility Analysis shall include the following parameters:
Acidity
Exchangeable Sodium Percentage
Phosphorus
Base Saturation (by calculation)
Magnesium
Potassium
Calcium
Manganese
Sodium
Cation Exchange Capacity
Percent Humic Matter
Zinc
Copper
IPH
13. Noncompliance Notification;
The Perroittee shall report by telephone to the Wilmington Regional Office, telephone. number (910)
796-7215, as soots ag—Mgdl c. but in no case more than 24 hours, or on the next working day
following the occurrence or fast knowledge of the occurrence of any of the following:
a. Any occurrence at the facility resulting in the Ireatment of significant amounts of wastes that is
abnormal in quantity or characteristic, including the known passage of a hazardous substance.
b. Any process unit failure (e.g., mechanical, electrical, etc.), due to known or unknown reasons,
rendering the facility incapable of adequate wastewater treatment.
c. Any facility failure. resulting in a by-pass directly to receiving surface waters.
d. Any time self -monitoring indicates the facility has gone out of compliance with its permit
limitations.
e. Ponding in or runoff from the irrigation sites.
Any emergency requiring immediate reporting (e.g., discharges to surface waters, immirmt failure of
a storage structure, etc.) outside normal business hours shall be reported to the Division's Emergency
Response personnel at telephone number [phone], [phone], or [phone].
Persons reporting such occurrences by telephone shall also file it written report in Ietter farm within
five days following fuel knowledge of the occurrence. This report shall outline the actions taken or
proposed to be taken to ensure the problem does not recur.
V. INSPECTIONB
1. The Permittec shall provide adequate inspection and maintenance to ensure proper operation of the
wastewater trcatznent and irrigation facilities.
W00005233 Version 4.1 Shell Version 141027 Page 6 of 8

2. The Permittee or their designee shall inspect the wastewater treatment and irrigation facilities to
prevent malfunctions, facility deterioration and operator errors resulting in discharges, which may
cause the release of wastes to the environment, a threat to human health or a public nuisance. The
Permittee shall maintain an inspection log that includes, at a minimum, the date and time of
inspection, observations made, and any maintenance, repairs, or corrective actions taken. The
Periniffm shall maintain thia inapmdon log for a period or five years from the date of the inspection,
and this log shall be made available in the Division upon request
3. Any duly authorized Division representative may, upon presentation of credentials, enter and inspect
any property, premises or place on or related to the wastewater treatment and irrigation facilities
permitted herein at any reasonable time for the purpose of determining compliance with this permit;
may inspect or copy any records required to be maintained under the terms and conditions of this
permit, and may collect groundwater, surface water or leachate samples.
1. Failure to comply with the conditions and limitations contained herein may subject the Permitter to
an enforcement action by the Division in accordance with North Carolina Genomt Statutes 143-
215.6A to I43-215.6C.
2. This permit shall become voidable if the permitted facilities are not constructed in accordance with
the conditions of this permit, the Division approved plans and specifications. and other supporting
documentation.
3. This permit is effective only with respect to the nature and volume of wastes described in the permit
application, Division approved plans and specifications, and other supporting docurnentaaion. No
variances to applicable rules governing the construction or operation of the permitted facilities are
granted, unless specifically requested and approved in this permit pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T
.0105(n).
4. The issuance of this permit does not exempt the Permittm from complying with any and all statutes,
rules, regulations, or ordinances, which may be imposed by odwiurisdictional government agencies
(e.g.. local, state, and federal). Of particular concern to the Division are applicable river buffer rules
in 15A NCAC 02B .0200; erosion and sedimentation control requirements in 15A NCAC Chapter 4
and under General Permit NCG010000; any requirements pertaining to wetlands under 15A NCAC
02H .0200 and 02H .0500; and documentation of compliance with Article 21 Part 6 of Chapter 143 of
the General Statutes.
S. in the event the permitted facilities change ownership or the Perntittee changes their name, a formal
permit modification request shall be submitted to the Division. This request shall be made on official
Division foams, and shall include appropriate property ownership documentation and other supporting
documentation as necessary. The Perrnittee of record shall remain fully responsible for maintaining
and operating the facilities permitted herein until a permit is issued to the new owner.
6. The Permittee shall retain a set of Division approved plans and specifications for the life of the
facilities permitted herein.
7. The Permitteo shalt maintain this permit until all permitted facilities herein arc properly closed or
permitted under another permit issued by the appropriate permitting authority pursuant to I M NCAC
02T .01050).
2. This permit is subject to revocation or unilateral modification upon 60-day notice from the Division
Director, in whole or part for the requirements listed it} 15A NCAC 02T .0110.
9. Unless the Division Director grants a variance, expansion of the permitted facilities contained herein
shall not be granted if the Pen nittee exemplifies any of the criteria in I SA NCAC 02T .0120(b).
WQ0003233 Version 4.1 SheU Version I41027 Page. 7 of 9

10. ?he Permitter shall pay the snnual fee within 30 days d= bring billed by the Division. Failurc to
pay the annual fee accma figly shall be cause far the Division to revolve this permit pmsumlt to 15A
NCAC 02T .0105(cX3).
Permit issued this the 14th day of December, 2914
NORTH CAROLINA ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMISSION
yrof er, Director
M�hion of Water Resources
By Authority of the Environmental Management Commission
Permit Number WQDQDM33
WQOQDS233 Version 4.1 Shell Version 141027 Pegs 9 of 8

�
§
&
pq
§
�
�
2
2�
■
§
■�
■
m�
m
m
m
n■
■
k�
2
■
�
■
K
all
8
§
■�
■
�
w
� &
«
£
�
_
0
�
k
�
/
�
�
■
■
2
«_
f
�
�
�
} �
$ �
2�
�§
�
$�■
�§
2�
2 �7
2 �
-
-
�&&
%
=Ww
»

w
d
a

Aq
v
V
O
G C
G
I
I
I
w
zy
o
c o
r
V'1
Yl h
U
U,
Rai
A► G+
Q
i+
�
ci
� d
�
a a
N
V
E
a
v
.Q
�
a
0

a

ry
v
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
e
INS
a
�
n
iy
�c
G�
y
V
U
Z)
am'+
Hqp

E

Final Submittal
BASIS OF DESIGN
Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
Marine Corps Air Station Cherry Point, North Carolina
Contract No. N40085-17-D-0008
Project WO# 6895127
Prepared by:
Avolis Engineering, P.A.
P.O. Box 15564
New Bern, NC 28561
[phone] Office
[phone] Fax
License No. C-0706
August 1, 2019

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
Marine Corps Air Station Cherry Point, North Carolina
Contract No. N40085-17-D-0008
Project WO# 6895127
I. EXISTING CONDITIONS ............ ................................................................................ 1
11. PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION .................................................................................... I
111. PROJECT PERMITS ................................. ..................................................................... 1
IV. ELECTRICAL BASIS OF DESIGN ................................................................................................ 1
V. ASBESTOS AND LEAD PAINT INSPECTIONS .................
VI. PRELIMINARY COST OPINION .........................................
APPENDICES
Appendix A Pump Sizing Calculations
Basis of Design
Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
MCAS Cherry Point, North Carolina
.......3
.......... I ..................................... 19
Project WO# 6697171

EXISTING CONDITIONS
Existing Pump Station 7022 is located at OLF Atlantic. The pump station serves the existing barracks and
operational buildings in a portion of OLF Atlantic. The pump station discharges untreated domestic sewer
to an existing storage lagoon. Sewage effluent is spray applied on a disposal field located approximately
900 feet from the pump station. The pump station is in a dilapidated condition and is proposed to be
rehabilitated. Specifically, it is proposed that the existing pump and control system as well as the pump
house be removed. The existing wet well will also be replaced. A new wet well, new submersible grinder
pumps, a control panel and a fenced enclosure will be constructed. The pump station will be connected to
the existing 4-inch force main adjacent to the lift station. New electrical service will be provided to the
pump station. A remote alarm panel will be provided
II. PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION
It is proposed that the following items of work be completed:
1. Install and maintain sewer bypass system to keep facilities served operational during construction.
2. Demolish existing pump station including wet well.
3. Install new wet well, new pumps and controls.
4. Install new electrical service.
5. Install fenced enclosure.
III. PROJECT PERMITS
A Public Sewer Permit modification is required to be secured since the permitted pump performance criteria
is being changed. The pump flow rate is being increased to obtain a scour velocity in the 2-inch force main.
No other permits are deemed necessary to complete this project.
IV. ELECTRICAL BASIS OF DESIGN
1.0 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
General Electrical Design Criteria
A. ANSI C2, National Electrical Safety Code.
B. ANSI C37.47, Distribution Fuse Disconnecting switches, Fuse Supports and Current Limiting.
C. ANSI C84.1, Electric Power Systems and Equipment - Voltage Ratings.
Basis of Design
Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WAS Cherry Point, North Carolina
Project WO# 6895127
Page 1

D. NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (NEC).
E. UFC 3-501-03N Electrical Engineering Preliminary Considerations and associated, referenced
UFCs
2.0 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
A. The electrical characteristics for this project are 120/208V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire. A 60 amp, 208/120
voly, 3 phase 4 wire, main panel at the pump station will be provided, supplied from the main
distribution panel in building 7019.
B. A breakdown of the affected loads is as follows:
Lighting 0.1 kVA
Receptacles................................................................. 0.1 kVA
Pumps (2 @ 3 HP each) ............................................. 2.6 kVA
Total Connected Load .................................................. 2.8 kVA
C. All wiring shall be run in conduit. Conduit shall be electrical metallic tubing, galvanized rigid steel
conduit, or intermediate metal conduit. Electrical metallic tubing will be allowed in dry locations
only. Electrical metallic tubing shall not be installed in concrete.
D. Conductors shall be thermoplastic insulated with type THWN, THW or XHHW insulations. All
conductors shall be specified as copper. Aluminum conductors will not be allowed.
E. The pertinent standards of design used for this project will include compliance with the current
edition of the National Electrical Code, Unified Facilities Criteria (UFC) Manuals, and requirements
defined in the applicable DOD Design Manuals. Specific pertinent design standards shall be as
follows:
1. Voltage drop will be kept to less than 3.0% between the main distribution panel and the pump
station panel board.
2. Lighting fixtures will be based on the NAVFAC plates wherever possible. Some specialty fixtures
will be detailed individually. All fixture plates will be shown on the drawings.
3. Motors shall be provided with motor disconnect switches. Motor control features will be
coordinated with the pump system design.
F. Receptacles will be weatherproof GFI type, 20 amp, 125 V grounding type except for circuits with a
single receptacle will be fully rated 20A.
G. The project requires special consideration for the following special systems: No special systems
work is required.
H. The existing exterior primary distribution system is not affected by this energy reduction
rehabilitation project.
I. A lighting layout is indicated on the drawing(s) accompanying this submittal.
Basis of Design
Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
MCAS Cherry Point, North Carolina
Project WO# 6895127
Page 2

V. ASBESTOS AND LEAD PAINT INSPECTIONS
See following reports:
Basis of Design
Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
MCAS Cherry Point, North Carolina
Project WO# 6895127
Page 3

bestos Survey I
B7022
MCOLF Atlantic
Atlantic NC, 28511
Report Prepared By:
Christopher B. Walker
The Walker Group Architecture, Inc
April 5th, 2019
WGA Project No.—1913.7022
W A I K E R
+GROUP
AR[NIIEITURI:
incorporated
Asbestos Survey
MCAS Cherry Point — B7022

Project Information
The Walker Group Architecture, Inc. was contracted by Avolis Engineering to conduct
an asbestos sampling survey at Building 7022 in MCOLF Atlantic. The specified
building for inspection is under contract for demolition. An asbestos survey has been
requested prior to disturbance of any potential asbestos containing materials (ACM).
The building consists of:
a. B7022 is an existing pump house. The building is constructed of brick and
cmu masonry cavity walls, a concrete roof structure and floor slab, and a built
up roof system.
Scope of Services
A. The survey was performed on March 28th, 2019, by Christopher B. Walker (NC
Accredited Inspector #12878, expires January 31, 2020). The sampling was conducted
in general accordance with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
requirements as defined in the asbestos Hazards Emergency Response Act (40 CFR
Part 763) guidelines (AHERA) and in general accordance with the North Carolina
Health Hazards Control Unit (NCHHCU).
B. The survey was conducted to identify the presence of asbestos containing materials
(ACM) prior to repairs to the building.
C. The building was assessed to determine homogenous areas (groups of materials
appearing to have been installed in the same general time period and uniform in color
and texture).
D. As per AHERA, sufficient samples were collected from random locations of each
homogenous area, with the number of samples based on the following criteria:
a. Thermal Insulation Materials (piping, breeching, boiler insulation, etc.) — A
minimum of (3) samples are required. Patch areas (less than 6 square or liner
feet) may have (2) sample collected.
b. Surfacing Materials (plaster, fireproofing, etc.) — A minimum of (7) samples
are to be taken for areas greater than 5,000 square feet, five (5) samples for
areas greater than 1,000 square feet, but less than 5,000 square feet, three
(3) samples for areas less than 1,000 square feet, two (2) samples for
patching materials.
c. Miscellaneous Materials (flooring, adhesives, roofing, wallboard, etc.) —A
minimum of (2) samples are required.
If any one sample of a material from a homogenous area is found to be positive,
then that material is considered positive, regardless of results of other samples of
that material, within that area.
Asbestos Survey
WAS Cherry Point — BM2

Findings
A. Laboratory Results
Material
Material
Type
Location
Friability
Laboratory Result
Approx.Quantit
Built Up Roof
Misc
Roof
NF
Non -Detected
N/A
Roof Flashing at Roof Hatch
Misc.
Roof
NF
Non -Detected
N/A
Notes: TSI-Thermal Systems Insulation
Surface -Surfacing Material
Misc.- Miscellaneous Material
F-Friable
NF-Non-Friable
Based on the sample lab analysis none of the materials sampled were found to
be Asbestos Containing Materials.
Disposal
A. In accordance with the NCHHCU regulations, asbestos containing materials (ACM)
waste should be taken to an approved landfill. All demolition/renovation work must be
performed in accordance with NESHAP asbestos regulations, 40CFR61, Subpart M,
and OSHA Regulations 29 CFR 1926.1101. Any disturbance should be conducted in
accordance with federal, state, and local regulations.
Recommendations
A. Any demolition/renovation work in which ACM is disturbed must be in
compliance with, EPA, OSHA and the state of North Carolina regulations.
Abatement work shall be conducted by NC Accredited asbestos workers under
the supervision of a NC accredited asbestos supervisor. The contractor
conducting asbestos abatement activities must notify the North Carolina
Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) ten (10) days prior to the
disturbance of ACM if it is friable and greater than or equal to 160 square feet,
260 linear feet or 35 cubic feet.
B. If additional suspect materials are discovered during demolitionlrenovation,
they should be classified presumed to be asbestos -containing until sampling by
a state of North Carolina licensed Asbestos Building Inspector personnel and
analysis by a NVLAP-Accredited and state of North Carolina licensed
laboratory can be performed.
See attached for Accreditations, Asbestos Lab Results and Chain of Custody
Asbestos Survey
WAS Cherry Point — B7022

If further information is required, please contact me at 1-252-636-8778
Report Prepared by:
Christopher B. Walker
North Carolina Asbestos Inspector Accreditation# 12878
The Walker Group Architecture, Inc.
PO Box 541
New Bern, NC 28560
Asbestos Survey
WAS cherry Point — B7022

�� ra
NC DEPARTMENT OF ROY COOPER • Governor
: HEALTH AND MANDY COHEN, MD, MPH . Secretary
HUMAN SERVICES
DANNY STALEY . Director, Division of Public Health
January 28, 2019
Christopher B Walker
103 Conner Grant Rd
New Bern, NC 28562
Dear Mr. Walker:
Based upon the review of your accreditation application, the Health Hazards Control Unit (HHCU)
has determined that you have fulfilled the requirements and are eligible for asbestos accreditation as a(a)
INSPECTOR. Your assigned North Carolina accreditation number is 12878, which is reflected on your
enclosed North Carolina Accreditation card. Please be sure to take this card with you to any asbestos
work site where you are employed. The State requires that all persons conducting asbestos abatement or
asbestos management activities be accredited and have their identification Card on site.
Your North Carolina Inspector accreditation will expire on JANUARY 31, 2020. It is NOT the
policy of the HHCU to issue renewal notices. If you wish to continue working as a(n) Inspector after this
expiration date, you must successfully complete the required training and submit a completed application
to this office prior to January 31, 2020, If you should continue to perform asbestos management
activities as a(n) Inspector without a valid North Carolina accreditation, you will be in violation of State
regulations and may be cited for noncompliance.
Enclosure
Sincerely,
Ed Norman
Program Manager
Health Hazards Control Unit
NC DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES DIVISION OF PUBLIC HEALTH
LOCATION: 5505 Six Forks Rand, Su3dirtq 1, RaWok NC 27609
MAKING ADDRESS; 1912 Mar Service Censer, Raleigh, NC 27699.1912
vmWxcdtare.gwv TEL: [phone] . FAk 91"70AMB
AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY !AFFIRMATIVE ACTION EMPLOYER
Asbestos Survey
WAS Cherry Point — B7022

Asbestos Survey
MCAS Chevy Point — B7022

EMSL Analytical, Inc.
706 Gratin Street Kernel NC 27284
TeUFax: [phone] 1 [phone]
http:/twww.EMSL.com / [e-mail]
Attention: Chris Walker
The Walker Group Architecture
PO Box 541
New Bern, NC 28563
Project: Bldg 7022
EMSL Order: 021902127
Customer ID: WALK85
Customer PO:
Project ID:
Phone: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
Received Date: 04/01/2019 12:00 PM
Analysis Date: 04/03/2019
Collected Date: 03/28/2019
Test Report: Asbestos Analysis of Bulk Materials via EPA 600IR-931116 Method using Polarized
Light Microscopy
Non -Asbestos
Asbestos
Sample
Description
Appearance
% Fibrous
°/. Non -Fibrous
% Type
01
Built Up Roof
Black
5% Cellulose
94% Non -fibrous (Other)
None Detected
Fibrous
1 % Synthetic
021902127-0001
Heterogeneous
<1%Glass
02
Built Up Roof
Black
2% Cellulose
95% Non -fibrous (Other)
None Detected
Fibrous
3% Synthetic
021902127-0002
Homogeneous
03
Roof Flashing at Roof
Black
5% Cellulose
94% Non -fibrous (Other)
None Detected
Hatch
Fibrous
1 % Synthetic
021902127-0003
Heterogeneous
<1 % Glass
04
Roof Flashing at Roof
Black
2% Cellulose
95% Non -fibrous (Other)
None Detected
Hatch
Fibrous
3% Synthetic
021902127.0004
Homogeneous
Analyst(s)
Nicole Shutts (2)
Scott Combs (2)
Stephen Bennett, Laboratory Manager
or Other Approved Signatory
EMSL maintains liability limited to cost of analysis. The above analyses were performed in general compliance with Appendix E to Subpart E of 40 CFR (previously EPA 60OW-82-020 "Interim
Method"), but augmented with procedures outlined in the 1993 (Trial") version of the method. This report relates only to the samples reported above, and may not be reproduced, except in full, without
written approval by EMSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for sample collection activities or analytical method limitations . Interpretation and use of test results are the responsibility of the client. All
samples received in acceptable condition unless otherwise noted. This report must not be used by the client to claim product certil'ication, approval, or endorsement by NVLAP, NIST or any agency of
the federal government. EMSL recommends gravimetric reduction for all non -friable organically bound materials prior to analysis. Estimation of uncertainty is available on request.
Samples analyzed by EMSLAnalytical, Inc. Kemersville, NC NVLAP Lab Code 102104-0, CA ELAP 2689, Virginia 3333-000228, west Virginia LT000321 J
Initial report from: 04/03/2019 16:34:27
ASB PLM 0008 0001 - 1.78 Printed: 4/3/2019 4:34 PM Page 1 of 1

Order2D: 021902127
Asbestos Chain of Custody
EMSL Order Nu er (can Only):
EMSL ANALYTICAL. INC
706 GRALIN STREET
KERNERSVIL LE NC 27284
PHONE- 336-992-1025
FAX-336-992-4175
Company: Walker Group Architecture
EMSL-Bill to: ® Same ❑ Different
If Bill to is Different note instructions in Comments"
Third Party Billing requires written authorization from third party
Street_ : 409C Broad St
City: New Bern
State/Province: NC
Zi !Postal Code: 28560
Country: US
Report To (Name): Chris Walker
Fax M 252-636-8992
Telephone M 252-636-8778
Project Name/Number: Bldg 7022
_
Email Address:_ chris arc.com
Please Provide Results: Fax
_ _
Email Purchase Order: U.S. State Samples Taken: NC
Turnaround Time AT Options* — Please Check
3 Hours 6 Hours 24 Hrs 48 Hm 110 3 Days 4 Days I El 5 Days I El 10 Days
'For TEM Air 3 hours16 hours, please call ahead to schedule. *There is a premium charge for 3 Hour TEM AHERA or EPA Level 11 TAT You will be asked to sign
an authorization form for this service. Analysis oorwWedin accordance with EMSL's Tenns and Conditions located in the Anal ical Price Guide.
PCM - Air
❑ NIOSH 7400
❑ w/ OSHA 8hr. TWA
TEM - Air
❑ AHERA 40 CFR, Part 763
❑ NIOSH 7402
❑ EPA Level II
❑ ISO 10312
TEM- Dust
❑ Microvac - ASTM D 5755
❑ Wipe - ASTM D6480
❑ Carpet Sonication (EPA 600/J-93/167)
PLM - Bulk (reporting limit)
® PLM EPA 600/R-93/116 (<1%)
❑ PLM EPA NOB (<1%)
Point Count
❑ 400 (<0.25%) ❑ 1000 (<0.1%)
Point Count w/Gravimetdc
❑ 400 (<0.250/6) ❑ 1000 (<0.1%)
❑ NYS 198.1 (friable in NY)
❑ NYS 198.6 NOB (non -friable -NY)
NIOSH 9002 <l%,
Soil/RocklVermiculite
❑ PLM CARS 435 - A (0.25% sensitivity)
❑ PLM CARB 435 - B (0.1% sensitivity)
❑ TEM CARB 435 - B (0.1% sensitivity)
❑ TEM CARB 435 - C (0.01 % sensitivity)
❑ EPA Protocol (Semi -Quantitative)
❑ EPA Protocol (Quantitative)
TEM - Bulk
❑ TEM EPA NOB
❑ NYS NOB 198.4 (non -friable -NY)
❑ Chatfield SOP
❑ TEM Mass Analysis -EPA 600 sec. 2.5
TEM —Water: EPA 100.2
Fibers >10pm ❑ Waste ❑ Drinking
All Fiber Sizes ❑ Waste ❑ Drinking
Other:
11
® Check For Positive Stop — Cl rly Identify Homogenous Group
Samplers Name: Chris Walker
Samplers Signature:""
Sample #
Sample Description
Volume/Area (Air)
HA # Bulk
Date/Time
Sampled
01
Built up roof
HGA-01
03/28/19
02
Built up roof
HGA-01
03/28/19
03
Roof flashing
at roof hatch
HGA-02
03/28/19
04
Roof flashing
at roof hatch
HGA-02
03/28/19
Client Sample # Lst 01
- 04 Total # of Samples: 4
Relinquished (Client): WGARC
Date: 03/29/19 Time:
Received (Lab):
Date: \ , Time:�
Comments/Special Instruc o Samples Bldg 7022
Please email results to: [e-mail], [e-mail], [e-mail]
CwO,m OQoam o—Mbes[cs COC — R1 — 311 52M
Page 1 of __I_ pages
Paqe 1 Of

Lead Paint Survey
MCOLF Atlantic
Atlantic NC, 28511
Report Prepared By:
Christopher B. Walker
The Walker Group Architecture, Inc
April 5th, 2019
WGA Project No.—1913.7022
WALKER
4'GR0UP
ARIHIIE(TURE
incorPoraied
Limited Lead Paint Survey
MCAS Cherry Point — B7022

Project Information
The Walker Group Architecture, Inc. was contracted by Avolis Engineering to conduct an
lead paint sampling survey at Building 7022 in MCOLF Atlantic. The specified building for
inspection is under contract for demolition. The survey was conducted to determine if
building components were coated with lead -based paint.
The building consists of:
a. B7022 is an existing pump house. The building is constructed of brick and
cmu masonry cavity walls, a concrete roof structure and floor slab, and a built-
up roof system.
Scope of Services
A. The survey was performed on March 28th, 2019, by Christopher B. Walker (NC
Accredited Lead Inspector #110239 expires March 31, 2020. Samples were collected
from areas defined by the scope of work.
Findincs
A. The Walker Group Architecture collected paint chip samples from each surface visibly
coated with a different color of paint and delivered them to EMSL Analytical, Inc. (AIHA
ELLAP lab code no. 102564) for analysis for lead content by Flame AAS (SW 846
3050B*/7420) in accordance with EPA 3050B/Modified/7000B. As a result, (2) paint
chip samples were analyzed.
B. OSHA 29 CFR 1926.62 defines any detectable level of lead in paint a concern when
renovations/demolitions will impact lead coated surfaces.
C. The detection limit is determined by weight of the sample, which is typically 0.01 %.
See attached Lab Results for additional information.
D. Laboratory Results
Suspect Material Sampled
Location
Condition
Concentration
% by Weight
Tan Metal Doors stem
Entry Door
Intact
<0.0021%
Based on the sample lab analysis none of the coatings sampled at the time of
Inspection revealed Lead Based Paint.
Limited Lead Paint Survey
iNCAS Cherry Point — B7022

Recommendations
A. Any demolition/renovation work in which lead coated surfaces are disturbed
must be in compliance with all Federal, State, and Local regulations. All work
should be conducted by workers trained in "lead safe practices" as outlined by
OSHA.
B. If additional suspect materials are discovered during demolition/renovation,
they should be classified presumed to contain lead based paint until sampling
by a state of North Carolina licensed Lead Inspector personnel and analysis by
an Accredited and state of North Carolina licensed laboratory can be
performed.
See attached for Lead Laboratory Results, and Chain of Custody.
If further information is required, please contact me at 1-252-636-8778
Report Prepared by:
Christopher B. Walker
North Carolina Lead Inspector Accreditation# 110239
The Walker Group Architecture, Inc.
PO Box 541
New Bern, NC 28560
Limited Lead Paint Survey
WAS Cherry Point — B7022

rr �
NC DEPARTMENT OF ROYCOOPER • Govemor
HEALTH AND MANDY COHEN, MD, MPH • Secretary. HUMAN SERVICES
DANNY 5TALEY Director, Division of Public Health
March 27, 2019
Christopher B Walker
103 Conner Grant Rd
New Bern, NC 28562
Dear Mr. Walker.
The Health Hazards Control Unit (HHCU) has determined that you have fulfilled the
application requirements and are eligible for lead certification as a(n) INSPECTOR. Your assigned
Inspector certification number is 110239, which is reflected on your enclosed North Carolina bead
Certification card. The State requires that all persons conducting regulated lead -based paint activities
be certified and have their identification card on -site.
A "Lead -Based Paint Activity Summary" shall be submitted to the HHCU by the certified
inspector or risk assessor within 45 days of each inspection, risk assessment, or lead hazard screen
conducted. The information shall be submitted on a form provided or approved by the Program, per
l0A NCAC 41 C .0807(b), Lead -Based Paint Hazard Management Program Rules.
Accredited refresher training must be completed at least every 24 months from the date of the
last accredited training course AND within twelve months prior to applying for certification. The
HHCU strongly recommends that individuals note the date of certification expiration and ensure all
refresher training meets the above requirements.
Your North Carolina Inspector certification will expire on MARCH 31, 2020, It is NOT the
policy of the HHCU to issue renewal notices, If you wish to continue working as a(n) Inspector after
this expiration dale, you must successfully complete the required training and submit a completed
application to this office prior to March 31, 2020. If you should perform lead -based paint activities
as a(n) Inspector without a valid North Carolina certification, you will be in violation of State
regulations and may be cited for noncompliance.
Enclosure
If you have any questions, please contact our office at [phone].
Sincerely,
Ed Norman
Program Manager
Health Hazards Control Unit
NC DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES . DIVISION OF PUBLIC HEALTH
0 /t LOCATION, 5595 Sic Fdks Read, Wild% 1, Raleigh, NO 27609
RIAILING ADDRESS: 1912 Mail Senile Carder. Raleigh, NO 27999.1912
w ncdhhs,9ev TEL• 919-707.5950 . FAX 910-870ASM
AN EQUAL OPPORTUNITY $ AFFIRMATIVE ACTION EMPLOYER
Limited Lead Paint Survey
WAS Cherry Point — B7022

r
8 �
V
uLC
a�
m
cp
y
E'3
5
C
Q
O
v m U
R
$Ev
U
v
O
5
3
c
�L
v.
.. .i
Q
O J
U=
V
Y Y Y X X
y v
Q
L
C
1� z sLV
z
E 292
c
QJ
y
p�
v
r
r1 u Q
w
Q
1\`
U
..,
,, •�
ca
o L Q
U
C 'N V
s
>
-WWI&
O U
r E
3 Y
5a�
❑�❑❑❑
v
y
��
C
E
P
O
cC
'^' u 3
. 4
_
L y
fL
T '7
ei
``Y}•
{ J
Op E .G
yy
d= C C V
•C
v
a C. v
rn ^ a
Limited Lead Paint Survey
MCAS Cherry Point — B7022

EMSL Analytical, Inc.
706 Graltn Street, Kernersville, NC 27284
Phone/Fax: [phone]
htto://www.EMSL.com greensborolabidiemsl.com
Attn: Chris Walker
The Walker Group Architecture
PO Box 541
New Bern, NC 28563
EMSL Order: 021902123
CustomerlD: WALK85
CustomerPO:
ProjectlD:
Phone:
[phone]
Fax:
[phone]
Received:
04/01/19 12:00 PM
Collected:
3/28/2019
Test Report: Lead in Paint Chips by Flame AAS (SW 846 3050B/7000B)*
Reporting
Lab ID: Analyzed Weight Collected Detection Limit Lead Concentration
021902123-0001 4/3/2019 .2792 g 3/28/2019 0.0080 % wt <0.0080 % wt
Client Sample pb-01 Site: Tan Metal Door System
021902123-0002 4/3/2019 .0932 g 3/28i2019 0.021 % wt <0.021 % wt
Client Sample pb-02 Site: Tan Metal Door System
Guidelines for Federal USEPA/HUD Lead in Paint Chips
=0.5 % Wt or =1.0 mg/cmz is the EPA definition of a lead -based paint.
IrW Below Method Reporting Limit (RL) Above RL but below EPA definition of a lead- /ice\ Above EPA definition of a lead -based paint
UV 0 based paint
These guidance limits are typically used in most scenarios. More stringent local or project specific guidelines may apply.
Please contact the laboratory for statement of uncertainty data for the utility of properly evaluating these results against any regulatory standards or guidelines.
No responsibility or liability is assumed for the manner in which the results are used or interpreted.
James Cole, Laboratory Manager
or other approved signatory
'Analysis following Lead in Paint by EMSL SOP/Detennination of Environmental Lead by FLAX Reporting limit is 0.010 % wt based on the minimum sample weight per our SOP. Unless noted, results in
this report are not blank corrected. This report relates only to the samples reported above and may not be reproduced, except in full, without written approval by EMSL. EMSL bears no responsibility for
sample collection activities. Samples received in good condition unless otherwise noted. "<" (less than) result signifies that the analyte was not detected at or above the reporting limit Measurement of
uncertainty is available upon request. The QC data associated with the sample results included in this report meet the recovery and precision requirements unless specifically indicated otherwise.
Definitions of modifications are available upon request
Samples analyzed by EMSL Analytical, Inc. Kemersville, NC EMSL Lab ID 102564 is accredited by the AIHA Laboratory Accreditation Program (AIHA-LAP), LLC in the Environmental Lead accreditation
program for Lead in Paint Chips.
Initial report from 04/03/2019 16:09:02
Test Report PB w/RD/1-7.32.3 Printed: 4/3/2019 4:09:02 PM Page 1 of 1

Order2D: 021902123
Lead (Pb) Chain of Custody
EMSL Order I ab se
wAft ��YnCM, �a
EMSL ANAL YTICAL. INC
706 GRALIN STREET
KERNERSVILLE: NC 27284
336-992-1025
Company: Walker Group Architecture
EMSL-Bill to: ® Same ❑ Different
If Bill to Is Different note instructions in Comments -
Third Party Billing requires written authorization from third
party
Street 409C Broad St
_
City: New Bern State/Province: NC
Zip/Postal Code: 28560
Coun : US__
Report To (Name): Chris Walker
Fax #: [phone]
A
Telephone #: [phone]
Project Name/Number: Bldg 7022
Email Address: [e-mail]
_
Please Provide Results: Fax Email
Purchase Order:
U.S. State Samples Taken: NC
_Turnaround Time AT Options*
El Hours El Hours ❑ 24 Hours I ❑ 48 Hours I
- Please Check
® 3 Days ❑ 4 Days
_
❑ 5 Days ❑ 10 Days
*Analysis completed in accordance with EMSL's Terms and Conditions located in the Price Guide
Matrix
Method
Instrument
Reporting Limit
Check
Chips ❑ mg/cm2
%bywL
SW846-7000B/7420
or AOAC 974.02
Flame Atomic Absorption
0.01
Air
NIOSH 7082
Flame Atomic Absorption
4 pg/filter
❑
NIOSH 7105
Graphite Furnace AA
0.03 /filter
_
NIOSH 7300 modified
ICP-AES
0.5 Ng/filter
❑
Wipe* ❑ ASTM
❑ non ASTM
• ff no box is checked non-ASTM Wipe Is assumed
SW846-70DOB17420
—
SW846-6010B or C
--
Flame Atomic Absorption
10 lig/wipe
❑
❑
ICP-AES
-
0.5 Ng/wipe
TCLP
SW846-1311/7420/SM3111B
Flame Atomic Absorption
0.4m /L m
SW846-6010B or C
ICP-AES
0.1 m /L m
Soil
SW846-7420
Flame Atomic Absorption
'Graphite
40 m /k m
SW846-7421
Furnace AA
0.3 m /k m
SW86 Olffi or C
ICP-AES
1 m /k m
Wastewater
SM3111B or
SW846-70008/7420
Flame Atomic Absorption
0.4 m g/L �ppm)
0.003 m /L m
_❑
EPA 200.9
Graphite Furnace AA
SW846-6010B or C
_
ICP-AES
1 m /k m
_❑
Drinking Water
EPA 200.9
Graphite Furnace AA
0.003 mg/L (ppm)
❑
Other:
Preservation Method (Water):
Name of Sampier: Chris Walker
Sample # Location
b-01 Tan metal doors stem
Signature
of Sampler:
Volume/Area
Date/Time Sample
03-28-19/ 2:00 m
b-02
Tan metal doors stem
03-28-19/ 2:00pm
Client Sam le
Vs 101 - 02 _
Total # of Samples: 2
Relin uished Client : I WGARC Date: 3/29119 Time: 4:00 m
Received Lab : _ Date: Time: 1 UP
Comments: Please email ults to: chris [e-mail], lisa a(Dwgarc.com, [e-mail]
Page 1 of 1 pages
Paqe 1 Of

VI. PRELIMINARY COST OPINION
Preliminary Engineering Estimates of construction is $320,128.
The Government established project budget is $190,000.
Basis of Design
Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
MCAS Cherry Point, North Carolina
Project WO# 6895127
Page 19

APPI

" / qeo
-Po v,r .��nai A7 Dz,4-- 1
Si-ee- !U,•,,r
b\A l 1A 1 vlAL r�1
ICI( �=
/4 ✓L a&,
Acar 1 evS" v c.c ke-
42. s-7" : o. o 0:7 3 Fr2
I t, r off' �� yo-e Ins s 000SiL3 FrZx I LoF x
yy
/sue. ,
7A

fl
56''r r-,&) Am =j,/ Cu em 4-)6z-, L
cs v vt 12,,1 -/j �v►,� = 'Gib /i) A "c <S
6/a Uj AA e- o i v Se MA ) "W4S X So j4M = 3za ; /ems
(.J6-- /0 Y 14m m-b& , , J• 0 i'0-
Lc�w� �- YV PeaFoote a 1�1- -�,��
P
OFF
r-r
13, S' zTv p
6,21
I -Ai A o r o-.j z t,&Aa,
9a�r = 323C O-Z
pig
� v �► nn

i
}
i -5�rl c #"
Fb ✓L
RIVVA
�13
v ty-t

s c WO
as,o. �`!qJ7 ns- 14-.,)/ha
o Pvc,
4ea� 0#1 - j
- &rtj Z,, toe, 5 POa I U o F'7'
h!V&/, P, C1 1
y�-
9 o ° ciwa air
0
-7-4T 'L 5tPw U
i
�
ao'
l t4o
i

� W 8?� y�+T
I
-/,, Imo • Alftoy&& or— Ay%-p
-P(J,o C�J
({/ 3
s Wp

►C Customer Pump Performance Datasheet
PE NTA I R Project name Encompass 2.0-19.0.4
Item number : Default Size : Hydromatic - HPGFHIHPGFHX-300
Service Stages 1
Quantity : 1 Based on curve number : SUB_G_0_AH_00001_B 4 Rev
Quote number 2012-03-23
Date last saved : 12 Apr 2019 9:58 AM
Operating Conditions Liquid
Flow, rated : 80.00 US Liquid type :Water
Differential _head / pressure, rated (reque ed Additional liquid description
Differential head / pressure, rated (actual) Solids diameter, max 0.00 in
Suction pressure, rated / max 0.00 / 0.00 psi.g Solids diameter limit 0.00 in
NPSH available, rated Ample Solids concentration, by volume : 0.00 %
Frequency 60 Hz Temperature, max 68.00 deg F
Performance Fluid density, rated / max : 1.000 / 1.000 SG
Speed, rated 1750 rpm Viscosity, rated 1.00 cP
Impeller diameter, rated 7.50 in Vapor pressure, rated 0.34 psi.a
Impeller diameter, maximum : 8.00 in Material
Impeller diameter, minimum : 7.00 in Material selected : Standard
Efficiency - Pressure Data
NPSH required / margin required - / 0.00 ft Maximum working pressure : 17.70 psi.g
nq (imp. eye flow) / S (imp. eye flow) : 24 / - Metric units Maximum allowable working pressure : NIA
Minimum Continuous Stable Flow : 15.00 USgpm Maximum allowable suction pressure : N/A
Head, maximum, rated diameter : 40.90 ft Hydrostatic test pressure : N/A
Head rise to shutoff : 63.60 % Driver & Power Data (@Max density)
Flow, best eff. point
Flow ratio, rated / BEP Driver sizing specification Maximum power
Diameter ratio (rated / max) : 93.75 % Margin over specification : 0.00 %
Service factor : 1.00
Head ratio (rated dia / max dia) : 63.40 % Power, hydraulic 0.50 hp
Cq/Ch/Ce/Cn [ANSI/HI 9.6.7-2010] :1.00 / 1.00 / 1.00 / 1.00 Power, rated 2.97 hp
Selection status : Acceptable �_...__ __..._.._ �.A7 k-
50
45
40
35
30
25
N
= 20
15
10
5
0
3.6
O- 2.7
t
N 1.8
3
0
o_ 0.9
0.0 .
0 10 20
►;� PENTAIR
30 40 bu 6u ru du au
Flow - USgpm
HYDROMATIC
Power
100 110
PHONE: • FAX:

l
►� PENTAIR
HYDRDMATIC°
MODELS HPGF(X)/HPGFH(XI
SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE
GRINDER PUMPS
ALSO AVAILABLE FOR HAZARDOUS LOCATION
HPGFX/HPGFHX
<a> 41AMOVEn
WWW.HYDROMATIC.COM

SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE GRINDER PUMPS 1 0
HYDROMATIC0 MODELS HPGF(X)/HPGFH(X)
Submersible Sewage Grinder Pumps
Pump / Motor Unit
Submersible -Grinder
Phase
10
30
Horsepower
3
5
3
5
17.5
208V FLA
N/A
N/A
10.9
17.6
129
230V FLA
17.1
29.5
9.5
15.3
125.2
460V FLA
N/A
N/A
4.8
7.6
112.6
575V FLA
N/A
N/A 13.8
6.1
10.1
Motor Type
Oil -Cooled Induction
Ca acitor Start
Oil -Cooled
Induction
RPM
1750
Temperature
140°FAmbient
Operation
Intermittent
Hertz
60 Hz
Thermal Overload
Bimetallic
Temperature
Maximum Water 140°F
NEMA Design
T e B [3 01
Type L (1 0)
_
Insulation
Class F
Discharge Size
2" NPT - 3" 125 lb. Flange (Horizontatl
Unit Weight
245 lbs.
Power Cord
SOCK W
Control Cord 1500W
Motor Housing
Cast Iron ASTM-48
Pump Casing
Cast Iron ASTM-48
Coolant/Lubricant
Dielectric Oil
Shaft
Stainless Steel
Mechanical Shaft Seal
Seal Faces: Carbon / Ceramic, Seal Body:
Stainless Steel, Spring: Stainless Steel,
Bellows: Buna-N
Impeller
Semio en 5-Vane SST
Cutters
440C Hardened 55-60 Rockwell C
Upper Bearing
(Radial] Single Row -Ball
Lower Bearing
(Thrust) Single Row -Ball
Fasteners
Stainless Steel
HPGFIHPGFH Dimensional. Data
Top View -
Vertical Discharge Standard
2" NPT 7-1/4.,
DISCHARGE
f184.151
6-17J32"
7-1/4"
(165.891
(184.151
_L
21-7/8"
6-17/32-
�- 1165.89)
[555.621
1
8-1/8' -`- 7-1/4"
(206.38) (184.151
2" NPT (50.8)
DISCHARGE
3" 17621 FLANGED
DISCHARGE
IN3-1/2"
(88.91
'
�i
4"
(101.61
Pump / Motor Unit
Submersible -Grinder
Phase
1 0
30
Horsepower
3
5
3
5
7.5
208V FLA
N/A
N/A
10.9
17.6
29
230V FLA
17.1
29.5
9.5
15.3
25.2
460V FLA
N/A
N/A
4.8
7.6
12.6
575V FLA
N/A
N/A
3.8
6.1
10.1
Motor Type
Oil -Cooled Induction
Capacitor Start
Oil -Cooled Induction
RPM
1750
Temperature
140°FAmbient
Operation
Intermittent
Hertz
60 Hz
Thermal Overload
Bimetallic
Temperature
Maximum Water 140°F
NEMA Desicin
Type B 13 0)
T pe L 11 01
Insulation_
Class F
Discharge Size
2" NPT - 3" 125 lb. Flange (Horizontal)
Weight
245 lbs.
_Unit
Power Cord
SOCK W
Control Cord ISCOW
r
Motor Hous,nq
Cast Iron ASTM-48
Pump Caste
Cast Iron ASTM-48
Coolant / Lubricant
Dielectric Oil
Shaft
Stainless Steel
Mechanical Shaft`
Seal
Seal Faces: Carbon / Ceramic, Seal Body:
Stainless Steel, Spring: Stainless Steel, Bellows:
Buna-N
Impeller
Semio en 5-Vane SST
Cutters
440C Hardened 55-60 Rockwell C
Upper Bearing
(Radial) Single Row -Ball
Lower Bearing
(Thrust) Single Row -Ball
Fasteners
Stainless Steel
HPGFXIHPGFHX Dimensional Data
6-7/8-
[174.61 ds
26"
[660.41
I
i
SUCTION
2 All dimensions in inches. Metric for international use. Component dimensions may vary: 1/8 inch. Dimensional data not for construction purpose unless certified. Cimensicns and weights are approximate. On/Off level adjustable.

HPGF/HPGFH Pump 7eatures
A. Two Barrier Seal
One epoxy barrier and one compression fitting for
maximum protection against wicking and water seepage
into the motor housing.
B. Bearings
The heavy-duty ball bearings, upper (radial) and lower (thrust),
are continuously lubricated by oil to ensure long service life.
c. Motor
Electrical design combines the advantages of high torque
output with optimum running efficiency engineered specifically
for grinder operation.
D. Stator Bolts
The stator is secured to the mo-,.or housing by means of stator
i bolts which ensure ease of maintenance if the need ever arises.
1
Horizontal
i
discharge
�j - available
Ir
rT
—� (HPGFH)
Applications:
Residential, Commercial, Resort Area
E. Shaft
Standard stainless steel shaft in grinder pump.
F. Dual Seals
Dual seals for maximum moisture protection.
G. Moisture Probe
Moisture detection probe.
H. Cutters
Exclusive "Dual Cutter" design cuts solids to smallest particle
size thereby greatly reducing clogging, roping, or binding.
�. Impeller
Impe ler made of high strength 316 SST / CF8M which provides
a high level of corrosion resistance and toughness from impact
for a wide variety of slurry pumpage.
WWW.HYDROMATIC.COM 3

HATARDOUS LOCATION SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE GRINDER PUMPS =
HPGFX/HPGFHX Pump Features
A. Three Barrier Seal
One epoxy barrier, one compression fitting and two
additional 0-rings for maximum protection against
wicking and water seepage into the motor housing-
B. Bearings
The heavy-duty ball bearings. upper (radial)
and lower (thrust), are continuously lubricated by
oil to ensure long service life.
c. Motor
Electrical design combines the advantages of
high torque output with optimum running efficiency
engineered specifically for grinder operation.
D. Stator Bolts
The stator is secured to the motor housing by means
of stator bolts which ensure ease of maintenance if the
need ever arises.
E. Shaft
Standard stainless steel shaft in grinder pump.
F. Dual Seals
Dual seals for maximum moisture protection.
G. Two Moisture Probes
Moisture detection probe located in seal chamber.
H. Cutters
Exclusive "Dual Cutter" design cuts solids to smallest
particle size thereby greatly reducing clogging, roping,
or binding.
�. Impeller
Multivane, semiopen impeller.
+ PENTAIR
1101 MYERS PARKWAY 490 PINEBUSH ROAD, UNIT 4
ASHLAND, OHIO 44805 CAMBRIDGE, ONTARIO, CANADA N1T OA5
PH:855-274-8947 PH:800-363-7847
WWW.HYDROMATIC.COM WWW.HYDROMATIC.COM
-r
Horizontal
discharge
available
(HPGFHXI
Applications:
Municipal, Commercial, Residential, Resort Area
10
Hydromatic� is a registered trademark of Pentair Ltd.
Because we are continuously improving our products and services. Pentair reserves the right to change specifications without prior notice.
E-02-7110 05/02/17 © 2017 Pentair plc. All Rights Reserved.

�S SUIT►-F' �/Zeycc rD�v' �t'lT �t� 2 F4eAr
6d4i
L& '06 t"at t,.je.4,e L, 'IX
l.u'+- 12 `'ry 140 %-r>
uj s = 0.,rw1,00,6 x <SxI-I{2
`'x ' H2JI.x (II0�
w4's�l q,q 35
Fp,,= 131 lqs*+ 4,sq�p* *to, 960t- 'A' ;�V-e (0 #-
FieI'l

FINAL SUBMITTAL
DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY
ATLANTIC DIVISION, NAVAL FACILITIES ENGINEERING COMMAND
MARINE CORPS AIR STATION, CHERRY POINT, NORTH CAROLINA
Design Director:
REPLACE PUMP STATION OLF ATLANTIC
AT THE
MARINE CORPS AIR STATION
CHERRY POINT, NORTH CAROLINA
PROJECT: 6895127
DESIGNED BY:
AVOLIS ENGINEERING, P.A.
P.O. BOX 15564, NEW BERN, NC 28561
SPECIFICATION PREPARED BY:
JOHN KEVIN AVOLIS, PE
SPECIFICATION APPROVED BY:
PATRICK FAULKNER, PE
Date:
C A R4
L �9r9
15738
GG�N���� 5 .�
K.
01111110

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
PROJECT TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
00 01 15 LIST OF DRAWINGS
DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
O1
11
00
SUMMARY OF WORK
O1
14
00
WORK RESTRICTIONS
O1
20
00.00 20
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
O1
30
00
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
O1
31
23.13 20
ELECTRONIC CONSTRUCTION AND FACILITY SUPPORT CONTRACT
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
O1
33
00
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
O1
35
26
GOVERNMENTAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
O1
42
00
SOURCES FOR REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS
O1
45
00.00 20
QUALITY CONTROL
01
50
00
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
01
57
19
TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
O1
78
00
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
O1
78
23
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS
02 41 00 DEMOLITION
02 82 30 RE-ESTABLISHING VEGETATION
DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE
03 30 53 MISCELLANEOUS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
26 00 00.00 20 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
26 51 00 INTERIOR LIGHTING
DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK
31 23 00.00 20 EXCAVATION AND FILL
DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
32 11 23 AGGREGATE BASE COURSES
DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES
33
11
00
WATER DISTRIBUTION
33
30
00
SANITARY SEWERS
33
32
13.13
PACKAGED SEWAGE LIFT STATIONS, WET WELL TYPE
33
71
02
UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION
-- End of Project Table of Contents --
PROJECT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
W06895127
DOCUMENT 00 01 15
LIST OF DRAWINGS
02/11
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
This section lists the drawings for the project pursuant to contract
clause "DFARS 252.236-7001, Contract Drawings, Maps and Specifications."
1.2 CONTRACT DRAWINGS
Contract drawings are as follows:
NAVFAC
SHEET
NO.
SHEET
TITLE
12798158
1
of
13
G-001
COVER SHEET
12798159
2
of
13
CU100
OVERALL SITE PLAN
12798160
3
of
13
CU101
ENLARGED SITE PLAN
DEMOLITION
- EXISTING CONDITIONS AND
12798161
4
of
13
CU102
ENLARGED SITE PLAN
- NEW WORK
12798162
5
of
13
CU103
DEMOLITION - PLAN,
SECTION & PHOTOGRAPHS
12798163
6
of
13
CU104
NEW WORK - PLAN, SECTION & DETAILS
12798164
7
of
13
CU501
DETAILS
12798165
8
of
13
CU502
DETAILS
12798166
9
of
13
CU503
DETAILS
12798167
10
of
13
CU504
DETAILS
12798168
11
of
13
E-001
GENERAL ELETRICAL
ABBREVIATIONS
NOTES, LEGEND AND
12798169
12
of
13
E-101
DEMOLITION AND NEW
WORK PLANS
12798170
13
of
13
E-501
DETAILS
1.3 SUPPLEMENTARY DRAWINGS
These supplementary drawings may not be a part of the contract but are
included with the drawings for information.
-- End of Document --
DOCUMENT 00 01 15 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
W06895127
SECTION 01 11 00
SUMMARY OF WORK
08/15
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.1.1 Project Description
The work includes replacement of existing Lift Station 7022 with new
submersible pump lift station and incidental related work.
1.1.2 Location
The work is located at the Atlantic Field, approximately as indicated.
The exact location will be shown by the Contracting Officer.
1.2 OCCUPANCY OF PREMISES
Building(s) will be occupied during performance of work under this
Contract. Occupancy notifications will be posted in a prominent location
in the work area.
Before work is started, arrange with the Contracting Officer a sequence of
procedure, means of access, space for storage of materials and equipment,
and use of approaches, corridors, and stairways.
1.3 EXISTING WORK
In addition to "FAR 52.236-9, Protection of Existing Vegetation,
Structures, Equipment, Utilities, and Improvements":
a. Remove or alter existing work in such a manner as to prevent injury or
damage to any portions of the existing work which remain.
b. Repair or replace portions of existing work which have been altered
during construction operations to match existing or adjoining work, as
approved by the Contracting Officer. At the completion of operations,
existing work must be in a condition equal to or better than that
which existed before new work started.
1.4 LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to locate all existing
underground utilities that are within the limits of work, prior to any
excavation activities. These include but are not limited to the following
buried utilities: water lines, sanitary and storm sewers, steam
condensate, fuel lines, gas lines, electrical ducts and direct buried
conductors, commercial telephone, Base telephone, commercial cable TV,
Base instructional cable TV, EMCS, and fire alarm. The contractor shall
employ the services of a qualified Utility locating company to locate,
identify, and mark all underground utilities. The entire construction
limits shall be thoroughly scanned and researched to determine existing
utility locations. Any existing utilities that are indicated on the
project drawings shall be considered for reference use by the locating
company and shall be verified. All underground utilities shall be clearly
SECTION 01 11 00 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
marked with flags, paint or stakes prior to any digging operation except
that required to determine exact utility location and depth. CAUTION
shall be used when trenching or excavating around or near buried
utilities. The contractor shall be responsible for the timely repair
and/or replacement of direct and collateral damage on any and all
underground utilities that are severed, crushed, broken, displaced or
otherwise disturbed by the construction operation. The Government shall
not incur any additional cost for such repair or replacement. The
contractor shall notify the FEAD a minimum of three working days prior to
utility location. Do not continue with excavation or installation of new
work without resolving elevation discrepancies and conflicts.
1.4.1 Notification Prior to Excavation
Notify the Contracting Officer at least 30 days prior to starting
excavation work.
1.5 SALVAGE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
Items designated by the Contracting Officer to be salvaged remain the
property of the Government. Segregate, itemize, deliver and off-load the
salvaged property at the Government designated storage area located within
10 miles of the construction site.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not used.
-- End of Section --
SECTION O1 11 00 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
SECTION O1 14 00
WORK RESTRICTIONS
11/11
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for all submittals. Submit the following
in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
List of Contact Personnel; G
1.2 SPECIAL SCHEDULING REQUIREMENTS
a. Have materials, equipment, and personnel required to perform the work
at the site prior to the commencement of the work.
b. Permission to interrupt any Activity roads, railroads, or utility
service must be requested in writing a minimum of 15 calendar days
prior to the desired date of interruption.
1.3 CONTRACTOR ACCESS AND USE OF PREMISES
NCACS/RapidGate credentials will continue to be honored at MCAS Cherry
Point until March 31, 2019.
DBIDS has gone live at MCAS Cherry Point. In order to reduce wait time
when exchanging your RapidGate credential, it is highly recommended each
applicant pre -register at https://dbids-global.dmdc.mil/enroll#!/
Non-DoD cardholding visitors to Marine Corps Installations with a driver's
license or ID issued by a state that is not compliant with the Real ID Act
of 2005 will now need to provide an alternate form of acceptable
identification to gain entry, or be escorted by an authorized patron of
the air station.
North Carolina now issues REAL ID compliant drivers licenses, but many
drivers have yet to be issued the new license. Drivers may get a North
Carolina REAL ID driver's license at any NCDMV driver's license office.
The Act established minimum security standards for license issuance and
production and prohibits Federal agencies from accepting driver's licenses
and identification cards from states not meeting the Act's minimum
standards.
In absence of a compliant state issued driver's license or ID, one of the
following federally approved forms of identification must also be provided
in addition to the non -compliant driver's license or ID:
1. U.S. Passport
2. U.S. Passport Card
3. U.S. Coast Guard Merchant Mariner Card
4. Personal Identity Verification (PIV) Card
5. Personal Identity Verification - Interoperable (PIV-I)
SECTION O1 14 00 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
6. U.S. State Department Driver's License
7. Veteran's Health Identification Card (Issued by the U.S. Department of
Veterans Affairs)
8. U.S. Permanent Resident Card (Form I-551)
9. U.S. Certificate of Naturalization or Certificate of Citizenship (Form
N-550)
10. Department of Homeland Security Employment Authorization Document
(Form I-766)
1.3.1 Activity Regulations
Ensure that Contractor personnel employed on the Activity become familiar
with and obey Activity regulations including safety, fire, traffic and
security regulations. Keep within the limits of the work and avenues of
ingress and egress. Wear hard hats in designated areas. Do not enter any
restricted areas unless required to do so and until cleared for such
entry. Mark Contractor equipment for identification.
1.3.1.1 Subcontractors and Personnel Contacts
Provide a list of contact personnel of the Contractor and subcontractors
including addresses and telephone numbers for use in the event of an
emergency. As changes occur and additional information becomes available,
correct and change the information contained in previous lists.
1.3.1.2 Installation Access
Obtain access to Navy and Marine Corps installations through participation
in the Defense Biometrics Identification System (DBIDS). Requirements for
Contractor employee registration, and transition for employees currently
under Navy Commercial Access Control System (NCACS), are available at
https://www.cnic.navy.mil/om/dbids.html. No fees are associated with
obtaining a DBIDS credential.
Participation in DBIDS is not mandatory, and Contractor personnel may
apply for One -Day Passes at the Base Visitor Control Office to access an
installation.
1.3.1.2.1 Registration for DBIDS
Registration for DBIDS is available at
https://www.cnic.navy.mil/om/dbids.html. Procedure includes:
a. Present a letter or official award document (i.e. DD Form 1155 or SF
1442) from the Contracting Officer, that provides the purpose for
access, to the base Visitor Control Center representative.
b. Present valid identification, such as a passport or Real ID
Act -compliant state driver's license.
C. Provide completed SECNAV FORM 5512/1 to the base Visitor Control
Center representative to obtain a background check. This form is
available for download at https://www.cnic.navv.mil/om/dbids.html.
d. Upon successful completion of the background check, the Government
will complete the DBIDS enrollment process, which includes Contractor
employee photo, finger prints, base restriction and several other
assessments.
SECTION O1 14 00 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
e. Upon successful completion of the enrollment process, the Contractor
employee will be issued a DBIDS credential, and will be allowed to
proceed to worksite.
1.3.1.2.2 DBIDS Eligibility Requirements
Throughout the length of the contract, the Contractor employee must
continue to meet background screen standards. Periodic background
screenings are conducted to verify continued DBIDS participation and
installation access privileges. DBIDS access privileges will be
immediately suspended or revoked if at any time a Contractor employee
becomes ineligible.
An adjudication process may be initiated when a background screen failure
results in disqualification from participation in the DBIDS, and
Contractor employee does not agree with the reason for disqualification.
The Government is the final authority.
1.3.1.2.3 DBIDS Notification Requirements
a. Immediately report instances of lost or stolen badges to the
Contracting Officer.
b. Immediately collect DBIDS credentials and notify the Contracting
Officer in writing under the following circumstances:
(1) An employee has departed the company without having properly
returned or surrendered their DBIDS credentials.
(2) There is a reasonable basis to conclude that an employee, or
former employee, might pose a risk, compromise, or threat to the
safety or security of the Installation or anyone therein.
1.3.1.2.4 One -Day Passes
Personnel applying for One -Day passes at the Base Visitor Control Office
are subject to daily mandatory vehicle inspection, and will have limited
access to the installation. The Government is not responsible for any
cost or lost time associated with obtaining daily passes or added vehicle
inspections incurred by non -participants in DBIDS.
1.3.1.3 NCACS Identification Badges and Installation Access
Application for and use of badges will be as directed. Obtain access to
the installation by participating in the Navy Commercial Access Control
System (NCACS), or by obtaining passes each day from the Base Pass and
Identification Office. Costs for obtaining passes through the NCACS are
the responsibility of the Contractor. One -day passes, issued through the
Base Pass and Identification Office, will be furnished without charge.
Furnish a completed EMPLOYMENT ELIGIBILITY VERIFICATION (DHS FORM I-9)
form for all personnel requesting badges. This form is available at
http://www.uscis.gov/portal/site/uscis by searching or selecting
Employment Verification (Form I-9). Immediately report instances of lost
or stolen badges to the Contracting Officer.
a. NCACS Program: NCACS is a voluntary program in which Contractor
personnel who enroll, and are approved, are subsequently granted
access to the installation for a period up to one year, or the length
of the contract, whichever is less, and are not required to obtain a
SECTION O1 14 00 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
new pass from the Base Pass and Identification Office for each visit.
The Government performs background screening and credentialing.
Throughout the year the Contractor employee must continue to meet
background screening standards. Periodic background screenings are
conducted to verify continued NCACS participation and installation
access privileges. Under the NCACS program, no commercial vehicle
inspection is required, other than for Random Anti -Terrorism Measures
(RAM) or in the case of an elevation of Force Protection Conditions
(FPCON). Information on costs and requirements to participate and
enroll in NCACS is available at http://www.rapidgate.com or by calling
1-877-727-4342. Contractors should be aware that the costs incurred
to obtain NCACS credentials, or costs related to any means of access
to a Navy or Marine Corps Installation, are not reimbursable. Any
time invested, or price(s) paid, for obtaining NCACS credentials will
not be compensated in any way or approved as a direct cost of any
contract with the Department of the Navy.
b. One -Day Passes: Participation in the NCACS is not mandatory, and if
the Contractor chooses to not participate, the Contractor's personnel
will have to obtain daily passes, be subject to daily mandatory
vehicle inspection, and will have limited access to the installation.
The Government will not be responsible for any cost or lost time
associated with obtaining daily passes or added vehicle inspections
incurred by non -participants in the NCACS.
1.3.1.4 No Smoking Policy
Smoking is prohibited within and outside of all buildings on
installation, except in designated smoking areas. This applies to
existing buildings, buildings under construction and buildings under
renovation. Discarding tobacco materials other than into designated
tobacco receptacles is considered littering and is subject to fines. The
Contracting Officer will identify designated smoking areas.
1.3.2 Working Hours
Regular working hours must consist of an 8 1/2 hour period, between 7:00
a.m. and 3:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding Government holidays.
1.3.3 Work Outside Regular Hours
Work outside regular working hours requires Contracting Officer approval.
Make application 15 calendar days prior to such work to allow arrangements
to be made by the Government for inspecting the work in progress, giving
the specific dates, hours, location, type of work to be performed,
contract number and project title. Based on the justification provided,
the Contracting Officer may approve work outside regular hours. During
periods of darkness, the different parts of the work must be lighted in a
manner approved by the Contracting Officer. Make utility cutovers after
normal working hours or on Saturdays, Sundays, and Government holidays
unless directed otherwise.
1.3.4 Occupied Buildings
The Contractor shall be working around existing buildings which are
occupied. Do not enter the buildings without prior approval of the
Contracting Officer.
SECTION O1 14 00 Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
1.3.5 Utility Cutovers and Interruptions
a. Make utility cutovers and interruptions after normal working hours or
on Saturdays, Sundays, and Government holidays. Conform to procedures
required in paragraph WORK OUTSIDE REGULAR HOURS.
b. Ensure that new utility lines are complete, except for the connection,
before interrupting existing service.
C. Interruption to water, sanitary sewer, storm sewer, telephone service,
electric service, air conditioning, heating, fire alarm, compressed
air, and are considered utility cutovers pursuant to the paragraph
WORK OUTSIDE REGULAR HOURS. Such interruptions are further limited to
2 hours. This time limit includes time for deactivation and
reactivation.
d. Operation of Station Utilities: The Contractor must not operate nor
disturb the setting of control devices in the station utilities
system, including water, sewer, electrical, and steam services. The
Government will operate the control devices as required for normal
conduct of the work. The Contractor must notify the Contracting
Officer giving reasonable advance notice when such operation is
required.
1.4 SECURITY REQUIREMENTS
1.4.1 Station Regulations
No employee or representative of the contractor will be admitted to the
work site without an Identification Badge or is specifically authorized
admittance to the work site by the FEAD, Facilities Engineering &
Acquisition Division.
IMPORTANT NOTE: FEAD personnel (Construction Managers,
Engineers/Architects, Engineering Technicians, Contract Specialists, or
Contract Surveillance Representatives) will not receive, process,
re -transmit or otherwise handle IN ANY WAY Personally Identifiable
Information (PII) related to the badging process. Do NOT forward any of
this information to the FEAD.
1.4.2 Contractor Access to MCAS Cherry Point and Outlying Areas
1. Documentation requirements for granting access to MCAS Cherry Point
for commercial and contract employers and employees. This document is an
aid in meeting ASO 5560.6A requirements and is not a substitute for the
order.
2. The Pass & Identification Office at Building 251 will issue
credentials to authorized contractors. Sub -Contractors and suppliers must
coordinate through the Prime -Contractor:
3. Criminal Activity. In accordance with ASO 5560.6A, the below list of
criminal activities within an applicant's record are considered not in the
best interest of the Marine Corps and will be grounds for automatic denial
of access aboard the Installation:
a. Conviction of any felony offense.
b. Conviction of any misdemeanor offense, which was the result of
SECTION O1 14 00 Page 5

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
a plea bargain of a felony offense.
C. Conviction of any offense involving a weapon.
d. Conviction of any drug offense involving manufacturing or
trafficking.
e. More than one misdemeanor conviction of drug related offenses
over the applicant's lifetime or one misdemeanor drug related
offense within the last five years.
f. Conviction of any assault charge.
g. Conviction of any offense involving theft or larceny.
h. Conviction of any offense of domestic violence.
i. Conviction of any offense related to the abuse/neglect of a
child.
j. Conviction of any sexual in nature related offense or
registration as a sex offender.
k. Commission of any grievous criminal offense/misconduct while
aboard any Federal installation, including blatant disregard for
rules and regulations of the Installation, but excluding minor
traffic offenses.
1. Other than Honorable, Bad Conduct, and Dishonorable discharges
from the U.S. Military.
M. Those identified as undocumented citizens.
n. Those on the National Terrorist Watch List.
o. Any individual who attempts to hide or purposely fails to
disclose all past criminal history during the vetting process.
p. Any individual that the Provost Marshal's Office determines to
present a risk to the security and safety of the Installation and
whose access is deemed not in the best interest of the Marine
Corps.
q. Any individual who has been debarred from the Installation by
the Installation Commander or is currently listed as debarred from
any other Federal installation.
r. Any individual with an outstanding warrant for their arrest or
apprehension.
S. Any individual with a pending criminal court case that, if
convicted, would result in access denial in accordance with the
criteria listed above.
1.4.3 Staging Area
As indicated on the plans, the Contractor staging area will be (PM to
coordinate). Amount of material on site shall be kept to a minimum and
shall only be material that is pertinent to the work currently being
SECTION O1 14 00 Page 6

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
performed. All stockpiling of equipment and materials shall be closely
coordinated with the Government and shall not disrupt activities at the
site.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
-- End of Section --
SECTION O1 14 00 Page 7

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
SECTION O1 20 00.00 20
PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES
11/11
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by
the basic designation only.
U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE)
EP-1110-1-8 (2009) Construction Equipment Ownership
and Operating Expense Schedule
1.2 SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Schedule of Prices; G
1.3 SCHEDULE OF PRICES
1.3.1 Data Required
Within 15 calendar days of notice of award, prepare and deliver to the
Contracting Officer a Schedule of Prices (construction contract) as
directed by the Contracting Officer. Provide a detailed breakdown of the
contract price, giving quantities for each of the various kinds of work,
unit prices, and extended prices. Costs shall be summarized and totals
provided for each construction category.
1.3.2 Schedule Instructions
Payments will not be made until the Schedule of Prices has been submitted
to and accepted by the Contracting Officer. Identify the cost for site
work, and include incidental work to the 5 ft line. Identify costs for
the building(s), and include work out to the 5 ft line. Work out to the 5
ft line shall include construction encompassed within a theoretical line 5
ft from the face of exterior walls and shall include attendant
construction, such as pad mounted HVAC cooling equipment, cooling towers,
and transformers placed beyond the 5 ft line.
1.3.3 Real Property Assets
The Government will provide the Draft DD Form 1354, Transfer and
Acceptance of Military Real Property filled in with the appropriate Real
Property Unique Identifiers (RPUID) and related construction Category
Codes to summarize the designed real property assets that apply to this
contract. The Contractor shall meet with the Contracting Officer and the
Real Property Accounting Officer during the Pre Construction Meeting and
the Project Closeout Meetings to modify and include any necessary changes
SECTION O1 20 00.00 20 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
to the DD Form 1354. The Contractor shall provide the Interim DD Form
1354 that uses the appropriate division of the RPUIDs/Category Codes to
represent the final constructed facility and include all associated cost.
Coordinate the Contractor's Price and Payment structure with the structure
of the RPUIDs/Category Codes.
Divide detailed asset breakdown into the RPUIDs and related construction
Category Codes and populate associated costs which represent all aspects
of the work. Where assets diverge into multiple RPUID/Category Codes,
divide the asset and provide the proportion of the assets in each
RPUID/Category Code. Assets and related RPUID/Category Codes may be
modified by the Contracting Officer as necessary during course of the
work. Coordinate identification and proportion of these assets with the
Government Real Property Accounting Officer.
Cost data accumulated under this section are required in the preparation
of DD Form 1354.
1.4 CONTRACT MODIFICATIONS
In conjunction with the Contract Clause "DFARS 252.236-7000, Modification
Proposals -Price Breakdown," and where actual ownership and operating costs
of construction equipment cannot be determined from Contractor accounting
records, equipment use rates shall be based upon the applicable provisions
of the EP-1110-1-8.
1.5 CONTRACTOR'S INVOICE AND CONTRACT PERFORMANCE STATEMENT
1.5.1 Content of Invoice
Requests for payment will be processed in accordance with the Contract
Clause FAR 52.232-27, Prompt Payment Construction Contracts and FAR
52.232-5, Payments Under Fixed -Price Construction Contracts. The requests
for payment shall include the documents listed below.
a. The Contractor's invoice, on NAVFAC Form 7300/30 furnished by the
Government, showing in summary form, the basis for arriving at the
amount of the invoice. Form 7300/30 shall include certification by
Contractor and Quality Control (QC) Manager.
b. The Estimate for Voucher/Contract Performance Statement on NAVFAC Form
4330/54 furnished by the Government, showing in detail: the estimated
cost, percentage of completion, and value of completed performance.
Use NAVFAC Form 43300/54 on NAVFAC contracts when a Monthly Estimate
for Voucher is required.
C. Updated Project Schedule and reports required by the contract.
d. Contractor Safety Self Evaluation Checklist.
e. Other supporting documents as requested.
f. Updated copy of submittal register.
g. Invoices not completed in accordance with contract requirements will
be returned to the Contractor for correction of the deficiencies.
h. Contractor's Monthly Estimate for Voucher and Conractors Certification
(NAVFAC Form 4330/54) with Subcontractor and supplier payment
SECTION O1 20 00.00 20 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
certification.
i. Materials on Site.
1.5.2 Submission of Invoices
If DFARS Clause 5252.232-7006 is included in the contract, provide the
documents listed in paragraph CONTENT OF INVOICE in their entirety as
attachments in Wide Area Work Flow (WAWF) for each invoice submitted. The
maximum size of each WAWF attachment is two megabytes, but there are no
limits on the number of attachments. If a document cannot be attached in
WAWF due to system or size restriction, provide it as instructed by the
Contracting Officer.
Monthly invoices and supporting forms for work performed through the
anniversary award date of the contract shall be submitted to the
Contracting Officer within 5 calendar days of the date of invoice. For
example, contract award date is the 7th of the month, the date of each
monthly invoice shall be the 7th and the invoice shall be submitted by the
12th of the month.
1.5.3 Final Invoice
a. A final invoice shall be accompanied by the certification required by
DFARS 252.247.7023 TRANSPORTATION OF SUPPLIES BY SEA, and the
Contractor's Final Release. If the Contractor is incorporated, the
Final Release shall contain the corporate seal. An officer of the
corporation shall sign and the corporate secretary shall certify the
Final Release.
b. For final invoices being submitted via WAWF, the original Contractor's
Final Release Form and required certification of Transportation of
Supplies by Sea must be provided directly to the respective
Contracting Officer prior to submission of the final invoice. Once
receipt of the original Final Release Form and required certification
of Transportation of Supplies by Sea has been confirmed by the
Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall then submit final invoice
and attach a copy of the Final Release Form and required certification
of Transportation of Supplies by Sea in WAWF.
C. Final invoices not accompanied by the Contractor's Final Release and
required certification of Transportation of Supplies by Sea will be
considered incomplete and will be returned to the Contractor.
1.6 PAYMENTS TO THE CONTRACTOR
Payments will be made on submission of itemized requests by the Contractor
which comply with the requirements of this section, and will be subject to
reduction for overpayments or increase for underpayments made on previous
payments to the Contractor.
1.6.1 Obligation of Government Payments
The obligation of the Government to make payments required under the
provisions of this contract will, at the discretion of the Contracting
Officer, be subject to reductions and suspensions permitted under the FAR
and agency regulations including the following in accordance with FAR
32.503-6:
SECTION O1 20 00.00 20 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
a. Reasonable deductions due to defects in material or workmanship;
b. Claims which the Government may have against the Contractor under or
in connection with this contract;
C. Unless otherwise adjusted, repayment to the Government upon demand for
overpayments made to the Contractor; and
d. Failure to provide up to date record drawings not current as stated in
Contract Clause "FAC 5252.236-9310, Record Drawings."
1.6.2 Payment for Onsite and Offsite Materials
Progress payments may be made to the contractor for materials delivered on
the site, for materials stored off construction sites, or materials that
are in transit to the construction sites under the following conditions:
a. FAR 52.232-5(b) Payments Under Fixed Price Construction Contracts.
b. Materials delivered on the site but not installed, including completed
preparatory work, and off -site materials to be considered for progress
payment shall be major high cost, long lead, special order, or
specialty items, not susceptible to deterioration or physical damage
in storage or in transit to the construction site. Examples of
materials acceptable for payment consideration include, but are not
limited to, structural steel, non-magnetic steel, non-magnetic
aggregate, equipment, machinery, large pipe and
fittings,precast/prestressed concrete products, plastic lumber (e.g.,
fender piles/curbs), and high -voltage electrical cable. Materials not
acceptable for payment include consumable materials such as nails,
fasteners, conduits, gypsum board, glass, insulation, and wall
coverings.
C. Materials to be considered for progress payment prior to installation
shall be specifically and separately identified in the Contractor's
estimates of work submitted for the Contracting Officer's approval in
accordance with Schedule of Prices requirement of this contract.
Requests for progress payment consideration for such items shall be
supported by documents establishing their value and that the title
requirements of the clause at FAR 52.232-5 have been met.
d. Materials are adequately insured and protected from theft and exposure.
e. Provide a written consent from the surety company with each payment
request for offsite materials.
f. Materials to be considered for progress payments prior to installation
shall be stored either in Hawaii, Guam, Puerto Rico, or the
Continental United States. Other locations are subject to written
approval by the Contracting Officer.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
SECTION O1 20 00.00 20 Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
-- End of Section --
SECTION O1 20 00.00 20 Page 5

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic W06895127
SECTION 01 30 00
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
08/15
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by
the basic designation only.
U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE)
EM 385-1-1 (2014) Safety and Health Requirements
Manual
1.2 SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
List of contact personnel
1.2.1 Contract Personnel
Furnish a list of contact personnel of the Contractor and subcontractors
including addresses and telephone numbers for use in the event of an
emergency. As changes occur and additional information becomes available,
correct and change the information contained in previous lists.
1.3 MINIMUM INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
Provide the minimum insurance coverage required by FAR 28.307-2 LIABILITY,
during the entire period of performance under this contract. Provide
other insurance coverage as required by North Carolina State law.
1.4 SUPERVISION
1.4.1 Minimum Communication Requirements
Have at least one qualified superintendent, or competent alternate,
capable of reading, writing, and conversing fluently in the English
language, on the job -site at all times during the performance of contract
work. In addition, if a Quality Control (QC) representative is required
on the contract, then that individual must also have fluent English
communication skills.
1.4.2 Superintendent Qualifications
The project superintendent must have a minimum of 10 years experience in
construction with at least 5 of those years as a superintendent on
projects similar in size and complexity. The individual must be familiar
with the requirements of EM 385-1-1 and have experience in the areas of
hazard identification and safety compliance. The individual must be
SECTION 01 30 00 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
capable of interpreting a critical path schedule and construction
drawings. The qualification requirements for the alternate superintendent
are the same as for the project superintendent. The Contracting Officer
may request proof of the superintendent's qualifications at any point in
the project if the performance of the superintendent is in question.
For routine projects where the superintendent is permitted to also serve
as the Quality Control (QC) Manager as established in Section
O1 45 00.00 20 QUALITY CONTROL, the superintendent must have
qualifications in accordance with that section.
1.4.2.1 Duties
The project superintendent is primarily responsible for managing and
coordinating day-to-day production and schedule adherence on the project.
The superintendent is required to attend NAVFAC Red Zone meetings,
partnering meetings, and quality control meetings. The superintendent or
qualified alternative must be on -site at all times during the performance
of this contract until the work is completed and accepted.
1.4.3 Non -Compliance Actions
The Project Superintendent is subject to removal by the Contracting
Officer for non-compliance with requirements specified in the contract and
for failure to manage the project to insure timely completion.
Furthermore, the Contracting Officer may issue an order stopping all or
part of the work until satisfactory corrective action has been taken. No
part of the time lost due to such stop orders is acceptable as the subject
of claim for extension of time for excess costs or damages by the
Contractor.
1.5 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING
After award of the contract but prior to commencement of any work at the
site, meet with the Contracting Officer to discuss and develop a mutual
understanding relative to the administration of the value engineering and
safety program, preparation of the schedule of prices, shop drawings, and
other submittals, scheduling programming, prosecution of the work, and
clear expectations of the "Interim DD Form 1354" Submittal. Major
subcontractors who will engage in the work must also attend.
1.6 ELECTRONIC MAIL (E-MAIL) ADDRESS
Establish and maintain electronic mail (e-mail) capability along with the
capability to open various electronic attachments as text files, pdf
files, and other similar formats. Within 10 days after contract award,
provide the Contracting Officer a single (only one) e-mail address for
electronic communications from the Contracting Officer related to this
contract including, but not limited to contract documents, invoice
information, request for proposals, and other correspondence. The
Contracting Officer may also use email to notify the Contractor of base
access conditions when emergency conditions warrant, such as hurricanes or
terrorist threats. Multiple email addresses are not allowed.
It is the Contractor's responsibility to make timely distribution of all
Contracting Officer initiated e-mail with its own organization including
field office(s). Promptly notify the Contracting Officer, in writing, of
any changes to this email address.
SECTION O1 30 00 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
-- End of Section --
SECTION O1 30 00 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
SECTION O1 31 23.13 20
ELECTRONIC CONSTRUCTION AND FACILITY SUPPORT CONTRACT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
05/17
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION
Utilize the Naval Facilities Engineering Command's (NAVFAC's) Electronic
Construction and Facility Support Contract Management System (eCMS) for
the transfer, sharing and management of electronic technical submittals
and documents. The web -based eCMS is the designated means of transferring
technical documents between the Contractor and the Government. Paper
media or e-mail submission, including originals or copies, of the
documents identified in Table 1 are not permitted, except where eCMS is
unavailable or non-functional. Contact the Contracting Officer's
Representative (COR) regarding availability of eCMS training and reference
materials.
1.2 USER PRIVILEGES
The Contractor will be provided access to eCMS. All technical submittals
and documents must be transmitted to the Government via the COR. Project
roles and system roles will be established to control each user's menu,
application, and software privileges, including the ability to create,
edit, or delete objects.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for all submittals. Submit the following
in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
List of Contractor's Personnel; G
1.4 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS AND CONNECTIVITY
1.4.1 General
The eCMS requires a web -browser (platform -neutral) and Internet
connection. Obtain from an approved vendor an External Certification
Authority (ECA), Primary Key Infrastructure (PKI) certificate, or other
similar digital identification to support two -factor authentication and
access to eCMS. Provide and maintain computer hardware and software for
the eCMS access throughout the duration of the contract for all
Contractor -designated users. Provide connectivity, speed, bandwidth, and
access to the Internet to ensure adequate functionality. Neither
upgrading of the Contractor's computer system nor delays associated from
the usage of the eCMS will be justification or grounds for a time
extension or cost adjustment to the Contract.
1.4.2 Contractor Personnel List
Within 20 calendar days of contract award, provide to the Contracting
Officer a list of Contractor's personnel who will have the responsibility
for the transfer, sharing and management of electronic technical
SECTION O1 31 23.13 20 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
submittals and documents and will require access to the eCMS. Project
personnel roles to be filled in the eCMS include the Contractor's Project
Manager, Superintendent, Quality Control (QC) Manager, and Site Safety and
Health Officer (SSHO). Personnel must be capable of electronic document
management. Notify the COR immediately of any personnel changes to the
project. The Contracting Officer reserves the right to perform a security
check on all potential users. Provide the following information:
First Name
Last Name
E-mail Address
Office Address
Project Role (e.g. Project Manager, QC Manager, Superintendent)
1.4.3 Field Administration
Provide a tablet computer with a Common Access Card (CAC) reader at the
job site for Government use only. The tablet computer must have a
web -browser, built-in camera, and cellular data connectivity. The tablet
computer must be fully charged and made available at all times for
Government use to facilitate the input of construction data at the job
site. After completion of the work, reset the tablet computer to factory
default settings. The tablet computer remains the property of the
Contractor and must be removed from the site.
1.5 SECURITY CLASSIFICATION
In accordance with Department of Navy guidance, all military construction
contract data are unclassified, unless specified otherwise by a properly
designated Original Classification Authority (OCA) and in accordance with
an established Security Classification Guide (SCG). Refer to the
project's OCA when questions arise about the proper classification of
information.
The eCMS and tablet computer must only be used for the transaction of
unclassified information associated with construction projects. In
conformance with the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), Department of
Defense Manual 5200.01-V4: DoD Information Security Program: Controlled
Unclassified Information (CUI), and DoD requirements, any unclassified
project documentation uploaded into the eCMS must be designated either "U
- UNCLASSIFIED" (U) or "FOUO - UNCLASSIFIED -FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY" (FOUO).
1.6 ECMS UTILIZATION
Establish, maintain, and update data and documentation in the eCMS
throughout the duration of the contract.
1.6.1 Information Security Classification/Identification
The eCMS must be used for the transmittal of the following documents.
This requirement supersedes conflicting requirements in other sections),
however, submittal review times in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
remain applicable. Table 1 - Project Documentation Types provides the
appropriate U and FOUO designations for various types of project
documents. Construction documents requiring FOUO status must be marked
accordingly. Apply the appropriate markings before any document is
uploaded into eCMS. Markings are not required on U documents.
Table 1 also identifies which eCMS application is to be used in the
SECTION O1 31 23.13 20 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
W06895127
transmittal of data (these are subject to change based on the latest
software configuration). If a designated application is not functional
within 4 hours of initial attempt, defer to the Submittal application and
submit the required data as an uploaded portable document (e.g. PDF), word
processor, spreadsheet, drawing, or other appropriate format. Hard copy
or e-mail submission of these items is acceptable only if eCMS is
documented to be not available or not functional. For Submittals, select
the following:
Preparation by = Contractor personnel assigned to prepare the submittal
Approval by = Contracting Officer Representative (COR)
Returned by = Design Lead/Manager
Forwarded to = Contractor project manager
Table 1 - Project Documentation Types
SUBJECT/NAME
CLASS
REMARKS
ECMS APPLICATION
As -Built Drawings
U
Locations of sensitive areas must be
Document
labeled as either "Controlled Area"
management,
or "Restricted Area" and may be shown
documents,
on unclassified documents with the
submittals
approval from Site Security Manager
Base Access
FOUO
1. Verify applicability with local
Communications
Request/Approval
installation security procedures via
management,
the Administrative Contracting
communications
Office
2. Redact Social Security Numbers
(SSNs) prior to upload into eCMS,
unless SSNs are required by the local
security office to support security
clearance investigations or
verifications
Building Information
U
1. Locations of sensitive areas must
Document
Modeling (BIM)
be labeled as either "Controlled
management,
Area" or "Restricted Area" and may be
documents,
shown on unclassified documents with
submittals
the approval from Site Security
Manager
2. Design reviews will be performed
in existing "Dr Checks"
Construction Permits
U
Refer to rules of the issuing
Document
activity, state or jurisdiction
management,
documents,
submittals
SECTION 01 31 23.13 20 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
W06895127
SUBJECT/NAME
CLASS
REMARKS
ECMS APPLICATION
Construction
U
After the schedule submittal is
Document
Schedules
approved by the COR, import the
management,
(Activities and
schedule file into the scheduling
documents,
Milestones)
application, and select "Approve" to
submittals
establish a new schedule baseline
Construction
FOUO
Document
Schedules
management,
(Cost -Loaded)
documents,
submittals
DD 1354 Transfer of
U
Document
Real Property
management,
documents,
submittals
Daily Production
FOUO
Provide weather conditions, crew
Site management,
Reports
size, man-hours, equipment, and
Daily Report
materials information
Daily Quality
FOUO
Provide QC Phase, Definable Features
Site management,
Control (QC) Reports
of Work
Daily Report
Identify visitors
Designs and
U
1. Locations of sensitive areas must
Document
Specifications
be labeled as either "Controlled
management,
Area" or "Restricted Area" and may be
documents,
shown on unclassified documents with
submittals
the approval from Site Security
Manager
2. Design reviews will be performed
in existing "Dr Checks"
Environmental Notice
U
Refer to rules of the issuing
Document
of Violation (NOV),
activity, state or jurisdiction
management,
Corrective Action
documents,
Plan
submittals
Environmental
FOUO
Document
Protection Plan (EPP)
management,
documents,
submittals
Jobsite
U
Document
Documentation,
management,
Bulletin Board,
documents,
Labor Laws, SDS
submittals
SECTION 01 31 23.13 20 Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
W06895127
SUBJECT/NAME
CLASS
REMARKS
ECMS APPLICATION
Meeting Minutes
FOUO
Communication
management,
meeting minutes
Operations &
U
1. Locations of sensitive areas must
Document
Maintenance Support
be labeled as either "Controlled
management,
Information
Area" or "Restricted Area" and may be
documents,
(OMSI/eOMSI),
shown on unclassified documents with
submittals
Facility Data
the approval from Site Security
Worksheet
Manager
2. Design reviews will be performed
in existing "Dr Checks"
Photographs
U
Subject to base/installation
Document
restrictions
management,
documents,
submittals
QCM Initial Phase
FOUO
Site management,
Checklists
Checklists
QCM Preparatory
FOUO
Site management,
Phase Checklists
Checklists
Quality Control Plans
FOUO
Document
management,
documents,
submittals
QC Certifications
U
Document
management,
documents,
submittals
QC Punch List
U
Site management,
Punch lists
Red -Zone Checklist
U
Site management,
Checklists
Rework Items List
FOUO
Site management,
Punch lists
Request for
FOUO
Communications
Information (RFI)
management, RFIs
Post -Award
SECTION 01 31 23.13 20 Page 5

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
W06895127
SUBJECT/NAME
CLASS
REMARKS
ECMS APPLICATION
Safety Plan
FOUO
Site management,
Daily Report
Safety - Activity
FOUO
Site management,
Hazard Analyses (AHA)
Daily Report
Safety - Mishap
FOUO
Site management,
Reports
Daily Report
SCIF/SAPF
FOUO
Note: Some Construction Security
Document
Accreditation
plans may be classified as Secret.
management,
Support Documents
Classified information must not be
documents,
uploaded into eCMS. Refer to the
submittals
Site Security Manager, as applicable.
Shop Drawings
U
Locations of sensitive areas must be
Document
labeled as either "Controlled Area"
management,
or "Restricted Area" and may be shown
documents,
on unclassified documents with the
submittals
approval from Site Security Manager
Storm Water
U
Refer to rules of the issuing
Document
Pollution Prevention
activity, state or jurisdiction
management,
(Notice of Intent -
documents,
Notice of
submittals
Termination)
Submittals and
U
Document
Submittal Log
management,
documents,
submittals
Testing Plans, Logs,
FOUO
Site management,
and Reports
QC inspection and
testing plan
Training/Reference
U
Document
Materials
management,
documents,
submittals
Training Records
FOUO
Document
(Personnel)
management,
documents,
submittals
SECTION 01 31 23.13 20 Page 6

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
W06895127
SUBJECT/NAME
CLASS
REMARKS
ECMS APPLICATION
Utility
FOUO
Document
Outage/Tie-In
management,
Request/Approval
documents,
submittals
Warranties/BOD Letter
FOUO
Document
management,
documents,
submittals
Quality Assurance
FOUO
GOV ONLY
Reports and
Compliance Notices
Other Government-
FOUO
GOV ONLY
prepared documents
All Other Documents
FOUO
Refer to FOIA guidelines and contact
As applicable
the FOIA official to determine
whether exemptions exist
1.6.2 Markings on FOUO documents
a. Only FOUO documents being electronically uploaded into the eCMS
(.docx, xlsx, pptx, pdf, jpg, zip, and others as appropriate),
and associated paper documents described in the paragraph CONTRACT
ADMINISTRATION require FOUO markings as indicated in the subparagraphs
below.
b. FOUO documents that are originally created within the eCMS application
using the web -based forms (RFIs, Daily Reports, and others as
appropriate) will be automatically watermarked by the eCMS software,
and these do not require additional markings.
C. FOUO documents must be marked "UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY" at
the bottom of the outside of the front cover (if there is one), the
title page, the first page, and the outside of the back cover (if
there is one).
d. FOUO documents must be marked on the internal pages of the document as
"UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY"' at top and bottom.
e. Where Installations require digital photographs to be designated FOUO,
place the markings on the face of the photograph.
f. For visual documentation, other than photographs and audio
documentation, mark with either visual or audio statements as
appropriate at both the beginning and end of the file.
SECTION 01 31 23.13 20 Page 7

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used.
-- End of Section --
SECTION O1 31 23.13 20 Page 8

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
W06895127
SECTION 01 33 00
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
08/18
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 DEFINITIONS
1.1.1 Submittal Descriptions (SD)
Submittal requirements are specified in the technical sections. Examples
and descriptions of submittals identified by the Submittal Description
(SD) numbers and titles follow:
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Submittals that are required prior to or commencing with the start of
work on site.
Preconstruction Submittals include schedules and a tabular list of
locations, features, and other pertinent information regarding
products, materials, equipment, or components to be used in the work.
Certificates Of Insurance
Surety Bonds
List Of Proposed Subcontractors
List Of Proposed Products
Submittal Register
Schedule Of Prices
Accident Prevention Plan
Work Plan
Quality Control (QC) plan
Environmental Protection Plan
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Drawings, diagrams and schedules specifically prepared to illustrate
some portion of the work.
Diagrams and instructions from a manufacturer or fabricator for use in
producing the product and as aids to the Contractor for integrating
the product or system into the project.
Drawings prepared by or for the Contractor to show how multiple
systems and interdisciplinary work will be coordinated.
SD-03 Product Data
Catalog cuts, illustrations, schedules, diagrams, performance charts,
instructions and brochures illustrating size, physical appearance and
other characteristics of materials, systems or equipment for some
portion of the work.
Samples of warranty language when the contract requires extended
product warranties.
SD-05 Design Data
SECTION 01 33 00 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
Design calculations, mix designs, analyses or other data pertaining to
a part of work.
Design submittals, design substantiation submittals and extensions of
design submittals.
SD-06 Test Reports
Report signed by authorized official of testing laboratory that a
material, product or system identical to the material, product or
system to be provided has been tested in accord with specified
requirements. Unless specified in another section, testing must have
been within three years of date of contract award for the project.
Report that includes findings of a test required to be performed on an
actual portion of the work or prototype prepared for the project
before shipment to job site.
Report that includes finding of a test made at the job site or on
sample taken from the job site, on portion of work during or after
installation.
Investigation reports
Daily logs and checklists
Final acceptance test and operational test procedure
SD-07 Certificates
Statements printed on the manufacturer's letterhead and signed by
responsible officials of manufacturer of product, system or material
attesting that the product, system, or material meets specification
requirements. Must be dated after award of project contract and
clearly name the project.
Document required of Contractor, or of a manufacturer, supplier,
installer or Subcontractor through Contractor. The document purpose
is to further promote the orderly progression of a portion of the work
by documenting procedures, acceptability of methods, or personnel
qualifications.
Confined space entry permits
Text of posted operating instructions
SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions
Preprinted material describing installation of a product, system or
material, including special notices and (SDS) concerning impedances,
hazards and safety precautions.
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
Data provided by the manufacturer, or the system provider, including
manufacturer's help and product line documentation, necessary to
maintain and install equipment, for operating and maintenance use by
facility personnel.
SECTION O1 33 00 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
Data required by operating and maintenance personnel for the safe and
efficient operation, maintenance and repair of the item.
Data incorporated in an operations and maintenance manual or control
system.
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Documentation to record compliance with technical or administrative
requirements or to establish an administrative mechanism.
Submittals required for Guiding Principle Validation (GPV) or Third
Party Certification (TPC).
Special requirements necessary to properly close out a construction
contract. For example, Record Drawings and as -built drawings. Also,
submittal requirements necessary to properly close out a major phase
of construction on a multi -phase contract.
1.1.2 Approving Authority
Office or designated person authorized to approve the submittal.
1.1.3 Work
As used in this section, on -site and off -site construction required by
contract documents, including labor necessary to produce submittals,
construction, materials, products, equipment, and systems incorporated or
to be incorporated in such construction. In exception, excludes work to
produce SD-01 submittals.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for all submittals. Submit the following
in accordance with this section.
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Submittal Register
1.3 SUBMITTAL CLASSIFICATION
Within the terms of the Contract Clause SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS FOR
CONSTRUCTION, submittals are considered to be "shop drawings."
1.4 FORWARDING SUBMITTALS REQUIRING GOVERNMENT APPROVAL
As soon as practicable after award of contract, and before procurement or
fabrication, forward to the Commander, NAVFAC Mid -Atlantic, FEAD Cherry
Point, PSC Box 8006, Building 163, Cherry Point, North Carolina, 28533-0006
submittals required in the technical sections of this specification,
including shop drawings, product data and samples. In addition, forward a
copy of the submittals to the Contracting Officer at Commander, NAVFAC
Mid -Atlantic, FEAD Cherry Point, PSC Box 8006, Building 163, Cherry Point,
North Carolina, 28533-0006.
SECTION O1 33 00 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
1.4.1 O&M Data
Submit data specified for a given item within 30 calendar days after the
item is delivered to the contract site.
In the event the Contractor fails to deliver 0&M data within the time
limits specified, the Contracting Officer may withhold from progress
payments 50 percent of the price of the items to which such O&M data apply.
1.5 PREPARATION
1.5.1 Transmittal Form
Transmit each submittal, except sample installations and sample panels to
the office of the approving authority using the transmittal form
prescribed by the Contracting Officer. Include all information prescribed
by the transmittal form and required in paragraph IDENTIFYING SUBMITTALS.
Use the submittal transmittal forms to record actions regarding samples.
1.5.2 Identifying Submittals
The Contractor's Quality Control Manager must prepare, review and stamp
submittals, including those provided by a subcontractor, before submittal
to the the Government.
Identify submittals, except sample installations and sample panels, with
the following information permanently adhered to or noted on each separate
component of each submittal and noted on transmittal form. Mark each copy
of each submittal identically, with the following:
a. Project title and location
b. Construction contract number
C. Dates of the drawings and revisions
d. Name, address, and telephone number of Subcontractor, supplier,
manufacturer, and any other Subcontractor associated with the
submittal.
e. Section number of the specification by which submittal is required
f. Submittal description (SD) number of each component of submittal
g. For a resubmission, add alphabetic suffix on submittal description,
for example, submittal 18 would become 18A, to indicate resubmission
h. Product identification and location in project.
1.5.3 Submittal Format
1.5.3.1 Format of SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
When the submittal includes a document that is to be used in the project,
or is to become part of the project record, other than as a submittal, do
not apply the Contractor's certification stamp to the document itself, but
to a separate sheet accompanying the document.
Provide data in the unit of measure used in the contract documents.
SECTION O1 33 00 Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
1.5.3.2 Format for SD-02 Shop Drawings
Provide shop drawings not less than 8 1/2 by 11 inches nor more than 30 by
42 inches, except for full-size patterns or templates. Prepare drawings
to accurate size, with scale indicated, unless another form is required.
Ensure drawings are suitable for reproduction and of a quality to produce
clear, distinct lines and letters, with dark lines on a white background.
a. Include the nameplate data, size, and capacity on drawings. Also
include applicable federal, military, industry, and technical society
publication references.
b. Dimension drawings, except diagrams and schematic drawings. Prepare
drawings demonstrating interface with other trades to scale. Use the
same unit of measure for shop drawings as indicated on the contract
drawings. Identify materials and products for work shown.
Present shop drawings sized 8 1/2 by 11 inches as part of the bound volume
for submittals. Present larger drawings in sets. Submit an electronic
copy of drawings in PDF format.
1.5.3.2.1 Drawing Identifaction
Include on each drawing the drawing title, number, date, and revision
numbers and dates, in addition to information required in paragraph
IDENTIFYING SUBMITTALS.
Number drawings in a logical sequence. Each drawing is to bear the number
of the submittal in a uniform location next to the title block. Place the
Government contract number in the margin, immediately below the title
block, for each drawing.
Reserve a blank space, no smaller than four inches on the right-hand side
of each sheet for the Government disposition stamp.
1.5.3.3 Format of SD-03 Product Data
Present product data submittals for each section as a complete, bound
volume. Include a table of contents, listing the page and catalog item
numbers for product data.
Indicate, by prominent notation, each product that is being submitted;
indicate the specification section number and paragraph number to which it
pertains.
1.5.3.3.1 Product Information
Supplement product data with material prepared for the project to satisfy
the submittal requirements where product data does not exist. Identify
this material as developed specifically for the project, with information
and format as required for submission of SD-07 Certificates.
Provide product data in units used in the Contract documents. Where
product data are included in preprinted catalogs with another unit, submit
the dimensions in contract document units, on a separate sheet.
SECTION O1 33 00 Page 5

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
1.5.3.3.2 Standards
Where equipment or materials are specified to conform to industry or
technical -society reference standards of such organizations as the
American National Standards Institute (ANSI), ASTM International (ASTM),
National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA), Underwriters
Laboratories (UL), or Association of Edison Illuminating Companies (AEIC),
submit proof of such compliance. The label or listing by the specified
organization will be acceptable evidence of compliance. In lieu of the
label or listing, submit a certificate from an independent testing
organization, competent to perform testing, and approved by the
Contracting Officer. State on the certificate that the item has been
tested in accordance with the specified organization's test methods and
that the item complies with the specified organization's reference
standard.
1.5.3.3.3 Data Submission
Collect required data submittals for each specific material, product, unit
of work, or system into a single submittal that is marked for choices,
options, and portions applicable to the submittal. Mark each copy of the
product data identically. Partial submittals will not be accepted for
expedition of the construction effort.
Submit the manufacturer's instructions before installation.
1.5.3.4 Format of SD-04 Samples
1.5.3.4.1 Sample Characteristics
Furnish samples in the following sizes, unless otherwise specified or
unless the manufacturer has prepackaged samples of approximately the same
size as specified:
a. Sample of Equipment or Device: Full size.
b. Sample of Materials Less Than 2 by 3 inches: Built up to 8 1/2 by 11
inches.
C. Sample of Materials Exceeding 8 1/2 by 11 inches: Cut down to 8 1/2
by 11 inches and adequate to indicate color, texture, and material
variations.
d. Sample of Linear Devices or Materials: 10 inch length or length to be
supplied, if less than 10 inches. Examples of linear devices or
materials are conduit and handrails.
e. Sample Volume of Nonsolid Materials: Pint. Examples of nonsolid
materials are sand and paint.
f. Color Selection Samples: 2 by 4 inches. Where samples are specified
for selection of color, finish, pattern, or texture, submit the full
set of available choices for the material or product specified. Sizes
and quantities of samples are to represent their respective standard
unit.
g. Sample Panel: 4 by 4 feet.
h. Sample Installation: 100 square feet.
SECTION O1 33 00 Page 6

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
1.5.3.4.2 Sample Incorporation
Reusable Samples: Incorporate returned samples into work only if so
specified or indicated. Incorporated samples are to be in undamaged
condition at the time of use.
Recording of Sample Installation: Note and preserve the notation of any
area constituting a sample installation, but remove the notation at the
final clean-up of the project.
1.5.3.4.3 Comparison Sample
Samples Showing Range of Variation: Where variations in color, finish,
pattern, or texture are unavoidable due to nature of the materials, submit
sets of samples of not less than three units showing extremes and middle
of range. Mark each unit to describe its relation to the range of the
variation.
When color, texture, or pattern is specified by naming a particular
manufacturer and style, include one sample of that manufacturer and style,
for comparison.
1.5.3.5 Format of SD-05 Design Data
Provide design data and certificates on 8 1/2 by 11 inch paper. Provide a
bound volume for submittals containing numerous pages.
1.5.3.6 Format of SD-06 Test Reports
Provide reports on 8 1/2 by 11 inch paper in a complete bound volume.
By prominent notation, indicate each report in the submittal. Indicate
the specification number and paragraph number to which each report
pertains.
1.5.3.7 Format of SD-07 Certificates
Provide design data and certificates on 8 1/2 by 11 inch paper. Provide a
bound volume for submittals containing numerous pages.
1.5.3.8 Format of SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions
Present manufacturer's instructions submittals for each section as a
complete, bound volume. Include the manufacturer's name, trade name,
place of manufacture, and catalog model or number on product data. Also
include applicable federal, military, industry, and technical -society
publication references. If supplemental information is needed to clarify
the manufacturer's data, submit it as specified for SD-07 Certificates.
Submit the manufacturer's instructions before installation.
1.5.3.8.1 Standards
Where equipment or materials are specified to conform to industry or
technical -society reference standards of such organizations as the
American National Standards Institute (ANSI), ASTM International (ASTM),
National Electrical Manufacturer's Association (NEMA), Underwriters
Laboratories (UL), or Association of Edison Illuminating Companies (AEIC),
SECTION O1 33 00 Page 7

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
submit proof of such compliance. The label or listing by the specified
organization will be acceptable evidence of compliance. In lieu of the
label or listing, submit a certificate from an independent testing
organization, competent to perform testing, and approved by the
Contracting Officer. State on the certificate that the item has been
tested in accordance with the specified organization's test methods and
that the item complies with the specified organization's reference
standard.
1.5.3.9 Format of SD-09 Manufacturer's Field Reports
Provide reports on 8 1/2 by 11 inch paper in a complete bound volume.
By prominent notation, indicate each report in the submittal. Indicate
the specification number and paragraph number to which each report
pertains.
1.5.3.10 Format of SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data (O&M)
Comply with the requirements specified in Section 01 78 23 OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE DATA for 0&M Data format.
1.5.3.11 Format of SD-11 Closeout Submittals
When the submittal includes a document that is to be used in the project
or is to become part of the project record, other than as a submittal, do
not apply the Contractor's approval stamp to the document itself, but to a
separate sheet accompanying the document.
Provide data in the unit of measure used in the contract documents.
1.5.4 Source Drawings for Shop Drawings
1.5.4.1 Source Drawings
The entire set of source drawing files (DWG) will not be provided to the
Contractor. Request the specific Drawing Number for the preparation of
shop drawings. Only those drawings requested to prepare shop drawings
will be provided. These drawings are provided only after award.
1.5.4.2 Terms and Conditions
Data contained on these electronic files must not be used for any purpose
other than as a convenience in the preparation of construction data for
the referenced project. Any other use or reuse is at the sole risk of the
Contractor and without liability or legal exposure to the Government. The
Contractor must make no claim, and waives to the fullest extent permitted
by law any claim or cause of action of any nature against the Government,
its agents, or its subconsultants that may arise out of or in connection
with the use of these electronic files. The Contractor must, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold the Government
harmless against all damages, liabilities, or costs, including reasonable
attorney's fees and defense costs, arising out of or resulting from the
use of these electronic files.
These electronic source drawing files are not construction documents.
Differences may exist between the source drawing files and the
corresponding construction documents. The Government makes no
representation regarding the accuracy or completeness of the electronic
SECTION O1 33 00 Page 8

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
source drawing files, nor does it make representation to the compatibility
of these files with the Contractor hardware or software. The Contractor
is responsible for determining if any conflict exists. In the event that
a conflict arises between the signed and sealed construction documents
prepared by the Government and the furnished source drawing files, the
signed and sealed construction documents govern. Use of these source
drawing files does not relieve the Contractor of the duty to fully comply
with the contract documents, including and without limitation the need to
check, confirm and coordinate the work of all contractors for the
project. If the Contractor uses, duplicates or modifies these electronic
source drawing files for use in producing construction data related to
this contract, remove all previous indication of ownership (seals, logos,
signatures, initials and dates).
1.5.5 Electronic File Format
Provide submittals in electronic format, with the exception of material
samples required for SD-04 Samples items. In addition to the electronic
submittal, provide three hard copies of the submittals. Compile the
submittal file as a single, complete document, to include the Transmittal
Form described within. Name the electronic submittal file specifically
according to its contents, and coordinate the file naming convention with
the Contracting Officer. Electronic files must be of sufficient quality
that all information is legible. Use PDF as the electronic format, unless
otherwise specified or directed by the Contracting Officer. Generate PDF
files from original documents with bookmarks so that the text included in
the PDF file is searchable and can be copied. If documents are scanned,
optical character resolution (OCR) routines are required. Index and
bookmark files exceeding 30 pages to allow efficient navigation of the
file. When required, the electronic file must include a valid electronic
signature or a scan of a signature.
E-mail electronic submittal documents smaller than TOMB to an e-mail
address as directed by the Contracting Officer. Provide electronic
documents over 10 MB on an optical disc or through an electronic file
sharing system such as the AMRDEC SAFE Web Application located at the
following website: https://safe.amrdec.army.mil/safe/.
1.6 QUANTITY OF SUBMITTALS
1.6.1 Number of SD-01 Preconstruction Submittal Copies
Unless otherwise specified, submit three sets of administrative submittals.
1.6.2 Number of SD-02 Shop Drawing Copies
Submit seven copies of shop drawings requiring review and approval by the
Contracting Officer.
1.6.3 Number of SD-03 Product Data Copies
Submit in compliance with quantity requirements specified for shop
drawings.
1.6.4 Number of SD-04 Samples
a. Submit two samples, or two sets of samples showing the range of
variation, of each required item. One approved sample or set of
samples will be retained by the approving authority and one will be
SECTION O1 33 00 Page 9

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
returned to the Contractor.
b. Submit one sample panel or provide one sample installation where
directed. Include components listed in the technical section or as
directed.
C. Submit one sample installation, where directed.
d. Submit one sample of nonsolid materials.
1.6.5 Number of SD-05 Design Data Copies
Submit in compliance with quantity requirements specified for shop
drawings.
1.6.6 Number of SD-06 Test Report Copies
Submit in compliance with quantity and quality requirements specified for
shop drawings, other than field test results that will be submitted with
QC reports.
1.6.7 Number of SD-07 Certificate Copies
Submit in compliance with quantity requirements specified for shop
drawings.
1.6.8 Number of SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions Copies
Submit in compliance with quantity requirements specified for shop
drawings.
1.6.9 Number of SD-09 Manufacturer's Field Report Copies
Submit in compliance with quantity and quality requirements specified for
shop drawings other than field test results that will be submitted with QC
reports.
1.6.10 Number of SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data Copies
Submit three copies of 0&M data to the Contracting Officer for review and
approval.
1.6.11 Number of SD-11 Closeout Submittals Copies
Unless otherwise specified, submit three sets of administrative submittals.
1.7 PROJECT SUBMITTAL REGISTER
A sample Project Submittal Register showing items of equipment and
materials for when submittals are required by the specifications is
provided as "Appendix A - Submittal Register."
1.7.1 Submittal Management
Prepare and maintain a submittal register, as the work progresses. Do not
change data that is output in columns (c), (d), (e), and (f) as delivered
by Government; retain data that is output in columns (a), (g), (h), and
(i) as approved. As an attachment, provide a submittal register showing
items of equipment and materials for which submittals are required by the
SECTION O1 33 00 Page 10

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
specifications. This list may not be all-inclusive and additional
submittals may be required.
Column (c): Lists specification section in which submittal is
required.
Column (d): Lists each submittal description (SD Number. and
type, e.g., SD-02 Shop Drawings) required in each specification
section.
Column (e): Lists one principal paragraph in each specification
section where a material or product is specified. This listing is
only to facilitate locating submitted requirements. Do not
consider entries in column (e) as limiting the project
requirements.
Column (f): Lists the approving authority for each submittal.
Thereafter, the Contractor is to track all submittals by maintaining a
complete list, including completion of all data columns and all dates on
which submittals are received by and returned by the Government.
1.7.2 Design -Build Submittal Register
The Designer of Record develops a complete list of submittals during
design and identify required submittals in the specifications, and use the
list to prepare the Submittal Register. The list may not be all inclusive
and additional submittals may be required by other parts of the contract.
Complete the submittal register and submit it to the Contracting Officer
for approval within 30 calendar days after Notice to Proceed. The
approved submittal register will serve as a scheduling document for
submittals and will be used to control submittal actions throughout the
contract period. Coordinate the submit dates and need dates with dates in
the Contractor prepared progress schedule. Submit monthly or until all
submittals have been satisfactorily completed, updates to the submittal
register showing the Contractor action codes and actual dates with
Government action codes. Revise the submittal register when the progress
schedule is revised and submit both for approval.
1.7.3 Preconstruction Use of Submittal Register
Submit the submittal register. Include the QC plan and the project
schedule. Verify that all submittals required for the project are listed
and add missing submittals. Coordinate and complete the following fields
on the register submitted with the QC plan and the project schedule:
Column (a) Activity Number: Activity number from the project
schedule.
Column (g) Contractor Submit Date: Scheduled date for the
approving authority to receive submittals.
Column (h) Contractor Approval Date: Date that Contractor needs
approval of submittal.
Column (i) Contractor Material: Date that Contractor needs
material delivered to Contractor control.
SECTION O1 33 00 Page 11

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
1.7.4 Contractor Use of Submittal Register
Update the following fields with each submittal throughout the contract.
Column (b) Transmittal Number: List of consecutive,
Contractor -assigned numbers.
Column (j) Action Code (k): Date of action used to record
Contractor's review when forwarding submittals to QC.
Column (1) Date submittal transmitted.
Column (q) Date approval was received.
1.7.5 Approving Authority Use of Submittal Register
Update the following fields:
Column (b) Transmittal Number: List of consecutive,
Contractor -assigned numbers.
Column (1) Date submittal was recieved.
Column (m) through (p) Dates of review actions.
Column (q) Date of return to Contractor.
1.7.6 Action Codes
1.7.6.1 Government Review Action Codes
"A" - "Approved as submitted"
"AN" - "Approved as noted"
"RR" - "Disapproved as submitted"; "Completed"
"NR" - "Not Reviewed"
"RA" - "Receipt Acknowledged"
1.7.7 Delivery of Copies
Submit an updatd electronic copy of the submittal register to the
Contracting Officer with each invoice request. Provide an updated
Submittal Register monthly regardless of whether an invoice is submitted.
1.8 VARIATIONS
Variations from contract requirements require Contracting Officer approval
pursuant to contract Clause FAR 52.236-21 Specifications and Drawings for
Construction, and will be considered where advantageous to the Government.
1.8.1 Considering Variations
Discussion of variations with the Contracting Officer before submission
will help ensure that functional and quality requirements are met and
minimize rejections and resubmittals. When contemplating a variation that
results in lower cost, consider submission of the variation as a Value
SECTION O1 33 00 Page 12

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
Engineering Change Proposal (VECP).
Specifically point out variations from contract requirements in
transmittal letters. Failure to point out variations may cause the
Government to require rejection and removal of such work at no additional
cost to the Government.
1.8.2 Proposing Variations
When proposing variation, deliver a written request to the Contracting
Officer, with documentation of the nature and features of the variation
and why the variation is desirable and beneficial to Government. Include
the DOR's written analysis and approval. If lower cost is a benefit, also
include an estimate of the cost savings. In addition to documentation
required for variation, include the submittals required for the item.
Clearly mark the proposed variation in all documentation.
1.8.3 Warranting that Variations are Compatible
When delivering a variation for approval, the Contractor warrants that
this contract has been reviewed to establish that the variation, if
incorporated, will be compatible with other elements of work.
1.8.4 Review Schedule Extension
In addition to the normal submittal review period, a period of 14 working
days will be allowed for the Government to consider submittals with
variations.
1.9 SCHEDULING
Schedule and submit concurrently product data and shop drawings covering
component items forming a system or items that are interrelated. Submit
pertinent certifications at the same time. No delay damages or time
extensions will be allowed for time lost in late submittals.
a. Coordinate scheduling, sequencing, preparing, and processing of
submittals with performance of work so that work will not be delayed
by submittal processing. The Contractor is responsible for additional
time required for Government reviews resulting from required
resubmittals. The review period for each resubmittal is the same as
for the initial submittal.
b. Submittals required by the contract documents are listed on the
submittal register. If a submittal is listed in the submittal
register but does not pertain to the contract work, the Contractor is
to include the submittal in the register and annotate it "N/A" with a
brief explanation. Approval by the Contracting Officer does not
relieve the Contractor of supplying submittals required by the
contract documents but that have been omitted from the register or
marked "N/A."
C. Resubmit the submittal register and annotate it monthly with actual
submission and approval dates. When all items on the register have
been fully approved, no further resubmittal is required.
Contracting Officer review will be completed within 20 working days after
the date of submission.
SECTION O1 33 00 Page 13

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
d. Except as specified otherwise, allow a review period, beginning with
receipt by the approving authority, that includes at least 20 working
days for submittals where the Contracting Officer is the approving
authority. The period of review for submittals with Contracting
Officer approval begins when the Government receives the submittal
from the QC organization.
e. For submittals requiring review by a Government fire protection
engineer, allow a review period, beginning when the Government
receives the submittal from the QC organization, of 30 working days
for return of the submittal to the Contractor.
1.9.1 Reviewing, Certifying, and Approving Authority
The QC Manager is responsible for reviewing all submittals and certifying
that they are in compliance with contract requirements. The approving
authority on submittals is the Contracting Officer unless otherwise
specified.
1.9.2 Constraints
Conform to provisions of this section, unless explicitly stated otherwise
for submittals listed or specified in this contract.
Submit complete submittals for each definable feature of the work. At the
same time, submit components of definable features that are interrelated
as a system.
When acceptability of a submittal is dependent on conditions, items, or
materials included in separate subsequent submittals, the submittal will
be returned without review.
Approval of a separate material, product, or component does not imply
approval of the assembly in which the item functions.
1.9.3 QC Organization Responsibilities
a. Review submittals for conformance with project design concepts and
compliance with contract documents.
b. Process submittals based on the approving authority indicated in the
submittal register.
() When the Contracting Officer is the approving authority or when
variation has been proposed, forward the submittal to the
Government, along with a certifying statement, or return the
submittal marked "not reviewed" or "revise and resubmit" as
appropriate. The QC organization's review of the submittal
determines the appropriate action.
C. Ensure that material is clearly legible.
d. Stamp each sheet of each submittal with a QC certifying statement,
except that data submitted in a bound volume or on one sheet printed
on two sides may be stamped on the front of the first sheet only.
(1) When the approving authority is the Contracting Officer, the QC
organization will certify submittals forwarded to the Contracting
Officer with the following certifying statement:
SECTION O1 33 00 Page 14

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
"I hereby certify that the (equipment) (material) (article) shown and
marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated with
Contract Number ( ) is in compliance with the contract drawings
and specification, can be installed in the allocated spaces, and is
submitted for Government approval.
Certified by Submittal Reviewer
(Signature when applicable)
Certified by QC Manager
(Signature)
, Date
Date "
e. Sign the certifying statement. The QC organization member designated
in the approved QC plan is the person signing certifying statements.
The use of original ink for signatures is required. Stamped
signatures are not acceptable.
f. Update the submittal register as submittal actions occur, and maintain
the submittal register at the project site until final acceptance of
all work by the Contracting Officer.
g. Retain a copy of approved submittals and approved samples at the
project site.
h. For "S" submittals, provide a copy of the approved submittal to the
Government Approving authority.
1.9.4 Government Reviewed Design
The Government will review design submittals for conformance with the
technical requirements of the Solicitation. Government review is required
for variations from the completed design. Review will be only for
conformance with the contract requirements. Included are only those
construction submittals for which the DOR's design documents do not
include enough detail to ascertain contract compliance. The Government
may, but is not required to, review extensions of design such as
structural steel or reinforcement shop drawings.
1.10 GOVERNMENT APPROVING AUTHORITY
When the approving authority is the Contracting Officer, the Government
will.
a. Note the date on which the submittal was received from the QC manager.
b. Review submittals for approval within the scheduling period specified
and only for conformance with project design concepts and compliance
with contract documents.
C. Identify returned submittals with one of the actions defined in
paragraph REVIEW NOTATIONS and with comments and markings appropriate
for the action indicated.
Upon completion of review of submittals requiring Government approval,
stamp and date submittals. Three copies of the submittal will be retained
by the Contracting Officer and four copies of the submittal will be
returned to the Contractor. If the Government performs a conformance
review of other Designer of Record approved submittals, the submittals
SECTION O1 33 00 Page 15

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
will be identified and returned, as described above.
1.10.1 Review Notations
Submittals will be returned to the Contractor with the following notations:
a. Submittals marked "approved" or "accepted" authorize proceeding with
the work covered.
b. Submittals marked "approved as noted" or "approved, except as noted,
resubmittal not required", authorize proceeding with the work covered
provided that the Contractor takes no exception to the corrections.
C. Submittals marked "not approved", "disapproved", or "revise and
resubmit" indicate incomplete submittal or noncompliance with the
contract requirements or design concept. Resubmit with appropriate
changes. Do not proceed with work for this item until the resubmittal
is approved.
d. Submittals marked "not reviewed" indicate that the submittal has been
previously reviewed and approved, is not required, does not have
evidence of being reviewed and certified by Contractor, or is not
complete. A submittal marked "not reviewed" will be returned with an
explanation of the reason it is not reviewed. Resubmit submittals
returned for lack of review by Contractor or for being incomplete,
with appropriate action, coordination, or change.
e. Submittals marked "receipt acknowledged" indicate that submittals have
been received by the Government. This applies only to
"information -only submittals" as previously defined.
1.11 DISAPPROVED SUBMITTALS
Make corrections required by the Contracting Officer. If the Contractor
considers any correction or notation on the returned submittals to
constitute a change to the contract drawings or specifications, give
notice to the Contracting Offficer as required under the FAR clause titled
CHANGES. The Contractor is responsible for the dimensions and design of
connection details and the construction of work. Failure to point out
variations may cause the Government to require rejection and removal of
such work at the Contractor's expense.
If changes are necessary to submittals, make such revisions and resubmit
in accordance with the procedures above. No item of work requiring a
submittal change is to be accomplished until the changed submittals are
approved.
1.12 APPROVED SUBMITTALS
The Contracting Officer's approval of submittals is not to be construed as
a complete check, and indicates only that the general method of
construction, materials, detailing, and other information are satisfactory.
the design, general method of construction, materials, detailing, and
other information appear to meet the Solicitation and Accepted Proposal.
Approval or acceptance by the Government for a submittal does not relieve
the Contractor of the responsibility for meeting the contract requirements
or for any error that may exist, because under the Quality Control (QC)
requirements of this contract, the Contractor is responsible for ensuring
SECTION O1 33 00 Page 16

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
information contained with in each submittal accurately conforms with the
requirements of the contract documents.
After submittals have been approved or accepted by the Contracting
Officer, no resubmittal for the purpose of substituting materials or
equipment will be considered unless accompanied by an explanation of why a
substitution is necessary.
1.13 APPROVED SAMPLES
Approval of a sample is only for the characteristics or use named in such
approval and is not to be construed to change or modify any contract
requirements. Before submitting samples, provide assurance that the
materials or equipment will be available in quantities required in the
project. No change or substitution will be permitted after a sample has
been approved.
Match the approved samples for materials and equipment incorporated in the
work. If requested, approved samples, including those that may be damaged
in testing, will be returned to the Contractor, at its expense, upon
completion of the contract. Unapproved samples will also be returned to
the Contractor at its expense, if so requested.
Failure of any materials to pass the specified tests will be sufficient
cause for refusal to consider, under this contract, any further samples of
the same brand or make as that material. The Government reserves the
right to disapprove any material or equipment that has previously proved
unsatisfactory in service.
Samples of various materials or equipment delivered on the site or in
place may be taken by the Contracting Officer for testing. Samples
failing to meet contract requirements will automatically void previous
approvals. Replace such materials or equipment to meet contract
requirements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not Used
-- End of Section --
SECTION O1 33 00 Page 17

SUBMITTAL REGISTER
CONTRACT NO.
TITLE AND LOCATION
Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
CONTRACTOR
A
C
T
I
V
I
T
Y
N
O
T
R
A
N
S
M
I
T
T
A
L
N
O
S
P
E
C
S
E
C
T
DESCRIPTION
ITEM SUBMITTED
P
A
R
A
G#
R
A
P
H
G
O
V
C T
L
A O
S R
S
I A
F /
I E
C
A R
T E
I V
O W
N R
CONTRACTOR:
SCHEDULE DATES
CONTRACTOR
ACTION
APPROVING AUTHORITY
MAILED
TO
CONTR/
DATE RCD
FIRM APPR
AUTH
REMARKS
SUBMIT
APPROVAL
NEEDED
BY
MATERIAL
NEEDED
BY
A
C
T
I
O
N
C
O
D
E
DATE
OF
ACTION
DATE FWD
TO APPR
AUTH/
DATE RCD
FROM
CONTR
DATE FWD
TO OTHER
REVIEWER
DATE RCD
FROM OTH
REVIEWER
A
C
T
I
O
N
C
O
D
E
DATE
OF
ACTION
(a)
(b)
(C)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(1)
Q)
(k)
(1)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
01 14 00
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
List of Contact Personnel
1.3.1.1
G
01 20 00.00 20
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Schedule of Prices
1.3
G
01 30 00
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
List of contact personnel
1.2.1
01 31 23.13 20
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
List of Contractor's Personnel
1.4.2
G
01 3300
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Submittal Register
1.7
01 3526
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Accident Prevention Plan (APP)
1.8
SD-06 Test Reports
Monthly Exposure Reports
1.4
Notifications and Reports
1.13
Accident Reports
1.13.2
LHE Inspection Reports
1.13.3
SD-07 Certificates
Contractor Safety Self -Evaluation
1.5
Checklist
Standard Lift Plan
1.8.2.1
Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA)
1.9
Confined Space Entry Permit
1.10.1
Hot Work Permit
1.10.1
Certificate of Compliance
1.13.4
01 45 00.00 20
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96 PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE PAGE 1 OF 9 PAGES

SUBMITTAL REGISTER
CONTRACT NO.
TITLE AND LOCATION
Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
CONTRACTOR
A
C
T
I
V
I
T
Y
N
O
T
R
A
N
S
M
I
T
T
A
L
N
O
S
P
E
C
S
E
C
T
DESCRIPTION
ITEM SUBMITTED
P
A
R
A
G#
R
A
P
H
G
O
V
C T
L
A O
S R
S
I A
F /
I E
C
A R
T E
I V
O W
N R
CONTRACTOR:
SCHEDULE DATES
CONTRACTOR
ACTION
APPROVING AUTHORITY
MAILED
TO
CONTR/
DATE RCD
FIRM APPR
AUTH
REMARKS
SUBMIT
APPROVAL
NEEDED
BY
MATERIAL
NEEDED
BY
A
C
T
I
O
N
C
O
D
E
DATE
OF
ACTION
DATE FWD
TO APPR
AUTH/
DATE RCD
FROM
CONTR
DATE FWD
TO OTHER
REVIEWER
DATE RCD
FROM OTH
REVIEWER
A
C
T
I
O
N
C
O
D
E
DATE
OF
ACTION
(a)
(b)
(C)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(1)
Q)
(k)
(1)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
01 45 00.00 20
Construction Quality Control QC
1.6.1
Plan
01 50 00
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Construction Site Plan
1.3
Traffic Control Plan
3.4.1
Haul Road Plan
2.2.1
01 57 19
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Preconstruction Survey
1.5.1
Solid Waste Management Permit
1.9
Regulatory Notifications
1.5.2
Environmental Protection Plan
1.6
Dirt and Dust Control Plan
1.6.9.1
Employee Training Records
1.5.5
Environmental Manager
1.5.4
Qualifications
SD-06 Test Reports
Solid Waste Management Report
3.5.2.1
SD-07 Certificates
Employee Training Records
1.5.5
ECATTS Certificate Of
1.4.1.2
Completion
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Waste Determination
3.5.1
Documentation
Disposal Documentation for
3.5.3.6
Hazardous and Regulated Wast
SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96 PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE PAGE 2 OF 9 PAGES

SUBMITTAL REGISTER
CONTRACT NO.
TITLE AND LOCATION
Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
CONTRACTOR
A
C
T
I
V
I
T
Y
N
O
T
R
A
N
S
M
I
T
T
A
L
N
O
S
P
E
C
S
E
C
T
DESCRIPTION
ITEM SUBMITTED
P
A
R
A
G#
R
A
P
H
G
O
V
C T
L
A O
S R
S
I A
F /
I E
C
A R
T E
I V
O W
N R
CONTRACTOR:
SCHEDULE DATES
CONTRACTOR
ACTION
APPROVING AUTHORITY
MAILED
TO
CONTR/
DATE RCD
FIRM APPR
AUTH
REMARKS
SUBMIT
APPROVAL
NEEDED
BY
MATERIAL
NEEDED
BY
A
C
T
I
O
N
C
O
D
E
DATE
OF
ACTION
DATE FWD
TO APPR
AUTH/
DATE RCD
FROM
CONTR
DATE FWD
TO OTHER
REVIEWER
DATE RCD
FROM OTH
REVIEWER
A
C
T
I
O
N
C
O
D
E
DATE
OF
ACTION
(a)
(b)
(C)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(1)
Q)
(k)
(1)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
01 57 19
Assembled Employee Training
1.5.5
Records
Solid Waste Management Permit
1.9
Solid Waste Management Report
3.5.2.1
Contractor Hazardous Material
3.6.1
Inventory Log
Hazardous Waste/Debris
3.5.3.1
Management
Regulatory Notifications
1.5.2
Sales Documentation
3.5.2.1
Contractor Certification
3.5.2.1
01 7800
SD-03 Product Data
Warranty Management Plan
1.6.1
Warranty Tags
1.6.4
Final Cleaning
3.3
Spare Parts Data
1.5
SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions
Instructions
1.6.1
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
Data
Operation and Maintenance
3.2
Manuals
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
As -Built Drawings
3.1
Interim DD FORM 1354
3.4
Checklist for DD FORM 1354
3.4
SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96 PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE PAGE 3 OF 9 PAGES

SUBMITTAL REGISTER
CONTRACT NO.
TITLE AND LOCATION
Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
CONTRACTOR
A
C
T
I
V
I
T
Y
N
O
T
R
A
N
S
M
I
T
T
A
L
N
O
S
P
E
C
S
E
C
T
DESCRIPTION
ITEM SUBMITTED
P
A
R
A
G#
R
A
P
H
G
O
V
C T
L
A O
S R
S
I A
F /
I E
C
A R
T E
I V
O W
N R
CONTRACTOR:
SCHEDULE DATES
CONTRACTOR
ACTION
APPROVING AUTHORITY
MAILED
TO
CONTR/
DATE RCD
FIRM APPR
AUTH
REMARKS
SUBMIT
APPROVAL
NEEDED
BY
MATERIAL
NEEDED
BY
A
C
T
I
O
N
C
O
D
E
DATE
OF
ACTION
DATE FWD
TO APPR
AUTH/
DATE RCD
FROM
CONTR
DATE FWD
TO OTHER
REVIEWER
DATE RCD
FROM OTH
REVIEWER
A
C
T
I
O
N
C
O
D
E
DATE
OF
ACTION
(a)
(b)
(C)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(1)
Q)
(k)
(1)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
01 7823
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
Data
O&M Database
1.4
Training Plan
3.1.1
Training Outline
3.1.3
Training Content
3.1.2
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Validation of Training Completion
3.1.5
0241 00
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Demolition Plan
1.2.1
03 30 53
SD-03 Product Data
Air -Entraining Admixture
2.2.3.1
Water -Reducing or Retarding
2.2.3.2
Admixture
Curing Materials
2.2.10
Expansion Joint Filler Strips,
2.2.6
Premolded
Conveying and Placing Concrete
3.2
Formwork
2.2.7
Mix Design Data
2.3
Ready -Mix Concrete
2.3
Mechanical Reinforcing Bar
2.2.5
Connectors
SD-06 Test Reports
Aggregates
2.2.2
Concrete Mixture Proportions
12.1.3
SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96 PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE PAGE 4 OF 9 PAGES

SUBMITTAL REGISTER
CONTRACT NO.
TITLE AND LOCATION
Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
CONTRACTOR
A
C
T
I
V
I
T
Y
N
O
T
R
A
N
S
M
I
T
T
A
L
N
O
S
P
E
C
S
E
C
T
DESCRIPTION
ITEM SUBMITTED
P
A
R
A
G#
R
A
P
H
G
O
V
C T
L
A O
S R
S
I A
F /
I E
C
A R
T E
I V
O W
N R
CONTRACTOR:
SCHEDULE DATES
CONTRACTOR
ACTION
APPROVING AUTHORITY
MAILED
TO
CONTR/
DATE RCD
FIRM APPR
AUTH
REMARKS
SUBMIT
APPROVAL
NEEDED
BY
MATERIAL
NEEDED
BY
A
C
T
I
O
N
C
O
D
E
DATE
OF
ACTION
DATE FWD
TO APPR
AUTH/
DATE RCD
FROM
CONTR
DATE FWD
TO OTHER
REVIEWER
DATE RCD
FROM OTH
REVIEWER
A
C
T
I
O
N
C
O
D
E
DATE
OF
ACTION
(a)
(b)
(C)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(1)
Q)
(k)
(1)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
03 30 53
Compressive Strength Testing
3.8.3
Slump
3.8.3
Air Content
3.8.3
Water
2.2.4
SD-07 Certificates
Cementitious Materials
2.2.1
Aggregates
2.2.2
Delivery Tickets
2.3
26 20 00
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Panelboards
2.10
SD-03 Product Data
Receptacles
2.9
Circuit breakers
2.10.3
Switches
2.8
Motor controllers
2.12
Sure protective devices
2.16
SD-06 Test Reports
600-volt wiring test
3.4.2
Ground -fault receptacle test
3.4.3
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
Data
Electrical Systems
1.5.1
2651 00
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Luminaire Drawings
1.5.1
SD-03 Product Data
Luminaires
12.2
SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96 PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE PAGE 5 OF 9 PAGES

SUBMITTAL REGISTER
CONTRACT NO.
TITLE AND LOCATION
Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
CONTRACTOR
A
C
T
I
V
I
T
Y
N
O
T
R
A
N
S
M
I
T
T
A
L
N
O
S
P
E
C
S
E
C
T
DESCRIPTION
ITEM SUBMITTED
P
A
R
A
G#
R
A
P
H
G
O
V
C T
L
A O
S R
S
I A
F /
I E
C
A R
T E
I V
O W
N R
CONTRACTOR:
SCHEDULE DATES
CONTRACTOR
ACTION
APPROVING AUTHORITY
MAILED
TO
CONTR/
DATE RCD
FIRM APPR
AUTH
REMARKS
SUBMIT
APPROVAL
NEEDED
BY
MATERIAL
NEEDED
BY
A
C
T
I
O
N
C
O
D
E
DATE
OF
ACTION
DATE FWD
TO APPR
AUTH/
DATE RCD
FROM
CONTR
DATE FWD
TO OTHER
REVIEWER
DATE RCD
FROM OTH
REVIEWER
A
C
T
I
O
N
C
O
D
E
DATE
OF
ACTION
(a)
(b)
(C)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(1)
Q)
(k)
(1)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
2651 00
Light Sources
2.4
Drivers, Ballasts and Generators
2.3
LED Luminaire Warranty
1.6.1
Luminaire Design Data
1.5.2
SD-07 Certificates
Luminaire Useful Life Certificate
1.6.1.1
31 23 00.00 20
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Dewatering work plan
1.7.1
SD-06 Test Reports
Testing
1.6
Select material
3.12.2.1
Density tests
3.12.2.2
Moisture Content Tests
3.12.2.3
32 11 23
SD-06 Test Reports
Initial Tests
2.2.1
In -Place Tests
3.13.1
33 11 00
SD-03 Product Data
Pipe, Fittings, Joints, Valves and
2.1.1
Couplings
Valves
2.1.2
G
Valve Boxes
2.1.2.2
G
Pipe Restraint
2.2.1
G
Backflow Preventer
1.4.2.1.1
G
Disinfection Procedures
3.2.3
G
SD-06 Test Reports
Backflow Preventer Tests
3.3.1.4
G
SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96 PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE PAGE 6 OF 9 PAGES

SUBMITTAL REGISTER
CONTRACT NO.
TITLE AND LOCATION
Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
CONTRACTOR
A
C
T
I
V
I
T
Y
N
O
T
R
A
N
S
M
I
T
T
A
L
N
O
S
P
E
C
S
E
C
T
DESCRIPTION
ITEM SUBMITTED
P
A
R
A
G#
R
A
P
H
G
O
V
C T
L
A O
S R
S
I A
F /
I E
C
A R
T E
I V
O W
N R
CONTRACTOR:
SCHEDULE DATES
CONTRACTOR
ACTION
APPROVING AUTHORITY
MAILED
TO
CONTR/
DATE RCD
FIRM APPR
AUTH
REMARKS
SUBMIT
APPROVAL
NEEDED
BY
MATERIAL
NEEDED
BY
A
C
T
I
O
N
C
O
D
E
DATE
OF
ACTION
DATE FWD
TO APPR
AUTH/
DATE RCD
FROM
CONTR
DATE FWD
TO OTHER
REVIEWER
DATE RCD
FROM OTH
REVIEWER
A
C
T
I
O
N
C
O
D
E
DATE
OF
ACTION
(a)
(b)
(C)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(1)
Q)
(k)
(1)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
33 11 00
Hydrostatic Sewer Test
3.2.1.1.6
Leakage Test
3.3.1.2
Hydrostatic Test
3.3.1.1
SD-07 Certificates
Pipe, Fittings, Joints, Valves and
2.1.1
Couplings
Valves
2.1.2
Backflow Prevention Training
1.4.2.1.1
2
Certificate
Backflow Tester
1.4.2.1.1
1
SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions
Ductile Iron Piping
2.1.1.1
PVC Piping For Service Lines
2.1.1.2.2
33 30 00
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Contractor's License
1.3.1
G
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Installation Drawings
3.1.1
G
SD-03 Product Data
Precast Concrete Manholes
2.2.6
Gravity Pie
2.2.1
Pressure Pie
2.2.2
G
SD-06 Test Reports
Hydrostatic Sewer Test
3.3.1.1
G
Low -Pressure Air Tests
3.3.1.2.1
G
Tests For Pressure Lines
3.3.1.3
G
SD-07 Certificates
SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96 PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE PAGE 7 OF 9 PAGES

SUBMITTAL REGISTER
CONTRACT NO.
TITLE AND LOCATION
Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
CONTRACTOR
A
C
T
I
V
I
T
Y
N
O
T
R
A
N
S
M
I
T
T
A
L
N
O
S
P
E
C
S
E
C
T
DESCRIPTION
ITEM SUBMITTED
P
A
R
A
G#
R
A
P
H
G
O
V
C T
L
A O
S R
S
I A
F /
I E
C
A R
T E
I V
O W
N R
CONTRACTOR:
SCHEDULE DATES
CONTRACTOR
ACTION
APPROVING AUTHORITY
MAILED
TO
CONTR/
DATE RCD
FIRM APPR
AUTH
REMARKS
SUBMIT
APPROVAL
NEEDED
BY
MATERIAL
NEEDED
BY
A
C
T
I
O
N
C
O
D
E
DATE
OF
ACTION
DATE FWD
TO APPR
AUTH/
DATE RCD
FROM
CONTR
DATE FWD
TO OTHER
REVIEWER
DATE RCD
FROM OTH
REVIEWER
A
C
T
I
O
N
C
O
D
E
DATE
OF
ACTION
(a)
(b)
(C)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(1)
Q)
(k)
(1)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
33 30 00
Portland Cement
2.2.4
3332 13.13
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Material, Equipment, and Fixtures
2.2
G
List
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Fabrication Drawings
2.1
G
SD-03 Product Data
Spare Parts Data
3.3.1
G
Entrance Covers
2.2.3
G
Pumps
2.2.4
G
Pump Controls
2.2.8
G
Impellers
2.1.1.1
G
Couplings
2.1.1.1
G
Bearings
2.1.1.1
G
Stuffing Boxes
2.1.1.1
G
Gate Valves
2.2.5.1
G
Check Valves
2.2.5.3
G
Electric Motors
2.1.1.1
G
SD-05 Design Data
Motor/Pumps
2.1
G
Pump Test
3.2.1
G
Hydrostatic Pressure Test
3.2.1
G
Float Test
3.2.1
IG
SD-07 Certificates
Listing of Product Installations
1.3
G
Entrance Covers
2.2.3
G
SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96 PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE PAGE 8 OF 9 PAGES

SUBMITTAL REGISTER
CONTRACT NO.
TITLE AND LOCATION
Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
CONTRACTOR
A
C
T
I
V
I
T
Y
N
O
T
R
A
N
S
M
I
T
T
A
L
N
O
S
P
E
C
S
E
C
T
DESCRIPTION
ITEM SUBMITTED
P
A
R
A
G#
R
A
P
H
G
O
V
C T
L
A O
S R
S
I A
F /
I E
C
A R
T E
I V
O W
N R
CONTRACTOR:
SCHEDULE DATES
CONTRACTOR
ACTION
APPROVING AUTHORITY
MAILED
TO
CONTR/
DATE RCD
FIRM APPR
AUTH
REMARKS
SUBMIT
APPROVAL
NEEDED
BY
MATERIAL
NEEDED
BY
A
C
T
I
O
N
C
O
D
E
DATE
OF
ACTION
DATE FWD
TO APPR
AUTH/
DATE RCD
FROM
CONTR
DATE FWD
TO OTHER
REVIEWER
DATE RCD
FROM OTH
REVIEWER
A
C
T
I
O
N
C
O
D
E
DATE
OF
ACTION
(a)
(b)
(C)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(1)
Q)
(k)
(1)
(m)
(n)
(o)
(p)
(q)
(r)
33 32 13.13
Pumps
2.2.4
G
Gate Valves
2.2.5.1
G
Check Valves
2.2.5.3
G
Electric Motors
2.1.1.1
G
SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions
Entrance Covers
2.2.3
G
Pumps
2.2.4
G
Pump Controls
2.2.8
G
Gate Valves
2.2.5.1
G
Check Valves
2.2.5.3
G
Electric Motors
2.1.1.1
G
Special Tools
3.3.1
G
Posted Instructions
3.3.1
G
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance
Data
Operation and Maintenance
3.3.1
G
Manuals
Preventative Maintenance and
3.3.1
G
Inspection Procedure
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Warranty
1.5
G
3371 02
SD-03 Product Data
Composite/fiberglass handholes
2.8.1
SD-06 Test Reports
Field Acceptance Checks and
3.9.1
Tests
SUBMITTAL FORM,Jan 96 PREVIOUS EDITION IS OBSOLETE PAGE 9 OF 9 PAGES

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
SECTION 01 35 26
GOVERNMENTAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
11/15
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by
the basic designation only.
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF SAFETY ENGINEERS (ASSE/SAFE)
ASSE/SAFE A10.22 (2007; R 2012) Safety Requirements for
Rope -Guided and Non -Guided Workers' Hoists
ASSE/SAFE A10.34 (2001; R 2012) Protection of the Public on
or Adjacent to Construction Sites
ASSE/SAFE A10.44 (2014) Control of Energy Sources
(Lockout/ragout) for Construction and
Demolition Operations
ASSE/SAFE Z244.1 (2003; R 2014) Control of Hazardous Energy
Lockout/Tagout and Alternative Methods
ASSE/SAFE Z359.0 (2012) Definitions and Nomenclature Used
for Fall Protection and Fall Arrest
ASSE/SAFE Z359.1 (2016) The Fall Protection Code
ASSE/SAFE Z359.11 (2014) Safety Requirements for Full Body
Harnesses
ASSE/SAFE Z359.12 (2009) Connecting Components for Personal
Fall Arrest Systems
ASSE/SAFE Z359.13 (2013) Personal Energy Absorbers and
Energy Absorbing Lanyards
ASSE/SAFE Z359.14 (2014) Safety Requirements for
Self -Retracting Devices for Personal Fall
Arrest and Rescue Systems
ASSE/SAFE Z359.15 (2014) Safety Requirements for Single
Anchor Lifelines and Fall Arresters for
Personal Fall Arrest Systems
ASSE/SAFE Z359.2 (2007) Minimum Requirements for a
Comprehensive Managed Fall Protection
Program
ASSE/SAFE Z359.3 (2007) Safety Requirements for Positioning
and Travel Restraint Systems
ASSE/SAFE Z359.4 (2013) Safety Requirements for
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
Assisted -Rescue and Self -Rescue Systems,
Subsystems and Components
ASSE/SAFE Z359.6 (2009) Specifications and Design
Requirements for Active Fall Protection
Systems
ASSE/SAFE Z359.7 (2011) Qualification and Verification
Testing of Fall Protection Products
ASME INTERNATIONAL (ASME)
ASME B30.20 (2013; INT Oct 2010 - May 2012)
Below -the -Hook Lifting Devices
ASME B30.22 (2016) Articulating Boom Cranes
ASME B30.23 (2011) Personnel Lifting Systems Safety
Standard for Cableways, Cranes, Derricks,
Hoists, Hooks, Jacks, and Slings
ASME B30.26 (2015; INT Jun 2010 - Jun 2014) Rigging
Hardware
ASME B30.3 (2016) Tower Cranes
ASME B30.5 (2014) Mobile and Locomotive Cranes
ASME B30.7 (2011) Winches
ASME B30.8 (2015) Floating Cranes and Floating
Derricks
ASME B30.9 (2014; INT Feb 2011 - Nov 2013) Slings
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM F855 (2015) Standard Specifications for
Temporary Protective Grounds to Be Used on
De -energized Electric Power Lines and
Equipment
INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE)
IEEE 1048 (2003) Guide for Protective Grounding of
Power Lines
IEEE C2 (2017; Errata 1-2 2017; INT 1 2017)
National Electrical Safety Code
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 10 (2018; TIA 18-1) Standard for Portable
Fire Extinguishers
NFPA 241 (2013; Errata 2015) Standard for
Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and
Demolition Operations
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
NFPA 306 (2014) Standard for Control of Gas Hazards
on Vessels
NFPA 51B (2014) Standard for Fire Prevention During
Welding, Cutting, and Other Hot Work
NFPA 70 (2017; ERTA 1-2 2017; TIA 17-1; TIA 17-2;
TIA 17-3; TIA 17-4; TIA 17-5; TIA 17-6;
TIA 17-7; TIA 17-8; TIA 17-9; TIA 17-10;
TIA 17-11; TIA 17-12; TIA 17-13; TIA
17-14; TIA 17-15; TIA 17-16; TIA 17-17 )
National Electrical Code
NFPA 70E (2018; TIA 18-1; TIA 81-2) Standard for
Electrical Safety in the Workplace
TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY ASSOCIATION (TIA)
TIA-1019 (2012; R 2016) Standard for Installation,
Alteration and Maintenance of Antenna
Supporting Structures and Antennas
TIA-222 (2005G; Add 1 2007; Add 2 2009; Add 3
2014; Add 4 2014; R 2014; R 2016)
Structural Standards for Steel Antenna
Towers and Antenna Supporting Structures
U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE)
EM 385-1-1
(2014) Safety and Health Requirements
Manual
U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)
29 CFR 1910 Occupational Safety and Health Standards
29 CFR 1910.147 The Control of Hazardous Energy (Lock
Out/Tag Out)
29 CFR 1910.333 Selection and Use of Work Practices
29 CFR 1915
Confined and Enclosed Spaces and Other
Dangerous Atmospheres in Shipyard
Employment
29 CFR 1915.89 Control of Hazardous Energy
(Lockout/Tags-Plus)
29 CFR 1926 Safety and Health Regulations for
Construction
29 CFR 1926.16 Rules of Construction
29 CFR 1926.450 Scaffolds
29 CFR 1926.500 Fall Protection
29 CFR 1926.552 Material Hoists, Personal Hoists, and
Elevators
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
29 CFR 1926.553 Base -Mounted Drum Hoists
CPL 02-01-056 (2014) Inspection Procedures for Accessing
Communication Towers by Hoist
1.2 DEFINITIONS
1.2.1 Competent Person (CP)
The CP is a person designated in writing, who, through training, knowledge
and experience, is capable of identifying, evaluating, and addressing
existing and predictable hazards in the working environment or working
conditions that are dangerous to personnel, and who has authorization to
take prompt corrective measures with regards to such hazards.
1.2.2 Competent Person, Confined Space
The CP, Confined Space, is a person meeting the competent person
requirements as defined EM 385-1-1 Appendix Q, with thorough knowledge of
OSHA's Confined Space Standard, 29 CFR 1910.146, and designated in writing
to be responsible for the immediate supervision, implementation and
monitoring of the confined space program, who through training, knowledge
and experience in confined space entry is capable of identifying,
evaluating and addressing existing and potential confined space hazards
and, who has the authority to take prompt corrective measures with regard
to such hazards.
1.2.3 Competent Person, Excavation/Trenching
A CP, Excavation/Trenching, is a person meeting the competent person
requirements as defined in EM 385-1-1 Appendix Q and 29 CFR 1926, who has
been designated in writing to be responsible for the immediate
supervision, implementation and monitoring of the excavation/trenching
program, who through training, knowledge and experience in
excavation/trenching is capable of identifying, evaluating and addressing
existing and potential hazards and, who has the authority to take prompt
corrective measures with regard to such hazards.
1.2.4 Competent Person, Fall Protection
The CP, Fall Protection, is a person meeting the competent person
requirements as defined in EM 385-1-1 Appendix Q and in accordance with
ASSE/SAFE Z359.0, who has been designated in writing by the employer to be
responsible for immediate supervising, implementing and monitoring of the
fall protection program, who through training, knowledge and experience in
fall protection and rescue systems and equipment, is capable of
identifying, evaluating and addressing existing and potential fall hazards
and, who has the authority to take prompt corrective measures with regard
to such hazards.
1.2.5 Competent Person (CP) Trainer
A competent person trainer as defined in EM 385-1-1 Appendix Q, who is
qualified in the material presented, and who possesses a working knowledge
of applicable technical regulations, standards, equipment and systems
related to the subject matter on which they are training Competent
Persons. A competent person trainer must be familiar with the typical
hazards and the equipment used in the industry they are instructing. The
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
training provided by the competent person trainer must be appropriate to
that specific industry. The competent person trainer must evaluate the
knowledge and skills of the competent persons as part of the training
process.
1.2.6 High Risk Activities
High Risk Activities are activities that involve work at heights, crane
and rigging, excavations and trenching, scaffolding, electrical work, and
confined space entry.
1.2.7 High Visibility Accident
A High Visibility Accident is any mishap which may generate publicity or
high visibility.
1.2.8 Load Handling Equipment (LHE)
LHE is a term used to describe cranes, hoists and all other hoisting
equipment (hoisting equipment means equipment, including crane, derricks,
hoists and power operated equipment used with rigging to raise, lower or
horizontally move a load).
1.2.9 Medical Treatment
Medical Treatment is treatment administered by a physician or by
registered professional personnel under the standing orders of a
physician. Medical treatment does not include first aid treatment even
through provided by a physician or registered personnel.
1.2.10 Near Miss
A Near Miss is a mishap resulting in no personal injury and zero property
damage, but given a shift in time or position, damage or injury may have
occurred (e.g., a worker falls off a scaffold and is not injured; a crane
swings around to move the load and narrowly misses a parked vehicle).
1.2.11 Operating Envelope
The Operating Envelope is the area surrounding any crane or load handling
equipment. Inside this "envelope" is the crane, the operator, riggers and
crane walkers, other personnel involved in the operation, rigging gear
between the hook, the load, the crane's supporting structure (i.e. ground
or rail), the load's rigging path, the lift and rigging procedure.
1.2.12 Qualified Person (QP)
The QP is a person designated in writing, who, by possession of a
recognized degree, certificate, or professional standing, or extensive
knowledge, training, and experience, has successfully demonstrated their
ability to solve or resolve problems related to the subject matter, the
work, or the project.
1.2.13 Qualified Person, Fall Protection (QP for FP)
A QP for FP is a person meeting the requirements of EM 385-1-1 Appendix Q,
and ASSE/SAFE Z359.0, with a recognized degree or professional certificate
and with extensive knowledge, training and experience in the fall
protection and rescue field who is capable of designing, analyzing, and
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 5

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
evaluating and specifying fall protection and rescue systems.
1.2.14 USACE Property and Equipment
Interpret "USACE" property and equipment specified in USACE EM 385-1-1 as
Government property and equipment.
1.2.15 Load Handling Equipment (LHE) Accident or Load Handling Equipment
Mishap
A LHE accident occurs when any one or more of the eight elements in the
operating envelope fails to perform correctly during operation, including
operation during maintenance or testing resulting in personnel injury or
death; material or equipment damage; dropped load; derailment;
two -blocking; overload; or collision, including unplanned contact between
the load, crane, or other objects. A dropped load, derailment,
two -blocking, overload and collision are considered accidents, even though
no material damage or injury occurs. A component failure (e.g., motor
burnout, gear tooth failure, bearing failure) is not considered an
accident solely due to material or equipment damage unless the component
failure results in damage to other components (e.g., dropped boom, dropped
load, or roll over). Document an LHE mishap or accident using the NAVFAC
prescribed Navy Crane Center (NCC) accident form.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for all submittals. Submit the following
in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Accident Prevention Plan (APP)
SD-06 Test Reports
Monthly Exposure Reports
Notifications and Reports
Accident Reports
LHE Inspection Reports
SD-07 Certificates
Contractor Safety Self -Evaluation Checklist
Standard Lift Plan
Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA)
Confined Space Entry Permit
Hot Work Permit
Certificate of Compliance
1.4 MONTHLY EXPOSURE REPORTS
Provide a Monthly Exposure Report and attach to the monthly billing
request. This report is a compilation of employee -hours worked each month
for all site workers, both Prime and subcontractor. Failure to submit the
report may result in retention of up to 10 percent of the voucher.
1.5 CONTRACTOR SAFETY SELF -EVALUATION CHECKLIST
Contracting Officer will provide a "Contractor Safety Self -Evaluation
Checklist" to the Contractor at the pre -construction conference. Complete
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 6

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
the checklist monthly and submit with each request for payment voucher.
An acceptable score of 90 or greater is required. Failure to submit the
completed safety self -evaluation checklist or achieve a score of at least
90 may result in retention of up to 10 percent of the voucher.
1.6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
In addition to the detailed requirements included in the provisions of
this contract, comply with the most recent edition of USACE EM 385-1-1,
and the following federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, criteria,
rules and regulations. Submit matters of interpretation of standards to
the appropriate administrative agency for resolution before starting
work. Where the requirements of this specification, applicable laws,
criteria, ordinances, regulations, and referenced documents vary, the most
stringent requirements govern.
1.6.1 Subcontractor Safety Requirements
For this contract, neither Contractor nor any subcontractor may enter into
contract with any subcontractor that fails to meet the following
requirements. The term subcontractor in this and the following paragraphs
means any entity holding a contract with the Contractor or with a
subcontractor at any tier.
1.6.1.1 Experience Modification Rate (EMR)
Subcontractors on this contract must have an effective EMR less than or
equal to 1.10, as computed by the National Council on Compensation
Insurance (NCCI) or if not available, as computed by the state agency's
rating bureau in the state where the subcontractor is registered, when
entering into a subcontract agreement with the Prime Contractor or a
subcontractor at any tier. The Prime Contractor may submit a written
request for additional consideration to the Contracting Officer where the
specified acceptable EMR range cannot be achieved. Relaxation of the EMR
range will only be considered for approval on a case -by -case basis for
special conditions and must not be anticipated as tacit approval.
Contractor's Site Safety and Health Officer (SSHO) must collect and
maintain the certified EMR ratings for all subcontractors on the project
and make them available to the Government at the Government's request.
1.6.1.2 OSHA Days Away from Work, Restricted Duty, or Job Transfer (DART)
Rate
Subcontractors on this contract must have a DART rate, calculated from the
most recent, complete calendar year, less than or equal to 3.4 when
entering into a subcontract agreement with the Prime Contractor or a
subcontractor at any tier. The OSHA Dart Rate is calculated using the
following formula:
(N/EH) x 200,000
where:
N = number of injuries and illnesses with days away, restricted work, or
job transfer
EH = total hours worked by all employees during most recent, complete
calendar year
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 7

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
200,000 = base for 100 full-time equivalent workers (working 40 hours per
week, 50 weeks per year)
The Prime Contractor may submit a written request for additional
consideration to the Contracting Officer where the specified acceptable
OSHA Dart rate range cannot be achieved for a particular subcontractor.
Relaxation of the OSHA DART rate range will only be considered for
approval on a case -by -case basis for special conditions and must not be
anticipated as tacit approval. Contractor's SSHO must collect and
maintain self -certified OSHA DART rates for all subcontractors on the
project and make them available to the Government at the Government's
request.
1.7 SITE QUALIFICATIONS, DUTIES, AND MEETINGS
1.7.1 Personnel Qualifications
1.7.1.1 Site Safety and Health Officer (SSHO)
Provide an SSHO that meets the requirements of EM 385-1-1 Section 1. The
SSHO must ensure that the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.16 are met for the
project. Provide a Safety oversight team that includes a minimum of one
(1) person at each project site to function as the SSHO. The SSHO or an
equally -qualified Alternate SSHO must be at the work site at all times to
implement and administer the Contractor's safety program and
government -accepted APP. The SSHO and Alternate SSHO must have the
required training, experience, and qualifications in accordance with
EM 385-1-1 Section 01.A.17, and all associated sub -paragraphs.
If the SSHO is off -site for a period longer than 24 hours, an
equally -qualified alternate SSHO must be provided and must fulfill the
same roles and responsibilities as the primary SSHO. When the SSHO is
temporarily (up to 24 hours) off -site, a Designated Representative (DR),
as identified in the AHA may be used in lieu of an Alternate SSHO, and
must be on the project site at all times when work is being performed.
Note that the DR is a collateral duty safety position, with safety duties
in addition to their full time occupation.
1.7.1.1.1 Additional Site Safety and Health Officer (SSHO) Requirements
and Duties
The SSHO may also serve as the Quality Control Manager. The SSHO may not
serve as the Superintendent.
1.7.1.2 Competent Person Qualifications
Provide Competent Persons in accordance with EM 385-1-1, Appendix Q and
herein. Competent Persons for high risk activities include confined
space, cranes and rigging, excavation/trenching, fall protection, and
electrical work. The CP for these activities must be designated in
writing, and meet the requirements for the specific activity (i.e.
competent person, fall protection).
The Competent Person identified in the Contractor's Safety and Health
Program and accepted APP, must be on -site at all times when the work that
presents the hazards associated with their professional expertise is being
performed. Provide the credentials of the Competent Persons(s) to the the
Contracting Officer for information in consultation with the Safety Office.
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 8

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
1.7.1.2.1 Competent Person for Confined Space Entry
Provide a Confined Space (CP) Competent Person who meets the requirements
of EM 385-1-1, Appendix Q, and herein. The CP for Confined Space Entry
must supervise the entry into each confined space in accordance with
EM 385-1-1, Section 34.
Since this work involves operations that handle combustible or hazardous
materials, this person must have the ability to understand and follow
through on the air sampling, Personal Protective Equipment (PPE), and
instructions of a Marine Chemist, Coast Guard authorized persons, or
Certified Industrial Hygienist. Confined space and enclosed space work
must comply with NFPA 306, OSHA 29 CFR 1915, Subpart B, "Confined and
Enclosed Spaces and Other Dangerous Atmospheres in Shipyard Employment,"
or as applicable, 29 CFR 1910.147 for general industry.
1.7.1.2.2 Competent Person for Fall Protection
Provide a Competent Person for Fall Protection who meets the requirements
of EM 385-1-1, Section 21.C.04, 21.B.03, and herein.
1.7.1.3 Qualified Trainer Requirements
Individuals qualified to instruct the 40 hour contract safety awareness
course, or portions thereof, must meet the definition of a Competent
Person Trainer, and, at a minimum, possess a working knowledge of the
following subject areas: EM 385-1-1, Electrical Standards,Lockout/Tagout,
Fall Protection, Confined Space Entry for Construction; Excavation,
Trenching and Soil Mechanics, and Scaffolds in accordance with
29 CFR 1926.450, Subpart L.
Instructors are required to:
a. Prepare class presentations that cover construction -related safety
requirements.
b. Ensure that all attendees attend all sessions by using a class roster
signed daily by each attendee. Maintain copies of the roster for at
least five (5) years. This is a certification class and must be
attended 100 percent. In cases of emergency where an attendee cannot
make it to a session, the attendee can make it up in another class
session for the same subject.
C. Update training course materials whenever an update of the EM 385-1-1
becomes available.
d. Provide a written exam of at least 50 questions. Students are
required to answer 80 percent correctly to pass.
e. Request, review and incorporate student feedback into a continuous
course improvement program.
1.7.2 Personnel Duties
1.7.2.1 Duties of the Site Safety and Health Officer (SSHO)
The SSHO must:
a. Conduct daily safety and health inspections and maintain a written log
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 9

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
which includes area/operation inspected, date of inspection,
identified hazards, recommended corrective actions, estimated and
actual dates of corrections. Attach safety inspection logs to the
Contractors' daily production report.
b. Conduct mishap investigations and complete required accident reports.
Report mishaps and near misses.
C. Use and maintain OSHA's Form 300 to log work -related injuries and
illnesses occurring on the project site for Prime Contractors and
subcontractors, and make available to the Contracting Officer upon
request. Post and maintain the Form 300A on the site Safety Bulletin
Board.
d. Maintain applicable safety reference material on the job site.
e. Attend the pre -construction conference, pre -work meetings including
preparatory meetings, and periodic in -progress meetings.
f. Review the APP and AHAs for compliance with EM 385-1-1, and approve,
sign, implement and enforce them.
g. Establish a Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Deficiency Tracking
System that lists and monitors outstanding deficiencies until
resolution.
h. Ensure subcontractor compliance with safety and health requirements.
i. Maintain a list of hazardous chemicals on site and their Safety Data
Sheets (SDS).
j. Maintain a weekly list of high hazard activities involving energy,
equipment, excavation, entry into confined space, and elevation, and
be prepared to discuss details during QC Meetings.
k. Provide and keep a record of site safety orientation and
indoctrination for Contractor employees, subcontractor employees, and
site visitors.
Superintendent, QC Manager, and SSHO are subject to dismissal if the above
duties are not being effectively carried out. If Superintendent, QC
Manager, or SSHO are dismissed, project work will be stopped and will not
be allowed to resume until a suitable replacement is approved and the
above duties are again being effectively carried out.
1.7.3 Meetings
1.7.3.1 Preconstruction Conference
a. Contractor representatives who have a responsibility or significant
role in accident prevention on the project must attend the
preconstruction conference. This includes the project superintendent,
SSHO, QC manager, or any other assigned safety and health
professionals who participated in the development of the APP
(including the AHAs and special plans, program and procedures
associated with it).
b. Discuss the details of the submitted APP to include incorporated
plans, programs, procedures and a listing of anticipated AHAs that
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 10

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
will be developed and implemented during the performance of the
contract. This list of proposed AHAs will be reviewed at the
conference and an agreement will be reached between the Contractor and
the Contracting Officer as to which phases will require an analysis.
In addition, establish a schedule for the preparation, submittal, and
Government review of AHAs to preclude project delays.
C. Deficiencies in the submitted APP, identified during the Contracting
Officer's review, must be corrected, and the APP re -submitted for
review prior to the start of construction. Work is not permitted to
begin until an APP is established that is acceptable to the
Contracting Officer.
1.7.3.2 Safety Meetings
Conduct safety meetings to review past activities, plan for new or changed
operations, review pertinent aspects of appropriate AHA (by trade),
establish safe working procedures for anticipated hazards, and provide
pertinent Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) training and motivation.
Conduct meetings at least once a month for all supervisors on the project
location. The SSHO, supervisors, foremen, or CDSOs must conduct meetings
at least once a week for the trade workers. Document meeting minutes to
include the date, persons in attendance, subjects discussed, and names of
individual(s) who conducted the meeting. Maintain documentation on -site
and furnish copies to the Contracting Officer on request. Notify the
Contracting Officer of all scheduled meetings 7 calendar days in advance.
1.8 ACCIDENT PREVENTION PLAN (APP)
A qualified person must prepare the written site -specific APP. Prepare
the APP in accordance with the format and requirements of EM 385-1-1,
Appendix A, and as supplemented herein. Cover all paragraph and
subparagraph elements in EM 385-1-1, Appendix A. The APP must be
job -specific and address any unusual or unique aspects of the project or
activity for which it is written. The APP must interface with the
Contractor's overall safety and health program referenced in the APP in
the applicable APP element, and made site -specific. Describe the methods
to evaluate past safety performance of potential subcontractors in the
selection process. Also, describe innovative methods used to ensure and
monitor safe work practices of subcontractors. The Government considers
the Prime Contractor to be the "controlling authority" for all work site
safety and health of the subcontractors. Contractors are responsible for
informing their subcontractors of the safety provisions under the terms of
the contract and the penalties for noncompliance, coordinating the work to
prevent one craft from interfering with or creating hazardous working
conditions for other crafts, and inspecting subcontractor operations to
ensure that accident prevention responsibilities are being carried out.
The APP must be signed by an officer of the firm (Prime Contractor senior
person), the individual preparing the APP, the on -site superintendent, the
designated SSHO, the Contractor QC Manager, and any designated Certified
Safety Professional (CSP) or Certified Health Physicist (CIH). The SSHO
must provide and maintain the APP and a log of signatures by each
subcontractor foreman, attesting that they have read and understand the
APP, and make the APP and log available on -site to the Contracting
Officer. If English is not the foreman's primary language, the Prime
Contractor must provide an interpreter.
Submit the APP to the Contracting Officer 15 calendar days prior to the
date of the preconstruction conference for acceptance. Work cannot
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 11

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
proceed without an accepted APP. Once reviewed and accepted by the
Contracting Officer, the APP and attachments will be enforced as part of
the contract. Disregarding the provisions of this contract or the
accepted APP is cause for stopping of work, at the discretion of the
Contracting Officer, until the matter has been rectified. Continuously
review and amend the APP, as necessary, throughout the life of the
contract. Changes to the accepted APP must be made with the knowledge and
concurrence of the Contracting Officer, project superintendent, SSHO and
QC Manager. Incorporate unusual or high -hazard activities not identified
in the original APP as they are discovered. Should any severe hazard
exposure (i.e. imminent danger) become evident, stop work in the area,
secure the area, and develop a plan to remove the exposure and control the
hazard. Notify the Contracting Officer within 24 hours of discovery.
Eliminate and remove the hazard. In the interim, take all necessary
action to restore and maintain safe working conditions in order to
safeguard onsite personnel, visitors, the public (as defined by
ASSE/SAFE A10.34), and the environment.
1.8.1 Names and Qualifications
Provide plans in accordance with the requirements outlined in Appendix A
of EM 385-1-1, including the following:
a. Names and qualifications (resumes including education, training,
experience and certifications) of site safety and health personnel
designated to perform work on this project to include the designated
SSHO and other competent and qualified personnel to be used. Specify
the duties of each position.
b. Qualifications of competent and of qualified persons. As a minimum,
designate and submit qualifications of competent persons for each of
the following major areas: excavation; scaffolding; fall protection;
hazardous energy; confined space; health hazard recognition,
evaluation and control of chemical, physical and biological agents;
and personal protective equipment and clothing to include selection,
use and maintenance.
1.8.2 Plans
Provide plans in the APP in accordance with the requirements outlined in
Appendix A of EM 385-1-1, including the following:
1.8.2.1 Standard Lift Plan (SLP)
Plan lifts to avoid situations where the operator cannot maintain safe
control of the lift. Prepare a written SLP in accordance with EM 385-1-1,
Section 16.A.03, using Form 16-2 for every lift or series of lifts (if
duty cycle or routine lifts are being performed). The SLP must be
developed, reviewed and accepted by all personnel involved in the lift in
conjunction with the associated AHA. Signature on the AHA constitutes
acceptance of the plan. Maintain the SLP on the LHE for the current
lift(s) being made. Maintain historical SLPs for a minimum of 3 months.
1.8.2.2 Multi -Purpose Machines, Material Handling Equipment, and
Construction Equipment Lift Plan
Multi -purpose machines, material handling equipment, and construction
equipment used to lift loads that are suspended by rigging gear, require
proof of authorization from the machine OEM that the machine is capable of
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 12

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
making lifts of loads suspended by rigging equipment. Written approval
from a qualified registered professional engineer, after a safety analysis
is performed, is allowed in lieu of the OEM's approval. Demonstrate that
the operator is properly trained and that the equipment is properly
configured to make such lifts and is equipped with a load chart.
1.8.2.3 Fall Protection and Prevention (FP&P) Plan
The plan must comply with the requirements of EM 385-1-1, Section 21.D and
ASSE/SAFE Z359.2, be site specific, and address all fall hazards in the
work place and during different phases of construction. Address how to
protect and prevent workers from falling to lower levels when they are
exposed to fall hazards above 6 feet. A competent person or qualified
person for fall protection must prepare and sign the plan documentation.
Include FP&P systems, equipment and methods employed for every phase of
work, roles and responsibilities, assisted rescue, self -rescue and
evacuation procedures, training requirements, and monitoring methods.
Review and revise, as necessary, the FP&P Plan documentation as conditions
change, but at a minimum every six months, for lengthy projects,
reflecting any changes during the course of construction due to changes in
personnel, equipment, systems or work habits. Keep and maintain the
accepted FP&P Plan documentation at the job site for the duration of the
project. Include the FP&P Plan documentation in the APP.
1.8.2.4 Rescue and Evacuation Plan
Provide a Rescue and Evacuation Plan in accordance with EM 385-1-1 Section
21.N and ASSE/SAFE Z359.2, and include in the FP&P Plan and as part of the
APP. Include a detailed discussion of the following: methods of rescue;
methods of self -rescue; equipment used; training requirement; specialized
training for the rescuers; procedures for requesting rescue and medical
assistance; and transportation routes to a medical facility.
1.8.2.5 Hazardous Energy Control Program (HECP)
Develop a HECP in accordance with EM 385-1-1 Section 12, 29 CFR 1910.147,
29 CFR 1910.333, 29 CFR 1915.89, ASSE/SAFE Z244.1, and ASSE/SAFE A10.44.
Submit this HECP as part of the APP. Conduct a preparatory meeting and
inspection with all effected personnel to coordinate all HECP activities.
Document this meeting and inspection in accordance with EM 385-1-1,
Section 12.A.02. Ensure that each employee is familiar with and complies
with these procedures.
1.8.2.6 Excavation Plan
Identify the safety and health aspects of excavation, and provide and
prepare the plan in accordance with EM 385-1-1, Section 25.A and Section
31 23 00.00 20 EXCAVATION AND FILL.
1.8.2.7 Site Demolition Plan
Identify the safety and health aspects, and prepare in accordance with
Section 02 41 00 DEMOLITION and referenced sources. Include engineering
survey as applicable.
1.9 ACTIVITY HAZARD ANALYSIS (AHA)
Before beginning each activity, task or Definable Feature of Work (DFOW)
involving a type of work presenting hazards not experienced in previous
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 13

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
project operations, or where a new work crew or subcontractor is to
perform the work, the Contractor(s) performing that work activity must
prepare an AHA. AHAs must be developed by the Prime Contractor,
subcontractor, or supplier performing the work, and provided for Prime
Contractor review and approval before submitting to the Contracting
Officer. AHAs must be signed by the SSHO, Superintendent, QC Manager and
the subcontractor Foreman performing the work. Format the AHA in
accordance with EM 385-1-1, Section 1 or as directed by the Contracting
Officer. Submit the AHA for review at least 15 working days prior to the
start of each activity task, or DFOW. The Government reserves the right
to require the Contractor to revise and resubmit the AHA if it fails to
effectively identify the work sequences, specific anticipated hazards,
site conditions, equipment, materials, personnel and the control measures
to be implemented.
AHAs must identify competent persons required for phases involving high
risk activities, including confined entry, crane and rigging, excavations,
trenching, electrical work, fall protection, and scaffolding.
1.9.1 AHA Management
Review the AHA list periodically (at least monthly) at the Contractor
supervisory safety meeting, and update as necessary when procedures,
scheduling, or hazards change. Use the AHA during daily inspections by
the SSHO to ensure the implementation and effectiveness of the required
safety and health controls for that work activity.
1.9.2 AHA Signature Log
Each employee performing work as part of an activity, task or DFOW must
review the AHA for that work and sign a signature log specifically
maintained for that AHA prior to starting work on that activity. The SSHO
must maintain a signature log on site for every AHA. Provide employees
whose primary language is other than English with an interpreter to ensure
a clear understanding of the AHA and its contents.
1.10 DISPLAY OF SAFETY INFORMATION
1.10.1 Safety Bulletin Board
Within one calendar day after commencement of work, erect a safety
bulletin board at the job site. Where size, duration, or logistics of
project do not facilitate a bulletin board, an alternative method,
acceptable to the Contracting Officer, that is accessible and includes all
mandatory information for employee and visitor review, may be deemed as
meeting the requirement for a bulletin board. Include and maintain
information on safety bulletin board as required by EM 385-1-1, Section
01.A.07. Additional items required to be posted include:
a. Confined space entry permit.
b. Hot work permit.
1.10.2 Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Deficiency Tracking System
Establish a SOH deficiency tracking system that lists and monitors the
status of SOH deficiencies in chronological order. Use the tracking
system to evaluate the effectiveness of the APP. A monthly evaluation of
the data must be discussed in the QC or SOH meeting with everyone on the
project. The list must be posted on the project bulletin board and
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 14

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
updated daily, and provide the following information:
a. Date deficiency identified;
b. Description of deficiency;
C. Name of person responsible for correcting deficiency;
d. Projected resolution date;
e. Date actually resolved.
1.11 SITE SAFETY REFERENCE MATERIALS
Maintain safety -related references applicable to the project, including
those listed in paragraph REFERENCES. Maintain applicable equipment
manufacturer's manuals.
1.12 EMERGENCY MEDICAL TREATMENT
Contractors must arrange for their own emergency medical treatment in
accordance with EM 385-1-1. Government has no responsibility to provide
emergency medical treatment.
1.13 NOTIFICATIONS and REPORTS
1.13.1 Mishap Notification
Notify the Contracting Officer as soon as practical, but no more than
twenty-four hours, after any mishaps, including recordable accidents,
incidents, and near misses, as defined in EM 385-1-1 Appendix Q, any
report of injury, illness, or any property damage. For LHE or rigging
mishaps, notify the Contracting Officer as soon as practical but not more
than 4 hours after mishap. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining
appropriate medical and emergency assistance and for notifying fire, law
enforcement, and regulatory agencies. Immediate reporting is required for
electrical mishaps, to include Arc Flash; shock; uncontrolled release of
hazardous energy (includes electrical and non -electrical); load handling
equipment or rigging; fall from height (any level other than same
surface); and underwater diving. These mishaps must be investigated in
depth to identify all causes and to recommend hazard control measures.
Within notification include Contractor name; contract title; type of
contract; name of activity, installation or location where accident
occurred; date and time of accident; names of personnel injured; extent of
property damage, if any; extent of injury, if known, and brief description
of accident (for example, type of construction equipment used and PPE
used). Preserve the conditions and evidence on the accident site until
the Government investigation team arrives on -site and Government
investigation is conducted. Assist and cooperate fully with the
Government's investigation(s) of any mishap.
1.13.2 Accident Reports
a. Conduct an accident investigation for recordable injuries and
illnesses, property damage, and near misses as defined in EM 385-1-1,
to establish the root cause(s) of the accident. Complete the
applicable NAVFAC Contractor Incident Reporting System (CIRS), and
electronically submit via the NAVFAC Enterprise Safety Applications
Management System (ESAMS). Complete and submit an accident
investigation report in ESAMS within 5 days for mishaps defined in
EM 385-1-1 01.D.03 and 10 days for accidents defined by EM 385-1-1
O1.D.05. Complete an investigation report within 30 days for those
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 15

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
mishaps defined by EM 385-1-1 01.D.04. Mishaps defined by EM 385-1-1
01.D.04 and 01.D.05 must include a written report submitted as an
attachment in ESAMS using the following outline: (1) Mishap summary
description to include process, findings and outcomes; (2) Root Cause;
(3) Direct Factors; (4) Indirect and Contributing Factors; (5)
Corrective Actions; and (6) Recommendations. The Contracting Officer
will provide copies of any required or special forms.
b. Near Misses: For Navy Projects, complete the applicable documentation
in NAVFAC CIRS, and electronically submit via the NAVFAC ESAMS. Near
miss reports are considered positive and proactive Contractor safety
management actions.
C. Conduct an accident investigation for any load handling equipment
accident (including rigging accidents) to establish the root cause(s)
of the accident. Complete the LHE Accident Report (Crane and Rigging
Accident Report) form and provide the report to the Contracting
Officer within 30 calendar days of the accident. Do not proceed with
crane operations until cause is determined and corrective actions have
been implemented to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer. The
Contracting Officer will provide a blank copy of the accident report
form.
1.13.3 LHE Inspection Reports
Submit LHE inspection reports required in accordance with EM 385-1-1 and
as specified herein with Daily Reports of Inspections.
1.13.4 Certificate of Compliance and Pre -lift Plan/Checklist for LHE and
Rigging
Provide a FORM 16-1 Certificate of Compliance for LHE entering an activity
under this contract and in accordance with EM 385-1-1. Post
certifications on the crane.
Develop a Standard Lift Plan (SLP) in accordance with EM 385-1-1, Section
16.H.03 using Form 16-2 Standard Pre -Lift Crane Plan/Checklist for each
lift planned. Submit SLP to the Contracting Officer for approval within
15 calendar days in advance of planned lift.
1.14 HOT WORK
1.14.1 Permit and Personnel Requirements
Submit and obtain a written permit prior to performing "Hot Work" (i.e.
welding or cutting) or operating other flame-producing/spark producing
devices, from the MCAS Cherry Point Fire Department. A permit is required
from the Explosives Safety Office for work in and around where explosives
are processed, stored, or handled. CONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED TO MEET ALL
CRITERIA BEFORE A PERMIT IS ISSUED. Provide at least two 20 pound 4A:20
BC rated extinguishers for normal "Hot Work". The extinguishers must be
current inspection tagged and contain an approved safety pin and tamper
resistant seal. It is also mandatory to have a designated FIRE WATCH for
any "Hot Work" done at this activity. The Fire Watch must be trained in
accordance with NFPA 51B and remain on -site for a minimum of one hour
after completion of the task or as specified on the hot work permit.
When starting work in the facility, require personnel to familiarize
themselves with the location of the nearest fire alarm boxes and place in
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 16

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
memory the emergency Fire Department phone number (911). REPORT ANY FIRE,
NO MATTER HOW SMALL, TO THE MCAS CHERRY POINT FIRE DEPARTMENT IMMEDIATELY.
1.14.2 Work Around Flammable Materials
Obtain permit approval from a NFPA Certified Marine Chemist for "HOT WORK"
within or around flammable materials (such as fuel systems or
welding/cutting on fuel pipes) or confined spaces (such as sewer wet
wells, manholes, or vaults) that have the potential for flammable or
explosive atmospheres.
Whenever these materials, except beryllium and chromium (VI), are
encountered in indoor operations, local mechanical exhaust ventilation
systems that are sufficient to reduce and maintain personal exposures to
within acceptable limits must be used and maintained in accordance with
manufacturer's instruction and supplemented by exceptions noted in
EM 385-1-1, Section 06.H
1.15 SEVERE STORM PLAN
In the event of a severe storm warning, the Contractor must:
a. Secure outside equipment and materials and place materials that could
be damaged in protected areas.
b. Check surrounding area, including roof, for loose material, equipment,
debris, and other objects that could be blown away or against existing
facilities.
C. Ensure that temporary erosion controls are adequate.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 CONSTRUCTION AND OTHER WORK
Comply with EM 385-1-1, NFPA 70, NFPA 70E, NFPA 241, the APP, the AHA,
Federal and State OSHA regulations, and other related submittals and
activity fire and safety regulations. The most stringent standard
prevails.
PPE is governed in all areas by the nature of the work the employee is
performing. Use personal hearing protection at all times in designated
noise hazardous areas or when performing noise hazardous tasks. Safety
glasses must be worn or carried/available on each person. Mandatory PPE
includes:
a. Hard Hat
b. Long Pants
C. Appropriate Safety Shoes
d. Appropriate Class Reflective Vests
3.1.1 Worksite Communication
Employees working alone in a remote location or away from other workers
must be provided an effective means of emergency communications (i.e.,
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 17

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
cellular phone, two-way radios, land -line telephones or other acceptable
means). The selected communication must be readily available (easily
within the immediate reach) of the employee and must be tested prior to
the start of work to verify that it effectively operates in the
area/environment. An employee check-in/check-out communication procedure
must be developed to ensure employee safety.
3.1.2 Hazardous Material Use
Each hazardous material must receive approval from the Contracting Office
or their designated representative prior to being brought onto the job
site or prior to any other use in connection with this contract. Allow a
minimum of 10 working days for processing of the request for use of a
hazardous material.
3.1.3 Hazardous Material Exclusions
Notwithstanding any other hazardous material used in this contract,
radioactive materials or instruments capable of producing
ionizing/non-ionizing radiation (with the exception of radioactive
material and devices used in accordance with EM 385-1-1 such as nuclear
density meters for compaction testing and laboratory equipment with
radioactive sources) as well as materials which contain asbestos, mercury
or polychlorinated biphenyls, di-isocyanates, lead -based paint, and
hexavalent chromium, are prohibited. The Contracting Officer, upon
written request by the Contractor, may consider exceptions to the use of
any of the above excluded materials. Low mercury lamps used within
fluorescent lighting fixtures are allowed as an exception without further
Contracting Officer approval. Notify the Radiation Safety Officer (RSO)
prior to excepted items of radioactive material and devices being brought
on base.
3.1.4 Unforeseen Hazardous Material
Contract documents identify materials such as PCB, lead paint, and friable
and non -friable asbestos and other OSHA regulated chemicals (i.e. 29 CFR
Part 1910.1000). If material(s) that may be hazardous to human health
upon disturbance are encountered during construction operations, stop that
portion of work and notify the Contracting Officer immediately. Within 14
calendar days the Government will determine if the material is hazardous.
If material is not hazardous or poses no danger, the Government will
direct the Contractor to proceed without change. If material is hazardous
and handling of the material is necessary to accomplish the work, the
Government will issue a modification pursuant to FAR 52.243-4 Changes and
FAR 52.236-2 Differing Site Conditions.
3.2 UTILITY OUTAGE REQUIREMENTS
Apply for utility outages at least 15 days in advance. At a minimum, the
written request must include the location of the outage, utilities being
affected, duration of outage, any necessary sketches, and a description of
the means to fulfill energy isolation requirements in accordance with
EM 385-1-1, Section 11.A.02 (Isolation). Some examples of energy
isolation devices and procedures are highlighted in EM 385-1-1, Section
12.D. In accordance with EM 385-1-1, Section 12.A.01, where outages
involve Government or Utility personnel, coordinate with the Government on
all activities involving the control of hazardous energy.
These activities include, but are not limited to, a review of HECP and HEC
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 18

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
procedures, as well as applicable AHAs. In accordance with EM 385-1-1,
Section 11.A.02 and NFPA 70E,work on energized electrical circuits must
not be performed without prior government authorization. Government
permission is considered through the permit process and submission of a
detailed AHA. Energized work permits are considered only when
de -energizing introduces additonal or increased hazard or when
de -energizing is infeasible.
3.3 OUTAGE COORDINATION MEETING
After the utility outage request is approved and prior to beginning work
on the utility system requiring shut -down, conduct a pre -outage
coordination meeting in accordance with EM 385-1-1, Section 12.A. This
meeting must include the Prime Contractor, the Prime and subcontractors
performing the work, and the Contracting Officer. All parties must fully
coordinate HEC activites with one another. During the coordination
meeting, all parties must discuss and coordinate on the scope of work, HEC
procedures (specifically, the lock-out/tag-out procedures for worker and
utility protection), the AHA, assurance of trade personnel qualifications,
identification of competent persons, and compliance with HECP training in
accordance with EM 385-1-1, Section 12.C. Clarify when personal
protective equipment is required during switching operations, inspection,
and verification.
3.4 CONTROL OF HAZARDOUS ENERGY (LOCKOUT/TAGOUT)
Provide and operate a Hazardous Energy Control Program (HECP) in
accordance with EM 385-1-1 Section 12, 29 CFR 1910.333, 29 CFR 1915.89,
ASSE/SAFE A10.44, NFPA 70E, and paragraph HAZARDOUS ENERGY CONTROL PROGRAM
(HECP) .
3.4.1 Safety Preparatory Inspection Coordination Meeting with the
Government or Utility
For electrical distribution equipment that is to be operated by Government
or Utility personnel, the Prime Contractor and the subcontractor
performing the work must attend the safety preparatory inspection
coordination meeting, which will also be attended by the Contracting
Officer's Representative, and required by EM 385-1-1, Section 12.A.02.
The meeting will occur immediately preceding the start of work and
following the completion of the outage coordination meeting. Both the
safety preparatory inspection coordination meeting and the outage
coordination meeting must occur prior to conducting the outage and
commencing with lockout/tagout procedures.
3.4.2 Lockout/Tagout Isolation
Where the Government or Utility performs equipment isolation and
lockout/tagout, the Contractor must place their own locks and tags on each
energy -isolating device and proceed in accordance with the HECP. Before
any work begins, both the Contractor and the Government or Utility must
perform energy isolation verification testing while wearing required PPE
detailed in the Contractor's AHA and required by EM 385-1-1, Sections 05.I
and 11.B. Install personal protective grounds, with tags, to eliminate
the potential for induced voltage in accordance with EM 385-1-1, Section
12.E.06.
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 19

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
3.4.3 Lockout/ragout Removal
Upon completion of work, conduct lockout/tagout removal procedure in
accordance with the HECP. In accordance with EM 385-1-1, Section 12.E.08,
each lock and tag must be removed from each energy isolating device by the
authorized individual or systems operator who applied the device. Provide
formal notification to the Government (by completing the Government form
if provided by Contracting Officer's Representative), confirming that
steps of de-energization and lockout/tagout removal procedure have been
conducted and certified through inspection and verification. Government
or Utility locks and tags used to support the Contractor's work will not
be removed until the authorized Government employee receives the formal
notification.
3.5 FALL PROTECTION PROGRAM
Establish a fall protection program, for the protection of all employees
exposed to fall hazards. Within the program include company policy,
identify roles and responsibilities, education and training requirements,
fall hazard identification, prevention and control measures, inspection,
storage, care and maintenance of fall protection equipment and rescue and
evacuation procedures in accordance with ASSE/SAFE Z359.2 and EM 385-1-1,
Sections 21.A and 21.D.
3.5.1 Training
Institute a fall protection training program. As part of the Fall
Protection Program, provide training for each employee who might be
exposed to fall hazards. Provide training by a competent person for fall
protection in accordance with EM 385-1-1, Section 21.C. Document training
and practical application of the competent person in accordance with
EM 385-1-1, Section 21.C.04 and ASSE/SAFE Z359.2 in the AHA.
3.5.2 Fall Protection Equipment and Systems
Enforce use of personal fall protection equipment and systems designated
(to include fall arrest, restraint, and positioning) for each specific
work activity in the Site Specific FP&P Plan and AHA at all times when an
employee is exposed to a fall hazard. Protect employees from fall hazards
as specified in EM 385-1-1, Section 21.
Provide personal fall protection equipment, systems, subsystems, and
components that comply with EM 385-1-1 Section 21.I, 29 CFR 1926.500
Subpart M,ASSE/SAFE Z359.0, ASSE/SAFE Z359.1, ASSE/SAFE Z359.2,
ASSE/SAFE Z359.3, ASSE/SAFE Z359.4, ASSE/SAFE Z359.6, ASSE/SAFE Z359.7,
ASSE/SAFE Z359.11, ASSE/SAFE Z359.12, ASSE/SAFE Z359.13, ASSE/SAFE Z359.14,
and ASSE/SAFE Z359.15.
3.5.2.1 Additional Personal Fall Protection
In addition to the required fall protection systems, other protection such
as safety skiffs, personal floatation devices, and life rings are required
when working above or next to water in accordance with EM 385-1-1,
Sections 21.0 through 21.0.06. Personal fall protection systems and
equipment are required when working from an articulating or extendible
boom, swing stages, or suspended platform. In addition, personal fall
protection systems are required when operating other equipment such as
scissor lifts. The need for tying -off in such equipment is to prevent
ejection of the employee from the equipment during raising, lowering,
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 20

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
travel, or while performing work.
3.5.2.2 Personal Fall Protection Harnesses
Only a full -body harness with a shock -absorbing lanyard or self -retracting
lanyard is an acceptable personal fall arrest body support device. The
use of body belts is not acceptable. Harnesses must have a fall arrest
attachment affixed to the body support (usually a Dorsal D-ring) and
specifically designated for attachment to the rest of the system. Snap
hooks and carabiners must be self -closing and self-locking, capable of
being opened only by at least two consecutive deliberate actions and have
a minimum gate strength of 3,600 lbs in all directions. Use webbing,
straps, and ropes made of synthetic fiber. The maximum free fall distance
when using fall arrest equipment must not exceed 6 feet, unless the proper
energy absorbing lanyard is used. Always take into consideration the
total fall distance and any swinging of the worker (pendulum -like motion),
that can occur during a fall, when attaching a person to a fall arrest
system. All full body harnesses must be equipped with Suspension Trauma
Preventers such as stirrups, relief steps, or similar in order to provide
short-term relief from the effects of orthostatic intolerance in
accordance with EM 385-1-1, Section 21.I.06.
3.5.3 Horizontal Lifelines (HLL)
Provide HLL in accordance with EM 385-1-1, Section 21.I.08.d.2.
Commercially manufactured horizontal lifelines (HLL) must be designed,
installed, certified and used under the supervision of a qualified person,
for fall protection as part of a complete fall arrest system which
maintains a safety factor of 2 (29 CFR 1926.500). The competent person
for fall protection may (if deemed appropriate by the qualified person)
supervise the assembly, disassembly, use and inspection of the HLL system
under the direction of the qualified person. Locally manufactured HLLs
are not acceptable unless they are custom designed for limited or site
specific applications by a Registered Professional Engineer who is
qualified in designing HLL systems.
3.5.4 Guardrails and Safety Nets
Design, install and use guardrails and safety nets in accordance with
EM 385-1-1, Section 21.F.01 and 29 CFR 1926 Subpart M.
3.5.5 Rescue and Evacuation Plan and Procedures
When personal fall arrest systems are used, ensure that the mishap victim
can self -rescue or can be rescued promptly should a fall occur. Prepare a
Rescue and Evacuation Plan and include a detailed discussion of the
following: methods of rescue; methods of self -rescue or assisted -rescue;
equipment used; training requirement; specialized training for the
rescuers; procedures for requesting rescue and medical assistance; and
transportation routes to a medical facility. Include the Rescue and
Evacuation Plan within the AHA for the phase of work, in the FP&P Plan,
and the APP. The plan must comply with the requirements of EM 385-1-1,
ASSE/SAFE Z359.2, and ASSE/SAFE Z359.4.
3.6 EQUIPMENT
3.6.1 Material Handling Equipment (MHE)
a. Material handling equipment such as forklifts must not be modified
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 21

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
with work platform attachments for supporting employees unless
specifically delineated in the manufacturer's printed operating
instructions. Material handling equipment fitted with personnel work
platform attachments are prohibited from traveling or positioning
while personnel are working on the platform.
b. The use of hooks on equipment for lifting of material must be in
accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Material
Handling Equipment Operators must be trained in accordance with OSHA
29 CFR 1910, Subpart N.
C. Operators of forklifts or power industrial trucks must be licensed in
accordance with OSHA.
3.6.2 Load Handling Equipment (LHE)
The following requirements apply. In exception, these requirements do not
apply to commercial truck mounted and articulating boom cranes used solely
to deliver material and supplies (not prefabricated components, structural
steel, or components of a systems -engineered metal building) where the
lift consists of moving materials and supplies from a truck or trailer to
the ground; to cranes installed on mechanics trucks that are used solely
in the repair of shore -based equipment; to crane that enter the activity
but are not used for lifting; nor to other machines not used to lift loads
suspended by rigging equipment. However, LHE accidents occurring during
such operations must be reported.
a. Equip cranes and derricks as specified in EM 385-1-1, Section 16.
b. Notify the Contracting Officer 15 working days in advance of any LHE
entering the activity, in accordance with EM 385-1-1, Section 16.A.02,
so that necessary quality assurance spot checks can be coordinated.
Prior to cranes entering federal activities, a Crane Access Permit
must be obtained from the Contracting Officer. A copy of the
permitting process will be provided at the Preconstruction Conference.
Contractor's operator must remain with the crane during the spot
check. Rigging gear must comply with OSHA, ASME B30.9 Standards
safety standards.
C. Comply with the LHE manufacturer's specifications and limitations for
erection and operation of cranes and hoists used in support of the
work. Perform erection under the supervision of a designated person
(as defined in ASME B30.5). Perform all testing in accordance with
the manufacturer's recommended procedures.
d. Comply with ASME B30.5 for mobile and locomotive cranes, ASME B30.22
for articulating boom cranes, ASME B30.3 for construction tower
cranes, ASME B30.8 for floating cranes and floating derricks,
ASME B30.9 for slings, ASME B30.20 for below the hook lifting devices
and ASME B30.26 for rigging hardware.
e. When operating in the vicinity of overhead transmission lines,
operators and riggers must be alert to this special hazard and follow
the requirements of EM 385-1-1 Section 11, and ASME B30.5 or
ASME B30.22 as applicable.
f. Do not use crane suspended personnel work platforms (baskets) unless
the Contractor proves that using any other access to the work location
would provide a greater hazard to the workers or is impossible. Do
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 22

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
not lift personnel with a line hoist or friction crane. Additionally,
submit a specific AHA for this work to the Contracting Officer.
Ensure the activity and AHA are thoroughly reviewed by all involved
personnel.
g. Inspect, maintain, and recharge portable fire extinguishers as
specified in NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers.
h. All employees must keep clear of loads about to be lifted and of
suspended loads, except for employees required to handle the load.
i. Use cribbing when performing lifts on outriggers.
j. The crane hook/block must be positioned directly over the load. Side
loading of the crane is prohibited.
k. A physical barricade must be positioned to prevent personnel access
where accessible areas of the LHE's rotating superstructure poses a
risk of striking, pinching or crushing personnel.
1. Maintain inspection records in accordance by EM 385-1-1, Section 16.D,
including shift, monthly, and annual inspections, the signature of the
person performing the inspection, and the serial number or other
identifier of the LHE that was inspected. Records must be available
for review by the Contracting Officer.
M. Maintain written reports of operational and load testing in accordance
with EM 385-1-1, Section 16.F, listing the load test procedures used
along with any repairs or alterations performed on the LHE. Reports
must be available for review by the Contracting Officer.
n. Certify that all LHE operators have been trained in proper use of all
safety devices (e.g. anti -two block devices).
o. Take steps to ensure that wind speed does not contribute to loss of
control of the load during lifting operations. At wind speeds greater
than 20 mph, the operator, rigger and lift supervisor must cease all
crane operations, evaluate conditions and determine if the lift may
proceed. Base the determination to proceed or not on wind
calculations per the manufacturer and a reduction in LHE rated
capacity if applicable. Include this maximum wind speed determination
as part of the AHA plan for that operation.
3.6.3 Machinery and Mechanized Equipment
a. Proof of qualifications for operator must be kept on the project site
for review.
b. Manufacture specifications or owner's manual for the equipment must be
on -site and reviewed for additional safety precautions or requirements
that are sometimes not identified by OSHA or USACE EM 385-1-1.
Incorporate such additional safety precautions or requirements into
the AHAs.
3.6.4 Base Mounted Drum Hoists
a. Operation of base mounted drum hoists must comply with EM 385-1-1 and
ASSE/SAFE A10.22.
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 23

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
b. Rigging gear must comply with applicable ASME/OSHA standards
C. When used on telecommunication towers, base mounted drum hoists must
comply with TIA-1019, TIA-222, ASME B30.7, 29 CFR 1926.552, and
29 CFR 1926.553.
d. When used to hoist personnel, the AHA must include a written standard
operating procedure. Operators must have a physical examination in
accordance with EM 385-1-1 Section 16.B.05 and trained, at a minimum,
in accordance with EM 385-1-1 Section 16.0 and 16.T. The base mounted
drum hoist must also comply with OSHA Instruction CPL 02-01-056 and
ASME B30.23.
e. Material and personnel must not be hoisted simultaneously.
f. Personnel cage must be marked with the capacity (in number of persons)
and load limit in pounds.
g. Construction equipment must not be used for hoisting material or
personnel or with trolley/tag lines. Construction equipment may be
used for towing and assisting with anchoring guy lines.
3.6.5 Use of Explosives
Explosives must not be used or brought to the project site without prior
written approval from the Contracting Officer. Such approval does not
relieve the Contractor of responsibility for injury to persons or for
damage to property due to blasting operations.
Storage of explosives, when permitted on Government property, must be only
where directed and in approved storage facilities. These facilities must
be kept locked at all times except for inspection, delivery, and
withdrawal of explosives.
3.7 EXCAVATIONS
Soil classification must be performed by a competent person in accordance
with 29 CFR 1926 and EM 385-1-1.
3.7.1 Utility Locations
Provide a third party, independent, private utility locating company to
positively identify underground utilities in the work area in addition to
any station locating service and coordinated with the station utility
department.
3.7.2 Utility Location Verification
Physically verify underground utility locations, including utility depth,
by hand digging using wood or fiberglass handled tools when any adjacent
construction work is expected to come within 3 feet of the underground
system.
3.7.3 Utilities Within and Under Concrete, Bituminous Asphalt, and Other
Impervious Surfaces
Utilities located within and under concrete slabs or pier structures,
bridges, parking areas, and the like, are extremely difficult to
identify. Whenever contract work involves chipping, saw cutting, or core
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 24

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
drilling through concrete, bituminous asphalt or other impervious
surfaces, the existing utility location must be coordinated with station
utility departments in addition to location and depth verification by a
third party, independent, private locating company. The third party,
independent, private locating company must locate utility depth by use of
Ground Penetrating Radar (GPR), X-ray, bore scope, or ultrasound prior to
the start of demolition and construction. Outages to isolate utility
systems must be used in circumstances where utilities are unable to be
positively identified. The use of historical drawings does not alleviate
the Contractor from meeting this requirement.
3.8 ELECTRICAL
Perform electrical work in accordance with EM 385-1-1, Appendix A,
Sections 11 and 12.
3.8.1 Conduct of Electrical Work
As delineated in EM 385-1-1, electrical work is to be conducted in a
de -energized state unless there is no alternative method for accomplishing
the work. In those cases obtain an energized work permit from the
Contracting Officer. The energized work permit application must be
accompanied by the AHA and a summary of why the equipment/circuit needs to
be worked energized. Underground electrical spaces must be certified safe
for entry before entering to conduct work. Cables that will be cut must
be positively identified and de -energized prior to performing each cut.
Attach temporary grounds in accordance with ASTM F855 and IEEE 1048.
Perform all high voltage cable cutting remotely using hydraulic cutting
tool. When racking in or live switching of circuit breakers, no
additional person other than the switch operator is allowed in the space
during the actual operation. Plan so that work near energized parts is
minimized to the fullest extent possible. Use of electrical outages clear
of any energized electrical sources is the preferred method.
When working in energized substations, only qualified electrical workers
are permitted to enter. When work requires work near energized circuits
as defined by NFPA 70, high voltage personnel must use personal protective
equipment that includes, as a minimum, electrical hard hat, safety shoes,
insulating gloves and electrical arc flash protection for personnel as
required by NFPA 70E. Insulating blankets, hearing protection, and
switching suits may also be required, depending on the specific job and as
delineated in the Contractor's AHA. Ensure that each employee is familiar
with and complies with these procedures and 29 CFR 1910.147.
3.8.2 Qualifications
Electrical work must be performed by QP personnel with verifiable
credentials who are familiar with applicable code requirements.
Verifiable credentials consist of State, National and Local Certifications
or Licenses that a Master or Journeyman Electrician may hold, depending on
work being performed, and must be identified in the appropriate AHA.
Journeyman/Apprentice ratio must be in accordance with State, Local
requirements applicable to where work is being performed.
3.8.3 Arc Flash
Conduct a hazard analysis/arc flash hazard analysis whenever work on or
near energized parts greater than 50 volts is necessary, in accordance
with NFPA 70E.
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 25

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
All personnel entering the identified arc flash protection boundary must
be QPs and properly trained in NFPA 70E requirements and procedures.
Unless permitted by NFPA 70E, no Unqualified Person is permitted to
approach nearer than the Limited Approach Boundary of energized conductors
and circuit parts. Training must be administered by an electrically
qualified source and documented.
3.8.4 Grounding
Ground electrical circuits, equipment and enclosures in accordance with
NFPA 70 and IEEE C2 to provide a permanent, continuous and effective path
to ground unless otherwise noted by EM 385-1-1.
Check grounding circuits to ensure that the circuit between the ground and
a grounded power conductor has a resistance low enough to permit
sufficient current flow to allow the fuse or circuit breaker to interrupt
the current.
3.8.5 Testing
Temporary electrical distribution systems and devices must be inspected,
tested and found acceptable for Ground -Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI)
protection, polarity, ground continuity, and ground resistance before
initial use, before use after modification and at least monthly. Monthly
inspections and tests must be maintained for each temporary electrical
distribution system, and signed by the electrical CP or QP.
-- End of Section --
SECTION O1 35 26 Page 26

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
SECTION O1 42 00
SOURCES FOR REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS
11/14
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
Various publications are referenced in other sections of the
specifications to establish requirements for the work. These references
are identified in each section by document number, date and title. The
document number used in the citation is the number assigned by the
standards producing organization (e.g. ASTM B564 Standard Specification
for Nickel Alloy Forgings). However, when the standards producing
organization has not assigned a number to a document, an identifying
number has been assigned for reference purposes.
1.2 ORDERING INFORMATION
The addresses of the standards publishing organizations whose documents
are referenced in other sections of these specifications are listed below,
and if the source of the publications is different from the address of the
sponsoring organization, that information is also provided.
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF STATE HIGHWAY AND TRANSPORTATION OFFICIALS
(AASHTO)
444 North Capital Street, NW, Suite 249
Washington, DC 20001
Ph: 202-624-5800
Fax: [phone]
E-Mail: [e-mail]
Internet: http://www.aashto.orq
AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE INTERNATIONAL (ACI)
38800 Country Club Drive
Farmington Hills, MI 48331-3439
Ph: 248-848-3700
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]
Internet: http://www.concrete.org
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING
ENGINEERS (ASHRAE)
1791 Tullie Circle, NE
Atlanta, GA 30329
Ph: 800-527-4723 or 404-636-8400
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]
Internet: http://www.ashrae.org
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF SAFETY ENGINEERS (ASSE/SAFE)
1800 East Oakton Street
Des Plaines, IL 60018
Ph: 847-699-2929
Internet: http://www.asse.org
SECTION O1 42 00 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF SAFETY PROFESSIONALS (ASSP)
520 N. Northwest Highway
Park Ridge, IL 60068
Ph: 847-699-2929
Internet: https://www.assp.org/
AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION (AWWA)
6666 West Quincy Avenue
Denver, CO 80235-3098
Ph: 303-794-7711
E-mail: [e-mail]
Internet: http://www.awwa.org
ASME INTERNATIONAL (ASME)
Two Park Avenue, M/S 10E
New York, NY 10016-5990
Ph: 800-843-2763
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]
Internet: http://www.asme.orq
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700
West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959
Ph: 877-909-2786
Internet: http://www.astm.orq
FOUNDATION FOR CROSS -CONNECTION CONTROL AND HYDRAULIC RESEARCH
(FCCCHR)
University of South California
Research Annex 219
3716 South Hope Street
Los Angeles, CA 90089-7700
Ph: 213-740-2032 or 866-545-6340
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]
Internet: http://www.usc.edu/dept/fccchr
GREEN SEAL (GS)
1001 Connecticut Avenue, NW
Suite 827
Washington, DC 20036-5525
Ph: 202-872-6400
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.greenseal.o
ILLUMINATING ENGINEERING SOCIETY (IES)
120 Wall Street, 17th Floor
New York, NY 10005-4001
Ph: 212-248-5000
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]
Internet: http://www.IES.org
INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE)
445 and 501 Hoes Lane
Piscataway, NJ 08854-4141
Ph: 732-981-0060 or 800-701-4333
SECTION O1 42 00 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]
Internet: http://www.ieee.orcr
INTERNATIONAL ELECTRICAL TESTING ASSOCIATION (NETA)
3050 Old Centre Ave. Suite 102
Portage, MI 49024
Ph: 269-488-6382
Internet: http://www.netaworld.org
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR STANDARDIZATION (ISO)
ISO Central Secretariat
Chemin de Blandonnet 8
CP 401 - 1214 Vernier, Geneva
Switzerland
Ph: 41-22-749-01-11
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]
Internet: https://www.iso.org/contact-iso.html
MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS
INDUSTRY (MSS)
127 Park Street, NE
Vienna, VA 22180-4602
Ph: 703-281-6613
E-mail: [e-mail]
Internet: http://mss-hq.orq/Store/index.cfm
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA)
1300 North 17th Street, Suite 900
Arlington, VA 22209
Ph: 703-841-3200
Internet: http://www.nema.orq/
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
1 Batterymarch Park
Quincy, MA 02169-7471
Ph: 617-770-3000
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.nfpa.org
NSF INTERNATIONAL (NSF)
789 North Dixboro Road
P.O. Box 130140
Ann Arbor, MI 48105
Ph: 734-769-8010 or 800-NSF-MARK
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]
Internet: http://www.nsf.orq
SOCIETY OF CABLE TELECOMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERS (SCTE)
140 Philips Road
Exton, PA 19341-1318
Ph: 800-542-5040 or 610-363-6888
Fax: [phone]
E-Mail: [e-mail]
http://www.scte.org
SECTION O1 42 00 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY ASSOCIATION (TIA)
1320 N. Courthouse Rd., Suite 200
Arlington, VA 22201
Ph: 703-907-7700
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.tiaonline.org
U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USAGE)
CRD-C DOCUMENTS available on Internet:
http://www.wbdg.org/ccb/browse cat.php?c=68
Order Other Documents from:
USACE Publications Depot
Attn: CEHEC-IM-PD
2803 52nd Avenue
Hyattsville, MD 20781-1102
Ph: 301-394-0081
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]
Internet: http://www.publications.usace.army.mil/
or
http://www.hnc.usace.army.mil/Missions/Engineering/TECHINFO.aspx
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE (USDA)
Order AMS Publications from:
AGRICULTURAL MARKETING SERVICE (AMS)
Seed Regulatory and Testing Branch
801 Summit Crossing Place, Suite C
Gastonia, NC 28054-2193
Ph: 704-810-8871
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]
Internet: http://www.ams.usda.gov/lsg/seed.htm
Order Other Publications from:
U.S. Department of Agriculture, Rural Utilities Program
USDA Rural Development, Room 4051-5
Mail Stop 1510
1400 Independence Avenue SW
Washington, DC 20250-1510
Phone: [phone]
TTY: [phone] (Federal Relay Service)
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.rurdev.usda.aov/utilities 1p.html
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE (DOD)
Order DOD Documents from:
Room 3A750-The Pentagon
1400 Defense Pentagon
Washington, DC 20301-1400
Ph: 703-571-3343
FAX: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]
Internet: http://www.ntis.gov
Obtain Military Specifications, Standards and Related Publications
from:
Acquisition Streamlining and Standardization Information System
(ASSIST)
Department of Defense Single Stock Point (DODSSP)
Document Automation and Production Service (DAPS)
Building 4/D
SECTION O1 42 00 Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
700 Robbins Avenue
Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094
Ph: 215-697-6396 - for account/password issues
Internet: http://assist.daps.dla.mil/online/start/; account
registration required
Obtain Unified Facilities Criteria (UFC) from:
Whole Building Design Guide (WBDG)
National Institute of Building Sciences (NIBS)
1090 Vermont Avenue NW, Suite 700
Washington, CD 20005
Ph: 202-289-7800
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.wbdq.orq/references/docs refs.php
U.S. FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION (FAA)
Order for sale documents from:
Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office (GPO)
710 North Capitol Street, NW
Washington, DC 20401
Ph: 202-512-1800
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]
Internet: http://www.gpoaccess.gov
Order free documents from:
Federal Aviation Administration
Department of Transportation
800 Independence Avenue, SW
Washington, DC 20591
Ph: 1-866-835-5322
Internet: http://www.faa.gov
U.S. FEDERAL HIGHWAY ADMINISTRATION (FHWA)
FHWA, Office of Safety
1200 New Jersey Ave., SE
Washington, DC 20590
Ph: 202-366-4000
Internet: http://www.fhwa.dot.gov
Order from:
Superintendent of Documents
U. S. Government Printing Office (GPO)
710 North Capitol Street, NW
Washington, DC 20401
Ph: 202-512-1800
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]
Internet: http://www.gpoaccess.gov
U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)
8601 Adelphi Road
College Park, MD 20740-6001
Ph: 866-272-6272
Fax: [phone]
Internet: http://www.archives.gov
Order documents from:
Superintendent of Documents
U.S.Government Printing Office (GPO)
710 North Capitol Street, NW
Washington, DC 20401
SECTION O1 42 00 Page 5

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
Ph: 202-512-1800
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]
Internet: http://www.gpoaccess.gov
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
2600 N.W. Lake Road
Camas, WA 98607-8542
Ph: 877-854-3577
E-mail: [e-mail]
Internet: http://www.ul.com/
UL Directories available through IHS at http://www.ihs.com
UNI-BELL PVC PIPE ASSOCIATION (UBPPA)
2711 LBJ Freeway, Suite 1000
Dallas, TX 75234
Ph: 972-243-3902
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]
Internet: http://www.uni-bell.orq
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not used
-- End of Section --
SECTION O1 42 00 Page 6

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
SECTION O1 45 00.00 20
QUALITY CONTROL
11/11
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the
basic designation only.
U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE)
EM 385-1-1 (2014) Safety and Health Requirements
Manual
1.2 SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for all submittals. Submit the following
in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Construction Quality Control (QC) Plan
Submit a Construction QC Plan prior to start of construction.
SD-07 Certificates
CA Resume
1.3 INFORMATION FOR THE CONTRACTING OFFICER
Prior to commencing work on construction, the Contractor can obtain a
single copy set of the current report forms from the Contracting Officer.
The report forms will consist of the Contractor Production Report,
Contractor Production Report (Continuation Sheet), Contractor Quality
Control (CQC) Report, CQC Report (Continuation Sheet), Preparatory Phase
Checklist, Initial Phase Checklist, Rework Items List, and Testing Plan
and Log.
Deliver the following to the Contracting Officer during Construction:
a. CQC Report: Mail or hand -carry the original (wet signatures) and one
copy by 10:00 AM the next working day after each day that work is
performed and for every seven consecutive calendar days of no -work.
b. Contractor Production Report: Mail or hand -carry the original (wet
signatures) and one copy by 10:00 AM the next working day after each
day that work is performed and for every seven consecutive calendar
days of no -work, attached to the CQC Report.
C. Preparatory Phase Checklist: Original attached to the original CQC
Report and one copy attached to each QC Report copy.
d. Initial Phase Checklist: Original attached to the original CQC Report
SECTION O1 45 00.00 20 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
and one copy attached to each QC Report copy.
e. QC Specialist Reports: Mail or hand -carry the original (wet
signatures) and one copy by 10:00 AM the next working day after each
day that work is performed.
f. Field Test Reports: Mail or hand -carry the original within two
working days after the test is performed, attached to the original CQC
Report and one copy attached to each QC Report copy.
g. Monthly Summary Report of Tests: Mail or hand -carry the original
attached to the last QC Report of the month.
h. Testing Plan and Log: Mail or hand -carry the original attached to the
last CQC Report of each month and one copy attached to each CQC Report
copy. Provide a copy of the final Testing Plan and Log to the OMSI
preparer for inclusion into the OMSI documentation.
i. Rework Items List: Submit lists containing new entries daily, in the
same manner as the CQC Report. Mail or hand -carry the original
attached to the last CQC Report of each month and one copy attached to
each CQC Report copy.
j. CQC Meeting Minutes: Mail or hand -carry the original within two
working days after the meeting is held, attached to the original CQC
Report and one copy attached to each CQC Report copy.
k. QC Certifications: As required by the paragraph entitled "QC
Certifications."
1.4 QC PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
Establish and maintain a QC program as described in this section. This QC
program is a key element in meeting the objectives of NAVFAC
Commissioning. The QC program consists of a QC Organization, QC Plan, QC
Plan Meeting(s), a Coordination and Mutual Understanding Meeting, QC
meetings, three phases of control, submittal review and certification,
testing, completion inspections, QC certifications, and documentation
necessary to provide materials, equipment, workmanship, fabrication,
construction and operations which comply with the requirements of this
Contract. The QC program must cover on -site and off -site work and be
keyed to the work sequence. No construction work or testing may be
performed unless the QC Manager is on the work site. The QC Manager must
report to an officer of the firm and not be subordinate to the Project
Superintendent or the Project Manager. The QC Manager, Project
Superintendent and Project Manager must work together effectively.
Although the QC Manager is the primary individual responsible for quality
control, all individuals will be held responsible for the quality of work
on the job.
1.4.1 Commissioning
Commissioning (Cx) is a systematic process of ensuring that all building
systems meet the requirements and perform interactively according to the
Contract. The QC Program is a key to this process by coordinating,
verifying and documenting measures to achieve the following objectives:
a. Verify and document that the applicable equipment and systems are
installed in accordance with the design intent as expressed through
SECTION O1 45 00.00 20 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
the Contract and according to the manufacturer's recommendations and
industry accepted minimum standards.
b. Verify and document that equipment and systems receive complete
operational checkout by the installing contractors.
C. Verify and document proper performance of equipment and systems.
d. Verify that Operation and Maintenance (0&M) documentation is complete.
e. Verify the Training Plan and training materials are accurate and
provide correct instruction and documentation on the critical elements
of the products, materials, and systems in the constructed facility.
Verify that all identified Government operating personnel are trained.
f. Verify and document that all contract requirements for LEED
fundamental commissioning are met.
1.4.2 Acceptance of the Construction Quality Control (QC) Plan
Acceptance of the QC Plan is required prior to the start of construction.
The Contracting Officer reserves the right to require changes in the QC
Plan and operations as necessary, including removal of personnel, to
ensure the specified quality of work. The Contracting Officer reserves
the right to interview any member of the QC organization at any time in
order to verify the submitted qualifications. All QC organization
personnel are subject to acceptance by the Contracting Officer. The
Contracting Officer may require the removal of any individual for
non-compliance with quality requirements specified in the Contract.
1.4.3 Preliminary Construction Work Authorized Prior to Acceptance
The only construction work that is authorized to proceed prior to the
acceptance of the QC Plan is mobilization of storage and office trailers,
temporary utilities, and surveying.
1.4.4 Notification of Changes
Notify the Contracting Officer, in writing, of any proposed changes in the
QC Plan or changes to the QC organization personnel, a minimum of 10 work
days prior to a proposed change. Proposed changes are subject to
acceptance by the Contracting Officer.
1.5 QC ORGANIZATION
1.5.1 QC Manager
1.5.1.1 Duties
Provide a QC Manager at the work site to implement and manage the QC
program, and to serve as the Site Safety and Health Officer (SSHO) as
detailed in Section 01 35 26 GOVERNMENTAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS. In
addition to implementing and managing the QC program, the QC Manager may
perform the duties of Project Superintendent. The QC Manager is required
to attend the partnering meetings, QC Plan Meetings, Coordination and
Mutual Understanding Meeting, conduct the QC meetings, perform the three
phases of control, perform submittal review and certification, ensure
testing is performed and provide QC certifications and documentation
required in this Contract. The QC Manager is responsible for managing and
SECTION O1 45 00.00 20 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
coordinating the three phases of control and documentation performed by
testing laboratory personnel and any other inspection and testing
personnel required by this Contract. The QC Manager is the manager of all
QC activities.
1.5.1.2 Qualifications
An individual with a minimum of 10 years combined experience in the
following positions: Project Superintendent, QC Manager, Project Manager,
Project Engineer or Construction Manager on similar size and type
construction contracts which included the major trades that are part of
this Contract. The individual must have at least two years experience as
a QC Manager. The individual must be familiar with the requirements of
EM 385-1-1, and have experience in the areas of hazard identification,
safety compliance, and sustainability.
1.5.2 Construction Quality Management Training
In addition to the above experience and education requirements, the QC
Manager must have completed the course entitled "Construction Quality
Management (CQM) for Contractors." If the QC Manager does not have a
current certification, they must obtain the CQM for Contractors course
certification within 90 days of award. This course is periodically
offered by the Naval Facilities Engineering Command and the Army Corps of
Engineers. Contact the Contracting Officer for information on the next
scheduled class.
1.5.3 Alternate QC Manager Duties and Qualifications
Designate an alternate for the QC Manager at the work site to serve in the
event of the designated QC Manager's absence. The period of absence may
not exceed two weeks at one time, and not more than 30 workdays during a
calendar year. The qualification requirements for the Alternate QC
Manager must be the same as for the QC Manager.
1.6 QUALITY CONTROL (QC) PLAN
1.6.1 Construction Quality Control (QC) Plan
1.6.1.1 Requirements
Provide, for acceptance by the Contracting Officer, a Construction QC Plan
submitted in a three-ring binder that includes a table of contents, with
major sections identified with tabs, with pages numbered sequentially, and
that documents the proposed methods and responsibilities for accomplishing
quality control commissioning activities during the construction of the
project:
a. QC ORGANIZATION: A chart showing the QC organizational structure.
b. NAMES AND QUALIFICATIONS: Names and qualifications, in resume format,
for each person in the QC organization. Include the CQM for
Contractors course certifications for the QC Manager and Alternate QC
Manager as required by the paragraphs entitled "Construction Quality
Management Training" and "Alternate QC Manager Duties and
Qualifications".
C. DUTIES, RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY OF QC PERSONNEL: Duties,
responsibilities, and authorities of each person in the QC
SECTION O1 45 00.00 20 Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
organization.
d. OUTSIDE ORGANIZATIONS: A listing of outside organizations, such as
architectural and consulting engineering firms, that will be employed
by the Contractor and a description of the services these firms will
provide.
e. APPOINTMENT LETTERS: Letters signed by an officer of the firm
appointing the QC Manager and Alternate QC Manager and stating that
they are responsible for implementing and managing the QC program as
described in this Contract. Include in this letter the responsibility
of the QC Manager and Alternate QC Manager to implement and manage the
three phases of control, and their authority to stop work which is not
in compliance with the Contract. Include copies of the letters in the
QC Plan.
f. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES AND INITIAL SUBMITTAL REGISTER: Procedures for
reviewing, approving, and managing submittals. Provide the name(s) of
the person(s) in the QC organization authorized to review and certify
submittals prior to submitting for approval. Provide the initial
submittal of the Submittal Register as specified in Section 01 33 00
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.
g. TESTING LABORATORY INFORMATION: Testing laboratory information
required by the paragraphs entitled "Accreditation Requirements", as
applicable.
h. TESTING PLAN AND LOG: A Testing Plan and Log that includes the tests
required, referenced by the specification paragraph number requiring
the test, the frequency, and the person responsible for each test.
Use Government forms to log and track tests.
i. PROCEDURES TO COMPLETE REWORK ITEMS: Procedures to identify, record,
track, and complete rework items. Use Government forms to record and
track rework items.
j. DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES: Use Government form.
k. LIST OF DEFINABLE FEATURES: A Definable Feature of Work (DFOW) is a
task that is separate and distinct from other tasks and has control
requirements and work crews unique to that task. A DFOW is identified
by different trades or disciplines and is an item or activity on the
construction schedule. Include in the list of DFOWs, but not be
limited to, all critical path activities on the construction
schedule. Include all activities for which this specification
requires QC Specialists or specialty inspection personnel. Provide
separate DFOWs in the construction schedule for each design
development stage and submittal package.
1. PROCEDURES FOR PERFORMING THE THREE PHASES OF CONTROL: Identify
procedures used to ensure the three phases of control to manage the
quality on this project. For each DFOW, a Preparatory and Initial
phase checklist will be filled out during the Preparatory and Initial
phase meetings. Conduct the Preparatory and Initial Phases and
meetings with a view towards obtaining quality construction by
planning ahead and identifying potential problems for each DFOW.
M. PERSONNEL MATRIX: A personnel matrix showing for each section of the
specification who will review and certify submittals, who will perform
SECTION O1 45 00.00 20 Page 5

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
and document the three phases of control, and who will perform and
document the testing.
n. PROCEDURES FOR COMPLETION INSPECTION: Procedures for identifying and
documenting the completion inspection process. Include in these
procedures the responsible party for punch out inspection, pre -final
inspection, and final acceptance inspection.
o. TRAINING PROCEDURES AND TRAINING LOG: Procedures for coordinating and
documenting the training of personnel required by the Contract.
p. ORGANIZATION AND PERSONNEL CERTIFICATIONS LOG: Procedures for
coordinating, tracking and documenting all certifications on
subcontractors, testing laboratories, suppliers, personnel, etc. QC
Manager will ensure that certifications are current, appropriate for
the work being performed, and will not lapse during any period of the
contract that the work is being performed.
1.7 COORDINATION AND MUTUAL UNDERSTANDING MEETING
After submission of the QC Plan, and prior to Government approval and the
start of construction, the QC Manager will meet with the Contracting
Officer to present the QC program required by this Contract. When a new
QC Manager is appointed, the coordination and mutual understanding meeting
must be repeated.
1.7.1 Purpose
The purpose of this meeting is to develop a mutual understanding of the QC
details, including documentation, administration for on -site and off -site
work, design intent, Cx, environmental requirements and procedures,
coordination of activities to be performed, and the coordination of the
Contractor's management, production, and QC personnel. At the meeting,
the Contractor will be required to explain in detail how three phases of
control will be implemented for each DFOW, as well as how each DFOW will
be affected by each management plan or requirement as listed below:
a. Waste Management Plan.
b. IAQ Management Plan.
C. Procedures for noise and acoustics management.
d. Environmental Protection Plan.
e. Environmental regulatory requirements.
f. Cx Plan.
1.7.2 Coordination of Activities
Coordinate activities included in various sections to assure efficient and
orderly installation of each component. Coordinate operations included
under different sections that are dependent on each other for proper
installation and operation. Schedule construction operations with
consideration for indoor air quality as specified in the IAQ Management
Plan. Coordinate prefunctional tests and startup testing with Cx.
1.7.3 Attendees
As a minimum, the Contractor's personnel required to attend include an
officer of the firm, the Project Manager, Project Superintendent, QC
Manager, Alternate QC Manager, CA, Environmental Manager, and
SECTION O1 45 00.00 20 Page 6

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
subcontractor representatives. Each subcontractor who will be assigned QC
responsibilities must have a principal of the firm at the meeting.
Minutes of the meeting will be prepared by the QC Manager and signed by
the Contractor and the Contracting Officer. Provide a copy of the signed
minutes to all attendees and include in the QC Plan.
1.8 QC MEETINGS
After the start of construction, conduct weekly QC meetings by the QC
Manager at the work site with the Project Superintendent. The QC Manager
is to prepare the minutes of the meeting and provide a copy to the
Contracting Officer within two working days after the meeting. The
Contracting Officer may attend these meetings. As a minimum, accomplish
the following at each meeting:
a. Review the minutes of the previous meeting.
b. Review the schedule and the status of work and rework.
C. Review the status of submittals.
d. Review the work to be accomplished in the next two weeks and
documentation required.
e. Resolve QC and production problems (RFI, etc.).
f. Address items that may require revising the QC Plan.
g. Review Accident Prevention Plan (APP).
h. Review environmental requirements and procedures.
i. Review Waste Management Plan.
j. Review IAQ Management Plan.
k. Review Environmental Management Plan.
1. Review the status of training completion.
M. Review Cx Plan and progress.
1.9 THREE PHASES OF CONTROL
Adequately cover both on -site and off -site work with the Three Phases of
Control and include the following for each DFOW.
1.9.1 Preparatory Phase
Notify the Contracting Officer at least two work days in advance of each
preparatory phase meeting. The meeting will be conducted by the QC
Manager and attended by the Project Superintendent, the CA, and the
foreman responsible for the DFOW. When the DFOW will be accomplished by a
subcontractor, that subcontractor's foreman must attend the preparatory
phase meeting. Document the results of the preparatory phase actions in
the daily Contractor Quality Control Report and in the Preparatory Phase
Checklist. Perform the following prior to beginning work on each DFOW:
a. Review each paragraph of the applicable specification sections.
b. Review the Contract drawings.
C. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on construction and/or
shop drawings before confirming product orders, in order to minimize
waste due to excessive materials.
d. Verify that appropriate shop drawings and submittals for materials and
equipment have been submitted and approved. Verify receipt of
approved factory test results, when required.
e. Review the testing plan and ensure that provisions have been made to
SECTION O1 45 00.00 20 Page 7

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
provide the required QC testing.
f. Examine the work area to ensure that the required preliminary work has
been completed.
g. Coordinate the schedule of product delivery to designated prepared
areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage to
stored materials.
h. Arrange for the return of shipping/packaging materials, such as wood
pallets, where economically feasible.
i. Examine the required materials, equipment and sample work to ensure
that they are on hand and conform to the approved shop drawings and
submitted data and are properly stored.
j. Discuss specific controls used and construction methods, construction
tolerances, workmanship standards, and the approach that will be used
to provide quality construction by planning ahead and identifying
potential problems for each DFOW.
k. Review the APP and appropriate Activity Hazard Analysis (AHA) to
ensure that applicable safety requirements are met, and that required
Safety Data Sheets (SDS) are submitted.
1. Review the Cx Plan and ensure all preliminary work items have been
completed and documented.
1.9.2 Initial Phase
Notify the Contracting Officer at least two work days in advance of each
initial phase. When construction crews are ready to start work on a DFOW,
conduct the initial phase with the QC Specialists, the Project
Superintendent, and the foreman responsible for that DFOW. Observe the
initial segment of the DFOW to ensure that the work complies with Contract
requirements. Document the results of the initial phase in the daily CQC
Report and in the Initial Phase Checklist. Repeat the initial phase for
each new crew to work on -site, or when acceptable levels of specified
quality are not being met. Perform the following for each DFOW:
a. Establish level of workmanship and verify that it meets the minimum
acceptable workmanship standards. Compare with required sample panels
as appropriate.
b. Resolve any workmanship issues.
C. Ensure that testing is performed by the approved laboratory.
d. Check work procedures for compliance with the APP and the appropriate
AHA to ensure that applicable safety requirements are met.
e. Review project specific work plans (i.e. Cx, HAZMAT Abeatement,
Stormwater Management) to ensure all preparatory work items have been
completed and documented.
1.9.3 Follow -Up Phase
Perform the following for on -going work daily, or more frequently as
necessary, until the completion of each DFOW and document in the daily CQC
SECTION O1 45 00.00 20 Page 8

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
Report:
a. Ensure the work is in compliance with Contract requirements.
b. Maintain the quality of workmanship required.
C. Ensure that testing is performed by the approved laboratory.
d. Ensure that rework items are being corrected.
e. Assure manufacturers representatives have performed necessary
inspections if required and perform safety inspections.
f. Review the Cx Plan and ensure all work items, testing, and
documentation has been completed.
1.9.4 Additional Preparatory and Initial Phases
Conduct additional preparatory and initial phases on the same DFOW if the
quality of on -going work is unacceptable, if there are changes in the
applicable QC organization, if there are changes in the on -site production
supervision or work crew, if work on a DFOW is resumed after substantial
period of inactivity, or if other problems develop.
1.9.5 Notification of Three Phases of Control for Off -Site Work
Notify the Contracting Officer at least two weeks prior to the start of
the preparatory and initial phases.
1.10 SUBMITTAL REVIEW AND CERTIFICATION
Procedures for submission, review and certification of submittals are
described in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.
1.11 TESTING
Except as stated otherwise in the specification sections, perform sampling
and testing required under this Contract.
1.11.1 Accreditation Requirements
Construction materials testing laboratories must be accredited by a
laboratory accreditation authority and will be required to submit a copy
of the Certificate of Accreditation and Scope of Accreditation. The
laboratory's scope of accreditation must include the appropriate ASTM
standards (E 329, C 1077, D 3666, D 3740, A 880, E 543) listed in the
technical sections of the specifications. Laboratories engaged in
Hazardous Materials Testing must meet the requirements of OSHA and EPA.
The policy applies to the specific laboratory performing the actual
testing, not just the Corporate Office.
1.11.2 Laboratory Accreditation Authorities
Laboratory Accreditation Authorities include the National Voluntary
Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) administered by the National
Institute of Standards and Technology at
http://ts.nist.gov/ts/htdocs/210/214/214.htm , the American Association of
State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) program at
http://www.amrl.net/amrlsitefinity/default/aap.aspx , International
SECTION O1 45 00.00 20 Page 9

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
Accreditation Services, Inc. (IAS) at http://www.iasonline.org, U. S. Army
Corps of Engineers Materials Testing Center (MTC) at
http://gsl.erdc.usace.army.mil/SL/MTC/, the American Association for
Laboratory Accreditation (A2LA) program at http://www.a2la.org/.
1.11.3 Capability Check
The Contracting Officer retains the right to check laboratory equipment in
the proposed laboratory and the laboratory technician's testing
procedures, techniques, and other items pertinent to testing, for
compliance with the standards set forth in this Contract.
1.11.4 Test Results
Cite applicable Contract requirements, tests or analytical procedures
used. Provide actual results and include a statement that the item tested
or analyzed conforms or fails to conform to specified requirements. If
the item fails to conform, notify the Contracting Officer immediately.
Conspicuously stamp the cover sheet for each report in large red letters
"CONFORMS" or "DOES NOT CONFORM" to the specification requirements,
whichever is applicable. Test results must be signed by a testing
laboratory representative authorized to sign certified test reports.
Furnish the signed reports, certifications, and other documentation to the
Contracting Officer via the QC Manager. Furnish a summary report of field
tests at the end of each month, in accordance with paragraph INFORMATION
FOR THE CONTRACTING OFFICER.
1.11.5 Test Reports and Monthly Summary Report of Tests
Furnish the signed reports, certifications, and a summary report of field
tests at the end of each month to the Contracting Officer. Attach a copy
of the summary report to the last daily CQC Report of each month. Provide
a copy of the signed test reports and certifications to the OMSI preparer
for inclusion into the OMSI documentation.
1.12 QC CERTIFICATIONS
1.12.1 CQC Report Certification
Contain the following statement within the CQC Report: "On behalf of the
Contractor, I certify that this report is complete and correct and
equipment and material used and work performed during this reporting
period is in compliance with the contract drawings and specifications to
the best of my knowledge, except as noted in this report".
1.12.2 Invoice Certification
Furnish a certificate to the Contracting Officer with each payment
request, signed by the QC Manager, attesting that as -built drawings are
current, coordinated and attesting that the work for which payment is
requested, including stored material, is in compliance with Contract
requirements.
1.12.3 Completion Certification
Upon completion of work under this Contract, the QC Manager must furnish a
certificate to the Contracting Officer attesting that "the work has been
completed, inspected, tested and is in compliance with the Contract".
Provide a copy of this final QC Certification for completion to the OMSI
SECTION O1 45 00.00 20 Page 10

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
preparer for inclusion into the OMSI documentation.
1.13 COMPLETION INSPECTIONS
1.13.1 Punch -Out Inspection
Near the completion of all work or any increment thereof, established by a
completion time stated in the Contract Clause entitled "Commencement,
Prosecution, and Completion of Work", or stated elsewhere in the
specifications, the QC Manager and the CA must conduct an inspection of
the work and develop a "punch list" of items which do not conform to the
approved drawings, specifications and Contract. Include in the punch list
any remaining items on the "Rework Items List", which were not corrected
prior to the Punch -Out Inspection. Include within the punch list the
estimated date by which the deficiencies will be corrected. Provide a
copy of the punch list to the Contracting Officer. The QC Manager, or
staff, must make follow-on inspections to ascertain that all deficiencies
have been corrected. Once this is accomplished, notify the Government
that the facility is ready for the Government "Pre -Final Inspection".
1.13.2 Pre -Final Inspection
The Government and QCM will perform this inspection to verify that the
facility is complete and ready to be occupied. A Government "Pre -Final
Punch List" will be documented by the QCM as a result of this inspection.
The QC Manager will ensure that all items on this list are corrected prior
to notifying the Government that a "Final" inspection with the Client can
be scheduled. Any items noted on the "Pre -Final" inspection must be
corrected in a timely manner and be accomplished before the contract
completion date for the work,or any particular increment thereof, if the
project is divided into increments by separate completion dates.
1.13.3 Final Acceptance Inspection
Notify the Contracting Officer at least 14 calendar days prior to the date
a final acceptance inspection can be held. State within the notice that
all items previously identified on the pre -final punch list will be
corrected and acceptable, along with any other unfinished Contract work,
by the date of the final acceptance inspection. The Contractor must be
represented by the QC Manager, the Project Superintendent, the CA, and
others deemed necessary. Attendees for the Government will include the
Contracting Officer, other FEAD personnel, and personnel representing the
Client. Failure of the Contractor to have all contract work acceptably
complete for this inspection will be cause for the Contracting Officer to
bill the Contractor for the Government's additional inspection cost in
accordance with the Contract Clause entitled "Inspection of Construction".
1.14 DOCUMENTATION
Maintain current and complete records of on -site and off -site QC program
operations and activities.
1.14.1 Construction Documentation
Reports are required for each day that work
attached to the CQC Report prepared for the
and complete records of on -site and off -site
activities. The forms identified under the
CONTRACTING OFFICER" will be used. Reports
is performed and must be
same day. Maintain current
QC program operations and
paragraph "INFORMATION FOR THE
are required for each day work
SECTION O1 45 00.00 20 Page 11

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
is performed. Account for each calendar day throughout the life of the
Contract. Every space on the forms must be filled in. Use N/A if nothing
can be reported in one of the spaces. The Project Superintendent and the
QC Manager must prepare and sign the Contractor Production and CQC
Reports, respectively. The reporting of work must be identified by
terminology consistent with the construction schedule. In the "remarks"
sections of the reports, enter pertinent information including directions
received, problems encountered during construction, work progress and
delays, conflicts or errors in the drawings or specifications, field
changes, safety hazards encountered, instructions given and corrective
actions taken, delays encountered and a record of visitors to the work
site, quality control problem areas, deviations from the QC Plan,
construction deficiencies encountered, meetings held. For each entry in
the report(s), identify the Schedule Activity No. that is associated with
the entered remark.
1.14.2 Quality Control Validation
Establish and maintain the following in a series of three ring binders.
Binders must be divided and tabbed as shown below. These binders must be
readily available to the Contracting Officer during all business hours.
a. All completed Preparatory and Initial Phase Checklists, arranged by
specification section.
b. All milestone inspections, arranged by Activity Number.
C. An up-to-date copy of the Testing Plan and Log with supporting field
test reports, arranged by specification section.
d. Copies of all contract modifications, arranged in numerical order.
Also include documentation that modified work was accomplished.
e. An up-to-date copy of the Rework Items List.
f. Maintain up-to-date copies of all punch lists issued by the QC staff
to the Contractor and Sub -Contractors and all punch lists issued by
the Government.
g. Commissioning documentation including Cx checklists, schedules, tests,
and reports.
1.14.3 Testing Plan and Log
As tests are performed, the QC Manager will record on the "Testing Plan
and Log" the date the test was performed and the date the test results
were forwarded to the Contracting Officer. Attach a copy of the updated
"Testing Plan and Log" to the last daily CQC Report of each month, per the
paragraph "INFORMATION FOR THE CONTRACTING OFFICER". Provide a copy of
the final "Testing Plan and Log" to the OMSI preparer for inclusion into
the OMSI documentation.
1.14.4 Rework Items List
The QC Manager must maintain a list of work that does not comply with the
Contract, identifying what items need to be reworked, the date the item
was originally discovered, the date the item will be corrected by, and the
date the item was corrected. There is no requirement to report a rework
item that is corrected the same day it is discovered. Attach a copy of
SECTION O1 45 00.00 20 Page 12

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
the "Rework Items List" to the last daily CQC Report of each month. The
Contractor is responsible for including those items identified by the
Contracting Officer.
1.14.5 As -Built Drawings
The QC Manager is required to ensure the as -built drawings, required by
Section 01 78 00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS are kept current on a daily basis and
marked to show deviations which have been made from the Contract
drawings. Ensure each deviation has been identified with the appropriate
modifying documentation (e.g. PC No., Modification No., Request for
Information No., etc.). The QC Manager must initial each revision. Upon
completion of work, the QC Manager will furnish a certificate attesting to
the accuracy of the as -built drawings prior to submission to the
Contracting Officer.
1.15 NOTIFICATION ON NON-COMPLIANCE
The Contracting Officer will notify the Contractor of any detected
non-compliance with the Contract. Take immediate corrective action after
receipt of such notice. Such notice, when delivered to the Contractor at
the work site, is deemed sufficient for the purpose of notification. If
the Contractor fails or refuses to comply promptly, the Contracting
Officer may issue an order stopping all or part of the work until
satisfactory corrective action has been taken. No part of the time lost
due to such stop orders will be made the subject of claim for extension of
time for excess costs or damages by the Contractor.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming material to be delivered
according to installation schedule and to be placed convenient to work
area in order to minimize waste due to excessive materials handling and
misapplication. Store and handle materials in a manner as to prevent loss
from weather and other damage. Keep materials, products, and accessories
covered and off the ground, and store in a dry, secure area. Prevent
contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or
staining. Protect all materials and installations from damage by the
activities of other trades.
-- End of Section --
SECTION O1 45 00.00 20 Page 13

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic W06895127
SECTION 01 50 00
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
05/18
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by
the basic designation only.
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 241 (2013; Errata 2015) Standard for
Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and
Demolition Operations
NFPA 70 (2017; ERTA 1-2 2017; TIA 17-1; TIA 17-2;
TIA 17-3; TIA 17-4; TIA 17-5; TIA 17-6;
TIA 17-7; TIA 17-8; TIA 17-9; TIA 17-10;
TIA 17-11; TIA 17-12; TIA 17-13; TIA
17-14; TIA 17-15; TIA 17-16; TIA 17-17 )
National Electrical Code
U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE)
EM 385-1-1 (2014) Safety and Health Requirements
Manual
U.S. FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION (FAA)
FAA AC 70/7460-1 (2015; Rev L) Obstruction Marking and
Lighting
U.S. FEDERAL HIGHWAY ADMINISTRATION (FHWA)
MUTCD (2015) Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices
1.2 SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for all submittals. Submit the following
in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Construction Site Plan
Traffic Control Plan
Haul Road Plan
1.3 CONSTRUCTION SITE PLAN
Prior to the start of work, submit a site plan showing the locations and
dimensions of temporary facilities (including layouts and details),
equipment and material storage area (onsite and offsite), and access and
SECTION 01 50 00 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
haul routes, avenues of ingress/egress to the fenced area and details of
the fence installation. Identify any areas which may have to be graveled
to prevent the tracking of mud. Indicate if the use of a supplemental or
other staging area is desired. Show locations of safety and construction
fences, site trailers, construction entrances, trash dumpsters, temporary
sanitary facilities, and worker parking areas.
1.4 DOD CONDITION OF READINESS (COR)
DOD will set the Condition of Readiness (COR) based on the weather forecast
for sustained winds 50 knots (60mph or 95 km/hr) or greater. Contact the
Contracting Officer for the current COR setting.
Monitor weather conditions a minimum of twice a day and take appropriate
actions according to the aproved Emergency Plan in the accepted APP,
EM-385-1-1 Section 01 Emergency Planning and the instructions below.
Unless otherwise directed by the Contracting Officer, comply with:
a. Condition FOUR (Sustained winds of 50 knots or greater expected within
72 hours): Normal daily jobsite cleanup and good housekeeping
practices. Collect and store in piles or containers scrap lumber,
waste material, and rubbish for removal and disposal at the close of
each work day. Maintain the construction site including storage
areas, free of accumulation of debris. Stack form lumber in neat
piles less than 4 feet high. Remove all debris, trash, or objects
that could become missile hazards.
b. Condition THREE (Sustained winds of 50 knots or greater expected
within 48 hours): Maintain "Condition FOUR" requirements and commence
securing operations necessary for "Condition ONE" which cannot be
completed within 18 hours. Cease all routine activities which might
interfere with securing operations. Commence securing and stow all
gear and portable equipment. Make preparations for securing
buildings. Review requirements pertaining to "Condition TWO" and
continue action as necessary to attain "Condition THREE" readiness.
C. Condition TWO (Sustained winds of 50 knots or greater expected within
24 hours): Curtail or cease routine activities until securing
operation is complete. Reinforce or remove form work and
scaffolding. Secure machinery, tools, equipment, materials, or remove
from the jobsite. Expend every effort to clear all missile hazards
and loose equipment from general base areas.
d. Condition ONE. (Sustained winds of 50 knots or greater expected
within 12 hours): Secure the jobsite, and leave Government premises.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 TEMPORARY SIGNAGE
2.1.1 Bulletin Board
Within one calendar day of mobilization on site and prior to the
commencement of work activities, provide a clear weatherproof covered
bulletin board not less than 36 by 48 inches in size for displaying the
Equal Employment Opportunity poster, a copy of the wage decision contained
in the contract, Wage Rate Information poster, Safety and Health
Information as required by EM 385-1-1 Section 01 and other information
SECTION O1 50 00 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
approved by the Contracting Officer. Coordinate requirements herein with
01 35 26 GOVERNMENTAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.
2.1.2 Warning Signs
Post temporary signs, tags, and labels to give workers and the public
adequate warning and caution of construction hazards according to the
EM 385-1-1 Section 04. Attach signs to the perimeter fencing every 150
feet warning the public of the presence of contruction hazards. Signs
must require unauthorized persons to keep out of the construction site.
Correct the data required by safety signs daily.
2.2 TEMPORARY TRAFFIC CONTROL
2.2.1 Haul Roads
Construct access and haul roads necessary for proper prosecution of the
work under this contract in accordance with EM 385-1-1 Section 04.
Construct with suitable grades and widths; sharp curves, blind corners,
and dangerous cross traffic are be avoided. Submit haul road plan for
approval. Provide necessary lighting, signs, barricades, and distinctive
markings for the safe movement of traffic. The method of dust control,
although optional, must be adequate to ensure safe operation at all
times. Location, grade, width, and alignment of construction and hauling
roads are subject to approval by the Contracting Officer. Lighting must
be adequate to assure full and clear visibility for full width of haul
road and work areas during any night work operations.
2.2.2 Barricades
Erect and maintain temporary barricades to limit public access to
hazardous areas. Whenever safe public access to paved areas such as
roads, parking areas or sidewalks is prevented by construction activities
or as otherwise necessary to ensure the safety of both pedestrian and
vehicular traffic, barricades will be required. Securely place barricades
clearly visible with adequate illumination to provide sufficient visual
warning of the hazard during both day and night.
2.3 TEMPORARY WIRING
Provide temporary wiring in accordance with EM 385-1-1 Section 11, NFPA 241
and NFPA 70. Include monthly inspection and testing of all equipment and
apparatus.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EMPLOYEE PARKING
Construction contract employees will park privately owned vehicles in an
area designated by the Contracting Officer. This area will be within
reasonable walking distance of the construction site. Employee parking
must not interfere with existing and established parking requirements of
the government installation.
3.2 TEMPORARY BULLETIN BOARD
Locate the bulletin board at the project site in a conspicuous place
easily accessible to all employees, as approved by the Contracting Officer.
SECTION O1 50 00 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
3.3 AVAILABILITY AND USE OF UTILITY SERVICES
3.3.1 Temporary Utilities
Provide temporary utilities required for construction. Materials may be
new or used, must be adequate for the required usage, not create unsafe
conditions, and not violate applicable codes and standards.
3.3.2 Meters and Temporary Connections
Provide and maintain necessary temporary connections, distribution lines,
and meter bases required to measure the amount of each utility used for
the purpose of determining charges. Notify the Contracting Officer, in
writing, 5 working days before final electrical connection is desired so
that a utilities contract can be established. The Government will make
the final hot connection after inspection and approval of the Contractor's
temporary wiring installation. Do not make the final electrical
connection.
3.3.3 Utilities at Special Locations
a. Reasonable amounts of utilities will be made available at the
prevailing Government rates. These rates may be obtained upon
application to the Commanding Officer, MCAS Cherry Point, by way of
the Contracting Officer. The Contractor is responsible for making
connections, providing transformers and meters, and making
disconnections; and providing backflow preventer devices on
connections to domestic water lines. Neither potable water nor
sanitary facilities will be available at the main Contractor laydown
area at MCAS Cherry Point. Under no circumstances will taps to base
fire hydrants be allowed for obtaining domestic water.
3.3.4 Sanitation
a. Provide and maintain within the construction area minimum
field -type sanitary facilities approved by the Contracting Officer and
periodically empty wastes into a municipal, district, or station
sanitary sewage system, or remove waste to a commercial facility.
Obtain approval from the system owner prior to discharge into any
municipal, district, or commercial sanitary sewer system. Any
penalties or fines associated with improper discharge will be the
responsibility of the Contractor. Coordinate with the Contracting
Officer and follow station regulations and procedures when discharging
into the station sanitary sewer system. Maintain these conveniences
at all times. Include provisions for pest control and elimination of
odors. Government toilet facilities will not be available to
Contractor's personnel.
3.3.5 Telephone
Make arrangements and pay all costs for telephone facilities desired.
3.3.6 Obstruction Lighting of Cranes
Provide a minimum of 2 aviation red or high intensity white obstruction
lights on temporary structures (including cranes) over 100 feet above
ground level. Light construction and installation must comply with
FAA AC 70/7460-1. Lights must be operational during periods of reduced
visibility, darkness, and as directed by the Contracting Officer.
SECTION O1 50 00 Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
3.3.7 Fire Protection
Provide temporary fire protection equipment for the protection of
personnel and property during construction. Remove debris and flammable
materials daily to minimize potential hazards.
3.4 TRAFFIC PROVISIONS
3.4.1 Maintenance of Traffic
a. Conduct operations in a manner that will not close any thoroughfare or
interfere in any way with traffic on railways or highways except with
written permission of the Contracting Officer at least 15 calendar
days prior to the proposed modification date, and provide a Traffic
Control Plan detailing the proposed controls to traffic movement for
approval. The plan must be in accordance with State and local
regulations and the MUTCD, Part VI. Make all notifications and obtain
any permits required for modification to traffic movements outside
Station's jurisdiction. Contractor may move oversized and slow -moving
vehicles to the worksite provided requirements of the highway
authority have been met.
b. Conduct work so as to minimize obstruction of traffic, and maintain
traffic on at least half of the roadway width at all times. Obtain
approval from the Contracting Officer prior to starting any activity
that will obstruct traffic.
C. Provide, erect, and maintain, at contractors expense, lights,
barriers, signals, passageways, detours, and other items, that may be
required by the Life Safety Signage, overhead protection authority
having jurisdiction.
3.4.2 Protection of Traffic
Maintain and protect traffic on all affected roads during the construction
period except as otherwise specifically directed by the Contracting
Officer. Measures for the protection and diversion of traffic, including
the provision of watchmen and flagmen, erection of barricades, placing of
lights around and in front of equipment the work, and the erection and
maintenance of adequate warning, danger, and direction signs, will be as
required by the State and local authorities having jurisdiction. Protect
the traveling public from damage to person and property. Minimize the
interference with public traffic on roads selected for hauling material to
and from the site. Investigate the adequacy of existing roads and their
allowable load limit. Contractor is responsible for the repair of any
damage to roads caused by construction operations.
3.4.3 Rush Hour Restrictions
Do not interfere with the peak traffic flows preceding and during normal
operations for MCAS Cherry Point without notification to and approval by
the Contracting Officer.
3.4.4 Dust Control
Dust control methods and procedures must be approved by the Contracting
Officer. Coordinate dust control methods with 01 57 19 TEMPORARY
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS.
SECTION O1 50 00 Page 5

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
3.5 CONTRACTOR'S TEMPORARY FACILITIES
Temporary facilities will meet requirements as identified in EM 385-1-1
Section 04.
3.5.1 Safety Systems
Protect the integrity of any installed safety systems or personnel safety
devices. Obtain prior approval from Contracting Officer if entrance into
systems serving safety devices is required. If it is temporarily
necessary to remove or disable personnel safety devices in order to
accomplish contract requirements, provide alternative means of protection
prior to removing or disabling any permanently installed safety devices or
equipment and obtain approval from the Contracting Officer.
3.5.2 Administrative Field Offices
Provide and maintain administrative field office facilities within the
construction area at the designated site. Government office and warehouse
facilities will not be available to the Contractor's personnel.
3.5.3 Storage Area
Construct a temporary 6 foot high chain link fence around trailers and
materials. Include plastic strip inserts so that visibility through the
fence is obstructed. Fence posts may be driven, in lieu of concrete
bases, where soil conditions permit. Do not place or store trailers,
materials, or equipment outside the fenced area unless such trailers,
materials, or equipment are assigned a separate and distinct storage area
by the Contracting Officer away from the vicinity of the construction site
but within the installation boundaries. Trailers, equipment, or materials
must not be open to public view with the exception of those items which
are in support of ongoing work on any given day. Do not stockpile
materials outside the fence in preparation for the next day's work. Park
mobile equipment, such as tractors, wheeled lifting equipment, cranes,
trucks, and like equipment within the fenced area at the end of each work
day.
3.5.4 Supplemental Storage Area
Upon request, and pending availability, the Contracting Officer will
designate another or supplemental area for the use and storage of
trailers, equipment, and materials. This area may not be in close
proximity of the construction site but will be within the installation
boundaries. The area will be maintained in a clean and orderly fashion
and secured if needed to protect supplies and equipment. Utilities will
not be provided to this area by the Government.
3.5.5 Appearance of Trailers
a. Trailers which are rusted, have peeling paint or are otherwise in need
of repair will not be allowed on Installation property. Trailers must
present a clean and neat exterior appearance and be in a state of good
repair.
b. Paint using suitable paint and maintain the temporary facilities.
Failure to do so will be sufficient reason to require their removal.
SECTION O1 50 00 Page 6

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
3.5.6 Maintenance of Storage Area
a. Keep fencing in a state of good repair and proper alignment. Grassed
or unpaved areas, which are not established roadways, and will be
traversed with construction equipment or other vehicles, will be
covered with a layer of gravel as necessary to prevent rutting and the
tracking of mud onto paved or established roadways, should the
Contractor elect to traverse them with construction equipment or other
vehicles. Mow and maintain grass located within the boundaries of the
construction site for the duration of the project. Grass and
vegetation along fences, buildings, under trailers, and in areas not
accessible to mowers will be edged or trimmed neatly.
3.5.7 Security Provisions
Provide adequate outside security lighting at the temporary facilities.
The Contractor will be responsible for the security of its own equipment.
3.5.8 Storage in Existing Buildings
The Contractor will be working in and around existing buildings; the
storage of material will not be allowed in the buildings.
3.5.9 Weather Protection of Temporary Facilities and Stored Materials
Take necessary precautions to ensure that roof openings and other critical
openings in the building are monitored carefully. Take immediate actions
required to seal off such openings when rain or other detrimental weather
is imminent, and at the end of each workday. Ensure that the openings are
completely sealed off to protect materials and equipment in the building
from damage.
3.5.9.1 Building and Site Storm Protection
When a warning of gale force winds is issued, take precautions to minimize
danger to persons, and protect the work and nearby Government property.
Precautions must include, but are not limited to, closing openings;
removing loose materials, tools and equipment from exposed locations; and
removing or securing scaffolding and other temporary work. Close openings
in the work when storms of lesser intensity pose a threat to the work or
any nearby Government property.
3.6 TEMPORARY PROJECT SAFETY FENCING
As soon as practicable, but not later than 15 days after the date
established for commencement of work, furnish and erect temporary project
safety fencing at the work site. Maintain the safety fencing during the
life of the contract and, upon completion and acceptance of the work,
removefrom the work site.
3.7 CLEANUP
Remove construction debris, waste materials, packaging material and the
like from the work site daily. Any dirt or mud which is tracked onto
paved or surfaced roadways must be cleaned away. Store any salvageable
materials resulting from demolition activities within the fenced area
described above or at the supplemental storage area. Neatly stack stored
materials not in trailers, whether new or salvaged.
SECTION O1 50 00 Page 7

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
3.8 RESTORATION OF STORAGE AREA
Upon completion of the project remove the bulletin board, signs,
barricades, haul roads, and any other temporary products from the site.
After removal of trailers, materials, and equipment from within the fenced
area, remove the fence. Restore areas used during the performance of the
contract to the original or better condition. Remove gravel used to
traverse grassed areas and restore the area to its original condition,
including top soil and seeding as necessary.
-- End of Section --
SECTION O1 50 00 Page 8

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
SECTION 01 57 19
TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
11/15
PART
1
GENERAL
1.1
REFERENCES
The
publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent
referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by
the
basic designation
only.
U.S. NATIONAL
ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)
29
CFR
1910.120
Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency
Response
40
CFR
112
Oil Pollution Prevention
40
CFR
241
Guidelines for Disposal of Solid Waste
40
CFR
243
Guidelines for the Storage and Collection
of Residential, Commercial, and
Institutional Solid Waste
40
CFR
258
Subtitle D Landfill Requirements
40
CFR
260
Hazardous Waste Management System: General
40
CFR
261
Identification and Listing of Hazardous
Waste
40
CFR
261.7
Residues of Hazardous Waste in Empty
Containers
40
CFR
262
Standards Applicable to Generators of
Hazardous Waste
40
CFR
262.31
Standards Applicable to Generators of
Hazardous Waste -Labeling
40
CFR
262.34
Standards Applicable to Generators of
Hazardous Waste -Accumulation Time
40
CFR
263
Standards Applicable to Transporters of
Hazardous Waste
40
CFR
264
Standards for Owners and Operators of
Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage, and
Disposal Facilities
40
CFR
265
Interim Status Standards for Owners and
Operators of Hazardous Waste Treatment,
Storage, and Disposal Facilities
40
CFR
266
Standards for the Management of Specific
Hazardous Wastes and Specific Types of
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
Hazardous Waste Management Facilities
40 CFR 268 Land Disposal Restrictions
40 CFR 273 Standards For Universal Waste Management
40 CFR 273.2 Standards for Universal Waste Management -
Batteries
40 CFR 273.4 Standards for Universal Waste Management -
Mercury Containing Equipment
40 CFR 273.5 Standards for Universal Waste Management -
Lamps
40 CFR 279 Standards for the Management of Used Oil
40 CFR 300 National Oil and Hazardous Substances
Pollution Contingency Plan
40 CFR 300.125 National Oil and Hazardous Substances
Pollution Contingency Plan - Notification
and Communications
40
CFR
355
Emergency Planning and Notification
40
CFR
403
General Pretreatment Regulations for
Existing and New Sources of Pollution
40
CFR
50
National Primary and Secondary Ambient Air
Quality Standards
40
CFR
60
Standards of Performance for New
Stationary Sources
40
CFR
63
National Emission Standards for Hazardous
Air Pollutants for Source Categories
40 CFR 64
49 CFR 171
Compliance Assurance Monitoring
General Information, Regulations, and
Definitions
49 CFR 172 Hazardous Materials Table, Special
Provisions, Hazardous Materials
Communications, Emergency Response
Information, and Training Requirements
49 CFR 173 Shippers - General Requirements for
Shipments and Packagings
49 CFR 178 Specifications for Packagings
1.2 DEFINITIONS
1.2.1 Class I and II Ozone Depleting Substance (ODS)
Class I ODS is defined in Section 602(a) of The Clean Air Act. A list of
Class I ODS can be found on the EPA website at the following weblink.
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
http://www.epa.gov/ozone/science/ods/classone.html.
Class II ODS is defined in Section 602(s) of The Clean Air Act. A list of
Class II ODS can be found on the EPA website at the following weblink.
http://www.epa.gov/ozone/science/ods/classtwo.htmi.
1.2.2 Contractor Generated Hazardous Waste
Contractor generated hazardous waste is materials that, if abandoned or
disposed of, may meet the definition of a hazardous waste. These waste
streams would typically consist of material brought on site by the
Contractor to execute work, but are not fully consumed during the course
of construction. Examples include, but are not limited to, excess paint
thinners (i.e. methyl ethyl ketone, toluene), waste thinners, excess
paints, excess solvents, waste solvents, excess pesticides, and
contaminated pesticide equipment rinse water.
1.2.3 Electronics Waste
Electronics waste is discarded electronic devices intended for salvage,
recycling, or disposal.
1.2.4 Environmental Pollution and Damage
Environmental pollution and damage is the presence of chemical, physical,
or biological elements or agents which adversely affect human health or
welfare; unfavorably alter ecological balances of importance to human
life; affect other species of importance to humankind; or degrade the
environment aesthetically, culturally or historically.
1.2.5 Environmental Protection
Environmental protection is the prevention/control of pollution and
habitat disruption that may occur to the environment during construction.
The control of environmental pollution and damage requires consideration
of land, water, and air; biological and cultural resources; and includes
management of visual aesthetics; noise; solid, chemical, gaseous, and
liquid waste; radiant energy and radioactive material as well as other
pollutants.
1.2.6 Hazardous Debris
As defined in paragraph SOLID WASTE, debris that contains listed hazardous
waste (either on the debris surface, or in its interstices, such as pore
structure) in accordance with 40 CFR 261. Hazardous debris also includes
debris that exhibits a characteristic of hazardous waste in accordance
with 40 CFR 261.
1.2.7 Hazardous Materials
Hazardous materials as defined in 49 CFR 171 and listed in 49 CFR 172.
Hazardous material is any material that: Is regulated as a hazardous
material in accordance with 49 CFR 173; or requires a Safety Data Sheet
(SDS) in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.120; or during end use, treatment,
handling, packaging, storage, transportation, or disposal meets or has
components that meet or have potential to meet the definition of a
hazardous waste as defined by 40 CFR 261 Subparts A, B, C, or D.
Designation of a material by this definition, when separately regulated or
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
controlled by other sections or directives, does not eliminate the need
for adherence to that hazard -specific guidance which takes precedence over
this section for "control" purposes. Such material includes ammunition,
weapons, explosive actuated devices, propellants, pyrotechnics, chemical
and biological warfare materials, medical and pharmaceutical supplies,
medical waste and infectious materials, bulk fuels, radioactive materials,
and other materials such as asbestos, mercury, and polychlorinated
biphenyls (PCBs).
1.2.8 Hazardous Waste
Hazardous Waste is any material that meets the definition of a solid waste
and exhibit a hazardous characteristic (ignitability, corrosivity,
reactivity, or toxicity) as specified in 40 CFR 261, Subpart C, or
contains a listed hazardous waste as identified in 40 CFR 261, Subpart D.
1.2.9 Land Application
Land Application means spreading or spraying discharge water at a rate
that allows the water to percolate into the soil. No sheeting action,
soil erosion, discharge into storm sewers, discharge into defined drainage
areas, or discharge into the "waters of the United States" must occur.
Comply with federal, state, and local laws and regulations.
1.2.10 Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) Permit
MS4 permits are those held by installations to obtain NPDES permit
coverage for their stormwater discharges.
1.2.11 National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)
The NPDES permit program controls water pollution by regulating point
sources that discharge pollutants into waters of the United States.
1.2.12 Oily Waste
Oily waste are those materials that are, or were, mixed with Petroleum,
Oils, and Lubricants (POLs) and have become separated from that POLs.
Oily wastes also means materials, including wastewaters, centrifuge
solids, filter residues or sludges, bottom sediments, tank bottoms, and
sorbents which have come into contact with and have been contaminated by,
POLs and may be appropriately tested and discarded in a manner which is in
compliance with other state and local requirements.
This definition includes materials such as oily rags, "kitty litter"
sorbent clay and organic sorbent material. These materials may be land
filled provided that: It is not prohibited in other state regulations or
local ordinances; the amount generated is "de minimus" (a small amount);
it is the result of minor leaks or spills resulting from normal process
operations; and free -flowing oil has been removed to the practicable
extent possible. Large quantities of this material, generated as a result
of a major spill or in lieu of proper maintenance of the processing
equipment, are a solid waste. As a solid waste, perform a hazardous waste
determination prior to disposal. As this can be an expensive process, it
is recommended that this type of waste be minimized through good
housekeeping practices and employee education.
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
1.2.13 Regulated Waste
Regulated waste are solid wastes that have specific additional federal,
state, or local controls for handling, storage, or disposal.
1.2.14 Sediment
Sediment is soil and other debris that have eroded and have been
transported by runoff water or wind.
1.2.15 Solid Waste
Solid waste is a solid, liquid, semi -solid or contained gaseous waste. A
solid waste can be a hazardous waste, non -hazardous waste, or non -Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) regulated waste. Types of solid
waste typically generated at construction sites may include:
1.2.15.1 Debris
Debris is non -hazardous solid material generated during the construction,
demolition, or renovation of a structure that exceeds 2.5-inch particle
size that is: a manufactured object; plant or animal matter; or natural
geologic material (for example, cobbles and boulders), broken or removed
concrete, masonry, and rock asphalt paving; ceramics; roofing paper and
shingles. Inert materials may be reinforced with or contain ferrous wire,
rods, accessories and weldments. A mixture of debris and other material
such as soil or sludge is also subject to regulation as debris if the
mixture is comprised primarily of debris by volume, based on visual
inspection.
1.2.15.2 Green Waste
Green waste is the vegetative matter from landscaping, land clearing and
grubbing, including, but not limited to, grass, bushes, scrubs, small
trees and saplings, tree stumps and plant roots. Marketable trees,
grasses and plants that are indicated to remain, be re -located, or be
re -used are not included.
1.2.15.3 Material not regulated as solid waste
Material not regulated as solid waste is nuclear source or byproduct
materials regulated under the Federal Atomic Energy Act of 1954 as
amended; suspended or dissolved materials in domestic sewage effluent or
irrigation return flows, or other regulated point source discharges;
regulated air emissions; and fluids or wastes associated with natural gas
or crude oil exploration or production.
1.2.15.4 Non -Hazardous Waste
Non -hazardous waste is waste that is excluded from, or does not meet,
hazardous waste criteria in accordance with 40 CFR 263.
1.2.15.5 Recyclables
Recyclables are materials, equipment and assemblies such as doors,
windows, door and window frames, plumbing fixtures, glazing and mirrors
that are recovered and sold as recyclable, wiring, insulated/non-insulated
copper wire cable, wire rope, and structural components. It also includes
commercial -grade refrigeration equipment with Freon removed, household
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 5

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
appliances where the basic material content is metal, clean polyethylene
terephthalate bottles, cooking oil, used fuel oil, textiles, high-grade
paper products and corrugated cardboard, stackable pallets in good
condition, clean crating material, and clean rubber/vehicle tires. Metal
meeting the definition of lead contaminated or lead based paint
contaminated may be included as recyclable if sold to a scrap metal
company. Paint cans that meet the definition of empty containers in
accordance with 40 CFR 261.7 may be included as recyclable if sold to a
scrap metal company.
1.2.15.6 Surplus Soil
Surplus soil is existing soil that is in excess of what is required for
this work, including aggregates intended, but not used, for on -site mixing
of concrete, mortars, and paving. Contaminated soil meeting the
definition of hazardous material or hazardous waste is not included and
must be managed in accordance with paragraph HAZARDOUS MATERIAL MANAGEMENT.
1.2.15.7 Scrap Metal
This includes scrap and excess ferrous and non-ferrous metals such as
reinforcing steel, structural shapes, pipe, and wire that are recovered or
collected and disposed of as scrap. Scrap metal meeting the definition of
hazardous material or hazardous waste is not included.
1.2.15.8 Wood
Wood is dimension and non -dimension lumber, plywood, chipboard,
hardboard. Treated or painted wood that meets the definition of lead
contaminated or lead based contaminated paint is not included. Treated
wood includes, but is not limited to, lumber, utility poles, crossties,
and other wood products with chemical treatment.
1.2.16 Surface Discharge
Surface discharge means discharge of water into drainage ditches, storm
sewers, creeks or "waters of the United States". Surface discharges are
discrete, identifiable sources and require a permit from the governing
agency. Comply with federal, state, and local laws and regulations.
1.2.17 Wastewater
Wastewater is the used water and solids from a community that flow to a
treatment plant.
1.2.17.1 Stormwater
Stormwater is any precipitation in an urban or suburban area that does not
evaporate or soak into the ground, but instead collects and flows into
storm drains, rivers, and streams.
1.2.18 Waters of the United States
Waters of the United States means Federally jurisdictional waters,
including wetlands, that are subject to regulation under Section 404 of
the Clean Water Act or navigable waters, as defined under the Rivers and
Harbors Act.
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 6

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
1.2.19 Wetlands
Wetlands are those areas that are inundated or saturated by surface or
groundwater at a frequency and duration sufficient to support, and that
under normal circumstances do support, a prevalence of vegetation
typically adapted for life in saturated soil conditions.
1.2.20 Universal Waste
The universal waste regulations streamline collection requirements for
certain hazardous wastes in the following categories: batteries,
pesticides, mercury -containing equipment (for example, thermostats), and
lamps (for example, fluorescent bulbs). The rule is designed to reduce
hazardous waste in the municipal solid waste (MSW) stream by making it
easier for universal waste handlers to collect these items and send them
for recycling or proper disposal. These regulations can be found at
40 CFR 273.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for all submittals. Submit the following
in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Preconstruction Survey
Solid Waste Management Permit
Regulatory Notifications
Environmental Protection Plan
Stormwater Notice of Intent (for NPDES coverage under the general
permit for construction activities)
Dirt and Dust Control Plan
Employee Training Records
Environmental Manager Qualifications
SD-06 Test Reports
Laboratory Analysis
Inspection Reports
Solid Waste Management Report
SD-07 Certificates
Employee Training Records
ECATTS Certificate Of Completion
Erosion and Sediment Control Inspector Qualifications
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Compliance Notebook
Stormwater Notice of Termination (for NPDES coverage under the
general permit for construction activities)
Waste Determination Documentation
Disposal Documentation for Hazardous and Regulated Waste
Assembled Employee Training Records
Solid Waste Management Permit
Solid Waste Management Report
Contractor Hazardous Material Inventory Log
Hazardous Waste/Debris Management
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 7

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
Regulatory Notifications
Sales Documentation
Contractor Certification
As -Built Topographic Survey
1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
Provide and maintain, during the life of the contract, environmental
protection as defined. Plan for and provide environmental protective
measures to control pollution that develops during construction practice.
Plan for and provide environmental protective measures required to correct
conditions that develop during the construction of permanent or temporary
environmental features associated with the project. Protect the
environmental resources within the project boundaries and those affected
outside the limits of permanent work during the entire duration of this
Contract. Comply with federal, state, and local regulations pertaining to
the environment, including water, air, solid waste, hazardous waste and
substances, oily substances, and noise pollution.
Tests and procedures assessing whether construction operations comply with
Applicable Environmental Laws may be required. Analytical work must be
performed by qualified laboratories; and where required by law, the
laboratories must be certified.
1.4.1 Training in Environmental Compliance Assessment Training and
Tracking System (ECATTS)
1.4.1.1 Personnel Requirements
The Environmental Manager is responsible for environmental compliance on
projects. The Environmental Manager must complete applicable ECATTS
training modules (installation specific or general) prior to starting
respective portions of on -site work under this Contract. If personnel
changes occur for any of these positions after starting work, replacement
personnel must complete applicable ECATTS training within 14 days of
assignment to the project.
1.4.1.2 Certification
Submit an ECATTS certificate of completion for personnel who have
completed the required ECATTS training. This training is web -based and
can be accessed from any computer with Internet access using the following
instructions.
Register for NAVFAC Environmental Compliance Training and Tracking System,
by logging on to https://environmentaltraining.ecatts.com/. Obtain the
password for registration from the Contracting Officer.
1.4.1.3 Refresher Training
This training has been structured to allow contractor personnel to receive
credit under this contract and to carry forward credit to future
contracts. Ensure the Environmental Manager review their training plans
for new modules or updated training requirements prior to beginning work.
Some training modules are tailored for specific state regulatory
requirements; therefore, Contractors working in multiple states will be
required to retake modules tailored to the state where the contract work
is being performed.
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 8

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
1.4.2 Conformance with the Environmental Management System
Perform work under this contract consistent with the policy and objectives
identified in the installation's Environmental Management System (EMS).
Perform work in a manner that conforms to objectives and targets of the
environmental programs and operational controls identified by the EMS.
Support Government personnel when environmental compliance and EMS audits
are conducted by escorting auditors at the Project site, answering
questions, and providing proof of records being maintained. Provide
monitoring and measurement information as necessary to address
environmental performance relative to environmental, energy, and
transportation management goals. In the event an EMS nonconformance or
environmental noncompliance associated with the contracted services,
tasks, or actions occurs, take corrective and preventative actions. In
addition, employees must be aware of their roles and responsibilities
under the installation EMS and of how these EMS roles and responsibilities
affect work performed under the contract.
Coordinate with the installation's EMS coordinator to identify training
needs associated with environmental aspects and the EMS, and arrange
training or take other action to meet these needs. Provide training
documentation to the Contracting Officer. The Installation Environmental
Office will retain associated environmental compliance records. Make EMS
Awareness training completion certificates available to Government
auditors during EMS audits and include the certificates in the Employee
Training Records. See paragraph EMPLOYEE TRAINING RECORDS.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.5.1 Preconstruction Survey and Protection of Features
This paragraph supplements the Contract Clause PROTECTION OF EXISTING
VEGETATION, STRUCTURES, EQUIPMENT, UTILITIES, AND IMPROVEMENTS. Prior to
start of any onsite construction activities, perform a Preconstruction
Survey of the project site with the Contracting Officer, and take
photographs showing existing environmental conditions in and adjacent to
the site. Submit a report for the record. Include in the report a plan
describing the features requiring protection under the provisions of the
Contract Clauses, which are not specifically identified on the drawings as
environmental features requiring protection along with the condition of
trees, shrubs and grassed areas immediately adjacent to the site of work
and adjacent to the Contractor's assigned storage area and access
route(s), as applicable. The Contractor and the Contracting Officer will
sign this survey report upon mutual agreement regarding its accuracy and
completeness. Protect those environmental features included in the survey
report and any indicated on the drawings, regardless of interference that
their preservation may cause to the work under the Contract.
1.5.2 Regulatory Notifications
Provide regulatory notification requirements in accordance with federal,
state and local regulations. In cases where the Government will also
provide public notification (such as stormwater permitting), coordinate
with the Contracting Officer. Submit copies of regulatory notifications
to the Contracting Officer at least 15 days prior to commencement of work
activities. Typically, regulatory notifications must be provided for the
following (this listing is not all-inclusive): demolition, renovation,
NPDES defined site work, construction, removal or use of a permitted air
emissions source, and remediation of controlled substances (asbestos,
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 9

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
hazardous waste, lead paint).
1.5.3 Environmental Brief
Attend an environmental brief to be included in the preconstruction
meeting. Provide the following information: types, quantities, and use of
hazardous materials that will be brought onto the installation; and types
and quantities of wastes/wastewater that may be generated during the
Contract. Discuss the results of the Preconstruction Survey at this time.
Prior to initiating any work on site, meet with the Contracting Officer
and installation Environmental Office to discuss the proposed
Environmental Protection Plan (EPP). Develop a mutual understanding
relative to the details of environmental protection, including measures
for protecting natural and cultural resources, required reports, required
permits, permit requirements (such as mitigation measures), and other
measures to be taken.
1.5.4 Environmental Manager
Appoint in writing an Environmental Manager for the project site. The
Environmental Manager is directly responsible for coordinating contractor
compliance with federal, state, local, and installation requirements. The
Environmental Manager must ensure compliance with Hazardous Waste Program
requirements (including hazardous waste handling, storage, manifesting,
and disposal); implement the EPP; ensure environmental permits are
obtained, maintained, and closed out; ensure compliance with Stormwater
Program requirements; ensure compliance with Hazardous Materials (storage,
handling, and reporting) requirements; and coordinate any remediation of
regulated substances (lead, asbestos, PCB transformers). This can be a
collateral position; however, the person in this position must be trained
to adequately accomplish the following duties: ensure waste segregation
and storage compatibility requirements are met; inspect and manage
Satellite Accumulation areas; ensure only authorized personnel add wastes
to containers; ensure Contractor personnel are trained in 40 CFR
requirements in accordance with their position requirements; coordinate
removal of waste containers; and maintain the Environmental Records binder
and required documentation, including environmental permits compliance and
close-out. Submit Environmental Manager Qualifications to the Contracting
Officer.
1.5.5 Employee Training Records
Prepare and maintain Employee Training Records throughout the term of the
contract meeting applicable 40 CFR requirements. Provide Employee
Training Records in the Environmental Records Binder. Ensure every
employee completes a program of classroom instruction or on-the-job
training that teaches them to perform their duties in a way that ensures
compliance with federal, state and local regulatory requirements for RCRA
Large Quantity Generator. Provide a Position Description for each
employee, by subcontractor, based on the Davis -Bacon Wage Rate designation
or other equivalent method, evaluating the employee's association with
hazardous and regulated wastes. This Position Description will include
training requirements as defined in 40 CFR 265 for a Large Quantity
Generator facility. Submit these Assembled Employee Training Records to
the Contracting Officer at the conclusion of the project, unless otherwise
directed.
Train personnel to meet EPA and state requirements. Conduct environmental
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 10

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
protection/pollution control meetings for personnel prior to commencing
construction activities. Conduct additional meetings for new personnel
and when site conditions change. Include in the training and meeting
agenda: methods of detecting and avoiding pollution; familiarization with
statutory and contractual pollution standards; installation and care of
devices, vegetative covers, and instruments required for monitoring
purposes to ensure adequate and continuous environmental
protection/pollution control; anticipated hazardous or toxic chemicals or
wastes, and other regulated contaminants; recognition and protection of
archaeological sites, artifacts, waters of the United States, and
endangered species and their habitat that are known to be in the area.
1.5.6 Non -Compliance Notifications
The Contracting Officer will notify the Contractor in writing of any
observed noncompliance with federal, state or local environmental laws or
regulations, permits, and other elements of the Contractor's EPP. After
receipt of such notice, inform the Contracting Officer of the proposed
corrective action and take such action when approved by the Contracting
Officer. The Contracting Officer may issue an order stopping all or part
of the work until satisfactory corrective action has been taken. No time
extensions will be granted or equitable adjustments allowed for any such
suspensions. This is in addition to any other actions the Contracting
Officer may take under the contract, or in accordance with the Federal
Acquisition Regulation or Federal Law.
1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PLAN
The purpose of the EPP is to present an overview of known or potential
environmental issues that must be considered and addressed during
construction. Incorporate construction related objectives and targets
from the installation's EMS into the EPP. Include in the EPP measures for
protecting natural and cultural resources, required reports, and other
measures to be taken. Meet with the Contracting Officer or Contracting
Officer Representative to discuss the EPP and develop a mutual
understanding relative to the details for environmental protection
including measures for protecting natural resources, required reports, and
other measures to be taken. Submit the EPP within 15 days after notice to
proceed and not less than 10 days before the preconstruction meeting.
Revise the EPP throughout the project to include any reporting
requirements, changes in site conditions, or contract modifications that
change the project scope of work in a way that could have an environmental
impact. No requirement in this section will relieve the Contractor of any
applicable federal, state, and local environmental protection laws and
regulations. During Construction, identify, implement, and submit for
approval any additional requirements to be included in the EPP. Maintain
the current version onsite.
The EPP includes, but is not limited to, the following elements:
1.6.1 General Overview and Purpose
1.6.1.1 Descriptions
A brief description of each specific plan required by environmental permit
or elsewhere in this Contract such as stormwater pollution prevention
plan, solid waste management plan, wastewater management plan, air
pollution control plan, contaminant prevention plan, traffic control plan,
Hazardous, Toxic and Radioactive Waste (HTRW) Plan, Non -Hazardous Solid
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 11

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
Waste Disposal Plan and borrowing material plan.
1.6.1.2 Duties
The duties and level of authority assigned to the person(s) on the job
site who oversee environmental compliance, such as who is responsible for
adherence to the EPP, who is responsible for spill cleanup and training
personnel on spill response procedures, who is responsible for manifesting
hazardous waste to be removed from the site (if applicable), and who is
responsible for training the Contractor's environmental protection
personnel.
1.6.1.3 Procedures
A copy of any standard or project -specific operating procedures that will
be used to effectively manage and protect the environment on the project
site.
1.6.1.4 Communications
Communication and training procedures that will be used to convey
environmental management requirements to Contractor employees and
subcontractors.
1.6.1.5 Contact Information
Emergency contact information contact information (office phone number,
cell phone number, and e-mail address).
1.6.2 General Site Information
1.6.2.1 Drawings
Drawings showing locations of proposed temporary excavations or
embankments for haul roads, stream crossings, jurisdictional wetlands,
material storage areas, structures, sanitary facilities, storm drains and
conveyances, and stockpiles of excess soil.
1.6.2.2 Work Area
Work area plan showing the proposed activity in each portion of the area
and identify the areas of limited use or nonuse. Include measures for
marking the limits of use areas, including methods for protection of
features to be preserved within authorized work areas and methods to
control runoff and to contain materials on site, and a traffic control
plan.
1.6.2.3 Documentation
A letter signed by an officer of the firm appointing the Environmental
Manager and stating that person is responsible for managing and
implementing the Environmental Program as described in this contract.
Include in this letter the Environmental Manager's authority to direct the
removal and replacement of non -conforming work.
1.6.3 Management of Natural Resources
a. Land resources
b. Tree protection
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 12

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
C. Replacement of damaged landscape features
d. Temporary construction
e. Stream crossings
f. Fish and wildlife resources
g. Wetland areas
1.6.4 Protection of Historical and Archaeological Resources
a. Objectives
b. Methods
1.6.5 Stormwater Management and Control
a. Ground cover
b. Erodible soils
C. Temporary measures
(1) Structural Practices
(2) Temporary and permanent stabilization
d. Effective selection, implementation and maintenance of Best Management
Practices (BMPs).
1.6.6 Protection of the Environment from Waste Derived from Contractor
Operations
Control and disposal of solid and sanitary waste. Control and disposal of
hazardous waste.
This item consist of the management procedures for hazardous waste to be
generated. The elements of those procedures will coincide with the
Installation Hazardous Waste Management Plan. The Contracting Officer
will provide a copy of the Installation Hazardous Waste Management Plan.
As a minimum, include the following:
a. List of the types of hazardous wastes expected to be generated
b. Procedures to ensure a written waste determination is made for
appropriate wastes that are to be generated
C. Sampling/analysis plan, including laboratory method(s) that will be
used for waste determinations and copies of relevant laboratory
certifications
d. Methods and proposed locations for hazardous waste
accumulation/storage (that is, in tanks or containers)
e. Management procedures for storage, labeling, transportation, and
disposal of waste (treatment of waste is not allowed unless
specifically noted)
f. Management procedures and regulatory documentation ensuring disposal
of hazardous waste complies with Land Disposal Restrictions (40 CFR 268
g. Management procedures for recyclable hazardous materials such as
lead -acid batteries, used oil, and similar
h. Used oil management procedures in accordance with 40 CFR 279;
Hazardous waste minimization procedures
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 13

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
i. Plans for the disposal of hazardous waste by permitted facilities; and
Procedures to be employed to ensure required employee training records
are maintained.
1.6.7 Prevention of Releases to the Environment
Procedures to prevent releases to the environment
Notifications in the event of a release to the environment
1.6.8 Regulatory Notification and Permits
List what notifications and permit applications must be made. Some
permits require up to 180 days to obtain. Demonstrate that those permits
have been obtained or applied for by including copies of applicable
environmental permits. The EPP will not be approved until the permits
have been obtained.
1.6.9 Clean Air Act Compliance
1.6.9.1 Haul Route
Submit truck and material haul routes along with a Dirt and Dust Control
Plan for controlling dirt, debris, and dust on Installation roadways. As
a minimum, identify in the plan the subcontractor and equipment for
cleaning along the haul route and measures to reduce dirt, dust, and
debris from roadways.
1.6.9.2 Pollution Generating Equipment
Identify air pollution generating equipment or processes that may require
federal, state, or local permits under the Clean Air Act. Determine
requirements based on any current installation permits and the impacts of
the project. Provide a list of all fixed or mobile equipment, machinery
or operations that could generate air emissions during the project to the
Installation Environmental Office (Air Program Manager).
1.6.9.3 Stationary Internal Combustion Engines
Identify portable and stationary internal combustion engines that will be
supplied, used or serviced. Comply with 40 CFR 60 Subpart IIII, 40 CFR 60
Subpart JJJJ, 40 CFR 63 Subpart ZZZZ, and local regulations as
applicable. At minimum, include the make, model, serial number,
manufacture date, size (engine brake horsepower), and EPA emission
certification status of each engine. Maintain applicable records and log
hours of operation and fuel use. Logs must include reasons for operation
and delineate between emergency and non -emergency operation.
1.6.9.4 Refrigerants
Identify management practices to ensure that heating, ventilation, and air
conditioning (HVAC) work involving refrigerants complies with 40 CFR 82
requirements. Technicians must be certified, maintain copies of
certification on site, use certified equipment and log work that requires
the addition or removal of refrigerant. Any refrigerant reclaimed is the
property of the Government, coordinate with the Installation Environmental
Office to determine the appropriate turn in location.
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 14

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
1.6.9.5 Air Pollution -engineering Processes
Identify planned air pollution -generating processes and management control
measures (including, but not limited to, spray painting, abrasive
blasting, demolition, material handling, fugitive dust, and fugitive
emissions). Log hours of operations and track quantities of materials
used.
1.6.9.6 Compliant Materials
Provide the Government a list of and SDSs for all hazardous materials
proposed for use on site. Materials must be compliant with all Clean Air
Act regulations for emissions including solvent and volatile organic
compound contents, and applicable National Emission Standards for
Hazardous Air Pollutants requirements. The Government may alter or limit
use of specific materials as needed to meet installation permit
requirements for emissions.
1.7 LICENSES AND PERMITS
Obtain licenses and permits required for the construction of the project
and in accordance with FAR 52.236-7.
1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL RECORDS BINDER
Maintain on -site a separate three-ring Environmental Records Binder and
submit at the completion of the project. Make separate parts within the
binder that correspond to each submittal listed under paragraph CLOSEOUT
SUBMITTALS in this section.
1.9 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT PERMIT
Provide the Contracting Officer with written notification of the quantity
of anticipated solid waste or debris that is anticipated or estimated to
be generated by construction. Include in the report the locations where
various types of waste will be disposed or recycled. Include letters of
acceptance from the receiving location or as applicable; submit one copy
of the receiving location state and local Solid Waste Management Permit or
license showing such agency's approval of the disposal plan before
transporting wastes off Government property.
1.9.1 Solid Waste Management Report
Monthly, submit a solid waste disposal report to the Contracting Officer.
For each waste, the report will state the classification (using the
definitions provided in this section), amount, location, and name of the
business receiving the solid waste.
1.10 FACILITY HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATOR STATUS
Marine Corps Air Station Cherry Point is designated as a Large Quantity
Generator. Meet the regulatory requirements of this generator designation
for any work conducted within the boundaries of this Installation. Comply
with provisions of federal, state, and local regulatory requirements
applicable to this generator status regarding training and storage,
handling, and disposal of construction derived wastes.
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 15

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION OF NATURAL RESOURCES
Minimize interference with, disturbance to, and damage to fish, wildlife,
and plants, including their habitats. Prior to the commencement of
activities, consult with the Installation Environmental Office, regarding
rare species or sensitive habitats that need to be protected. The
protection of rare, threatened, and endangered animal and plant species
identified, including their habitats, is the Contractor's responsibility.
Preserve the natural resources within the project boundaries and outside
the limits of permanent work. Restore to an equivalent or improved
condition upon completion of work that is consistent with the requirements
of the Installation Environmental Office or as otherwise specified.
Confine construction activities to within the limits of the work indicated
or specified.
3.1.1 Flow Ways
Do not alter water flows or otherwise significantly disturb the native
habitat adjacent to the project and critical to the survival of fish and
wildlife, except as specified and permitted.
3.1.2 Vegetation
Except in areas to be cleared, do not remove, cut, deface, injure, or
destroy trees or shrubs without the Contracting Officer's permission. Do
not fasten or attach ropes, cables, or guys to existing nearby trees for
anchorages unless authorized by the Contracting Officer. Where such use
of attached ropes, cables, or guys is authorized, the Contractor is
responsible for any resultant damage.
Protect existing trees that are to remain to ensure they are not injured,
bruised, defaced, or otherwise damaged by construction operations. Remove
displaced rocks from uncleared areas. Coordinate with the Contracting
Officer and Installation Environmental Office to determine appropriate
action for trees and other landscape features scarred or damaged by
equipment operations.
3.1.3 Streams
Stream crossings must allow movement of materials or equipment without
violating water pollution control standards of the federal, state, and
local governments. Construction of stream crossing structures must be in
compliance with any required permits including, but not limited to, Clean
Water Act Section 404, and Section 401 Water Quality.
The Contracting Officer's approval and appropriate permits are required
before any equipment will be permitted to ford live streams. In areas
where frequent crossings are required, install temporary culverts or
bridges. Obtain Contracting Officer's approval prior to installation.
Remove temporary culverts or bridges upon completion of work, and repair
the area to its original condition unless otherwise required by the
Contracting Officer.
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 16

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
3.2 STORMWATER
Do not discharge stormwater from construction sites to the sanitary
sewer. If the water is noted or suspected of being contaminated, it may
only be released to the storm drain system if the discharge is
specifically permitted. Obtain authorization in advance from the
Installation Environmental Office for any release of contaminated water.
3.2.1 Erosion and Sediment Control Measures
Provide erosion and sediment control measures in accordance with state and
local laws and regulations. Preserve vegetation to the maximum extent
practicable.
3.2.2 Work Area Limits
Mark the areas that need not be disturbed under this Contract prior to
commencing construction activities. Mark or fence isolated areas within
the general work area that are not to be disturbed. Protect monuments and
markers before construction operations commence. Where construction
operations are to be conducted during darkness, any markers must be
visible in the dark. Personnel must be knowledgeable of the purpose for
marking and protecting particular objects.
3.2.3 Contractor Facilities and Work Areas
Place field offices, staging areas, stockpile storage, and temporary
buildings in areas designated on the drawings or as directed by the
Contracting Officer. Move or relocate the Contractor facilities only when
approved by the Government. Provide erosion and sediment controls for
onsite borrow and spoil areas to prevent sediment from entering nearby
waters. Control temporary excavation and embankments for plant or work
areas to protect adjacent areas.
3.3 AIR RESOURCES
Equipment operation, activities, or processes will be in accordance with
40 CFR 64 and state air emission and performance laws and standards.
3.3.1 Burning
Burning is prohibited on the Government premises.
3.3.2 Class I and II ODS Prohibition
Class I and II ODS are Government property and must be returned to the
Government for appropriate management. Coordinate with the Installation
Environmental Office to determine the appropriate location for turn in of
all reclaimed refrigerant.
3.3.3 Accidental Venting of Refrigerant
Accidental venting of a refrigerant is a release and must be reported
immediately to the Contracting Officer.
3.3.4 EPA Certification Requirements
Heating and air conditioning technicians must be certified through an
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 17

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
EPA -approved program. Maintain copies of certifications at the employees'
places of business; technicians must carry certification wallet cards, as
provided by environmental law.
3.3.5 Dust Control
Keep dust down at all times, including during nonworking periods.
Sprinkle or treat, with dust suppressants, the soil at the site, haul
roads, and other areas disturbed by operations. Dry power brooming will
not be permitted. Instead, use vacuuming, wet mopping, wet sweeping, or
wet power brooming. Air blowing will be permitted only for cleaning
nonparticulate debris such as steel reinforcing bars. Only wet cutting
will be permitted for cutting concrete blocks, concrete, and bituminous
concrete. Do not unnecessarily shake bags of cement, concrete mortar, or
plaster.
3.3.5.1 Particulates
Dust particles, aerosols and gaseous by-products from construction
activities, and processing and preparation of materials (such as from
asphaltic batch plants) must be controlled at all times, including
weekends, holidays, and hours when work is not in progress. Maintain
excavations, stockpiles, haul roads, permanent and temporary access roads,
plant sites, spoil areas, borrow areas, and other work areas within or
outside the project boundaries free from particulates that would exceed
40 CFR 50, state, and local air pollution standards or that would cause a
hazard or a nuisance. Sprinkling, chemical treatment of an approved type,
baghouse, scrubbers, electrostatic precipitators, or other methods will be
permitted to control particulates in the work area. Sprinkling, to be
efficient, must be repeated to keep the disturbed area damp. Provide
sufficient, competent equipment available to accomplish these tasks.
Perform particulate control as the work proceeds and whenever a
particulate nuisance or hazard occurs. Comply with state and local
visibility regulations.
3.3.5.2 Abrasive Blasting
Blasting operations cannot be performed without prior approval of the
Installation Air Program Manager. The use of silica sand is prohibited in
sandblasting.
Provide tarpaulin drop cloths and windscreens to enclose abrasive blasting
operations to confine and collect dust, abrasive agent, paint chips, and
other debris. Perform work involving removal of hazardous material in
accordance with 29 CFR 1910.
3.3.6 Odors
Control odors from construction activities. The odors must be in
compliance with state regulations and local ordinances and may not
constitute a health hazard.
3.4 WASTE MINIMIZATION
Minimize the use of hazardous materials and the generation of waste.
Include procedures for pollution prevention/ hazardous waste minimization
in the Hazardous Waste Management Section of the EPP. Obtain a copy of
the installation's Pollution Prevention/Hazardous Waste Minimization Plan
for reference material when preparing this part of the EPP. If no written
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 18

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
plan exists, obtain information by contacting the Contracting Officer.
Describe the anticipated types of the hazardous materials to be used in
the construction when requesting information.
3.4.1 Salvage, Reuse and Recycle
Identify anticipated materials and waste for salvage, reuse, and
recycling. Describe actions to promote material reuse, resale or
recycling. To the extent practicable, all scrap metal must be sent for
reuse or recycling and will not be disposed of in a landfill.
Include the name, physical address, and telephone number of the hauler, if
transported by a franchised solid waste hauler. Include the destination
and, unless exempted, provide a copy of the state or local permit (cover)
or license for recycling.
3.4.2 Nonhazardous Solid Waste Diversion Report
Maintain an inventory of nonhazardous solid waste diversion and disposal
of construction and demolition debris. Submit a report to the Contracting
Officer on the first working day after each fiscal year quarter, starting
the first quarter that nonhazardous solid waste has been generated.
Include the following in the report:
Construction and Demolition (C&D) Debris
( ) cubic
yards
or tons,
as appropriate
Disposed
C&D Debris Recycled
( ) cubic
yards
or tons,
as appropriate
Total C&D Debris Generated
( ) cubic
yards
or tons,
as appropriate
Waste Sent to Waste -To -Energy Incineration
( ) cubic
yards
or tons,
as appropriate
Plant (This amount should not be included
in the recycled amount)
3.5 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
3.5.1 Waste Determination Documentation
Complete a Waste Determination form (provided at the pre -construction
conference) for Contractor -derived wastes to be generated. All
potentially hazardous solid waste streams that are not subject to a
specific exclusion or exemption from the hazardous waste regulations (e.g.
scrap metal, domestic sewage) or subject to special rules, (lead -acid
batteries and precious metals) must be characterized in accordance with
the requirements of 40 CFR 261 or corresponding applicable state or local
regulations. Base waste determination on user knowledge of the processes
and materials used, and analytical data when necessary. Consult with the
Installation environmental staff for guidance on specific requirements.
Attach support documentation to the Waste Determination form. As a
minimum, provide a Waste Determination form for the following waste (this
listing is not inclusive): oil- and latex -based painting and caulking
products, solvents, adhesives, aerosols, petroleum products, and
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 19

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
containers of the original materials.
3.5.2 Solid Waste Management
3.5.2.1 Solid Waste Management Report
Provide copies of the waste handling facilities' weight tickets, receipts,
bills of sale, and other sales documentation. In lieu of sales
documentation, a statement indicating the disposal location for the solid
waste that is signed by an employee authorized to legally obligate or bind
the firm may be submitted. The Contractor certification must include the
receiver's tax identification number and business, EPA or state
registration number, along with the receiver's delivery and business
addresses and telephone numbers. For each solid waste retained for the
Contractor's own use, submit the information previously described in this
paragraph on the solid waste disposal report. Prices paid or received do
not have to be reported to the Contracting Officer unless required by
other provisions or specifications of this Contract or public law.
3.5.2.2 Control and Management of Solid Wastes
Pick up solid wastes, and place in covered containers that are regularly
emptied. Do not prepare or cook food on the project site. Prevent
contamination of the site or other areas when handling and disposing of
wastes. At project completion, leave the areas clean. Employ segregation
measures so that no hazardous or toxic waste will become co -mingled with
non -hazardous solid waste. Transport solid waste off Government property
and dispose of it in compliance with 40 CFR 260, state, and local
requirements for solid waste disposal. A Subtitle D RCRA permitted
landfill is the minimum acceptable offsite solid waste disposal option.
Verify that the selected transporters and disposal facilities have the
necessary permits and licenses to operate. Segregate and separate treated
wood components disposed at a lined landfill approved to accept this waste
in accordance with local and state regulations. Solid waste disposal
offsite must comply with most stringent local, state, and federal
requirements, including 40 CFR 241, 40 CFR 243, and 40 CFR 258.
Manage hazardous material used in construction, including but not limited
to, aerosol cans, waste paint, cleaning solvents, contaminated brushes,
and used rags, in accordance with 49 CFR 173.
3.5.3 Control and Management of Hazardous Waste
Do not dispose of hazardous waste on Government property. Do not
discharge any waste to a sanitary sewer, storm drain, or to surface waters
or conduct waste treatment or disposal on Government property without
written approval of the Contracting Officer.
3.5.3.1 Hazardous Waste/Debris Management
Identify construction activities that will generate hazardous waste or
debris. Provide a documented waste determination for resultant waste
streams. Identify, label, handle, store, and dispose of hazardous waste
or debris in accordance with federal, state, and local regulations,
including 40 CFR 261, 40 CFR 262, 40 CFR 263, 40 CFR 264, 40 CFR 265,
40 CFR 266, and 40 CFR 268.
Manage hazardous waste in accordance with the approved Hazardous Waste
Management Section of the EPP. Store hazardous wastes in approved
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 20

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
W06895127
containers in accordance with 49 CFR 173 and 49 CFR 178. Hazardous waste
generated within the confines of Government facilities is identified as
being generated by the Government. Prior to removal of any hazardous
waste from Government property, hazardous waste manifests must be signed
by personnel from the Installation Environmental Office. Do not bring
hazardous waste onto Government property. Provide the Contracting Officer
with a copy of waste determination documentation for any solid waste
streams that have any potential to be hazardous waste or contain any
chemical constituents listed in 40 CFR 372-SUBPART D.
3.5.3.2 Waste Storage/Satellite Accumulation/90 Day Storage Areas
Accumulate hazardous waste at satellite accumulation points and in
compliance with 40 CFR 262.34 and applicable state or local regulations.
Individual waste streams will be limited to 55 gallons of accumulation (or
1 quart for acutely hazardous wastes). If the Contractor expects to
generate hazardous waste at a rate and quantity that makes satellite
accumulation impractical, the Contractor may request a temporary 90 day
accumulation point be established. Submit a request in writing to the
Contracting Officer and provide the following information (Attach Site
Plan to the Request):
Contract Number
( )
Contractor
( )
Haz/Waste or Regulated Waste POC
( )
Phone Number
( )
Type of Waste
( )
Source of Waste
( )
Emergency POC
( )
Phone Number
( )
Location of the Site
( )
Attach a Waste Determination form for the expected waste streams. Allow
10 working days for processing this request. Additional compliance
requirements (e.g. training and contingency planning) that may be required
are the responsibility of the Contractor. Barricade the designated area
where waste is being stored and post a sign identifying as follows:
"DANGER - UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL KEEP OUT"
3.5.3.3 Hazardous Waste Disposal
3.5.3.3.1 Responsibilities for Contractor's Disposal
Provide hazardous waste manifest to the Installations Environmental Office
for review, approval, and signature prior to shipping waste off Government
property.
3.5.3.3.1.1 Services
Provide service necessary for the final treatment or disposal of the
hazardous material or waste in accordance with 40 CFR 260, local, and
SECTION 01 57 19 Page 21

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
state, laws and regulations, and the terms and conditions of the Contract
within 60 days after the materials have been generated. These services
include necessary personnel, labor, transportation, packaging, detailed
analysis (if required for disposal or transportation, include manifesting
or complete waste profile sheets, equipment, and compile documentation).
3.5.3.3.1.2 Samples
Obtain a representative sample of the material generated for each job done
to provide waste stream determination.
3.5.3.3.1.3 Analysis
Analyze each sample taken and provide analytical results to the
Contracting Officer. See paragraph WASTE DETERMINATION DOCUMENTATION.
3.5.3.3.1.4 Labeling
Determine the Department of Transportation's (DOT'S) proper shipping names
for waste (each container requiring disposal) and demonstrate to the
Contracting Officer how this determination is developed and supported by
the sampling and analysis requirements contained herein. Label all
containers of hazardous waste with the words "Hazardous Waste" or other
words to describe the contents of the container in accordance with
40 CFR 262.31 and applicable state or local regulations.
3.5.3.4 Universal Waste Management
Manage the following categories of universal waste in accordance with
federal, state, and local requirements and installation instructions:
a. Batteries as described in 40 CFR 273.2
b. Lamps as described in 40 CFR 273.5
C. Mercury -containing equipment as described in 40 CFR 273.4
3.5.3.5 Electronics End -of -Life Management
Recycle or dispose of electronics waste, including, but not limited to,
used electronic devices such computers, monitors, hard -copy devices,
televisions, mobile devices, in accordance with 40 CFR 260-262, state, and
local requirements, and installation instructions.
3.5.3.6 Disposal Documentation for Hazardous and Regulated Waste
Contact the Contracting Officer for the facility RCRA identification
number that is to be used on each manifest.
Submit a copy of the applicable EPA and or state permit(s), manifest(s),
or license(s) for transportation, treatment, storage, and disposal of
hazardous and regulated waste by permitted facilities. Hazardous or toxic
waste manifests must be reviewed, signed, and approved by the Contracting
Officer before the Contractor may ship waste. To obtain specific disposal
instructions, coordinate with the Installation Environmental Office.
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 22

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
3.5.4 Releases/Spills of Oil and Hazardous Substances
3.5.4.1 Response and Notifications
Exercise due diligence to prevent, contain, and respond to spills of
hazardous material, hazardous substances, hazardous waste, sewage,
regulated gas, petroleum, lubrication oil, and other substances regulated
in accordance with 40 CFR 300. Maintain spill cleanup equipment and
materials at the work site. In the event of a spill, take prompt,
effective action to stop, contain, curtail, or otherwise limit the amount,
duration, and severity of the spill/release. In the event of any releases
of oil and hazardous substances, chemicals, or gases; immediately (within
15 minutes) notify the Installation Fire Department, the Installation
Command Duty Officer, the Installation Environmental Office, the
Contracting Officer and the state or local authority.
Submit verbal and written notifications as required by the federal
(40 CFR 300.125 and 40 CFR 355), state, local regulations and
instructions. Provide copies of the written notification and
documentation that a verbal notification was made within 20 days. Spill
response must be in accordance with 40 CFR 300 and applicable state and
local regulations. Contain and clean up these spills without cost to the
Government.
3.5.4.2 Clean Up
Clean up hazardous and non -hazardous waste spills. Reimburse the
Government for costs incurred including sample analysis materials,
clothing, equipment, and labor if the Government will initiate its own
spill cleanup procedures, for Contractor- responsible spills, when: Spill
cleanup procedures have not begun within one hour of spill
discovery/occurrence; or, in the Government's judgment, spill cleanup is
inadequate and the spill remains a threat to human health or the
environment.
3.5.5 Mercury Materials
Immediately report to the Environmental Office and the Contracting Officer
instances of breakage or mercury spillage. Clean mercury spill area to
the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer.
Do not recycle a mercury spill cleanup; manage it as a hazardous waste for
disposal.
3.5.6 Wastewater
3.5.6.1 Disposal of wastewater must be as specified below.
3.5.6.1.1 Treatment
Do not allow wastewater from construction activities, such as onsite
material processing, concrete curing, foundation and concrete clean-up,
water used in concrete trucks, and forms to enter water ways or to be
discharged prior to being treated to remove pollutants. Dispose of the
construction- related waste water off -Government property in accordance
with 40 CFR 403, state, regional, and local laws and regulations.
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 23

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
3.5.6.1.2 Surface Discharge
Surface discharge in accordance with federal, state, and local laws and
regulations.
3.5.6.1.3 Land Application
Water generated from the flushing of lines after disinfection or
disinfection in conjunction with hydrostatic testing must be in accordance
with federal, state, and local laws and regulations for land application.
3.6 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL MANAGEMENT
Include hazardous material control procedures in the Safety Plan, in
accordance with Section 01 35 26 GOVERNMENTAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.
Address procedures and proper handling of hazardous materials, including
the appropriate transportation requirements. Do not bring hazardous
material onto Government property that does not directly relate to
requirements for the performance of this contract. Submit an SDS and
estimated quantities to be used for each hazardous material to the
Contracting Officer prior to bringing the material on the installation.
Typical materials requiring SDS and quantity reporting include, but are
not limited to, oil and latex based painting and caulking products,
solvents, adhesives, aerosol, and petroleum products. Use hazardous
materials in a manner that minimizes the amount of hazardous waste
generated. Containers of hazardous materials must have National Fire
Protection Association labels or their equivalent. Certify that hazardous
materials removed from the site are hazardous materials and do not meet
the definition of hazardous waste, in accordance with 40 CFR 261.
3.6.1 Contractor Hazardous Material Inventory Log
Submit the "Contractor Hazardous Material Inventory Log"(found at:
https://www.wbdg.org/FFC/NAVGRAPH/graphtoc.pdf), which provides
information required by (EPCRA Sections 312 and 313) along with
corresponding SDS, to the Contracting Officer at the start and at the end
of construction (30 days from final acceptance), and update no later than
January 31 of each calendar year during the life of the contract. Keep
copies of the SDSs for hazardous materials onsite. At the end of the
project, provide the Contracting Officer with copies of the SDSs, and the
maximum quantity of each material that was present at the site at any one
time, the dates the material was present, the amount of each material that
was used during the project, and how the material was used.
The Contracting Officer may request documentation for any spills or
releases, environmental reports, or off -site transfers.
3.7 PREVIOUSLY USED EQUIPMENT
Clean previously used construction equipment prior to bringing it onto the
project site. Equipment must be free from soil residuals, egg deposits
from plant pests, noxious weeds, and plant seeds. Consult with the U.S.
Department of Agriculture jurisdictional office for additional cleaning
requirements.
3.8 PETROLEUM, OIL, LUBRICANT (POL) STORAGE AND FUELING
POL products include flammable or combustible liquids, such as gasoline,
diesel, lubricating oil, used engine oil, hydraulic oil, mineral oil, and
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 24

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
cooking oil. Store POL products and fuel equipment and motor vehicles in
a manner that affords the maximum protection against spills into the
environment. Manage and store POL products in accordance with EPA
40 CFR 112, and other federal, state, regional, and local laws and
regulations. Use secondary containments, dikes, curbs, and other
barriers, to prevent POL products from spilling and entering the ground,
storm or sewer drains, stormwater ditches or canals, or navigable waters
of the United States. Describe in the EPP (see paragraph ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION PLAN) how POL tanks and containers must be stored, managed, and
inspected and what protections must be provided. Storage of oil,
including fuel, on the project site is not allowed. Fuel must be brought
to the project site each day that work is performed.
3.8.1 Used Oil Management
Manage used oil generated on site in accordance with 40 CFR 279.
Determine if any used oil generated while onsite exhibits a characteristic
of hazardous waste. Used oil containing 1,000 parts per million of
solvents is considered a hazardous waste and disposed of at the
Contractor's expense. Used oil mixed with a hazardous waste is also
considered a hazardous waste. Dispose in accordance with paragraph
HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL.
3.9 INADVERTENT DISCOVERY OF PETROLEUM -CONTAMINATED SOIL OR HAZARDOUS
WASTES
If petroleum -contaminated soil, or suspected hazardous waste is found
during construction that was not identified in the Contract documents,
immediately notify the Contracting Officer. Do not disturb this material
until authorized by the Contracting Officer.
3.10 CHLORDANE
Evaluate excess soils and concrete foundation debris generated during the
demolition of housing units or other wooden structures for the presence of
chlordane or other pesticides prior to reuse or final disposal.
3.11 SOUND INTRUSION
Make the maximum use of low -noise emission products, as certified by the
EPA. Blasting or use of explosives are not permitted.
Keep construction activities under surveillance and control to minimize
environment damage by noise. Comply with the provisions of the State of
North Carolina rules.
3.12 POST CONSTRUCTION CLEANUP
Clean up areas used for construction in accordance with Contract Clause:
"Cleaning Up". Unless otherwise instructed in writing by the Contracting
Officer, remove traces of temporary construction facilities such as haul
roads, work area, structures, foundations of temporary structures,
stockpiles of excess or waste materials, and other vestiges of
construction prior to final acceptance of the work. Grade parking area
and similar temporarily used areas to conform with surrounding contours.
-- End of Section --
SECTION O1 57 19 Page 25

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic W06895127
SECTION 01 78 00
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
08/11
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by
the basic designation only.
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM E1971 (2005; R 2011) Standard Guide for
Stewardship for the Cleaning of Commercial
and Institutional Buildings
GREEN SEAL (GS)
GS-37 (2017) Cleaning Products for Industrial
and Institutional Use
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE (DOD)
FC 1-300-09N (2014; with Change 2) Navy and Marine
Corps Design Procedures
UFC 1-300-08 (2009, with Change 2) Criteria for
Transfer and Acceptance of DoD Real
Property
1.2 DEFINITIONS
1.2.1 As -Built Drawings
As -built drawings are developed and maintained by the Contractor and
depict actual conditions, including deviations from the Contract
Documents. These deviations and additions may result from coordination
required by, but not limited to: contract modifications; official
responses to Contractor submitted Requests for Information; direction from
the Contracting Officer; designs which are the responsibility of the
Contractor, and differing site conditions. Maintain the as-builts
throughout construction as red -lined hard copies on site. These files
serve as the basis for the creation of the record drawings.
1.2.2 Record Drawings
The record drawings are the final compilation of actual conditions
reflected in the as -built drawings.
1.3 SOURCE DRAWING FILES
Request the full set of electronic drawings, in the source format, for
Record Drawing preparation, after award and at least 30 days prior to
required use.
SECTION 01 78 00 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
1.3.1 Terms and Conditions
Data contained on these electronic files must not be used for any purpose
other than as a convenience in the preparation of construction drawings
and data for the referenced project. Any other use or reuse shall be at
the sole risk of the Contractor and without liability or legal exposure to
the Government. The Contractor must make no claim and waives to the
fullest extent permitted by law, any claim or cause of action of any
nature against the Government, its agents or sub consultants that may
arise out of or in connection with the use of these electronic files. The
Contractor must, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and
hold the Government harmless against all damages, liabilities or costs,
including reasonable attorney's fees and defense costs, arising out of or
resulting from the use of these electronic files.
These electronic CAD drawing files are not construction documents.
Differences may exist between the CAD files and the corresponding
construction documents. The Government makes no representation regarding
the accuracy or completeness of the electronic CAD files, nor does it make
representation to the compatibility of these files with the Contractor
hardware or software. In the event that a conflict arises between the
signed and sealed construction documents prepared by the Government and
the furnished Source drawing files, the signed and sealed construction
documents govern. The Contractor is responsible for determining if any
conflict exists. Use of these Source Drawing files does not relieve the
Contractor of duty to fully comply with the contract documents, including
and without limitation, the need to check, confirm and coordinate the work
of all contractors for the project. If the Contractor uses, duplicates or
modifies these electronic source drawing files for use in producing
construction drawings and data related to this contract, remove all
previous indicia of ownership (seals, logos, signatures, initials and
dates).
1.4 SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for all submittals. Submit the following
in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-03 Product Data
Warranty Management Plan
Warranty Tags
Final Cleaning
Spare Parts Data
SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions
Posted Instructions
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
Operation and Maintenance Manuals
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
As -Built Drawings
Interim DD FORM 1354
Checklist for DD FORM 1354
SECTION O1 78 00 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
1.5 SPARE PARTS DATA
Submit two copies of the Spare Parts Data list.
a. Indicate manufacturer's name, part number, nomenclature, and stock
level required for maintenance and repair. List those items that may
be standard to the normal maintenance of the system.
1.6 WARRANTY MANAGEMENT
1.6.1 Warranty Management Plan
Develop a warranty management plan which contains information relevant to
FAR 52.246-21 Warranty of Construction. At least 30 days before the
planned pre -warranty conference, submit three sets of the warranty
management plan. Include within the warranty management plan all required
actions and documents to assure that the Government receives all
warranties to which it is entitled. The plan must be in narrative form
and contain sufficient detail to render it suitable for use by future
maintenance and repair personnel, whether tradesmen, or of engineering
background, not necessarily familiar with this contract. The term
"status" as indicated below must include due date and whether item has
been submitted or was accomplished. Warranty information made available
during the construction phase must be submitted to the Contracting Officer
for approval prior to each monthly pay estimate. Assemble approved
information in a binder and turn over to the Government upon acceptance of
the work. The construction warranty period will begin on the date of
project acceptance and continue for the full product warranty period. A
joint 4 month and 9 month warranty inspection will be conducted, measured
from time of acceptance, by the Contractor, Contracting Officer and the
Customer Representative. Include within the warranty management plan ,
but not limited to, the following:
a. Roles and responsibilities of all personnel associated with the
warranty process, including points of contact and telephone numbers
within the organizations of the Contractors, subcontractors,
manufacturers or suppliers involved.
b. Furnish with each warranty the name, address, and telephone number of
each of the guarantor's representatives nearest to the project
location.
C. Listing and status of delivery of all Certificates of Warranty for
extended warranty items, to include roofs, HVAC balancing, pumps,
motors, transformers, and for all commissioned systems such as fire
protection and alarm systems, sprinkler systems, lightning protection
systems, etc.
d. A list for each warranted equipment, item, feature of construction or
system indicating:
(1) Name of item.
(2) Model and serial numbers.
(3) Location where installed.
(4) Name and phone numbers of manufacturers or suppliers.
(5) Names, addresses and telephone numbers of sources of spare parts.
(6) Warranties and terms of warranty. Include one-year overall
warranty of construction, including the starting date of warranty
SECTION O1 78 00 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
of construction. Items which have extended warranties must be
indicated with separate warranty expiration dates.
(7) Cross-reference to warranty certificates as applicable.
(8) Starting point and duration of warranty period.
(9) Summary of maintenance procedures required to continue the
warranty in force.
(10) Cross-reference to specific pertinent Operation and Maintenance
manuals.
(11) Organization, names and phone numbers of persons to call for
warranty service.
(12) Typical response time and repair time expected for various
warranted equipment.
e. The plans for attendance at the 4 and 9 month post -construction
warranty inspections conducted by the Government.
f. Procedure and status of tagging of all equipment covered by extended
warranties.
g. Copies of instructions to be posted near selected pieces of equipment
where operation is critical for warranty and/or safety reasons.
1.6.2 Performance Bond
The Performance Bond must remain effective throughout the construction
period.
a. In the event the Contractor fails to commence and diligently pursue
any construction warranty work required, the Contracting Officer will
have the work performed by others, and after completion of the work,
will charge the remaining construction warranty funds of expenses
incurred by the Government while performing the work, including, but
not limited to administrative expenses.
b. In the event sufficient funds are not available to cover the
construction warranty work performed by the Government at the
Contractor's expense, the Contracting Officer will have the right to
recoup expenses from the bonding company.
C. Following oral or written notification of required construction
warranty repair work, respond in a timely manner. Written
verification will follow oral instructions. Failure to respond will
be cause for the Contracting Officer to proceed against the Contractor.
1.6.3 Pre -Warranty Conference
Prior to contract completion, and at a time designated by the Contracting
Officer, meet with the Contracting Officer to develop a mutual
understanding with respect to the requirements of this section.
Communication procedures for Contractor notification of construction
warranty defects, priorities with respect to the type of defect,
reasonable time required for Contractor response, and other details deemed
necessary by the Contracting Officer for the execution of the construction
warranty will be established/reviewed at this meeting. In connection with
these requirements and at the time of the Contractor's quality control
completion inspection, furnish the name, telephone number and address of a
licensed and bonded company which is authorized to initiate and pursue
construction warranty work action on behalf of the Contractor. This point
of contact will be located within the local service area of the warranted
SECTION O1 78 00 Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
W06895127
construction, be continuously available, and be responsive to Government
inquiry on warranty work action and status. This requirement does not
relieve the Contractor of any of its responsibilities in connection with
other portions of this provision.
1.6.4 Warranty Tags
At the time of installation, tag each warranted item with a durable, oil
and water resistant tag approved by the Contracting Officer. Attach each
tag with a copper wire and spray with a silicone waterproof coating.
Also, submit two record copies of the warranty tags showing the layout and
design. The date of acceptance and the QC signature must remain blank
until the project is accepted for beneficial occupancy. Show the
following information on the tag.
Type of product/material
Model number
Serial number
Contract number
Warranty period from/to
Inspector's signature
Construction Contractor
Address
Telephone number
Warranty contact
Address
Telephone number
Warranty response time
priority code
WARNING - PROJECT PERSONNEL TO PERFORM ONLY OPERATIONAL MAINTENANCE DURING THE
WARRANTY PERIOD.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
SECTION 01 78 00 Page 5

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS
Provide and maintain two black line print copies of the PDF contract
drawings for As -Built Drawings. At a minimum of 30 days prior to
Beneficial Occupancy Date (BOD), certify both sets of as -built drawings as
correct, sign, and submit the As -Built Drawings for Contracting Officer
approval.
3.1.1 Markup Guidelines
Make comments and markup the drawings complete without reference to
letters, memos, or materials that are not part of the As -Built drawing.
Show what was changed, how it was changed, where item(s) were relocated
and change related details. These working as -built markup prints must be
neat, legible and accurate as follows:
a. Use base colors of red, green, and blue. Color code for changes as
follows:
(1) Special (Blue) - Items requiring special information,
coordination, or special detailing or detailing notes.
(2) Deletions (Red) - Over -strike deleted graphic items (lines),
lettering in notes and leaders.
(3) Additions (Green) - Added items, lettering in notes and leaders.
b. Provide a legend if colors other than the "base" colors of red, green,
and blue are used.
C. Add and denote any additional equipment or material facilities,
service lines, incorporated under As -Built Revisions if not already
shown in legend.
d. Use frequent written explanations on markup drawings to describe
changes. Do not totally rely on graphic means to convey the revision.
e. Use legible lettering and precise and clear digital values when
marking prints. Clarify ambiguities concerning the nature and
application of change involved.
f. Wherever a revision is made, also make changes to related section
views, details, legend, profiles, plans and elevation views,
schedules, notes and call out designations, and mark accordingly to
avoid conflicting data on all other sheets.
g. For deletions, cross out all features, data and captions that relate
to that revision.
h. For changes on small-scale drawings and in restricted areas, provide
large-scale inserts, with leaders to the applicable location.
i. Indicate one of the following when attaching a print or sketch to a
markup print:
1) Add an entire drawing to contract drawings
SECTION O1 78 00 Page 6

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
2) Change the contract drawing to show
3) Provided for reference only to further detail the initial design.
j. Incorporate all shop and fabrication drawings into the markup drawings.
3.1.2 As -Built Drawings Content
Show on the as -built drawings, but not limited to, the following
information:
a. The actual location, kinds and sizes of all sub -surface utility
lines. In order that the location of these lines and appurtenances
may be determined in the event the surface openings or indicators
become covered over or obscured, show by offset dimensions to two
permanently fixed surface features the end of each run including each
change in direction on the record drawings. Locate valves, splice
boxes and similar appurtenances by dimensioning along the utility run
from a reference point. Also record the average depth below the
surface of each run.
b. The location and dimensions of any changes within the building
structure.
C. Layout and schematic drawings of electrical circuits and piping.
d. Correct grade, elevations, cross section, or alignment of roads,
earthwork, structures or utilities if any changes were made from
contract plans.
e. Changes in details of design or additional information obtained from
working drawings specified to be prepared or furnished by the
Contractor; including but not limited to shop drawings, fabrication,
erection, installation plans and placing details, pipe sizes,
insulation material, dimensions of equipment, and foundations.
f. The topography, invert elevations and grades of drainage installed or
affected as part of the project construction.
g. Changes or Revisions which result from the final inspection.
h. Where contract drawings or specifications present options, show only
the option selected for construction on the working as -built markup
drawings.
i. If borrow material for this project is from sources on Government
property, or if Government property is used as a spoil area, furnish a
contour map of the final borrow pit/spoil area elevations.
j. Systems designed or enhanced by the Contractor, such as HVAC controls,
fire alarm, fire sprinkler, and irrigation systems.
k. Changes in location of equipment and architectural features.
j. Modifications (include within change order price the cost to change
working as -built markup drawings to reflect modifications) and
compliance with FC 1-300-09N procedures.
1. Actual location of anchors, construction and control joints, etc., in
SECTION O1 78 00 Page 7

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
concrete.
M. Unusual or uncharted obstructions that are encountered in the contract
work area during construction.
n. Location, extent, thickness, and size of stone protection particularly
where it will be normally submerged by water.
3.2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
Provide project operation and maintenance manuals as specified in Section
O1 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS DATA. Provide four electronic
copies of the Operation and Maintenance Manual files. Submit to the
Contracting Officer for approval within 60 calendar days of the Beneficial
Occupancy Date (BOD). Update and resubmit files for final approval at BOD.
3.3 CLEANUP
Provide final cleaning in accordance with ASTM E1971 and submit two copies
of the listing of completed final clean-up items. Leave premises "broom
clean." Comply with GS-37 for general purpose cleaning and bathroom
cleaning. Use only nonhazardous cleaning materials, including natural
cleaning materials, in the final cleanup. Clean interior and exterior
glass surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and
foreign substances; polish transparent and glossy surfaces; vacuum
carpeted and soft surfaces. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary
condition. Replace filters of operating equipment and comply with the
Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Management Plan. Clean debris from roofs,
gutters, downspouts and drainage systems. Sweep paved areas and rake
clean landscaped areas. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish and
construction facilities from the site. Recycle, salvage, and return
construction and demolition waste from project in accordance with Section
O1 57 19 TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS.
3.4 REAL PROPERTY RECORD
Near the completion of Project, but a minimum of 60 days prior to final
acceptance of the work, complete and submit an accounting of all installed
property with Interim DD FORM 1354. Include any additional assets,
improvements, and alterations from the Draft DD FORM 1354. Contact the
Contracting Officer for any project specific information necessary to
complete the DD FORM 1354. Refer to UFC 1-300-08 for instruction on
completing the DD FORM 1354. For convenience, a blank fillable PDF DD
FORM 1354 may be obtained at the following link:
www.esd.whs.mil/Portals/54/Documents/DD/forms/dd/ddl354.pdf
Submit the completed Checklist for DD FORM 1354 of Installed Building
Equipment items. Attach this list to the updated DD FORM 1354.
-- End of Section --
SECTION O1 78 00 Page 8

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic W06895127
SECTION 01 78 23
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
08/15
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by
the basic designation only.
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM E1971 (2005; R 2011) Standard Guide for
Stewardship for the Cleaning of Commercial
and Institutional Buildings
1.2 SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
0&M Database
Training Plan
Training Outline
Training Content
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Validation of Training Completion
1.3 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
Submit Operation and Maintenance (0&M) Data for the provided equipment,
product, or system, defining the importance of system interactions,
troubleshooting, and long-term preventive operation and maintenance.
Compile, prepare, and aggregate O&M data to include clarifying and
updating the original sequences of operation to as -built conditions.
Organize and present information in sufficient detail to clearly explain
0&M requirements at the system, equipment, component, and subassembly
level. Include an index preceding each submittal. Submit in accordance
with this section and Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES.
1.3.1 Package Quality
Documents must be fully legible. Operation and Maintenance data must be
consistent with the manufacturer's standard brochures, schematics, printed
instructions, general operating procedures, and safety precautions.
1.3.2 Package Content
Provide data package content in accordance with paragraph SCHEDULE OF
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PACKAGES. Comply with the data package
requirements specified in the individual technical sections, including the
SECTION 01 78 23 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
content of the packages and addressing each product, component, and system
designated for data package submission, except as follows. Use Data
Package 5 for commissioned items without a specified data package
requirement in the individual technical sections. Provide a Data Package
5 instead of Data Package 1 or 2, as specified in the individual technical
section, for items that are commissioned.
1.3.3 Changes to Submittals
Provide manufacturer -originated changes or revisions to submitted data if
a component of an item is so affected subsequent to acceptance of the 0&M
Data. Submit changes, additions, or revisions required by the Contracting
Officer for final acceptance of submitted data within 30 calendar days of
the notification of this change requirement.
1.3.4 Commissioning Authority Review and Approval
Submit the commissioned systems and equipment submittals to the
Commissioning Authority (CxA) to review for completeness and
applicability. Obtain validation from the CxA that the systems and
equipment provided meet the requirements of the Contract documents and
design intent, particularly as they relate to functionality, energy
performance, water performance, maintainability, sustainability, system
cost, indoor environmental quality, and local environmental impacts. The
CxA communicates deficiencies to the Contracting Officer. Submit the 0&M
manuals to the Contracting Officer upon a successful review of the
corrections, and with the CxA recommendation for approval and acceptance
of these 0&M manuals. This work is in addition to the normal review
procedures for 0&M data.
1.4 O&M DATABASE
Develop an editable, electronic spreadsheet based on the equipment in the
Operation and Maintenance Manuals that contains the information required
to start a preventive maintenance program. As a minimum, provide list of
system equipment, location installed, warranty expiration date,
manufacturer, model, and serial number.
1.5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL FILE FORMAT
Assemble data packages into electronic Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
Assemble each manual into a composite electronically indexed file using
the most current version of Adobe Acrobat or similar software capable of
producing PDF file format. Provide compact disks (CD) or data digital
versatile disk (DVD) as appropriate, so that each one contains operation,
maintenance and record files, project record documents, and training
videos. Include a complete electronically linked operation and
maintenance directory.
1.5.1 Organization
Bookmark Product and Drawing Information documents using the current
version of CSI Masterformat numbering system, and arrange submittals using
the specification sections as a structure. Use CSI Masterformat and UFGS
numbers along with descriptive bookmarked titles that explain the content
of the information that is being bookmarked.
SECTION O1 78 23 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
1.5.2 CD or DVD Label and Disk Holder or Case
Provide the following information on the disk label and disk holder or
case:
a. Building Number
b. Project Title
C. Activity and Location
d. Construction Contract Number
e. Prepared For: (Contracting Agency)
f. Prepared By: (Name, title, phone number and email address)
g. Include the disk content on the disk label
h. Date
i. Virus scanning program used
1.6 TYPES OF INFORMATION REQUIRED IN 0&M DATA PACKAGES
The following are a detailed description of the data package items listed
in paragraph SCHEDULE OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PACKAGES.
1.6.1 Operating Instructions
Provide specific instructions, procedures, and illustrations for the
following phases of operation for the installed model and features of each
system:
1.6.1.1 Safety Precautions and Hazards
List personnel hazards and equipment or product safety precautions for
operating conditions. List all residual hazards identified in the AHA
provided under Section 01 35 26 GOVERNMENTAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS. Provide
recommended safeguards for each identified hazard.
1.6.1.2 Operator Prestart
Provide procedures required to install, set up, and prepare each system
for use.
1.6.1.3 Startup, Shutdown, and Post -Shutdown Procedures
Provide narrative description for Startup, Shutdown and Post -shutdown
operating procedures including the control sequence for each procedure.
1.6.1.4 Normal Operations
Provide Control Diagrams with data to explain operation and control of
systems and specific equipment. Provide narrative description of Normal
Operating Procedures.
1.6.1.5 Emergency Operations
Provide Emergency Procedures for equipment malfunctions to permit a short
period of continued operation or to shut down the equipment to prevent
further damage to systems and equipment. Provide Emergency Shutdown
Instructions for fire, explosion, spills, or other foreseeable
contingencies. Provide guidance and procedures for emergency operation of
utility systems including required valve positions, valve locations and
zones or portions of systems controlled.
SECTION O1 78 23 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
1.6.1.6 Operator Service Requirements
Provide instructions for services to be performed by the operator such as
lubrication, adjustment, inspection, and recording gauge readings.
1.6.1.7 Environmental Conditions
Provide a list of Environmental Conditions (temperature, humidity, and
other relevant data) that are best suited for the operation of each
product, component or system. Describe conditions under which the item
equipment should not be allowed to run.
1.6.1.8 Operating Log
Provide forms, sample logs, and instructions for maintaining necessary
operating records.
1.6.1.9 Additional Requirements for HVAC Control Systems
Provide Data Package 5 and the following for control systems:
a. Narrative description on how to perform and apply functions, features,
modes, and other operations, including unoccupied operation, seasonal
changeover, manual operation, and alarms. Include detailed technical
manual for programming and customizing control loops and algorithms.
b. Full as -built sequence of operations.
C. Copies of checkout tests and calibrations performed by the Contractor
(not Cx tests).
d. Full points list. Provide a listing of rooms with the following
information for each room:
(1) Floor
(2) Room number
(3) Room name
(4) Air handler unit ID
(5) Reference drawing number
(6) Air terminal unit tag ID
(7) Heating or cooling valve tag ID
(8) Minimum cfm
(9) Maximum cfm
e. Full print out of all schedules and set points after testing and
acceptance of the system.
f. Full as -built print out of software program.
g. Marking of system sensors and thermostats on the as -built floor plan
and mechanical drawings with their control system designations.
1.6.2 Preventive Maintenance
Provide the following information for preventive and scheduled maintenance
to minimize repairs for the installed model and features of each system.
Include potential environmental and indoor air quality impacts of
recommended maintenance procedures and materials.
SECTION O1 78 23 Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
1.6.2.1 Lubrication Data
Include the following preventive maintenance lubrication data, in addition
to instructions for lubrication required under paragraph OPERATOR SERVICE
REQUIREMENTS:
a. A table showing recommended lubricants for specific temperature ranges
and applications.
b. Charts with a schematic diagram of the equipment showing lubrication
points, recommended types and grades of lubricants, and capacities.
C. A Lubrication Schedule showing service interval frequency.
1.6.2.2 Preventive Maintenance Plan, Schedule, and Procedures
Provide manufacturer's schedule for routine preventive maintenance,
inspections, condition monitoring (predictive tests) and adjustments
required to ensure proper and economical operation and to minimize
repairs. Provide instructions stating when the systems should be
retested. Provide manufacturer's projection of preventive maintenance
work -hours on a daily, weekly, monthly, and annual basis including craft
requirements by type of craft. For periodic calibrations, provide
manufacturer's specified frequency and procedures for each separate
operation.
a. Define the anticipated time required to perform each test
(work -hours), test apparatus, number of personnel identified by
responsibility, and a testing validation procedure permitting the
record operation capability requirements within the schedule. Provide
a remarks column for the testing validation procedure referencing
operating limits of time, pressure, temperature, volume, voltage,
current, acceleration, velocity, alignment, calibration, adjustments,
cleaning, or special system notes. Delineate procedures for
preventive maintenance, inspection, adjustment, lubrication and
cleaning necessary to minimize repairs.
b. Repair requirements must inform operators how to check out,
troubleshoot, repair, and replace components of the system. Include
electrical and mechanical schematics and diagrams and diagnostic
techniques necessary to enable operation and troubleshooting of the
system after acceptance.
1.6.2.3 Cleaning Recommendations
Provide environmentally preferable cleaning recommendations in accordance
with ASTM E1971.
1.6.3 Repair
Provide manufacturer's recommended procedures and instructions for
correcting problems and making repairs for the installed model and
features of each system. Include potential environmental and indoor air
quality impacts of recommended maintenance procedures and materials.
1.6.3.1 Troubleshooting Guides and Diagnostic Techniques
Provide step-by-step procedures to promptly isolate the cause of typical
malfunctions. Describe clearly why the checkout is performed and what
SECTION O1 78 23 Page 5

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
conditions are to be sought. Identify tests or inspections and test
equipment required to determine whether parts and equipment may be reused
or require replacement.
1.6.3.2 Wiring Diagrams and Control Diagrams
Provide point-to-point drawings of wiring and control circuits including
factory -field interfaces. Provide a complete and accurate depiction of
the actual job specific wiring and control work. On diagrams, number
electrical and electronic wiring and pneumatic control tubing and the
terminals for each type, identically to actual installation configuration
and numbering.
1.6.3.3 Repair Procedures
Provide instructions and a list of tools required to repair or restore the
product or equipment to proper condition or operating standards.
1.6.3.4 Removal and Replacement Instructions
Provide step-by-step procedures and a list of required tools and supplies
for removal, replacement, disassembly, and assembly of components,
assemblies, subassemblies, accessories, and attachments. Provide
tolerances, dimensions, settings and adjustments required. Use a
combination of text and illustrations.
1.6.3.5 Spare Parts and Supply Lists
Provide lists of spare parts and supplies required for repair to ensure
continued service or operation without unreasonable delays. Special
consideration is required for facilities at remote locations. List spare
parts and supplies that have a long lead-time to obtain.
1.6.3.6 Repair Work -Hours
Provide manufacturer's projection of repair work -hours including
requirements by type of craft. Identify, and tabulate separately, repair
that requires the equipment manufacturer to complete or to participate.
1.6.4 Appendices
Provide information required below and information not specified in the
preceding paragraphs but pertinent to the maintenance or operation of the
product or equipment. Include the following:
1.6.4.1 Product Submittal Data
Provide a copy of SD-03 Product Data submittals documented with the
required approval.
1.6.4.2 Manufacturer's Instructions
Provide a copy of SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions submittals documented
with the required approval.
1.6.4.3 0&M Submittal Data
Provide a copy of SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data submittals
documented with the required approval.
SECTION O1 78 23 Page 6

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
1.6.4.4 Parts Identification
Provide identification and coverage for the parts of each component,
assembly, subassembly, and accessory of the end items subject to
replacement. Include special hardware requirements, such as requirement
to use high -strength bolts and nuts. Identify parts by make, model,
serial number, and source of supply to allow reordering without further
identification. Provide clear and legible illustrations, drawings, and
exploded views to enable easy identification of the items. When
illustrations omit the part numbers and description, both the
illustrations and separate listing must show the index, reference, or key
number that will cross-reference the illustrated part to the listed part.
Group the parts shown in the listings by components, assemblies, and
subassemblies in accordance with the manufacturer's standard practice.
Parts data may cover more than one model or series of equipment,
components, assemblies, subassemblies, attachments, or accessories, such
as typically shown in a master parts catalog.
1.6.4.5 Warranty Information
List and explain the various warranties and clearly identify the servicing
and technical precautions prescribed by the manufacturers or contract
documents in order to keep warranties in force. Include warranty
information for primary componentsof the system. Provide copies of
warranties required by Section 01 78 00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS.
1.6.4.6 Extended Warranty Information
List all warranties for products, equipment, components, and
sub -components whose duration exceeds one year. For each warranty listed,
indicate the applicable specification section, duration, start date, end
date, and the point of contact for warranty fulfillment. Also, list or
reference the specific operation and maintenance procedures that must be
performed to keep the warranty valid. Provide copies of warranties
required by Section 01 78 00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS.
1.6.4.7 Personnel Training Requirements
Provide information available from the manufacturers that is needed for
use in training designated personnel to properly operate and maintain the
equipment and systems.
1.6.4.8 Testing Equipment and Special Tool Information
Include information on test equipment required to perform specified tests
and on special tools needed for the operation, maintenance, and repair of
components. Provide final set points.
1.6.4.9 Testing and Performance Data
Include completed prefunctional checklists, functional performance test
forms, and monitoring reports. Include recommended schedule for retesting
and blank test forms. Provide final set points.
1.6.4.10 Field Test Reports
Provide a copy of Field Test Reports (SD-06) submittals documented with
the required approval.
SECTION O1 78 23 Page 7

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
1.6.4.11 Contractor Information
Provide a list that includes the name, address, and telephone number of
the General Contractor and each Subcontractor who installed the product or
equipment, or system. For each item, also provide the name address and
telephone number of the manufacturer's representative and service
organization that can provide replacements most convenient to the project
site. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of the product,
equipment, and system manufacturers.
1.7 SCHEDULE OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PACKAGES
Provide the 0&M data packages specified in individual technical sections.
The information required in each type of data package follows:
1.7.1 Data Package 1
a. Safety precautions and hazards
b. Cleaning recommendations
C. Maintenance and repair procedures
d. Warranty information
e. Extended warranty information
f. Contractor information
g. Spare parts and supply list
1.7.2 Data Package 2
a. Safety precautions and hazards
b. Normal operations
C. Environmental conditions
d. Lubrication data
e. Preventive maintenance plan, schedule, and procedures
f. Cleaning recommendations
g. Maintenance and repair procedures
h. Removal and replacement instructions
i. Spare parts and supply list
j. Parts identification
k. Warranty information
1. Extended warranty information
M. Contractor information
1.7.3 Data Package 3
a. Safety precautions and hazards
b. Operator prestart
C. Startup, shutdown, and post -shutdown procedures
d. Normal operations
e. Emergency operations
f. Environmental conditions
g. Operating log
h. Lubrication data
i. Preventive maintenance plan, schedule, and procedures
j. Cleaning recommendations
k. Troubleshooting guides and diagnostic techniques
1. Wiring diagrams and control diagrams
M. Maintenance and repair procedures
n. Removal and replacement instructions
o. Spare parts and supply list
SECTION O1 78 23 Page 8

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
p. Product submittal data
q. O&M submittal data
r. Parts identification
S. Warranty information
t. Extended warranty information
U. Testing equipment and special tool information
V. Testing and performance data
W. Contractor information
X. Field test reports
1.7.4 Data Package 4
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g-
h.
i.
J•
k.
1.
M.
n.
o.
p-
q
r.
S.
t.
u.
v.
w.
x.
y-
z.
as
Safety precautions and hazards
Operator prestart
Startup, shutdown, and post -shutdown procedures
Normal operations
Emergency operations
Operator service requirements
Environmental conditions
Operating log
Lubrication data
Preventive maintenance plan, schedule,
Cleaning recommendations
Troubleshooting guides and diagnostic
Wiring diagrams and control diagrams
Repair procedures
Removal and replacement instructions
Spare parts and supply list
Repair work -hours
Product submittal data
O&M submittal data
Parts identification
Warranty information
Extended warranty information
Personnel training requirements
and procedures
techniques
Testing equipment and special tool information
Testing and performance data
Contractor information
Field test reports
1.7.5 Data Package 5
a. Safety precautions and hazards
b. Operator prestart
C. Start-up, shutdown, and post -shutdown procedures
d. Normal operations
e. Environmental conditions
f. Preventive maintenance plan, schedule, and procedures
g. Troubleshooting guides and diagnostic techniques
h. Wiring and control diagrams
i. Maintenance and repair procedures
j. Removal and replacement instructions
k. Spare parts and supply list
1. Product submittal data
M. Manufacturer's instructions
n. O&M submittal data
o. Parts identification
p. Testing equipment and special tool information
q. Warranty information
SECTION O1 78 23 Page 9

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
r. Extended warranty information
S. Testing and performance data
t. Contractor information
U. Field test reports
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 TRAINING
Prior to acceptance of the facility by the Contracting Officer for
Beneficial Occupancy, provide comprehensive training for the systems and
equipment specified in the technical specifications. The training must be
targeted for the Facilities Management Specialist, building maintenance
personnel, and applicable building occupants. Instructors must be
well -versed in the particular systems that they are presenting. Address
aspects of the Operation and Maintenance Manual submitted in accordance
with Section 01 78 00 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS. Training must include
classroom or field lectures based on the system operating requirements.
The location of classroom training requires approval by the Contracting
Officer.
3.1.1 Training Plan
Submit a written training plan to the Contracting Officer for approval at
least 60 calendar days prior to the scheduled training. Training plan
must be approved by the Quality Control Manager (QC) prior to forwarding
to the Contracting Officer. Also, coordinate the training schedule with
the Contracting Officer and QC. Include within the plan the following
elements:
a. Equipment included in training
b. Intended audience
C. Location of training
d. Dates of training
e. Objectives
f. Outline of the information to be presented and subjects covered
including description
g. Start and finish times and duration of training on each subject
h. Methods (e.g. classroom lecture, video, site walk-through, actual
operational demonstrations, written handouts)
i. Instructor names and instructor qualifications for each subject
j. List of texts and other materials to be furnished by the Contractor
that are required to support training
SECTION O1 78 23 Page 10

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
3.1.2 Training Content
The core of this training must be based on manufacturer's recommendations
and the operation and maintenance information. The QC Manager is
responsible for overseeing and approving the content and adequacy of the
training. Spend 95 percent of the instruction time during the
presentation on the OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA. Include the following
for each system training presentation:
a. Start-up, normal operation, shutdown, unoccupied operation, seasonal
changeover, manual operation, controls set-up and programming,
troubleshooting, and alarms.
b. Relevant health and safety issues.
C. Discussion of how the feature or system is environmentally
responsive. Advise adjustments and optimizing methods for energy
conservation.
d. Design intent.
e. Use of 0&M Manual Files.
f. Review of control drawings and schematics.
g. Interactions with other systems.
h. Special maintenance and replacement sources.
i. Tenant interaction issues.
3.1.3 Training Outline
Provide the Operation and Maintenance Manual Files (Bookmarked PDF) and a
written course outline listing the major and minor topics to be discussed
by the instructor on each day of the course to each trainee in the
course. Provide the course outline 14 calendar days prior to the training.
3.1.4 Unresolved Questions from Attendees
If, at the end of the training course, there are questions from attendees
that remain unresolved, the instructor must send the answers, in writing,
to the Contracting Officer for transmittal to the attendees.
3.1.5 Validation of Training Completion
Ensure that each attendee at each training session signs a class roster
daily to confirm Government participation in the training. At the
completion of training, submit a signed validation letter that includes a
sample record of training for reporting what systems were included in the
training, who provided the training, when and where the training was
performed, and copies of the signed class rosters. Provide two copies of
the validation to the Contracting Officer, and one copy to the Operation
and Maintenance Manual Preparer for inclusion into the Manual's
documentation.
3.1.6 Quality Control Coordination
SECTION O1 78 23 Page 11

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
Coordinate this training with the QC Manager in accordance with Section
O1 45 00.00 20 QUALITY CONTROL.
-- End of Section --
SECTION O1 78 23 Page 12

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic W06895127
SECTION 02 41 00
DEMOLITION
05/10
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by
the basic designation only.
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF SAFETY PROFESSIONALS (ASSP)
ASSP A10.6 (2006) Safety & Health Program
Requirements for Demolition Operations -
American National Standard for
Construction and Demolition Operations
U.S. ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS (USACE)
EM 385-1-1 (2014) Safety and Health Requirements
Manual
U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)
40 CFR 61 National Emission Standards for Hazardous
Air Pollutants
1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1.2.1 Demolition/Deconstruction Plan
Prepare a Demolition Plan and submit proposed demolition and removal
procedures for approval before work is started. Include in the plan
procedures for careful removal and disposition of materials specified to
be removed, a detailed description of methods and equipment to be used for
each operation and of the sequence of operations.
1.2.2 General Requirements
Do not begin demolition until authorization is received from the
Contracting Officer. Remove rubbish and debris from the project site; do
not allow accumulations inside or outside the buildings. The work includes
demolition, salvage of identified items and materials, and removal of
resulting rubbish and debris. Remove rubbish and debris from Government
property daily, unless otherwise directed. Store materials that cannot be
removed daily in areas specified by the Contracting Officer. In the
interest of occupational safety and health, perform the work in accordance
with EM 385-1-1, Section 23, Demolition, and other applicable Sections.
1.3 ITEMS TO REMAIN IN PLACE
Take necessary precautions to avoid damage to existing items to remain in
place, to be reused, or to remain the property of the Government. Repair
or replace damaged items as approved by the Contracting Officer.
SECTION 02 41 00 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
Coordinate the work of this section with all other work indicated.
Construct and maintain shoring, bracing, and supports as required. Ensure
that structural elements are not overloaded. Provide new supports and
reinforcement for existing construction weakened by demolition,
deconstruction, or removal work. Repairs, reinforcement, or structural
replacement require approval by the Contracting Officer prior to
performing such work.
1.3.1 Existing Construction Limits and Protection
Do not disturb existing construction beyond the extent indicated or
necessary for installation of new construction. Provide temporary shoring
and bracing for support of building components to prevent settlement or
other movement. Provide protective measures to control accumulation and
migration of dust and dirt in all work areas. Remove dust, dirt, and
debris from work areas daily.
1.3.2 Trees
Protect trees within the project site which might be damaged during
demolition or deconstruction, and which are indicated to be left in place,
by a 6 foot high fence. Erect and secure fence a minimum of 5 feet from
the trunk of individual trees or follow the outer perimeter of branches or
clumps of trees. Replace any tree designated to remain that is damaged
during the work under this contract with like -kind or as approved by the
Contracting Officer.
1.3.3 Utility Service
Maintain existing utilities indicated to stay in service and protect
against damage during demolition and deconstruction operations. Prior to
start of work, utilities serving each area of alteration or removal will
be shut off by the Government and disconnected and sealed by the Contractor.
1.3.4 Facilities
Protect electrical and mechanical services and utilities. Where removal
of existing utilities and pavement is specified or indicated, provide
approved barricades, temporary covering of exposed areas, and temporary
services or connections for electrical and mechanical utilities. Floors,
roofs, walls, columns, pilasters, and other structural components that are
designed and constructed to stand without lateral support or shoring, and
are determined to be in stable condition, must remain standing without
additional bracing, shoring, or lateral support until demolished or
deconstructed, unless directed otherwise by the Contracting Officer.
Ensure that no elements determined to be unstable are left unsupported and
place and secure bracing, shoring, or lateral supports as may be required
as a result of any cutting, removal, deconstruction, or demolition work
performed under this contract.
1.4 BURNING
The use of burning at the project site for the disposal of refuse and
debris will not be permitted.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SECTION 02 41 00 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Demolition Plan
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Receipts
Receipts and Bills of Laden, as specified.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Submit timely notification of demolition projects to Federal, State,
regional, and local authorities in accordance with 40 CFR 61, Subpart M.
Notify the Contracting Officer in writing 10 working days prior to the
commencement of work in accordance with 40 CFR 61, Subpart M. Comply with
federal, state, and local hauling and disposal regulations. In addition
to the requirements of the "Contract Clauses," conform to the safety
requirements contained in ASSP A10.6. Comply with the Environmental
Protection Agency requirements specified. Use of explosives will not be
permitted.
1.6.1 Dust and Debris Control
Prevent the spread of dust and debris to occupied portions of the building
and avoid the creation of a nuisance or hazard in the surrounding area.
Do not use water if it results in hazardous or objectionable conditions
such as, but not limited to, ice, flooding, or pollution. Sweep pavements
as often as necessary to control the spread of debris that may result in
foreign object damage potential to aircraft.
1.7 PROTECTION
1.7.1 Traffic Control Signs
a. Where pedestrian and driver safety is endangered in the area of
removal work, use traffic barricades with flashing lights. Notify the
Contracting Officer prior to beginning such work.
1.7.2 Protection of Personnel
Before, during and after the demolition work continuously evaluate the
condition of the structure being demolished and take immediate action to
protect all personnel working in and around the project site. No area,
section, or component of floors, roofs, walls, columns, pilasters, or
other structural element will be allowed to be left standing without
sufficient bracing, shoring, or lateral support to prevent collapse or
failure while workmen remove debris or perform other work in the immediate
area.
1.8 RELOCATIONS
Perform the removal and reinstallation of relocated items as indicated
with workmen skilled in the trades involved. Repair or replace items to
be relocated which are damaged by the Contractor with new undamaged items
as approved by the Contracting Officer.
SECTION 02 41 00 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
1.9 EXISTING CONDITIONS
Before beginning any demolition or deconstruction work, survey the site
and examine the drawings and specifications to determine the extent of the
work. Record existing conditions in the presence of the Contracting
Officer showing the condition of structures and other facilities adjacent
to areas of alteration or removal. Photographs sized 4 inch will be
acceptable as a record of existing conditions. Include in the record the
elevation of the top of foundation walls, finish floor elevations,
possible conflicting electrical conduits, plumbing lines, alarms systems,
the location and extent of existing cracks and other damage and
description of surface conditions that exist prior to before starting
work. It is the Contractor's responsibility to verify and document all
required outages which will be required during the course of work, and to
note these outages on the record document. Submit survey results.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXISTING FACILITIES TO BE REMOVED
3.1.1 Utilities and Related Equipment
3.1.1.1 General Requirements
Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or used facilities,
except when authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer. Do not
interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by the
Government except when approved in writing and then only after temporary
utility services have been approved and provided. Do not begin demolition
or deconstruction work until all utility disconnections have been made.
Shut off and cap utilities for future use, as indicated.
3.1.1.2 Disconnecting Existing Utilities
Remove existing utilities, as indicated and terminate in a manner
conforming to the nationally recognized code covering the specific utility
and approved by the Contracting Officer. When utility lines are
encountered but are not indicated on the drawings, notify the Contracting
Officer prior to further work in that area. Remove meters and related
equipment and deliver to a location in accordance with instructions of the
Contracting Officer.
3.1.2 Chain Link Fencing
Remove chain link fencing, gates and other related salvaged items
scheduled for removal and transport to designated areas. Remove gates as
whole units. Cut chain link fabric to 25 foot lengths and store in rolls
off the ground.
3.1.3 Paving and Slabs
Remove concrete and asphaltic concrete paving and slabs including
aggregate base to a depth of 16 inches below new finish grade. Provide
neat sawcuts at limits of pavement removal as indicated.
SECTION 02 41 00 Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
3.1.4 Concrete
Saw concrete along straight lines to a depth of a minimum 2 inch. Make
each cut in walls perpendicular to the face and in alignment with the cut
in the opposite face. Break out the remainder of the concrete provided
that the broken area is concealed in the finished work, and the remaining
concrete is sound. At locations where the broken face cannot be
concealed, grind smooth or saw cut entirely through the concrete.
3.1.5 Patching
Where removals leave holes and damaged surfaces exposed in the finished
work, patch and repair these holes and damaged surfaces to match adjacent
finished surfaces, using on -site materials when available. Where new work
is to be applied to existing surfaces, perform removals and patching in a
manner to produce surfaces suitable for receiving new work. Finished
surfaces of patched area shall be flush with the adjacent existing surface
and shall match the existing adjacent surface as closely as possible as to
texture and finish. Patching shall be as specified and indicated, and
shall include:
a. Concrete and Masonry: Completely fill holes and depressions, caused by
previous physical damage or left as a result of removals in existing
masonry walls to remain, with an approved masonry patching material,
applied in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions.
3.2 CONCURRENT EARTH -MOVING OPERATIONS
Do not begin excavation, filling, and other earth -moving operations that
are sequential to demolition or deconstruction work in areas occupied by
structures to be demolished or deconstructed until all demolition and
deconstruction in the area has been completed and debris removed. Fill
holes, open basements and other hazardous openings.
3.3 DISPOSITION OF MATERIAL
3.3.1 Title to Materials
Except for salvaged items specified in related Sections, and for materials
or equipment scheduled for salvage, all materials and equipment removed
and not reused or salvaged, shall become the property of the Contractor
and shall be removed from Government property. Title to materials
resulting from demolition and deconstruction, and materials and equipment
to be removed, is vested in the Contractor upon approval by the
Contracting Officer of the Contractor's demolition, deconstruction, and
removal procedures, and authorization by the Contracting Officer to begin
demolition and deconstruction. The Government will not be responsible for
the condition or loss of, or damage to, such property after contract
award. Showing for sale or selling materials and equipment on site is
prohibited.
3.4 CLEANUP
Remove debris and rubbish from basement and similar excavations. Remove
and transport the debris in a manner that prevents spillage on streets or
adjacent areas. Apply local regulations regarding hauling and disposal.
SECTION 02 41 00 Page 5

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
3.5 DISPOSAL OF REMOVED MATERIALS
3.5.1 Regulation of Removed Materials
Dispose of debris, rubbish, scrap, and other nonsalvageable materials
resulting from removal operations with all applicable federal, state and
local regulations.
3.5.2 Burning on Government Property
Burning of materials removed from demolished and deconstructed structures
will not be permitted on Government property.
3.5.3 Removal from Government Property
Transport waste materials removed from demolished and deconstructed
structures, except waste soil, from Government property for legal
disposal. Dispose of waste soil as directed.
3.6 REUSE OF SALVAGED ITEMS
Recondition salvaged materials and equipment designated for reuse before
installation. Replace items damaged during removal and salvage operations
or restore them as necessary to usable condition.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 02 41 00 Page 6

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
W06895127
SECTION 02 82 30
RE-ESTABLISHING VEGETATION
03/12
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
The work covered by this section consists of preparing seedbeds;
furnishing and placing limestone, fertilizer, and seed; compacting
seedbeds; furnishing, placing, and securing mulch; mowing; and other
operations necessary for the permanent establishment of grasses.
Seeding and mulching shall be performed on all earth areas disturbed by
construction. The Contractor shall adapt his operations to variations in
weather or soil conditions as necessary for the successful establishment
and growth.
The quantity of mowing to be performed will be affected by the actual
conditions which occur during the construction of the project. The
quantity of mowing may be increased, decreased, or eliminated entirely at
the direction of the Contracting Officer. Such variations in quantity
will not be considered as alterations in the details of construction or a
change in the character of the work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 FERTILIZER
The quality of all fertilizer and all operations in connection with the
furnishing of this material shall comply with the requirements of the
North Carolina Fertilizer Law and with the rules and regulations, adopted
by the North Carolina Board of Agriculture in accordance with the
provisions of said law, in effect at the time of sampling. Fertilizer
shall be 10-10-10. Dry fertilizer shall have been manufactured from cured
stock. Liquid fertilizer shall be stored and cared for after manufacture
in a manner that will prevent loss of plant food values.
2.2 LIMESTONE
The quality of all limestone and all operations in connection with the
furnishing of this material shall comply with the requirements of the
North Carolina Lime Law and with the rules and regulations adopted by the
North Carolina Board of. Limestone shall be agricultural grade ground
Dolomitic limestone. All limestone shall contain not less than 90 percent
calcium carbonate equivalents. Dolomitic limestone shall contain not less
than 10 percent of magnesium. Dolomitic limestone shall be so graded that
at least 90 percent will pass through a U.S. Standard 20 mesh screen, and
at least 35 percent will pass through a U.S. Standard 100 mesh screen.
2.3 SOD
Sod shall consist of a live, dense, well rooted growth of centipede grass
free from an excessive amount of restricted noxious weeds as defined by
SECTION 02 82 30 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
the North Carolina Board of Agriculture. The area from which sod is to be
obtained shall have been mowed to a height of not less than 2 inches. Sod
shall be cut into rectangular sections of sizes convenient for handling
without breaking or loss of soil. It shall be cut with a sod cutter or
other acceptable means to a depth that will retain in the sod practically
all of the dense root system of the grass. During wet weather the sod
shall be allowed to dry sufficiently before lifting to prevent tearing
during handling and placing, and during extremely dry weather it shall be
watered before lifting if such watering is necessary to insure its
vitality and to prevent loss of soil during handling.
2.4 MULCH FOR EROSION CONTROL
Mulch for erosion control shall consist of grain straw or other acceptable
material, and shall have been approved by the Contracting Officer before
being used. All mulch shall be reasonably free from mature seed bearing
stalks, roots, or bulblets. Material for holding mulch in place shall be
asphalt or other approved binding material.
2.5 SEED
The quality of all seed and all operations in connection with the
furnishing of this material shall comply with the requirements of the
North Carolina Seed Law and with the rules and regulations adopted by the
North Carolina Board of Agriculture. Seed shall have been approved by the
North Carolina Department of Agriculture before being sown. No seed will
be accepted with a date of test more than 8 months prior to the date of
sowing, excluding the month in which the test was completed. Seed mix by
weight shall be as specified on the plans.
2.6 MATTING FOR EROSION CONTROL
2.6.1 General
Matting for erosion control shall be or excelsior matting. Other
acceptable material manufactured especially for erosion control may be
used when approved by the Contracting Officer in writing before being
used. Matting for erosion control shall not be dyed, bleached, or
otherwise treated in a manner that will result in toxicity to vegetation.
2.6.2 Erosion Control Matting
Matting shall consist of a machine produced mat of curled wood excelsior a
minimum of 47 inches in width. The mat shall weigh 1.6 pounds per square
yard with a tolerance of plus or minus 10 percent. At least 80 percent of
the individual fibers shall be 6 inches or more in length. The fibers
shall be evenly distributed over the entire area of the blanket. One side
of the excelsior matting shall be covered with an extruded plastic mesh.
The mesh size for the plastic mesh shall be a maximum of 1 inch x 1 inch.
2.6.3 Wire Staples
Staples shall be machine made of No. 11 gage new steel wire formed into a
"U" shape. The size when formed shall be not less than 6 inches in length
with a throat of not less than 1 inch in width.
2.7 WATER
Water used in the planting or care of vegetation shall meet the requirements
SECTION 02 82 30 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
of Class C fresh waters as defined in 15 NAC 2B.0200.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
The work shall be performed immediately upon completion of earthwork
areas. No exception will be made to this requirement unless otherwise
permitted in writing by the Contracting Officer. Upon failure or neglect
on the part of the Contractor to coordinate his grading with seeding and
mulching operations and diligently pursue the control of erosion and
siltation, the Contracting Officer may suspend the Contractor's operations
until such time as the work is coordinated in a manner acceptable to the
Contracting Officer.
3.2 SEEDBED PREPARATION
The Contractor shall cut and satisfactorily dispose of weeds or other
unacceptable growth on the areas to be seeded. The soil shall then be
scarified or otherwise loosened to a depth of not less than 3 inches
except as otherwise provided below or otherwise directed by the
Contracting Officer. Clods shall be broken and the top 2 to 3 inches of
soil shall be worked into an acceptable seedbed by the use of soil
pulverizers, drags, or harrows; or by other methods approved by the
Contracting Officer. All rock and debris 3 inches or larger shall be
removed prior to the application of seed and fertilizer. On cut slopes
that are 2:1 and steeper, both the depth of preparation and the degree of
smoothness of the seedbed may be reduced as permitted by the Contracting
Officer, but in all cases the slope surface shall be scarified, grooved,
trenched, or punctured so as to provide pockets, ridges, or trenches in
which the seeding materials can lodge. On cut slopes that are either 2:1
or steeper, the Contracting Officer may permit the preparation of a
partial or complete seedbed during the initial grading of the slope. If
at the time of final sodding and mulching operations such initial
preparation is still in a condition acceptable to the Contracting Officer,
additional seedbed preparation may be reduced or eliminated. Seedbed
preparation within 2 feet of the edge of any pavement shall be limited to
a depth of 2 to 3 inches. The preparation of seedbeds shall not be done
when the soil is frozen, extremely wet, or when the Contracting Officer
determines that it is an otherwise unfavorable working condition.
3.3 LIMESTONE AND FERTILIZER
Limestone may be applied as a part of the seedbed preparation, provided it
is immediately worked into the soil. If not so applied, limestone and
fertilizer shall be distributed uniformly over the prepared seedbed and
then harrowed, raked, or otherwise thoroughly worked into the seedbed.
Apply fertilizer at the rate as specified on the plans. Apply lime at the
rate as specified on the plans. Application equipment for liquid
fertilizer, other than a hydraulic seeder, shall be calibrated to ensure
that the required rate of fertilizer is applied uniformly.
3.4 SODDING
Extreme care shall be exercised to prevent breaking the sod sections and
to prevent the sod from drying out. Any sod that is torn, broken, or too
dry will be rejected. Torn or broken sod, if kept moist, may be used for
filling unavoidable small gaps in sod cover as permitted by the
Contracting Officer. Sod shall be placed on the designated areas within 24
SECTION 02 82 30 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
hours after being cut. The area to be sodded shall be brought to a firm
uniform surface. The limestone and fertilizer shall be distributed
uniformly over the area. The area shall be roughened by means of picks,
rakes, or other approved means to a depth of not less than 2 inches
without distorting the uniformity of the surface. The finished surface
shall be moistened with water prior to placing the sod. Within 24 hours
after soil preparation has been completed, place the sod. Each piece of
sod shall be packed tightly against the edge of adjacent pieces so that
the fewest possible gaps will be left between the pieces. Unavoidable
gaps shall be closed with small pieces of sod. Sod shall be placed
beginning at either the top or the toe of the slope. Sod shall be placed
with the long edge horizontal and with staggered vertical joints. The
edge of the sod shall be turned slightly into the ground at the top of a
slope and a layer of earth placed over it and tamped as to conduct the
surface water over and onto the top of the sod. On all slopes 2:1 or
steeper, in drainage channels, and on any areas that are in such condition
that there is danger of sod slipping, sod shall be stapled in place by
driving staples flush with the sod. Stapling shall be done concurrently
with sod placement and prior to tamping. Use wire staples, per Section
2.6.3. The number of staples shall be sufficient to prevent slipping or
displacement of the sod. Staples shall be driven perpendicular to the
slope. Where backfill is necessary on cut slopes to obtain a uniform
sodding area, staples shall be of sufficient length to reach a minimum of
3 inches into the solid earth underneath the backfill. Sod shall not be
placed when the atmospheric temperature is below 32 degrees F. Frozen sod
shall not be used. After sod has been placed and tamped, it shall be
carefully and thoroughly watered as required to maintain the sod in a
healthy condition. Watering shall be conducted until final acceptance.
Application of water may be made by the use of hydraulic seeding
equipment, farm type irrigation equipment, or by other acceptable means.
3.5 MULCHING
All seeded areas shall be mulched. Grain straw or excelsior mat may be
used as mulch at any time of the year. Mulch shall be applied within 24
hours after completion of seeding unless otherwise permitted by the
Contracting Officer. Care shall be exercised to prevent displacement of
soil or seed or other damage to the seeded area during the mulching
operations. Mulch shall be uniformly spread by hand or by approved
mechanical spreaders or blowers which will provide an acceptable
application. An acceptable application will be that which will allow some
sunlight to penetrate and air to circulate but also partially shade the
ground, reduce erosion, and conserve soil moisture. Mulch shall be held
in place by applying a sufficient amount of asphalt or other approved
binding material to assure that the mulch is properly held in place. The
rate and method of application of binding material shall meet the approval
of the Contracting Officer. Where the binding material is not applied
directly with the mulch it shall be applied immediately following the
mulch application. During the application of binding material, adequate
precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to vehicles, structures,
guardrails, and devices. Areas where seeding and mulching have been
performed shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition until final
acceptance of the project. Maintenance shall include mowing at the
location and times directed by the Contracting Officer. Areas of damage
or failure due to any cause shall be corrected by being repaired or by
being completely redone as may be directed by the Contracting Officer.
Excelsior matting shall be installed on all seeded slopes greater than 3:1
(h:v). Install the matting per the manufacturer's printed instructions.
SECTION 02 82 30 Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
3.6 SEEDING
Seed shall be distributed uniformly over the seedbed at the rate as
specified on the plans. Seed shall be harrowed, dragged, raked, or
otherwise worked so as to cover the seed with a layer of soil. The depth
of covering shall be 1/4 inch. When a hydraulic seeder is used for
application of seed and fertilizer, the seed shall not remain in water
containing fertilizer for more than 30 minutes prior to application unless
otherwise permitted by the Contracting Officer. Immediately after seed
has been properly covered the seedbed shall be compacted in the manner and
degree approved by the Contracting Officer.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 02 82 30 Page 5

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic W06895127
SECTION 03 30 53
MISCELLANEOUS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
05/14
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
Perform all work in accordance withACI 318.
1.2 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by
the basic designation only.
AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE INTERNATIONAL (ACI)
ACI 117 (2010; Errata 2011) Specifications for
Tolerances for Concrete Construction and
Materials and Commentary
ACI 301
(2016) Specifications for Structural
Concrete
ACI 304R (2000; R 2009) Guide for Measuring,
Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete
ACI 305R (2010) Guide to Hot Weather Concreting
ACI 306R (2016) Guide to Cold Weather Concreting
ACI 318 (2014; Errata 1-2 2014; Errata 3-5 2015;
Errata 6 2016; Errata 7-9 2017) Building
Code Requirements for Structural Concrete
(ACI 318-14) and Commentary (ACI 318R-14)
ACI 347R (2014; Errata 1 2017) Guide to Formwork
for Concrete
ACI SP-66 (2004) ACI Detailing Manual
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM A1064/A1064M (2017) Standard Specification for
Carbon -Steel Wire and Welded Wire
Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for
Concrete
ASTM A615/A615M (2016) Standard Specification for Deformed
and Plain Carbon -Steel Bars for Concrete
Reinforcement
ASTM C1064/C1064M (2017) Standard Test Method for
Temperature of Freshly Mixed
Hydraulic -Cement Concrete
SECTION 03 30 53 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
ASTM C143/C143M (2015) Standard Test Method for Slump of
Hydraulic -Cement Concrete
ASTM C150/C150M (2018) Standard Specification for Portland
Cement
ASTM C1602/C1602M (2012) Standard Specification for Mixing
Water Used in Production of Hydraulic
Cement Concrete
ASTM C172/C172M (2017) Standard Practice for Sampling
Freshly Mixed Concrete
ASTM C173/C173M (2016) Standard Test Method for Air
Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the
Volumetric Method
ASTM C231/C231M (2017a) Standard Test Method for Air
Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the
Pressure Method
ASTM C260/C260M (2010a; R 2016) Standard Specification for
Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete
ASTM C31/C31M (2018b) Standard Practice for Making and
Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field
ASTM C33/C33M (2018) Standard Specification for Concrete
Aggregates
ASTM C39/C39M (2018) Standard Test Method for
Compressive Strength of Cylindrical
Concrete Specimens
ASTM C494/C494M (2017) Standard Specification for Chemical
Admixtures for Concrete
ASTM C618 (2017a) Standard Specification for Coal
Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural
Pozzolan for Use in Concrete
ASTM C685/C685M (2017) Standard Specification for Concrete
Made by Volumetric Batching and Continuous
Mixing
ASTM C94/C94M (2017a) Standard Specification for
Ready -Mixed Concrete
ASTM D1752 (2018) Standard Specification for
Preformed Sponge Rubber, Cork and Recycled
PVC Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete
Paving and Structural Construction
ASTM D75/D75M (2014) Standard Practice for Sampling
Aggregates
ASTM E1745 (2017) Standard Specification for Water
Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil
SECTION 03 30 53 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs
ASTM E96/E96M (2016) Standard Test Methods for Water
Vapor Transmission of Materials
U.S. NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION (NARA)
40 CFR 247 Comprehensive Procurement Guideline for
Products Containing Recovered Materials
1.3 SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SD-03 Product Data
Air -Entraining Admixture
Water -Reducing or Retarding Admixture
Curing Materials
Expansion Joint Filler Strips, Premolded
Conveying and Placing Concrete
Formwork
Mix Design Data
Ready -Mix Concrete
Mechanical Reinforcing Bar Connectors
Air -Entraining Mixture
Fly ASh
SD-06 Test Reports
Aggregates
Concrete Mixture Proportions
Compressive Strength Testing
Slump
Air Content
Water
SD-07 Certificates
Cementitious Materials
Aggregates
Delivery Tickets
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The Government retains the option to sample and test aggregates and
concrete to determine compliance with the specifications. Provide
facilities and labor as may be necessary to assist the Government in
procurement of representative test samples. Obtain samples of aggregates
at the point of batching in accordance with ASTM D75/D75M. Sample
concrete in accordance with ASTM C172/C172M. Determine slump and air
content in accordance with ASTM C143/C143M and ASTM C231/C231M,
respectively, when cylinders are molded. Prepare, cure, and transport
compression test specimens in accordance with ASTM C31/C31M. Test
compression test specimens in accordance with ASTM C39/C39M. Take samples
for strength tests not less than once each shift in which concrete is
SECTION 03 30 53 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
produced. Provide a minimum of five specimens from each sample; two to be
tested at 28 days (90 days if pozzolan is used) for acceptance, two will
be tested at 7 days for information and one held in reserve.
2.1.1 Strength
Acceptance test results are the average strengths of two specimens tested
at 28 days (90 days if pozzolan is used). The strength of the concrete is
considered satisfactory so long as the average of three consecutive
acceptance test results equal or exceed the specified compressive
strength, f'c, but not more than 20 percent, and no individual acceptance
test result falls below f'c by more than 500 psi.
2.1.2 Construction Tolerances
Apply a Class "C" finish to all surfaces except those specified to receive
a Class "D" finish. Apply a Class "D" finish to all post -construction
surfaces which will be permanently concealed. Surface requirements for
the classes of finish required are as specified in ACI 117.
2.1.3 Concrete Mixture Proportions
Concrete mixture proportions are the responsibility of the Contractor.
Mixture proportions must include the dry weights of cementitious
material(s); the nominal maximum size of the coarse aggregate; the
specific gravities, absorptions, and saturated surface -dry weights of fine
and coarse aggregates; the quantities, types, and names of admixtures; and
quantity of water per yard of concrete. Provide materials included in the
mixture proportions of the same type and from the same source as will be
used on the project. The specified compressive strength f'c is 4,000 psi
at 28 days (90 days if pozzolan is used). The maximum nominal size coarse
aggregate is 3/4 inch, in accordance with ACI 304R. The air content must
be between 4.5 and 7.5 percent with a slump between 2 and 5 inches. The
maximum water-cementitious material ratio is 0.50. Submit the applicable
test reports and mixture proportions that will produce concrete of the
quality required, ten days prior to placement of concrete.
2.2 MATERIALS
Submit manufacturer's literature from suppliers which demonstrates
compliance with applicable specifications for the specified materials.
2.2.1 Cementitious Materials
Submit Manufacturer's certificates of compliance, accompanied by mill test
reports, attesting that the concrete materials meet the requirements of
the specifications in accordance with the Special Clause "CERTIFICATES OF
COMPLIANCE". Also, certificates for all material conforming to EPA's
Comprehensive Procurement Guidelines (CPG), in accordance with 40 CFR 247.
Provide cementitious materials that conform to the appropriate
specifications listed:
2.2.1.1 Portland Cement
ASTM C150/C150M, Type I including false set requirements with tri-calcium
aluminates (C3A) content less than 10 percent and a maximum cement -alkali
content of 0.80 percent Na2Oe (sodium oxide) equivalent.
SECTION 03 30 53 Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
2.2.1.2 Pozzolan
Provide pozzolan that conforms to ASTM C618, Class F, including
requirements of Tables 1A and 2A.
2.2.2 Aggregates
For fine and coarse aggregates meet the quality and grading requirements
of ASTM C33/C33M, Class Designations 4M or better. Submit certificates of
compliance and test reports for aggregates showing the material(s) meets
the quality and grading requirements of the specifications under which it
is furnished.
2.2.3 Admixtures
Provide admixtures, when required or approved, in compliance with the
appropriate specification listed. Retest chemical admixtures that have
been in storage at the project site, for longer than 6 months or that have
been subjected to freezing, at the expense of the Contractor at the
request of the Contracting Officer and will be rejected if test results
are not satisfactory.
2.2.3.1 Air -Entraining Admixture
Provide air -entraining admixture that meets the requirements of
ASTM C260/C260M.
2.2.3.2 Water -Reducing or Retarding Admixture
Provide water -reducing or retarding admixture meeting the requirements of
ASTM C494/C494M, Type A, B, or D.
2.2.4 Water
Mixing and curing water in compliance with the requirements of
ASTM C1602/C1602M; free of injurious amounts of oil, acid, salt, or
alkali. Submit test report showing water complies with ASTM C1602/C1602M.
2.2.5 Reinforcing Steel
Provide reinforcing bars conforming to the requirements of ASTM A615/A615M,
Grade 60, deformed. Provide welded steel wire reinforcement conforming to
the requirements of ASTM A1064/A1064M. Detail reinforcement not indicated
in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI SP-66. Provide mechanical reinforcing
bar connectors in accordance with ACI 301 and provide 125 percent minimum
yield strength of the reinforcement bar.
2.2.6 Expansion Joint Filler Strips, Premolded
Expansion joint filler strips, premolded of sponge rubber conforming to
ASTM D1752, Type I.
2.2.7 Formwork
Design and engineer the formwork as well as its construction in accordance
with ACI 301 Section 2 and 5 and ACI 347R. Fabricate of wood, steel, or
other approved material.
SECTION 03 30 53 Page 5

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
2.2.8 Form Coatings
Provide form coating in accordance with ACI 301.
2.2.9 Vapor Barrier
ASTM E1745 Class A polyethylene sheeting, minimum 10 mil thickness or
other equivalent material with a maximum permeance rating of 0.04 perms
per ASTM E96/E96M.
Consider plastic vapor retarders and adhesives with a high recycled
content, low toxicity low VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) levels.
2.2.10 Curing Materials
Provide curing materials in accordance with ACI 301, Section 5.
2.3 READY -MIX CONCRETE
Provide ready -mix concrete with mix design data conforming to ACI 301 Part
2. Submit delivery tickets in accordance with ASTM C94/C94M for each
ready -mix concrete delivery, include the following additional information:
a. Type and brand cement
b. Cement content in 94-pound bags per cubic yard of concrete
C. Maximum size of aggregate
d. Amount and brand name of admixture
e. Total water content expressed by water cementitious material ratio
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
Prepare construction joints to expose coarse aggregate. The surface must
be clean, damp, and free of laitance. Construct ramps and walkways, as
necessary, to allow safe and expeditious access for concrete and workmen.
Remove snow, ice, standing or flowing water, loose particles, debris, and
foreign matter. Satisfactorily compact earth foundations. Make spare
vibrators available. Placement cannot begin until the entire preparation
has been accepted by the Government.
3.1.1 Embedded Items
Secure reinforcement in place after joints, anchors, and other embedded
items have been positioned. Arrange internal ties so that when the forms
are removed the metal part of the tie is not less than 2 inches from
concrete surfaces permanently exposed to view or exposed to water on the
finished structures. Prepare embedded items so they are be free of oil
and other foreign matters such as loose coatings or rust, paint, and
scale. The embedding of wood in concrete is permitted only when
specifically authorized or directed. Provide all equipment needed to
place, consolidate, protect, and cure the concrete at the placement site
and in good operating condition.
SECTION 03 30 53 Page 6

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
3.1.2 Formwork Installation
Forms must be properly aligned, adequately supported, and mortar -tight.
Provide smooth form surfaces, free from irregularities, dents, sags, or
holes when used for permanently exposed faces. Chamfer all exposed joints
and edges , unless otherwise indicated.
3.1.3 Production of Concrete
3.1.3.1 Ready -Mixed Concrete
Provide ready -mixed concrete conforming to ASTM C94/C94M except as
otherwise specified.
3.1.3.2 Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and Continuous Mixing
Conform to ASTM C685/C685M.
3.2 CONVEYING AND PLACING CONCRETE
Convey and place concrete in accordance with ACI 301, Section 5.
3.2.1 Cold -Weather Requirements
Place concrete in cold weather in accordance with ACI 306R
3.2.2 Hot -Weather Requirements
Place concrete in hot weather in accordance with ACI 305R
3.3 FINISHING
3.3.1 Temperature Requirement
Do not finish or repair concrete when either the concrete or the ambient
temperature is below 50 degrees F.
3.3.2 Finishing Unformed Surfaces
3.3.2.1 Expansion and Contraction Joints
Provide 1/2 inch thick transverse expansion joints where new work abuts an
existing concrete. Provide expansion joints at a maximum spacing of 30
feet on center in sidewalks, unless otherwise indicated. Provide
contraction joints at a maximum spacing of 5 linear feet in sidewalks,
unless otherwise indicated. Cut contraction joints at a minimum of 1
inch(es) deep with a jointing tool after the surface has been finished.
3.4 CURING AND PROTECTION
Cure and protect in accordance with ACI 301, Section 5.
3.5 FORM WORK
Provide form work in accordance with ACI 301, Section 2 and Section 5.
3.5.1 Removal of Forms
Remove forms in accordance with ACI 301, Section 2.
SECTION 03 30 53 Page 7

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
3.6 STEEL REINFORCING
Reinforcement must be free from loose, flaky rust and scale, and free from
oil, grease, or other coating which might destroy or reduce the
reinforcement's bond with the concrete.
3.6.1 Fabrication
Shop fabricate steel reinforcement in accordance with ACI 318 and ACI SP-66.
Provide shop details and bending in accordance with ACI 318 and ACI SP-66.
3.6.2 Splicing
Perform splices in accordance with ACI 318 and ACI SP-66.
3.6.3 Supports
Secure reinforcement in place by the use of metal or concrete supports,
spacers, or ties.
3.7 EMBEDDED ITEMS
Before placing concrete, take care to determine that all embedded items
are firmly and securely fastened in place. Provide embedded items free of
oil and other foreign matter, such as loose coatings of rust, paint and
scale. Embedding of wood in concrete is permitted only when specifically
authorized or directed.
3.8 TESTING AND INSPECTING
Report the results of all tests and inspections conducted at the project
site informally at the end of each shift. Submit written reports weekly.
Deliver within three days after the end of each weekly reporting period.
See Section 01 45 00.00 10 QUALITY CONTROL.
3.8.1 Field Testing Technicians
The individuals who sample and test concrete must have demonstrated a
knowledge and ability to perform the necessary test procedures equivalent
to the ACI minimum guidelines for certification of Concrete Field Testing
Technicians, Grade I.
3.8.2 Preparations for Placing
Inspect foundation or construction joints, forms, and embedded items in
sufficient time prior to each concrete placement to certify that it is
ready to receive concrete.
3.8.3 Sampling and Testing
a. Obtain samples and test concrete for quality control during
placement. Sample fresh concrete for testing in accordance with
ASTM C172/C172M. Make six test cylinders.
b. Test concrete for compressive strength at 7 and 28 days for each
design mix and for every 100 cubic yards of concrete. Test two
cylinders at 7 days; two cylinders at 28 days; and hold two cylinders
in reserve. Conform test specimens to ASTM C31/C31M. Perform
SECTION 03 30 53 Page 8

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
compressive strength testing conforming to ASTM C39/C39M.
C. Test slump at the site of discharge for each design mix in accordance
with ASTM C143/C143M. Check slump twice during each shift that
concrete is produced for each strength of concrete required.
d. Test air content for air -entrained concrete in accordance with
ASTM C231/C231M. Test concrete using lightweight or extremely porous
aggregates in accordance with ASTM C173/C173M. Check air content at
least twice during each shift that concrete is placed for each
strength of concrete required.
e. Determine temperature of concrete at time of placement in accordance
with ASTM C1064/C1064M. Check concrete temperature at least twice
during each shift that concrete is placed for each strength of
concrete required.
3.8.4 Action Required
3.8.4.1 Placing
Do not begin placement until the availability of an adequate number of
acceptable vibrators, which are in working order and have competent
operators, has been verified. Discontinue placing if any lift is
inadequately consolidated.
3.8.4.2 Air Content
Whenever an air content test result is outside the specification limits,
adjust the dosage of the air -entrainment admixture prior to delivery of
concrete to forms.
3.8.4.3 Slump
Whenever a slump test result is outside the specification limits, adjust
the batch weights of water and fine aggregate prior to delivery of
concrete to the forms. Make the adjustments so that the
water-cementitious material ratio does not exceed that specified in the
submitted concrete mixture proportion and the required concrete strength
is still met.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 03 30 53 Page 9

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic W06895127
SECTION 26 00 00.00 20
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
07/06
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the
basic designation only.
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM D709 (2017) Standard Specification for
Laminated Thermosetting Materials
INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE)
IEEE 100 (2000; Archived) The Authoritative
Dictionary of IEEE Standards Terms
IEEE C2 (2017; Errata 1-2 2017; INT 1 2017)
National Electrical Safety Code
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA)
NEMA 250 (2018) Enclosures for Electrical Equipment
(1000 Volts Maximum)
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 70 (2017; ERTA 1-2 2017; TIA 17-1; TIA 17-2;
TIA 17-3; TIA 17-4; TIA 17-5; TIA 17-6;
TIA 17-7; TIA 17-8; TIA 17-9; TIA 17-10;
TIA 17-11; TIA 17-12; TIA 17-13; TIA
17-14; TIA 17-15; TIA 17-16; TIA 17-17 )
National Electrical Code
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
This section applies to all sections of Division 26 and 33, ELECTRICAL and
UTILITIES, of this project specification unless specified otherwise in the
individual sections. This section has been incorporated into, and thus,
does not apply to, and is not referenced in the following sections.
Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Section 26 51 00 INTERIOR LIGHTING
1.3 DEFINITIONS
a. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, electrical and electronics
terms used in these specifications, and on the drawings, shall be as
defined in IEEE 100.
b. The technical sections referred to herein are those specification
sections that describe products, installation procedures, and
SECTION 26 00 00.00 20 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
equipment operations and that refer to this section for detailed
description of submittal types.
C. The technical paragraphs referred to herein are those paragraphs in
PART 2 - PRODUCTS and PART 3 - EXECUTION of the technical sections
that describe products, systems, installation procedures, equipment,
and test methods.
1.4 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Electrical characteristics for this project shall be 208/120V volts
secondary, three phase, four wire. Final connections to the power
distribution system at the existing panel shall be made by the Contractor
as directed by the Contracting Officer.
1.5 ADDITIONAL SUBMITTALS INFORMATION
Submittals required in other sections that refer to this section must
conform to the following additional requirements as applicable.
1.5.1 Shop Drawings (SD-02)
Include wiring diagrams and installation details of equipment indicating
proposed location, layout and arrangement, control panels, accessories,
piping, ductwork, and other items that must be shown to ensure a
coordinated installation. Wiring diagrams shall identify circuit
terminals and indicate the internal wiring for each item of equipment and
the interconnection between each item of equipment. Drawings shall
indicate adequate clearance for operation, maintenance, and replacement of
operating equipment devices.
1.5.2 Product Data (SD-03)
Submittal shall include performance and characteristic curves.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.6.1 Regulatory Requirements
In each of the publications referred to herein, consider the advisory
provisions to be mandatory, as though the word, "shall" had been
substituted for "should" wherever it appears. Interpret references in
these publications to the "authority having jurisdiction," or words of
similar meaning, to mean the Contracting Officer. Equipment, materials,
installation, and workmanship shall be in accordance with the mandatory
and advisory provisions of NFPA 70 unless more stringent requirements are
specified or indicated.
1.6.2 Standard Products
Provide materials and equipment that are products of manufacturers
regularly engaged in the production of such products which are of equal
material, design and workmanship. Products shall have been in
satisfactory commercial or industrial use for 2 years prior to bid
opening. The 2-year period shall include applications of equipment and
materials under similar circumstances and of similar size. The product
shall have been on sale on the commercial market through advertisements,
manufacturers' catalogs, or brochures during the 2-year period. Where two
or more items of the same class of equipment are required, these items
SECTION 26 00 00.00 20 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
shall be products of a single manufacturer; however, the component parts
of the item need not be the products of the same manufacturer unless
stated in the technical section.
1.6.2.1 Alternative Qualifications
Products having less than a 2-year field service record will be acceptable
if a certified record of satisfactory field operation for not less than
6000 hours, exclusive of the manufacturers' factory or laboratory tests,
is furnished.
1.6.2.2 Material and Equipment Manufacturing Date
Products manufactured more than 3 years prior to date of delivery to site
shall not be used, unless specified otherwise.
1.7 WARRANTY
The equipment items shall be supported by service organizations which are
reasonably convenient to the equipment installation in order to render
satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergency basis
during the warranty period of the contract.
1.8 POSTED OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
Provide for each system and principal item of equipment as specified in
the technical sections for use by operation and maintenance personnel.
The operating instructions shall include the following:
a. Wiring diagrams, control diagrams, and control sequence for each
principal system and item of equipment.
b. Start up, proper adjustment, operating, lubrication, and shutdown
procedures.
C. Safety precautions.
d. The procedure in the event of equipment failure.
e. Other items of instruction as recommended by the manufacturer of each
system or item of equipment.
Print or engrave operating instructions and frame under glass or in
approved laminated plastic. Post instructions where directed. For
operating instructions exposed to the weather, provide weather -resistant
materials or weatherproof enclosures. Operating instructions shall not
fade when exposed to sunlight and shall be secured to prevent easy removal
or peeling.
1.9 MANUFACTURER'S NAMEPLATE
Each item of equipment shall have a nameplate bearing the manufacturer's
name, address, model number, and serial number securely affixed in a
conspicuous place; the nameplate of the distributing agent will not be
acceptable.
1.10 FIELD FABRICATED NAMEPLATES
ASTM D709. Provide laminated plastic nameplates for each equipment
SECTION 26 00 00.00 20 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
enclosure, relay, switch, and device; as specified in the technical
sections or as indicated on the drawings. Each nameplate inscription
shall identify the function and, when applicable, the position.
Nameplates shall be melamine plastic, 0.125 inch thick, white with black
center core. Surface shall be matte finish. Corners shall be square.
Accurately align lettering and engrave into the core. Minimum size of
nameplates shall be one by 2.5 inches. Lettering shall be a minimum of
0.25 inch high normal block style.
1.11 ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
Electrical installations shall conform to IEEE C2, NFPA 70, and
requirements specified herein.
1.12 INSTRUCTION TO GOVERNMENT PERSONNEL
Where specified in the technical sections, furnish the services of
competent instructors to give full instruction to designated Government
personnel in the adjustment, operation, and maintenance of the specified
systems and equipment, including pertinent safety requirements as
required. Instructors shall be thoroughly familiar with all parts of the
installation and shall be trained in operating theory as well as practical
operation and maintenance work. Instruction shall be given during the
first regular work week after the equipment or system has been accepted
and turned over to the Government for regular operation. The number of
man -days (8 hours per day) of instruction furnished shall be as specified
in the individual section.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 FACTORY APPLIED FINISH
Electrical equipment shall have factory -applied painting systems which
shall, as a minimum, meet the requirements of NEMA 250
corrosion -resistance test and the additional requirements specified in the
technical sections.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 FIELD APPLIED PAINTING
Paint electrical equipment as required to match finish of adjacent
surfaces or to meet the indicated or specified safety criteria. Painting
shall be as specified in the section specifying the associated electrical
equipment.
3.2 FIELD FABRICATED NAMEPLATE MOUNTING
Provide number, location, and letter designation of nameplates as
indicated. Fasten nameplates to the device with a minimum of two
sheet -metal screws or two rivets.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 26 00 00.00 20 Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
SECTION 26 20 00
INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
02/14
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the
basic designation only.
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM B1 (2013) Standard Specification for
Hard -Drawn Copper Wire
ASTM B8 (2011; R 2017) Standard Specification for
Concentric -Lay -Stranded Copper Conductors,
Hard, Medium -Hard, or Soft
ASTM D709 (2017) Standard Specification for
Laminated Thermosetting Materials
INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE)
IEEE 100 (2000; Archived) The Authoritative
Dictionary of IEEE Standards Terms
IEEE C2 (2017; Errata 1-2 2017; INT 1 2017)
National Electrical Safety Code
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA)
ANSI C80.1 (2005) American National Standard for
Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit (ERSC)
ANSI C80.3 (2015) American National Standard for
Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT)
NEMA 250 (2018) Enclosures for Electrical Equipment
(1000 Volts Maximum)
NEMA ICS 1 (2000; R 2015) Standard for Industrial
Control and Systems: General Requirements
NEMA ICS 2 (2000; R 2005; Errata 2008) Industrial
Control and Systems Controllers,
Contactors, and Overload Relays Rated 600 V
NEMA ICS 4 (2015) Application Guideline for Terminal
Blocks
NEMA ICS 6 (1993; R 2016) Industrial Control and
Systems: Enclosures
NEMA MG 1 (2016; SUPP 2016) Motors and Generators
SECTION 26 20 00 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
NEMA MG 10 (2017) Energy Management Guide for
Selection and Use of Fixed Frequency
Medium AC Squirrel -Cage Polyphase
Induction Motors
NEMA WD 1 (1999; R 2015) Standard for General Color
Requirements for Wiring Devices
NEMA WD 6 (2016) Wiring Devices Dimensions
Specifications
NEMA Z535.4 (2011; R 2017) Product Safety Signs and
Labels
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 70 (2017; ERTA 1-2 2017; TIA 17-1; TIA 17-2;
TIA 17-3; TIA 17-4; TIA 17-5; TIA 17-6;
TIA 17-7; TIA 17-8; TIA 17-9; TIA 17-10;
TIA 17-11; TIA 17-12; TIA 17-13; TIA
17-14; TIA 17-15; TIA 17-16; TIA 17-17 )
National Electrical Code
NFPA 70E
(2018; TIA 18-1; TIA 81-2) Standard for
Electrical Safety in the Workplace
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
UL
1063
UL
1242
UL
1449
UL
20
UL
44
UL
486A-486B
UL
486C
UL
489
(2017) UL Standard for Safety Machine -Tool
Wires and Cables
(2006; Reprint Mar 2014) Standard for
Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit --
Steel
(2014; Reprint Jul 2017) UL Standard for
Safety Surge Protective Devices
(2010; Reprint Feb 2012) General -Use Snap
Switches
(2018) UL Standard for Safety
Thermoset -Insulated Wires and Cables
(2018) UL Standard for Safety Wire
Connectors
(2018) UL Standard for Safety Splicing
Wire Connectors
(2016) UL Standard for Safety Molded -Case
Circuit Breakers, Molded -Case Switches and
Circuit -Breaker Enclosures
UL 498 (2017; Reprint Dec 2018) UL Standard for
Safety Attachment Plugs and Receptacles
UL 50 (2015) UL Standard for Safety Enclosures
SECTION 26 20 00 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
for Electrical Equipment,
Non -Environmental Considerations
UL
506
(2017) UL Standard
for Safety Specialty
Transformers
UL
508
(2018) UL Standard
for Safety Industrial
Control Equipment
UL
510
(2017) UL Standard
for Safety Polyvinyl
Chloride, Polyethylene
and Rubber
Insulating Tape
UL
514A
(2013; Reprint Aug
2017) UL Standard for
Safety Metallic Outlet
Boxes
UL
514B
(2012; Reprint Nov
2014) Conduit, Tubing
and Cable Fittings
UL
514C
(2014; Reprint Nov
2018) UL Standard for
Safety Nonmetallic
Outlet Boxes,
Flush -Device Boxes,
and Covers
UL
6
(2007; Reprint Nov
2014) Electrical Rigid
Metal Conduit -Steel
UL 67 (2018) UL Standard for Safety Panelboards
UL 797 (2007; Reprint Mar 2017) UL Standard for
Safety Electrical Metallic Tubing -- Steel
UL 83 (2017) UL Standard for Safety
Thermoplastic -Insulated Wires and Cables
UL 869A (2006) Reference Standard for Service
Equipment
UL 943 (2016; Reprint Feb 2018) UL Standard for
Safety Ground -Fault Circuit -Interrupters
UL 984 (1996; Reprint Sep 2005) Hermetic
Refrigerant Motor -Compressors
1.2 DEFINITIONS
Unless otherwise specified or indicated, electrical and electronics terms
used in these specifications, and on the drawings, are as defined in
IEEE 100.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00.
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Panelboards
SD-03 Product Data
SECTION 26 20 00 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
Receptacles
Circuit breakers
Switches
Motor controllers
Surge protective devices
Include performance and characteristic curves.
SD-06 Test Reports
600-volt wiring test
Ground -fault receptacle test
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
Electrical Systems, Data Package 5
Submit operation and maintenance data in accordance with Section
01 78 23, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA and as specified herein.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.4.1 Regulatory Requirements
In each of the publications referred to herein, consider the advisory
provisions to be mandatory, as though the word, "shall" or "must" had been
substituted for "should" wherever it appears. Interpret references in
these publications to the "authority having jurisdiction," or words of
similar meaning, to mean the Contracting Officer. Provide equipment,
materials, installation, and workmanship in accordance with the mandatory
and advisory provisions of NFPA 70 unless more stringent requirements are
specified or indicated.
1.4.2 Standard Products
Provide materials and equipment that are products of manufacturers
regularly engaged in the production of such products which are of equal
material, design and workmanship and:
a. Have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use for 2 years
prior to bid opening including applications of equipment and materials
under similar circumstances and of similar size.
b. Have been on sale on the commercial market through advertisements,
manufacturers' catalogs, or brochures during the 2-year period.
C. Where two or more items of the same class of equipment are required,
provide products of a single manufacturer; however, the component
parts of the item need not be the products of the same manufacturer
unless stated in this section.
1.4.2.1 Alternative Qualifications
Products having less than a 2-year field service record will be acceptable
SECTION 26 20 00 Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
if a certified record of satisfactory field operation for not less than
6000 hours, exclusive of the manufacturers' factory or laboratory tests,
is furnished.
1.4.2.2 Material and Equipment Manufacturing Date
Products manufactured more than 3 years prior to date of delivery to site
are not acceptable.
1.5 MAINTENANCE
1.5.1 Electrical Systems
Submit operation and maintenance manuals for electrical systems that
provide basic data relating to the design, operation, and maintenance of
the electrical distribution system for the building. Include the
following:
a. Schematic diagram of electrical control system (other than HVAC,
covered elsewhere).
1.6 WARRANTY
Provide equipment items supported by service organizations that are
reasonably convenient to the equipment installation in order to render
satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergency basis
during the warranty period of the contract.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
As a minimum, meet requirements of UL, where UL standards are established
for those items, and requirements of NFPA 70 for all materials, equipment,
and devices.
2.2 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
Conform to the following:
2.2.1 Rigid Metallic Conduit
2.2.1.1 Rigid, Threaded Zinc -Coated Steel Conduit
ANSI C80.1, UL 6.
2.2.2 Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC)
UL 1242, zinc -coated steel only.
2.2.3 Electrical, Zinc -Coated Steel Metallic Tubing (EMT)
UL 797, ANSI C80.3.
2.2.4 Fittings for Metal Conduit and EMT
UL 514B. Ferrous fittings: cadmium- or zinc -coated in accordance with
UL 514B.
SECTION 26 20 00 Page 5

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
2.2.4.1 Fittings for Rigid Metal Conduit and IMC
Threaded -type. Split couplings unacceptable.
2.2.4.2 Fittings for EMT
Die Cast compression type.
2.3 OUTLET BOXES AND COVERS
UL 514A, cadmium- or zinc -coated, if ferrous metal. UL 514C, if
nonmetallic.
2.4 CABINETS, JUNCTION BOXES, AND PULL BOXES
Volume greater than 100 cubic inches, UL 50, hot -dip, zinc -coated, if
sheet steel.
2.5 WIRES AND CABLES
Provide wires and cables in accordance applicable requirements of NFPA 70
and UL for type of insulation, jacket, and conductor specified or
indicated. Do not use wires and cables manufactured more than 12 months
prior to date of delivery to site.
2.5.1 Conductors
Provide the following:
a. Conductor sizes and capacities shown are based on copper, unless
indicated otherwise.
b. Conductors No. 8 AWG and larger diameter: stranded.
C. Conductors No. 10 AWG and smaller diameter: solid.
d. Conductors for remote control, alarm, and signal circuits, classes 1,
2, and 3: stranded unless specifically indicated otherwise.
e. All conductors: copper.
2.5.1.1 Minimum Conductor Sizes
Provide minimum conductor size in accordance with the following:
a. Branch circuits: No. 12 AWG.
b. Class 1 remote -control and signal circuits: No. 14 AWG.
C. Class 2 low -energy, remote -control and signal circuits: No. 16 AWG.
d. Class 3 low -energy, remote -control, alarm and signal circuits: No. 22
AWG.
2.5.2 Color Coding
Provide color coding for service, feeder, branch, control, and signaling
circuit conductors.
SECTION 26 20 00 Page 6

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
2.5.2.1 Ground and Neutral Conductors
Provide color coding of ground and neutral conductors as follows:
a. Grounding conductors: Green.
b. Neutral conductors: White.
2.5.2.2 Ungrounded Conductors
Provide color coding of ungrounded conductors in different voltage systems
as follows:
a. 208/120 volt, three-phase
(1)
Phase
A
- black
(2)
Phase
B
- red
(3)
Phase
C
- blue
2.5.3 Insulation
Unless specified or indicated otherwise or required by NFPA 70, provide
power and lighting wires rated for 600-volts, Type THWN/THHN conforming to
UL 83 Type XHHW or RHW conforming to UL 44, except that grounding wire may
be type TW conforming to UL 83; remote -control and signal circuits: Type
TW or TF, conforming to UL 83. Where lighting fixtures require 90-degree
Centigrade (C) conductors, provide only conductors with 90-degree C
insulation or better.
2.5.4 Bonding Conductors
ASTM B1, solid bare copper wire for sizes No. 8 AWG and smaller diameter;
ASTM B8, Class B, stranded bare copper wire for sizes No. 6 AWG and larger
diameter.
2.6 SPLICES AND TERMINATION COMPONENTS
UL 486A-486B for wire connectors and UL 510 for insulating tapes.
Connectors for No. 10 AWG and smaller diameter wires: insulated,
pressure -type in accordance with UL 486A-486B or UL 486C (twist -on
splicing connector). Provide solderless terminal lugs on stranded
conductors.
2.7 DEVICE PLATES
Provide the following:
a. UL listed, one-piece device plates for outlets to suit the devices
installed.
b. For metal outlet boxes, plates on unfinished walls: zinc -coated sheet
steel or cast metal having round or beveled edges.
C. Screws: machine -type with countersunk heads in color to match finish
of plate.
d. Sectional type device plates are not be permitted.
SECTION 26 20 00 Page 7

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
e. Plates installed in wet locations: gasketed and UL listed for "wet
locations."
2.8 SWITCHES
2.8.1 Toggle Switches
NEMA WD 1, UL 20, single pole, totally enclosed with bodies of
thermoplastic or thermoset plastic and mounting strap with grounding
screw. Include the following:
a. Handles: ivory thermoplastic.
b. Wiring terminals: screw -type, side -wired or of the solderless
pressure type having suitable conductor -release arrangement.
C. Contacts: silver -cadmium and contact arm - one-piece copper alloy.
d. Switches: rated quiet -type ac only, 120/277 volts, with current
rating and number of poles indicated.
2.9 RECEPTACLES
Provide the following:
a. UL 498, hard use (also designated heavy-duty), grounding -type.
b. Ratings and configurations: as indicated.
C. Bodies: ivory as per NEMA WD 1.
d. Face and body: thermoplastic supported on a metal mounting strap.
e. Dimensional requirements: per NEMA WD 6.
f. Screw -type, side -wired wiring terminals or of the solderless pressure
type having suitable conductor -release arrangement.
g. Grounding pole connected to mounting strap.
h. The receptacle: containing triple -wipe power contacts and double or
triple -wipe ground contacts.
2.9.1 Weatherproof Receptacles
Provide receptacles, UL listed for use in "wet locations". Include cast
metal box with gasketed, hinged, lockable and weatherproof while -in -use,
die-cast metal/aluminum cover plate.
2.9.2 Ground -Fault Circuit Interrupter Receptacles
UL 943, duplex type for mounting in standard outlet box. Provide device
capable of detecting current leak of 6 milliamperes or greater and
tripping per requirements of UL 943 for Class A ground -fault circuit
interrupter devices. Provide screw -type, side -wired wiring terminals or
pre -wired (pigtail) leads.
SECTION 26 20 00 Page 8

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
2.10 PANELBOARDS
Provide panelboards in accordance with the following:
a. UL 67 and UL 50 having a short-circuit current rating of 10,000
amperes symmetrical minimum.
b. Panelboards for use as service disconnecting means: additionally
conform to UL 869A.
C. Panelboards: circuit breaker -equipped.
d. Designed such that individual breakers can be removed without
disturbing adjacent units or without loosening or removing
supplemental insulation supplied as means of obtaining clearances as
required by UL.
e. "Specific breaker placement" is required in panelboards to match the
breaker placement indicated in the panelboard schedule on the drawings.
f. Use of "Subfeed Breakers" is not acceptable unless specifically
indicated otherwise.
g. Main breaker: "separately" mounted "above" or "below" branch
breakers.
h. Where "space only" is indicated, make provisions for future
installation of breakers.
i. Directories: indicate load served by each circuit in panelboard.
j. Directories: indicate source of service to panelboard (e.g., Panel PA
served from Panel MDP).
k. Provide new directories for existing panels modified by this project
as indicated.
1. Type directories and mount in holder behind transparent protective
covering.
M. Panelboard nameplates: provided in accordance with paragraph FIELD
FABRICATED NAMEPLATES.
2.10.1 Enclosure
Provide panelboard enclosure in accordance with the following:
a. UL 50.
b. Cabinets mounted outdoors or flush -mounted: hot -dipped galvanized
after fabrication.
C. Cabinets: painted in accordance with paragraph PAINTING.
d. Outdoor cabinets: NEMA 3R raintight with conduit hubs welded to the
cabinet.
e. Front edges of cabinets: form -flanged or fitted with structural
shapes welded or riveted to the sheet steel, for supporting the
SECTION 26 20 00 Page 9

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
panelboard front.
f. All cabinets: fabricated such that no part of any surface on the
finished cabinet deviates from a true plane by more than 1/8 inch.
g. Holes: provided in the back of indoor surface -mounted cabinets, with
outside spacers and inside stiffeners, for mounting the cabinets with a
1/2 inch clear space between the back of the cabinet and the wall
surface.
h. Flush doors: mounted on hinges that expose only the hinge roll to
view when the door is closed.
i. Each door: fitted with a combined catch and lock, except that doors
over 24 inches long provided with a three-point latch having a knob
with a T-handle, and a cylinder lock.
j. Keys: two provided with each lock, with all locks keyed alike.
k. Finished -head cap screws: provided for mounting the panelboard fronts
on the cabinets.
2.10.2 Panelboard Buses
Support bus bars on bases independent of circuit breakers. Design main
buses and back pans so that breakers may be changed without machining,
drilling, or tapping. Provide isolated neutral bus in each panel for
connection of circuit neutral conductors. Provide separate ground bus
identified as equipment grounding bus per UL 67 for connecting grounding
conductors; bond to steel cabinet.
2.10.3 Circuit Breakers
UL 489, thermal magnetic -type having a minimum short-circuit current
rating equal to the short-circuit current rating of the panelboard in
which the circuit breaker will be mounted. Breaker terminals: UL listed
as suitable for type of conductor provided. Series rated circuit breakers
and plug-in circuit breakers are unacceptable.
2.10.3.1 Multipole Breakers
Provide common trip -type with single operating handle. Design breaker
such that overload in one pole automatically causes all poles to open.
Maintain phase sequence throughout each panel so that any three adjacent
breaker poles are connected to Phases A, B, and C, respectively.
2.11 MOTORS
Provide motors in accordance with the following:
a. NEMA MG 1.
b. Hermetic -type sealed motor compressors: Also comply with UL 984.
C. Provide the size in terms of HP, or kVA, or full -load current, or a
combination of these characteristics, and other characteristics, of
each motor as indicated or specified.
d. Determine specific motor characteristics to ensure provision of
SECTION 26 20 00 Page 10

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
correctly sized starters and overload heaters.
e. Rate motors for operation on 208-volt, 3-phase circuits with a
terminal voltage rating of 200 volts.
f. Use motors designed to operate at full capacity with voltage variation
of plus or minus 10 percent of motor voltage rating.
g. Unless otherwise indicated, use continuous duty type motors if rated 1
HP and above.
h. Where fuse protection is specifically recommended by the equipment
manufacturer, provide fused switches in lieu of non -fused switches
indicated.
2.11.1 Premium Efficiency Polyphase Motors
Select polyphase motors based on high efficiency characteristics relative
to typical characteristics and applications as listed in NEMA MG 10. In
addition, continuous rated, polyphase squirrel -cage medium induction
motors must meet the requirements for premium efficiency electric motors
in accordance with NEMA MG 1, including the NEMA full load efficiency
ratings. In exception, for motor -driven equipment with a minimum seasonal
or overall efficiency rating, such as a SEER rating, provide equipment
with motor to meet the overall system rating indicated.
2.11.2 Motor Sizes
Provide size for duty to be performed, not exceeding the full -load
nameplate current rating when driven equipment is operated at specified
capacity under most severe conditions likely to be encountered. When
motor size provided differs from size indicated or specified, make
adjustments to wiring, disconnect devices, and branch circuit protection
to accommodate equipment actually provided. Provide controllers for
motors rated 1-hp and above with electronic phase -voltage monitors
designed to protect motors from phase -loss, undervoltage, and
overvoltage. Provide protection for motors from immediate restart by a
time adjustable restart relay.
2.11.3 Wiring and Conduit
Provide internal wiring for components of packaged equipment as an
integral part of the equipment. Provide power wiring and conduit for
field -installed equipment as specified herein. Power wiring and conduit:
conform to the requirements specified herein. Control wiring: provided
under, and conform to, the requirements of the section specifying the
associated equipment.
2.12 MOTOR CONTROLLERS
Provide motor controllers in accordance with the following:
a. UL 508, NEMA ICS 1, and NEMA ICS 2.
b. Provide controllers with thermal overload protection in each phase,
and one spare normally open auxiliary contact, and one spare normally
closed auxiliary contact.
C. Provide controllers for motors rated 1-hp and above with electronic
SECTION 26 20 00 Page 11

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
phase -voltage monitors designed to protect motors from phase -loss,
undervoltage, and overvoltage.
d. Provide protection for motors from immediate restart by a time
adjustable restart relay.
e. When used with pressure, float, or similar automatic -type or
maintained -contact switch, provide a hand/off/automatic selector
switch with the controller.
f. Connections to selector switch: wired such that only normal automatic
regulatory control devices are bypassed when switch is in "hand"
position.
g. Safety control devices, such as low and high pressure cutouts, high
temperature cutouts, and motor overload protective devices: connected
in motor control circuit in "hand" and "automatic" positions.
h. Control circuit connections to hand/off/automatic selector switch or
to more than one automatic regulatory control device: made in
accordance with indicated or manufacturer's approved wiring diagram.
i. Provide a disconnecting means, capable of being locked in the open
position, for the motor that is located in sight from the motor
location and the driven machinery location. As an alternative,
provide a motor controller disconnect, capable of being locked in the
open position, to serve as the disconnecting means for the motor if it
is in sight from the motor location and the driven machinery location.
j. Overload protective devices: provide adequate protection to motor
windings; be thermal inverse -time -limit type; and include manual
reset -type pushbutton on outside of motor controller case.
k. Cover of combination motor controller and manual switch or circuit
breaker: interlocked with operating handle of switch or circuit
breaker so that cover cannot be opened unless handle of switch or
circuit breaker is in "off" position.
1. Provide controllers in hazardous locations with classifications as
indicated.
2.12.1 Control Wiring
Provide control wiring in accordance with the following:
a. All control wire: stranded tinned copper switchboard wire with
600-volt flame-retardant insulation Type SIS meeting UL 44, or Type
MTW meeting UL 1063, and passing the VW-1 flame tests included in
those standards.
b. Hinge wire: Class K stranding.
C. Current transformer secondary leads: not smaller than No. 10 AWG.
d. Control wire minimum size: No. 14 AWG.
e. Power wiring for 480-volt circuits and below: the same type as
control wiring with No. 12 AWG minimum size.
SECTION 26 20 00 Page 12

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
f. Provide wiring and terminal arrangement on the terminal blocks to
permit the individual conductors of each external cable to be
terminated on adjacent terminal points.
2.12.2 Control Circuit Terminal Blocks
Provide control circuit terminal blocks in accordance with the following:
a. NEMA ICS 4.
b. Control circuit terminal blocks for control wiring: molded or
fabricated type with barriers, rated not less than 600 volts.
C. Provide terminals with removable binding, fillister or washer head
screw type, or of the stud type with contact and locking nuts.
d. Terminals: not less than No. 10 in size with sufficient length and
space for connecting at least two indented terminals for 10 AWG
conductors to each terminal.
e. Terminal arrangement: subject to the approval of the Contracting
Officer with not less than four (4) spare terminals or 10 percent,
whichever is greater, provided on each block or group of blocks.
f. Modular, pull apart, terminal blocks are acceptable provided they are
of the channel or rail -mounted type.
g. Submit data showing that any proposed alternate will accommodate the
specified number of wires, are of adequate current -carrying capacity,
and are constructed to assure positive contact between
current -carrying parts.
2.12.2.1 Types of Terminal Blocks
a. Short -Circuiting Type: Short-circuiting type terminal blocks:
furnished for all current transformer secondary leads with provision
for shorting together all leads from each current transformer without
first opening any circuit. Terminal blocks: comply with the
requirements of paragraph CONTROL CIRCUIT TERMINAL BLOCKS above.
b. Load Type: Load terminal blocks rated not less than 600 volts and of
adequate capacity: provided for the conductors for NEMA Size 3 and
smaller motor controllers and for other power circuits, except those
for feeder tap units. Provide terminals of either the stud type with
contact nuts and locking nuts or of the removable screw type, having
length and space for at least two indented terminals of the size
required on the conductors to be terminated. For conductors rated
more than 50 amperes, provide screws with hexagonal heads. Conducting
parts between connected terminals must have adequate contact surface
and cross-section to operate without overheating. Provide each
connected terminal with the circuit designation or wire number placed
on or near the terminal in permanent contrasting color.
2.12.3 Control Circuits
Control circuits: maximum voltage of 120 volts derived from control
transformer in same enclosure. Transformers: conform to UL 506, as
applicable. Transformers, other than transformers in bridge circuits:
provide primaries wound for voltage available and secondaries wound for
SECTION 26 20 00 Page 13

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
correct control circuit voltage. Size transformers so that 80 percent of
rated capacity equals connected load. Provide disconnect switch on
primary side. Provide one fused secondary lead with the other lead
grounded.
2.12.4 Enclosures for Motor Controllers
NEMA ICS 6.
2.13 MANUFACTURER'S NAMEPLATE
Provide on each item of equipment a nameplate bearing the manufacturer's
name, address, model number, and serial number securely affixed in a
conspicuous place; the nameplate of the distributing agent will not be
acceptable.
2.14 FIELD FABRICATED NAMEPLATES
Provide field fabricated nameplates in accordance with the following:
a. ASTM D709.
b. Provide laminated plastic nameplates for each equipment enclosure,
relay, switch, and device; as specified or as indicated on the
drawings.
C. Each nameplate inscription: identify the function and, when
applicable, the position.
d. Nameplates: melamine plastic, 0.125 inch thick, white with black
center core.
e. Surface: matte finish. Corners: square. Accurately align lettering
and engrave into the core.
f. Minimum size of nameplates: one by 2.5 inches.
g. Lettering size and style: a minimum of 0.25 inch high normal block
style.
2.15 WARNING SIGNS
Provide warning signs for flash protection in accordance with NFPA 70E and
NEMA Z535.4 for switchboards, panelboards, industrial control panels, and
motor control centers that are in other than dwelling occupancies and are
likely to require examination, adjustment, servicing, or maintenance while
energized. Provide field installed signs to warn qualified persons of
potential electric arc flash hazards when warning signs are not provided
by the manufacturer. Provide marking that is clearly visible to qualified
persons before examination, adjustment, servicing, or maintenance of the
equipment.
2.16 SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
Provide parallel type surge protective devices (SPD) which comply with
UL 1449 at the service entrance, panelboards. Provide surge protectors in
a NEMA 3R enclosure per NEMA ICS 6. Use Type 1 or Type 2 SPD and connect
on the load side of a dedicated circuit breaker.
SECTION 26 20 00 Page 14

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
Provide the following modes of protection:
FOR SINGLE PHASE AND THREE PHASE WYE CONNECTED SYSTEMS -
Phase to phase ( L-L )
Each phase to neutral ( L-N )
Neutral to ground ( N-G )
Phase to ground ( L-G )
SPDs at the service entrance: provide with a minimum surge current rating
of 80,000 amperes for L-L mode minimum and 40,000 amperes for other modes
(L-N, L-G, and N-G).
Provide SPDs. Maximum L-N, L-G, and N-G Voltage Protection Rating:
700V for 208Y/120V, three phase system
Maximum L-L Voltage Protection Rating:
1,200V for 208Y/120V, three phase system
The minimum MCOV (Maximum Continuous Operating Voltage) rating for L-N and
L-G modes of operation: 120% of nominal voltage for 240 volts and below;
115% of nominal voltage above 240 volts to 480 volts.
2.17 FACTORY APPLIED FINISH
Provide factory -applied finish on electrical equipment in accordance with
the following:
a. NEMA 250 corrosion -resistance test and the additional requirements as
specified herein.
b. Interior and exterior steel surfaces of equipment enclosures:
thoroughly cleaned followed by a rust -inhibitive phosphatizing or
equivalent treatment prior to painting.
C. Exterior surfaces: free from holes, seams, dents, weld marks, loose
scale or other imperfections.
d. Interior surfaces: receive not less than one coat of
corrosion -resisting paint in accordance with the manufacturer's
standard practice.
e. Exterior surfaces: primed, filled where necessary, and given not less
than two coats baked enamel with semigloss finish.
f. Equipment located indoors: ANSI Light Gray, and equipment located
outdoors: ANSI Light Gray.
g. Provide manufacturer's coatings for touch-up work and as specified in
paragraph FIELD APPLIED PAINTING.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
Electrical installations, including weatherproof and hazardous locations
SECTION 26 20 00 Page 15

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
and ducts, plenums and other air -handling spaces: conform to requirements
of NFPA 70 and IEEE C2 and to requirements specified herein.
3.1.1 Underground Service
Underground service conductors and associated conduit: continuous from
service entrance equipment to outdoor power system connection.
3.1.2 Service Entrance Identification
Service entrance disconnect devices, switches, and enclosures: labeled
and identified as such.
3.1.2.1 Labels
Wherever work results in service entrance disconnect devices in more than
one enclosure, as permitted by NFPA 70, label each enclosure, new and
existing, as one of several enclosures containing service entrance
disconnect devices. Label, at minimum: indicate number of service
disconnect devices housed by enclosure and indicate total number of
enclosures that contain service disconnect devices. Provide laminated
plastic labels conforming to paragraph FIELD FABRICATED NAMEPLATES. Use
lettering of at least 0.25 inch in height, and engrave on black -on -white
matte finish. Service entrance disconnect devices in more than one
enclosure: provided only as permitted by NFPA 70.
3.1.3 Wiring Methods
Provide insulated conductors installed in rigid steel conduit, IMC, rigid
nonmetallic conduit, or EMT, except where specifically indicated or
specified otherwise or required by NFPA 70 to be installed otherwise.
Grounding conductor: separate from electrical system neutral conductor.
Provide insulated green equipment grounding conductor for circuit(s)
installed in conduit and raceways. Minimum conduit size: 1/2 inch in
diameter for low voltage lighting and power circuits.
3.1.3.1 Pull Wire
Install pull wires in empty conduits. Pull wire: plastic having minimum
200-pound force tensile strength. Leave minimum 36 inches of slack at
each end of pull wire.
3.1.4 Conduit Installation
Unless indicated otherwise, conceal conduit under floor slabs and within
finished walls, ceilings, and floors. Keep conduit minimum 6 inches away
from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot water pipes. Install conduit
parallel with or at right angles to ceilings, walls, and structural
members where located above accessible ceilings and where conduit will be
visible after completion of project.
3.1.4.1 Restrictions Applicable to Aluminum Conduit
a. Do not install underground or encase in concrete or masonry.
b. Do not use brass or bronze fittings.
C. Do not use when the enclosed conductors must be shielded from the
effects of High -altitude Electromagnetic Pulse (HEMP).
SECTION 26 20 00 Page 16

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
3.1.4.2 Restrictions Applicable to EMT
a. Do not install underground.
b. Do not encase in concrete, mortar, grout, or other cementitious
materials.
C. Do not use in areas subject to severe physical damage including but
not limited to equipment rooms where moving or replacing equipment
could physically damage the EMT.
d. Do not use in hazardous areas.
e. Do not use outdoors.
f. Do not use in fire pump rooms.
g. Do not use when the enclosed conductors must be shielded from the
effects of High -altitude Electromagnetic Pulse (HEMP).
3.1.4.3 Underground Conduit
PVC, Type EPC-40.
3.1.4.4 Conduit Installed Under Floor Slabs
Conduit run under floor slab: located a minimum of 12 inches below the
vapor barrier. Seal around conduits at penetrations thru vapor barrier.
3.1.4.5 Conduit Through Floor Slabs
Where conduits rise through floor slabs, do not allow curved portion of
bends to be visible above finished slab.
3.1.4.6 Conduit Support
Support conduit by pipe straps, wall brackets, or threaded rod conduit
hangers, and by machine screws, welded threaded studs, or spring -tension
clamps on steel work. Threaded C-clamps may be used on rigid steel conduit
only. Do not weld conduits or pipe straps to steel structures. Do not
exceed one-fourth proof test load for load applied to fasteners. Do not
cut main reinforcing bars for any holes cut to depth of more than 1 1/2
inches in reinforced concrete beams or to depth of more than 3/4 inch in
concrete joints. Fill unused holes. In partitions of light steel
construction, use sheet metal screws. In suspended -ceiling construction,
run conduit above ceiling. For conduits greater than 2 1/2 inches inside
diameter, provide supports to resist forces of 0.5 times the equipment
weight in any direction and 1.5 times the equipment weight in the downward
direction.
3.1.4.7 Directional Changes in Conduit Runs
Make changes in direction of runs with symmetrical bends or cast -metal
fittings. Make field -made bends and offsets with hickey or
conduit -bending machine. Do not install crushed or deformed conduits.
Avoid trapped conduits. Prevent plaster, dirt, or trash from lodging in
conduits, boxes, fittings, and equipment during construction. Free
clogged conduits of obstructions.
SECTION 26 20 00 Page 17

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
3.1.4.8 Locknuts and Bushings
Fasten conduits to sheet metal boxes and cabinets with two locknuts where
required by NFPA 70, where insulated bushings are used, and where bushings
cannot be brought into firm contact with the box; otherwise, use at least
minimum single locknut and bushing. Provide locknuts with sharp edges for
digging into wall of metal enclosures. Install bushings on ends of
conduits, and provide insulating type where required by NFPA 70.
3.1.5 Boxes, Outlets, and Supports
Provide boxes in wiring and raceway systems wherever required for pulling
of wires, making connections, and mounting of devices or fixtures. Boxes
for metallic raceways: cast -metal, hub -type when located in wet
locations, when surface mounted on outside of exterior surfaces, and when
specifically indicated. Boxes in other locations: sheet steel. Provide
each box with volume required by NFPA 70 for number of conductors enclosed
in box. Boxes for mounting lighting fixtures: minimum 4 inches square,
or octagonal, except that smaller boxes may be installed as required by
fixture configurations, as approved. Fasten boxes and supports with
toggle bolts on hollow masonry units, and with machine screws or welded
studs on steel. Support sheet metal boxes directly from building
structure. When penetrating reinforced concrete members, avoid cutting
reinforcing steel.
3.1.5.1 Boxes
Boxes for use with raceway systems: minimum 1 1/2 inches deep, except
where shallower boxes required by structural conditions are approved.
Boxes for other than lighting fixture outlets: minimum 4 inches square,
except that 4 by 2 inch boxes may be used where only one raceway enters
outlet.
3.1.5.2 Pull Boxes
Construct of at least minimum size required by NFPA 70 of code -gauge
aluminum or galvanized sheet steel, except where cast -metal boxes are
required in locations specified herein. Provide boxes with screw -fastened
covers. Where several feeders pass through common pull box, tag feeders
to indicate clearly electrical characteristics, circuit number, and panel
designation.
3.1.6 Mounting Heights
Mount panelboards, so height of operating handle at its highest position
is maximum 78 inches above floor. Mount lighting switches 48 inches above
finished floor. Mount other devices as indicated. Measure mounting
heights of wiring devices and outlets to center of device or outlet.
3.1.7 Conductor Identification
Provide conductor identification within each enclosure where tap, splice,
or termination is made. For conductors No. 6 AWG and smaller diameter,
provide color coding by factory -applied, color -impregnated insulation.
For conductors No. 4 AWG and larger diameter, provide color coding by
plastic -coated, self -sticking markers; colored nylon cable ties and
plates; or heat shrink -type sleeves.
SECTION 26 20 00 Page 18

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
3.1.8 Splices
Make splices in accessible locations. Make splices in conductors No. 10
AWG and smaller diameter with insulated, pressure -type connector. Make
splices in conductors No. 8 AWG and larger diameter with solderless
connector, and cover with insulation material equivalent to conductor
insulation.
3.1.9 Covers and Device Plates
Provide gasket for plates installed in wet locations.
3.1.10 Grounding and Bonding
Provide in accordance with NFPA 70. Ground exposed, non -current -carrying
metallic parts of electrical equipment, metallic raceway systems,
grounding conductor in metallic and nonmetallic raceways,
telecommunications system grounds, and neutral conductor of wiring systems.
3.1.11 Equipment Connections
Provide power wiring for the connection of motors and control equipment
under this section of the specification. Except as otherwise specifically
noted or specified, automatic control wiring, control devices, and
protective devices within the control circuitry are not included in this
section of the specifications and are provided under the section
specifying the associated equipment.
3.1.12 Repair of Existing Work
Perform repair of existing work, demolition, and modification of existing
electrical distribution systems as follows:
3.1.12.1 Workmanship
Lay out work in advance. Exercise care where cutting, channeling,
chasing, or drilling of floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, or other
surfaces is necessary for proper installation, support, or anchorage of
conduit, raceways, or other electrical work. Repair damage to buildings,
piping, and equipment using skilled craftsmen of trades involved.
3.1.12.2 Existing Concealed Wiring to be Removed
Disconnect existing concealed wiring to be removed from its source.
Remove conductors; cut conduit flush with floor, underside of floor, and
through walls; and seal openings.
3.1.12.3 Removal of Existing Electrical Distribution System
Removal of existing electrical distribution system equipment includes
equipment's associated wiring, including conductors, cables, exposed
conduit, surface metal raceways, boxes, and fittings, back to equipment's
power source as indicated.
3.1.13 Surge Protective Devices
Connect the surge protective devices in parallel to the power source,
keeping the conductors as short and straight as practically possible.
Maximum allowed lead length is 3 feet.
SECTION 26 20 00 Page 19

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
3.2 FIELD FABRICATED NAMEPLATE MOUNTING
Provide number, location, and letter designation of nameplates as
indicated. Fasten nameplates to the device with a minimum of two
sheet -metal screws or two rivets.
3.3 FIELD APPLIED PAINTING
Paint electrical equipment as required to match finish of adjacent
surfaces or to meet the indicated or specified safety criteria. Where
field painting of enclosures for panelboards, load centers or the like is
specified to match adjacent surfaces, to correct damage to the
manufacturer's factory applied coatings, or to meet the indicated or
specified safety criteria, provide manufacturer's recommended coatings and
apply in accordance to manufacturer's instructions.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Furnish test equipment and personnel and submit written copies of test
results. Give Contracting Officer 5 working days notice prior to each
test.
3.4.1 Devices Subject to Manual Operation
Operate each device subject to manual operation at least five times,
demonstrating satisfactory operation each time.
3.4.2 600-Volt Wiring Test
Test wiring rated 600 volt and less to verify that no short circuits or
accidental grounds exist. Perform insulation resistance tests on wiring
No. 6 AWG and larger diameter using instrument which applies voltage of
approximately 500 volts to provide direct reading of resistance. Minimum
resistance: 250,000 ohms.
3.4.3 Ground -Fault Receptacle Test
Test ground -fault receptacles with a "load" (such as a plug in light) to
verify that the "line" and "load" leads are not reversed.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 26 20 00 Page 20

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic W06895127
SECTION 26 51 00
INTERIOR LIGHTING
05/16
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the
basic designation only.
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING
ENGINEERS (ASHRAE)
ASHRAE 189.1 (2014) Standard for the Design of
High -Performance Green Buildings Except
Low -Rise Residential Buildings
ASHRAE 90.1 - IP (2013) Energy Standard for Buildings
Except Low -Rise Residential Buildings
ILLUMINATING ENGINEERING SOCIETY (IES)
IES HB-10 (2011; Errata 2015) IES Lighting Handbook
IES LM-79 (2008) Electrical and Photometric
Measurements of Solid -State Lighting
Products
IES LM-80 (2015) Measuring Lumen Maintenance of LED
Light Sources
IES RP-16 (2010; Addendum A 2008; Addenda B 2009;
Addendum C 2016) Nomenclature and
Definitions for Illuminating Engineering
IES TM-21 (2011; Addendum B 2015) Projecting Long
Term Lumen Maintenance of LED Light Sources
INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE)
IEEE 100 (2000; Archived) The Authoritative
Dictionary of IEEE Standards Terms
IEEE C2 (2017; Errata 1-2 2017; INT 1 2017)
National Electrical Safety Code
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA)
NEMA 250 (2018) Enclosures for Electrical Equipment
(1000 Volts Maximum)
NEMA ANSLG C78.377 (2017) Electric Lamps— Specifications for
the Chromaticity of Solid State Lighting
Products
SECTION 26 51 00 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
NEMA C82.77 (2002) Harmonic Emission Limits - Related
Power Quality Requirements for Lighting
Equipment
NEMA SSL 1 (2010) Electronic Drivers for Led Devices,
Arrays, or Systems
NEMA SSL 3 (2011) High -Power White LED Binning for
General Illumination
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 70 (2017; ERTA 1-2 2017; TIA 17-1; TIA 17-2;
TIA 17-3; TIA 17-4; TIA 17-5; TIA 17-6;
TIA 17-7; TIA 17-8; TIA 17-9; TIA 17-10;
TIA 17-11; TIA 17-12; TIA 17-13; TIA
17-14; TIA 17-15; TIA 17-16; TIA 17-17 )
National Electrical Code
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE (DOD)
DOD 8500.01 (2014) Cybersecurity
DOD 8510.01 (2014; Change 1-2016; Change 2-2017) Risk
Management Framework (RMF) for DoD
Information Technology (IT)
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
UL 1598
UL 8750
1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
(2008; Reprint Oct 2012) Luminaires
(2015; Reprint Aug 2018) UL Standard for
Safety Light Emitting Diode (LED)
Equipment for Use in Lighting Products
Materials not considered to be luminaires or luminaire accessories are
specified in Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
a. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, electrical and electronics
terms used in these specifications, and on the drawings, must be as
defined in IEEE 100 and IES RP-16.
b. For LED luminaire light sources, "Useful Life" is the operating hours
before reaching 70 percent of the initial rated lumen output (L70)
with no catastrophic failures under normal operating conditions. This
is also know as 70 percent "Rated Lumen Maintenance Life" as defined
in IES LM-80.
C. For LED luminaires, "Luminaire Efficacy" (LE) is the appropriate
measure of energy efficiency, measured in lumens/watt. This is
gathered from LM-79 data for the luminaire, in which absolute
photometry is used to measure the lumen output of the luminaire as one
entity, not the source separately and then the source and housing
together.
SECTION 26 51 00 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
d. Total harmonic distortion (THD) is the root mean square (RMS) of all
the harmonic components divided by the total fundamental current.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
Data, drawings, and reports must employ the terminology, classifications
and methods prescribed by the IES HB-10 as applicable, for the lighting
system specified. Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Luminaire Drawings
SD-03 Product Data
Luminaires
Light Sources
Drivers, Ballasts and Generators
LED Luminaire Warranty
Luminaire Design Data
SD-07 Certificates
Luminaire Useful Life Certificate
1.5 QUALITY CONTROL
1.5.1 Luminaire Drawings
Include dimensions, accessories, and installation and construction
details. Photometric data, including zonal lumen data, average and
minimum ratio, aiming diagram, and computerized candlepower distribution
data must accompany shop drawings.
1.5.2 Luminaire Design Data
a. Provide safety certification and file number for the luminaire family
that must be listed, labeled, or identified per the NFPA 70 (NEC).
Applicable testing bodies are determined by the US Occupational Safety
Health Administration (OSHA) as Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratories (NRTL) and include: CSA (Canadian Standards Association),
ETL (Edison Testing Laboratory), and UL (Underwriters Laboratories).
b. Provide long term lumen maintenance projections for each LED luminaire
in accordance with IES TM-21. Data used for projections must be
obtained from testing in accordance with IES LM-80.
1.5.3 Regulatory Requirements
In each of the publications referred to herein, consider the advisory
provisions to be mandatory, as though the word "must" had been substituted
for "should" wherever it appears. Interpret references in these
publications to the "authority having jurisdiction," or words of similar
SECTION 26 51 00 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
meaning, to mean the Contracting Officer. Equipment, materials,
installation, and workmanship must be in accordance with the mandatory and
advisory provisions of NFPA 70, unless more stringent requirements are
specified or indicated.
1.5.4 Standard Products
Provide materials and equipment that are products of manufacturers
regularly engaged in the production of such products which are of equal
material, design and workmanship. Products must have been in satisfactory
commercial or industrial use for two years prior to bid opening. The
two-year period must include applications of equipment and materials under
similar circumstances and of similar size. The product must have been on
sale on the commercial market through advertisements, manufacturers'
catalogs, or brochures during the two-year period. Where two or more
items of the same class of equipment are required, these items must be
products of a single manufacturer; however, the component parts of the
item need not be the products of the same manufacturer unless stated in
this section.
1.5.4.1 Alternative Qualifications
Products having less than a 2-year field service record will be acceptable
if a certified record of satisfactory field operation for not less than
6000 hours, exclusive of the manufacturers' factory or laboratory tests,
is furnished.
1.5.4.2 Material and Equipment Manufacturing Date
Products manufactured more than six months prior to date of delivery to
site must not be used, unless specified otherwise.
1.6 WARRANTY
Support all equipment items by service organizations which are reasonably
convenient to the equipment installation in order to render satisfactory
service to the equipment on a regular and emergency basis during the
warranty period of the contract.
1.6.1 LED Luminaire Warranty
a. Provide a written 5 year on -site replacement warranty for material,
fixture finish, and workmanship. On -site replacement includes
transportation, removal, and installation of new products.
(1) Include finish warranty to include failure and substantial
deterioration such as blistering, cracking, peeling, chalking, or
fading.
(2) Material warranty must include:
(a) All drivers.
(b) Replacement when more than 10 percent of LED sources in any
lightbar or subassembly(s) are defective or non -starting.
b. Warranty period must begin on date of beneficial occupancy. Provide
the Contracting Officer with signed warranty certificates prior to
final payment.
SECTION 26 51 00 Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
W06895127
1.6.1.1 Provide Luminaire Useful Life Certificate
Submit certification from the manufacturer indicating the expected useful
life of the luminaires provided. The useful life must be directly
correlated from the IES LM-80 test data using procedures outlined in
IES TM-21. Thermal properties of the specific luminaire and local ambient
operating temperature and conditions must be taken into consideration.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT COORDINATION
Products and materials not considered to be luminaires, luminaire
controls, or associated equipment are specified in Section 26 20 00
INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM.
2.2 LUMINAIRES
UL 1598, NEMA C82.77, and UL 8750. Provide luminaires as indicated in
luminaire schedule and NL plates or details on project plans. Provide
luminaires complete with light sources of quantity, type, and wattage
indicated. Provide all luminaires of the same type by the same
manufacturer. Luminaires must be specifically designed for use with the
driver, ballast or generator and light source provided.
2.2.1 LED Luminaires
Provide luminaires complete with power supplies (drivers) and light
sources. Provide design information including lumen output and design
life in luminaire schedule on project plans for LED luminaires. LED
luminaires must meet the minimum requirements in the following table:
LUMINAIRE TYPE
MINIMUM LUMINAIRE
MINIMUM COLOR RENDERING INDEX
EFFICACY (LE)
(CRI)
LED Linear Ambient
80 LPW
80
LED luminaires must also meet the following minimum requirements:
a. Luminaires must have a minimum 5 year manufacturer's warranty.
b. Luminaires must have a minimum L70 lumen maintenance value of 50,000
hours as calculated by IES TM-21, with data obtained per IES LM-80
requirements.
C. Luminaire drive current value must be identical to that provided by
test data for luminaire in question.
d. Luminaires must be tested to IES LM-79 and IES LM-80 standards, with
the results provided as required in the Submittals paragraph of this
specification.
e. Luminaires must be listed with the Designlights Consortium 'Qualified
Products List' when falling into category of "General Application"
luminaires, i.e. Interior Directional, Display Case, Troffer, Linear
Ambient, or Low/High Bay. Requirements are shown in the Designlights
Consortium "Technical Requirements Table" at
SECTION 26 51 00 Page 5

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
https://data.energystar.gov/dataset/EPA-Recognized-Laboratories-For-
Lighting-Products/jgwf-7grr.
f. Provide Department of Energy 'Lighting Facts' label for each luminaire.
2.3 DRIVERS, BALLASTS and GENERATORS
2.3.1 LED Drivers
NEMA SSL 1, UL 8750. LED drivers must be electronic, UL Class 1,
constant -current type and comply with the following requirements:
a. Output power (watts)and luminous flux (lumens) as shown in luminaire
schedule for each luminaire type to meet minimum luminaire efficacy
(LE) value provided.
b. Power Factor (PF) greater than or equal to 0.9 over the full dimming
range when provided.
C. Current draw Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) of less than 20 percent.
d. Class A sound rating.
e. Operable at input voltage of 120-277 volts at 60 hertz.
f. Minimum 5 year manufacturer's warranty.
g. RoHS compliant.
h. Integral thermal protection that reduces or eliminates the output
power if case temperature exceeds a value detrimental to the driver.
i. UL listed for dry or damp locations typical of interior installations.
j. Non -dimmable.
2.4 LIGHT SOURCES
NEMA ANSLG C78.377, NEMA SSL 3. Provide type and wattage as indicated in
luminaire schedule on project plans.
2.4.1 LED Light Sources
a. Correlated Color Temperature (CCT) of 3500 degrees K.
b. Minimum Color Rendering Index (CRI) R9 value of 80.
C. High power, white light output utilizing phosphor conversion (PC)
process.
d. RoHS compliant.
e. Provide light source color consistency by utilizing a binning
tolerance within a 4 step McAdam ellipse.
2.5 LIGHTING CONTROLS
ASHRAE 90.1 - IP ASHRAE 189.1. Provide network certification for all
networked lighting control systems and devices per requirements of
SECTION 26 51 00 Page 6

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
DOD 8500.01 and DOD 8510.01.
2.5.1 Toggle Switches
Provide line -voltage toggle switches as specified in Section 26 20 00
INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM.
2.6 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
2.6.1 Manufacturer's Nameplate
Each item of equipment must have a nameplate bearing the manufacturer's
name, address, model number, and serial number securely affixed in a
conspicuous place; the nameplate of the distributing agent will not be
acceptable.
2.6.2 Labels
Provide labeled luminaires in accordance with UL 1598 requirements. All
luminaires must be clearly marked for operation of specific light sources
and drivers. Note the following light source characteristics in the
format "Use Only ":
All markings related to light source type must be clear and located to be
readily visible to service personnel, but unseen from normal viewing
angles when light sources are in place. Ballasts, generators or drivers
must have clear markings indicating multi -level outputs and indicate
proper terminals for the various outputs.
2.7 FACTORY APPLIED FINISH
Provide all luminaires and lighting equipment with factory -applied
painting system that as a minimum, meets requirements of NEMA 250
corrosion -resistance test.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
Electrical installations must conform to IEEE C2, NFPA 70, and to the
requirements specified herein. Install luminaires and lighting controls
to meet the requirements of ASHRAE 90.1 - IP and ASHRAE 189.1. To
encourage consistency and uniformity, install luminaires of the same
manufacture and model number when residing in the same facility or
building.
3.1.1 Luminaires
Set luminaires plumb, square, and level with ceiling and structures, in
alignment with adjacent luminaires and secure in accordance with
manufacturers' directions and approved drawings. Installation must meet
requirements of NFPA 70. Mounting heights specified or indicated must be
to the bottom of the luminaire for ceiling -mounted luminaires and to
center of luminaire for wall -mounted luminaires. Obtain approval of the
exact mounting height on the job before commencing installation and, where
applicable, after coordinating with the type, style, and pattern of the
ceiling being installed.
SECTION 26 51 00 Page 7

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
3.1.2 Ballasts, Generators and Power Supplies
Provide drivers integral to luminaire as constructed by the manufacturer.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 26 51 00 Page 8

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic W06895127
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20
EXCAVATION AND FILL
02/11
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by the
basic designation only.
AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION (AWWA)
AWWA C600 (2017) Installation of Ductile -Iron Mains
and Their Appurtenances
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM C136/C136M
(2014) Standard Test Method for Sieve
Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates
ASTM D1140 (2017) Standard Test Methods for
Determining the Amount of Material Finer
than 75-p m (No. 200) Sieve in Soils by
Washing
ASTM D1556/D1556M (2015; E 2016) Standard Test Method for
Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place
by Sand -Cone Method
ASTM D1557 (2012; E 2015) Standard Test Methods for
Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of
Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000
ft-lbf/ft3) (2700 kN-m/m3)
ASTM D2216 (2010) Laboratory Determination of Water
(Moisture) Content of Soil and Rock by Mass
ASTM D2321 (2018) Standard Practice for Underground
Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for
Sewers and Other Gravity -Flow Applications
ASTM D2487 (2017) Standard Practice for
Classification of Soils for Engineering
Purposes (Unified Soil Classification
System)
ASTM D3786/D3786M (2013) Hydraulic Bursting Strength of
Textile Fabrics -Diaphragm Bursting
Strength Tester Method
ASTM D4318 (2017; E 2018) Standard Test Methods for
Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and
Plasticity Index of Soils
ASTM D4533/D4533M (2015) Standard Test Method for Trapezoid
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
Tearing Strength of Geotextiles
ASTM D4632/D4632M (2015a) Grab Breaking Load and Elongation
of Geotextiles
ASTM D4759 (2011) Determining the Specification
Conformance of Geosynthetics
ASTM D4833/D4833M (2007; E 2013; R 2013) Index Puncture
Resistance of Geotextiles, Geomembranes,
and Related Products
ASTM D6938 (2017a) Standard Test Method for In -Place
Density and Water Content of Soil and
Soil -Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow
Depth)
ASTM D698 (2012; E 2014; E 2015) Laboratory
Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using
Standard Effort (12,400 ft-lbf/cu. ft.
(600 kN-m/cu. m.))
1.2 DEFINITIONS
1.2.1 Degree of Compaction
Degree of compaction is expressed as a percentage of the maximum density
obtained by the test procedure presented in ASTM D1557, for general soil
types, abbreviated as percent laboratory maximum density.
1.2.2 Hard Materials
Weathered rock, dense consolidated deposits, or conglomerate materials
which are not included in the definition of "rock" but which usually
require the use of heavy excavation equipment, ripper teeth, or jack
hammers for removal.
1.2.3 Rock
Solid homogeneous interlocking crystalline material with firmly cemented,
laminated, or foliated masses or conglomerate deposits, neither of which
can be removed without systematic drilling and blasting, drilling and the
use of expansion jacks or feather wedges, or the use of backhoe-mounted
pneumatic hole punchers or rock breakers; also large boulders, buried
masonry, or concrete other than pavement exceeding 1/2 cubic yard in
volume. Removal of hard material will not be considered rock excavation
because of intermittent drilling and blasting that is performed merely to
increase production.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for all submittals. Submit the following
in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Dewatering work plan
Submit 15 days prior to starting work.
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
SD-06 Test Reports
Borrow Site Testing
Fill and backfill test
Select material test
Density tests
Moisture Content Tests
Copies of all laboratory and field test reports within 24 hours of the
completion of the test.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Perform in a manner to prevent contamination or segregation of materials.
1.5 CRITERIA FOR BIDDING
Base bids on the following criteria:
a. Surface elevations are as indicated.
b. Pipes or other artificial obstructions, except those indicated, will
not be encountered.
C. Ground water elevations indicated by the boring log were those
existing at the time subsurface investigations were made and do not
necessarily represent ground water elevation at the time of
construction.
d. Material character is indicated by the boring logs.e. Hard materials
will not be encountered.
f. Borrow material in the quantities required is not available on
Government property.
g. Blasting will not be permitted. Remove material in an approved manner.
1.6 REQUIREMENTS FOR OFF SITE SOIL
Do not furnish or transport soils onto MCAS Cherry Point or outlying
fields when such act would violate the Comprehensive Environmental
Response Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) or the General Statutes
of North Carolina.
The Contractor shall provide documentation certifying that all soil
furnished under the contract contains no petroleum or hazardous or toxic
materials as stated in DoD Instruction 4715.6, which implements 10 U.S.C.
2692. This documentation shall include the Soil Authorization Form (SAF)
showing the volume of soil needed, analytical test data to support the
environmental condition of the soil, and a copy of the State -issued
"mining permit" for the borrow pit source. The MCAS Cherry Point
Environmental Affairs Department (EAD) will review these documents before
off site soil is considered approved for use.
The following methods shall be used to determine if soil meets the
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
requirements for off site soil (RFOSS).
If the total amount of soil to be brought onto MCAS Cherry Point for a
single contract is less than 200 cubic yards, the Contractor shall certify
the soil meets the RFOSS by inspecting for "apparent contamination" as
determined by visual or other indications of contamination including
abnormal or unnatural color, chemical or petroleum odors, or saturation
with a chemical or petroleum. If the soil shows no apparent
contamination, the Contractor shall provide to EAD a signed SAF certifying
the soil contains no apparent contamination. Soil showing apparent
contamination shall not be utilized aboard MCAS Cherry Point or outlying
fields.
If the total amount of soil to be brought aboard MCAS Cherry Point for a
single contract is equal to or greater than 200 cubic yards, the soil
shall be analyzed by a North Carolina certified laboratory. The
laboratory must be certified by North Carolina in the specific tests to be
performed. Sampling must be conducted by qualified personnel following
proper field sampling methodology and proper chain -of -custody protocol
must be followed. Otherwise, the sampling will be considered invalid.
Consult with the selected laboratory about the specific sample handling
procedures required by the analytical methods. Sample containers, sample
volumes, and timeframes differ depending on the analytical method.
Sampling requirements are summarized below and are for a single soil
source only.
a. One representative sample for soil volumes of 200 cubic yards to
1,000 cubic yards needed.
b. For soil volumes greater than 1,000 cubic yards, one additional
representative sample is required for each additional 2,000 cubic
yards or portion thereof.
A representative sample is achieved by collecting multiple samples in a
defined area (e.g. soil stockpile or borrow pit) and directing the
laboratory to combine them into a "composite sample" for analysis. The
composite or representative sample is intended to represent the soil
source as a whole.
Samples shall be collected by qualified personnel following proper field
sampling methodology. For each representative sample, 3 "primary samples"
from each of 2 soil borings (or excavation pits) shall be obtained for a
total of 6 primary samples. The 3 primary samples collected from each
boring/pit shall be obtained at even intervals throughout the soil column
(i.e. upper, middle, lower) and placed into individual sampling
containers. Samples shall not be combined in the field. The 6 primary
samples shall be sent to the NC certified laboratory where they will be
combined into one "composite sample" for analysis.
Soil samples shall be analyzed for Gasoline Range Organics (GRO), Diesel
Range Organics (DRO), Oil and Grease (0&G), and eight Metals (Arsenic;
Barium; Cadmium; Chromium; Lead; Mercury; Selenium; and Silver). The
laboratory method detection limits must be set below the State action
levels or the testing will be considered invalid. All units are to be
reported in milligrams per kilograms (mg/kg).
Soil samples should be analyzed for the following parameters:
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
a. Gasoline Range Organics - use Standard Method 5030
b. Diesel Range Organics - use Standard Method 5030
C. Oil & Grease - use EPA Method 9071 with a silica gel wash
d. Total Metals - use EPA 6010 (Arsenic, Barium, Cadmium, Chromium,
Lead, Selenium, and Silver)
e. Total Metals - use EPA 7471 (Mercury only)
If test results are greater than the allowed detection limits for
petroleum constituents (GRO, DRO, 0&G) or the standards for the eight
metals (as provided by the EPA), the soil from which the sample was taken
shall not be approved for use.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.7.1 Dewatering Work Plan
Submit procedures for accomplishing dewatering work.
1.7.2 Utilities
Movement of construction machinery and equipment over pipes and utilities
during construction shall be at the Contractor's risk. Perform work
adjacent to non -Government utilities as indicated in accordance with
procedures outlined by utility company. Excavation made with power -driven
equipment is not permitted within two feet of known Government -owned
utility or subsurface construction. For work immediately adjacent to or
for excavations exposing a utility or other buried obstruction, excavate
by hand. Start hand excavation on each side of the indicated obstruction
and continue until the obstruction is uncovered or until clearance for the
new grade is assured. Support uncovered lines or other existing work
affected by the contract excavation until approval for backfill is granted
by the Contracting Officer. Report damage to utility lines or subsurface
construction immediately to the Contracting Officer.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SOIL MATERIALS
2.1.1 Select Material
Provide materials classified as GW, GP, SW, SP, or by ASTM D2487 where
indicated. The liquid limit of such material shall not exceed 35 percent
when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318. The plasticity index shall not
be greater than 12 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM D4318, and
not more than 35 percent by weight shall be finer than No. 200 sieve when
tested in accordance with ASTM D1140.
2.2 UTILITY BEDDING MATERIAL
Except as specified otherwise in the individual piping section, provide
bedding for buried piping in accordance with AWWA C600, Type 4, except as
specified herein. Backfill to top of pipe shall be compacted to 95
percent of ASTM D698 maximum density. Provide ASTM D2321 materials as
follows:
a. Class I: Angular, 0.25 to 1.5 inches, graded stone, including a
number of fill materials that have regional significance such as
coral, slag, cinders, crushed stone, and crushed shells.
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 5

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic W06895127
2.3 BORROW
Obtain borrow materials required in excess of those furnished from
excavations from sources outside of Government property, at Contractor's
cost.
2.4 FILTER FABRIC
Provide a pervious sheet of polyester, nylon, glass or polypropylene,
filaments woven, spun bonded, fused, or otherwise manufactured into a
nonraveling fabric with uniform thickness and strength. Fabric shall have
the following manufacturer certified minimum average roll properties as
determined by ASTM D4759:
Class
A
Class B
a.
machine
Grab tensile strength (ASTM D4632/D4632M)
and transversed direction
min.
180
80
lbs.
b. Grab elongation (ASTM D4632/D4632M) machine and
transverse direction
min.
15
15
percent
C.
Puncture resistance (ASTM D4833/D4833M)
min.
80
25
lbs.
d.
Mullen burst strength (ASTM D3786/D3786M)
min.
290
130
psi
e.
Trapezoidal Tear (ASTM D4533/D4533M)
min.
50
25
lbs.
2.5 MATERIAL FOR RIP -RAP
Filter fabric and rock conforming to these requirements for construction
indicated.
2.5.1 Rock
Rock fragments sufficiently durable to ensure permanence in the structure
and the environment in which it is to be used. Rock fragments shall be
free from cracks, seams, and other defects that would increase the risk of
deterioration from natural causes. The size of the fragments shall be
such that no individual fragment exceeds a weight of 150 pounds and that
no more than 10 percent of the mixture, by weight, consists of fragments
weighing 2 pounds or less each. Specific gravity of the rock shall be a
minimum of 2.50. The inclusion of more than trace 1 percent quantities
of dirt, sand, clay, and rock fines will not be permitted.
2.6 BURIED WARNING AND IDENTIFICATION TAPE
Polyethylene plastic and metallic core or metallic -faced, acid- and
alkali -resistant, polyethylene plastic warning tape manufactured
specifically for warning and identification of buried utility lines.
Provide tape on rolls, 3 inch minimum width, color coded as specified
below for the intended utility with warning and identification imprinted
in bold black letters continuously over the entire tape length. Warning
and identification to read, "CAUTION, BURIED (intended service) LINE
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 6

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
W06895127
BELOW" or similar wording. Color and printing shall be permanent,
unaffected by moisture or soil.
Warning Tape Color Codes
Red:
Electric
Yellow:
Gas, Oil; Dangerous Materials
Orange:
Telephone and Other Communications
Blue:
Potable Water Systems
Green:
Sewer Systems
White:
Steam Systems
Gray:
Compressed Air
Purple:
Non Potable, Reclaimed Water, Irrigation
and Slurry lines
2.6.1 Warning Tape for Metallic Piping
Acid and alkali -resistant polyethylene plastic tape conforming to the
width, color, and printing requirements specified above. Minimum
thickness of tape shall be 0.003 inch. Tape shall have a minimum strength
of 1500 psi lengthwise, and 1250 psi crosswise, with a maximum 350 percent
elongation.
2.6.2 Detectable Warning Tape for Non -Metallic Piping
Polyethylene plastic tape conforming to the width, color, and printing
requirements specified above. Minimum thickness of the tape shall be
0.004 inch. Tape shall have a minimum strength of 1500 psi lengthwise and
1250 psi crosswise. Tape shall be manufactured with integral wires, foil
backing, or other means of enabling detection by a metal detector when
tape is buried up to 3 feet deep. Encase metallic element of the tape in
a protective jacket or provide with other means of corrosion protection.
2.7 DETECTION WIRE FOR NON-METALLIC PIPING
Detection wire shall be insulated single strand, solid copper with a
minimum of 12 AWG.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION
3.1.1 Drainage and Dewatering
Provide for the collection and disposal of surface and subsurface water
encountered during construction.
3.1.1.1 Drainage
So that construction operations progress successfully, completely drain
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 7

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
construction site during periods of construction to keep soil materials
sufficiently dry. The Contractor shall establish/construct storm drainage
features (ponds/basins) at the earliest stages of site development, and
throughout construction grade the construction area to provide positive
surface water runoff away from the construction activity and/or provide
temporary ditches, dikes, swales, and other drainage features and
equipment as required to maintain dry soils, prevent erosion and
undermining of foundations. When unsuitable working platforms for
equipment operation and unsuitable soil support for subsequent
construction features develop, remove unsuitable material and provide new
soil material as specified herein. It is the responsibility of the
Contractor to assess the soil and ground water conditions presented by the
plans and specifications and to employ necessary measures to permit
construction to proceed. Excavated slopes and backfill surfaces shall be
protected to prevent erosion and sloughing. Excavation shall be performed
so that the site, the area immediately surrounding the site, and the area
affecting operations at the site shall be continually and effectively
drained.
3.1.1.2 Dewatering
Groundwater flowing toward or into excavations shall be controlled to
prevent sloughing of excavation slopes and walls, boils, uplift and heave
in the excavation and to eliminate interference with orderly progress of
construction. French drains, sumps, ditches or trenches will not be
permitted within 3 feet of the foundation of any structure, except with
specific written approval, and after specific contractual provisions for
restoration of the foundation area have been made. Control measures shall
be taken by the time the excavation reaches the water level in order to
maintain the integrity of the in situ material. While the excavation is
open, the water level shall be maintained continuously, at least two feet
below the working level.
Operate dewatering system continuously until construction work below
existing water levels is complete. Submit performance records weekly.
Measure and record performance of dewatering system at same time each day
by use of observation wells or piezometers installed in conjunction with
the dewatering system. Relieve hydrostatic head in previous zones below
subgrade elevation in layered soils to prevent uplift.
3.1.2 Underground Utilities
Location of the existing utilities indicated is approximate. The
Contractor shall physically verify the location and elevation of the
existing utilities indicated prior to starting construction. The
Contractor shall scan the construction site with electromagnetic and sonic
equipment and mark the surface of the ground where existing underground
utilities are discovered.
3.1.3 Machinery and Equipment
Movement of construction machinery and equipment over pipes during
construction shall be at the Contractor's risk. Repair, or remove and
provide new pipe for existing or newly installed pipe that has been
displaced or damaged.
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 8

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION
3.2.1 Clearing and Grubbing
Unless indicated otherwise, remove trees, stumps, logs, shrubs, brush and
vegetation and other items that would interfere with construction
operations within the clearing limits. Remove stumps entirely. Grub out
matted roots and roots over 2 inches in diameter to at least 18 inches
below existing surface.
3.2.2 Stripping
Strip suitable soil from the site where excavation or grading is indicated
and stockpile separately from other excavated material. Material
unsuitable for use as topsoil shall be wasted. Locate topsoil so that the
material can be used readily for the finished grading. Where sufficient
existing topsoil conforming to the material requirements is not available
on site, provide borrow materials suitable for use as topsoil. Protect
topsoil and keep in segregated piles until needed.
3.2.3 Unsuitable Material
Remove vegetation, debris, decayed vegetable matter, sod, mulch, and
rubbish underneath paved areas or concrete slabs.
3.3 EXCAVATION
Excavate to contours, elevation, and dimensions indicated. Reuse
excavated materials that meet the specified requirements for the material
type required at the intended location. Keep excavations free from water.
Excavate soil disturbed or weakened by Contractor's operations, soils
softened or made unsuitable for subsequent construction due to exposure to
weather. Excavations below indicated depths will not be permitted except
to remove unsatisfactory material. Unsatisfactory material encountered
below the grades shown shall be removed as directed. Refill with select
material and compact to 100 percent of ASTM D1557 maximum density.
Unless specified otherwise, refill excavations cut below indicated depth
with select material and compact to 100 percent of ASTM D1557 maximum
density. Satisfactory material removed below the depths indicated,
without specific direction of the Contracting Officer, shall be replaced
with satisfactory materials to the indicated excavation grade; except as
specified for spread footings. Determination of elevations and
measurements of approved overdepth excavation of unsatisfactory material
below grades indicated shall be done under the direction of the
Contracting Officer.
3.3.1 Structures With Spread Footings
Ensure that footing subgrades have been inspected and approved by the
Contracting Officer prior to concrete placement. Fill over excavations
with concrete during foundation placement.
3.3.2 Pipe Trenches
Excavate to the dimension indicated. Grade bottom of trenches to provide
uniform support for each section of pipe after pipe bedding placement.
Tamp if necessary to provide a firm pipe bed. Recesses shall be excavated
to accommodate bells and joints so that pipe will be uniformly supported
for the entire length. Rock, where encountered, shall be excavated to a
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 9

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
depth of at least 6 inches below the bottom of the pipe.
3.3.3 Hard Material Excavation
Remove hard material to elevations indicated in a manner that will leave
foundation material in an unshattered and solid condition. Roughen level
surfaces and cut sloped surfaces into benches for bond with concrete.
Protect shale from conditions causing decomposition along joints or
cleavage planes and other types of erosion. Removal of hard material
beyond lines and grades indicated will not be grounds for a claim for
additional payment unless previously authorized by the Contracting
Officer. Excavation of the material claimed as rock shall not be
performed until the material has been cross sectioned by the Contractor
and approved by the Contracting Officer. Common excavation shall consist
of all excavation not classified as rock excavation.
3.3.4 Excavated Materials
Satisfactory excavated material required for fill or backfill shall be
placed in the proper section of the permanent work required or shall be
separately stockpiled if it cannot be readily placed. Satisfactory
material in excess of that required for the permanent work and all
unsatisfactory material shall be disposed of as specified in Paragraph
"DISPOSITION OF SURPLUS MATERIAL."
3.3.5 3.3.5 Stockpile
Any soil that is excavated during construction that shows contamination by
visible sight, smell or pid detection shall be segregated and stockpiled
for testing prior to removal from the project site. See construction
drawings for detail as to construction of typical containment stockpile.
Temporary stockpile shall be constructed and maintained in accordance with
EOA, EPA, and NCDENR standards and specification.
3.3.6 3.3.6 Soil and Water Testing
The Contractor shall test all soil and water for contaminants indicated
prior to removal from site. The Contractor shall be responsible for all
labor, materials, equipment necessary to test and control soil and water
on -site. Soil and water testing shall be performed by a certified
laboratory and written reports provided to the Contracting Officer.
a. Std. Method 5030 Sample Prep with modified 8015 - gasoline range
organics
b. Std Method 5030 and 3550 Sample Prep with modified 8015 - diesel range
organics
C. EPA Method 9071 - oil & grease with silica gel wash
d. Full TCLP
All contaminated soil and water removed from site shall be treated and/or
disposed of at a NCDENR permitted site.
Water determined by testing to be free of contamination shall be released
from the site in accordance with NCDENR sediment and erosion control
regulations and permits.
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 10

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
3.4 SUBGRADE PREPARATION
Unsatisfactory material in surfaces to receive fill or in excavated areas
shall be removed and replaced with satisfactory materials as directed by
the Contracting Officer. The surface shall be scarified to a depth of 6
inches before the fill is started. Sloped surfaces steeper than 1
vertical to 4 horizontal shall be plowed, stepped, benched, or broken up
so that the fill material will bond with the existing material. When
subgrades are less than the specified density, the ground surface shall be
broken up to a minimum depth of 6 inches, pulverized, and compacted to the
specified density. When the subgrade is part fill and part excavation or
natural ground, the excavated or natural ground portion shall be scarified
to a depth of 12 inches and compacted as specified for the adjacent fill.
Material shall not be placed on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or
contain frost. Compaction shall be accomplished by sheepsfoot rollers,
pneumatic -tired rollers, steel -wheeled rollers, or other approved
equipment well suited to the soil being compacted. Material shall be
moistened or aerated as necessary specified compaction with the equipment
used. Minimum subgrade density shall be as specified herein.
3.4.1 Proof Rolling
Proof rolling shall be done on an exposed subgrade free of surface water
(wet conditions resulting from rainfall) which would promote degradation
of an otherwise acceptable subgrade. After stripping, proof roll the
existing subgrade of the building and paved areas with six passes of a
dump truck loaded with 6 cubic meters of soil. Operate the truck in a
systematic manner to ensure the number of passes over all areas, and at
speeds between 2 1/2 to 3 1/2 miles per hour. When proof rolling under
buildings, the building subgrade shall be considered to extend 5 feet
beyond the building lines, and one-half of the passes made with the roller
shall be in a direction perpendicular to the other passes. Notify the
Contracting Officer a minimum of 3 days prior to proof rolling. Proof
rolling shall be performed in the presence of the Contracting Officer.
Rutting or pumping of material shall be undercut as directed by the
Contracting Officer.
3.5 FILLING AND BACKFILLING
Fill and backfill to contours, elevations, and dimensions indicated.
Compact each lift before placing overlaying lift.
3.5.1 Select Material Placement
Place in 6 inch lifts. Do not place over wet or frozen areas. Backfill
adjacent to structures shall be placed as structural elements are
completed and accepted. Backfill against concrete only when approved.
Place and compact material to avoid loading upon or against structure.
3.5.2 Trench Backfilling
Backfill as rapidly as construction, testing, and acceptance of work
permits. Place and compact backfill under structures and paved areas in 6
inch lifts to top of trench and in 6 inch lifts to one foot over pipe
outside structures and paved areas.
3.6 BORROW
Where satisfactory materials are not available in sufficient quantity from
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 11

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
required excavations, approved borrow materials shall be obtained as
specified herein.
3.7 BURIED WARNING AND IDENTIFICATION TAPE
Provide buried utility lines with utility identification tape. Bury tape
12 inches below finished grade; under pavements and slabs, bury tape 6
inches below top of subgrade.
3.8 BURIED DETECTION WIRE
Bury detection wire directly above non-metallic piping at a distance not
to exceed 12 inches above the top of pipe. The wire shall extend
continuously and unbroken, from manhole to manhole. The ends of the wire
shall terminate inside the manholes at each end of the pipe, with a
minimum of 3 feet of wire, coiled, remaining accessible in each manhole.
The wire shall remain insulated over it's entire length. The wire shall
enter manholes between the top of the corbel and the frame, and extend up
through the chimney seal between the frame and the chimney seal. For
force mains, the wire shall terminate in the valve pit at the pump station
end of the pipe.
3.9 COMPACTION
Determine in -place density of existing subgrade; if required density
exists, no compaction of existing subgrade will be required.
3.9.1 General Site
Compact underneath areas designated for vegetation and areas outside the 10
foot line of the paved area or structure to 90 percent of ASTM D1557.
3.9.2 Structures, Spread Footings, and Concrete Slabs
Compact top 12 inches of subgrades to 95 percent of ASTM D1557. Compact
select material to 95 percent of ASTM D1557.
3.9.3 Adjacent Area
Compact areas within 5 feet of structures to 90 percent of ASTM D1557.
3.9.4 Paved Areas
Compact top 12 inches of subgrades to 95 percent of ASTM D1557. Compact
fill and backfill materials to 95 percent of ASTM D1557.
3.10 FINISH OPERATIONS
3.10.1 Grading
Finish grades as indicated within one -tenth of one foot. Grade areas to
drain water away from structures. Maintain areas free of trash and
debris. For existing grades that will remain but which were disturbed by
Contractor's operations, grade as directed.
3.10.2 Protection of Surfaces
Protect newly backfilled, graded, and topsoiled areas from traffic,
erosion, and settlements that may occur. Repair or reestablish damaged
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 12

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
grades, elevations, or slopes.
3.11 DISPOSITION OF SURPLUS MATERIAL
Remove from Government property surplus or other soil material not
required or suitable for filling or backfilling, and brush, refuse,
stumps, roots, and timber.
3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
3.12.1 Sampling
Take the number and size of samples required to perform the following
tests.
3.12.2 Testing
Perform one of each of the following tests for each material used. Provide
additional tests for each source change.
3.12.2.1 Select Material Testing
Test select material in accordance with ASTM C136/C136M for conformance to
ASTM D2487 gradation limits; ASTM D1140 for material finer than the No. 200
sieve; ASTM D1557 for moisture density relations, as applicable.
3.12.2.2 Density Tests
Test density in accordance with ASTM D1556/D1556M, or ASTM D6938. When
ASTM D6938 density tests are used, verify density test results by
performing an ASTM D1556/D1556M density test at a location already
ASTM D6938 tested as specified herein. Perform an ASTM D1556/D1556M
density test at the start of the job, and for every 10 ASTM D6938 density
tests thereafter. Test each lift at randomly selected locations every 500
square feet of existing grade in fills for structures and concrete slabs,
and every 1000 square feet for other fill areas and every 1000 square feet
of subgrade in cut. Include density test results in daily report.
Bedding and backfill in trenches
lift.
3.12.2.3 Moisture Content Tests
One test per 50 linear feet in each
In the stockpile, excavation or borrow areas, a minimum of two tests per
day per type of material or source of materials being placed is required
during stable weather conditions. During unstable weather, tests shall be
made as dictated by local conditions and approved moisture content shall
be tested in accordance with ASTM D2216. Include moisture content test
results in daily report.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 31 23 00.00 20 Page 13

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic W06895127
SECTION 32 11 23
AGGREGATE BASE COURSES
08/17
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to in the text by basic
designation only.
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF STATE HIGHWAY AND TRANSPORTATION OFFICIALS
(AASHTO)
AASHTO T 180 (2017) Standard Method of Test for
Moisture -Density Relations of Soils Using
a 4.54-kg (10-1b) Rammer and a 457-mm
(18-in.) Drop
AASHTO T 224 (2010) Standard Method of Test for
Correction for Coarse Particles in the
Soil Compaction Test
AASHTO T 88 (2013) Standard Method of Test for
Particle Size Analysis of Soils
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM C117
(2017) Standard Test Method for Materials
Finer than 75-um (No. 200) Sieve in
Mineral Aggregates by Washing
ASTM C131/C131M
(2014) Standard Test Method for Resistance
to Degradation of Small -Size Coarse
Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the
Los Angeles Machine
ASTM C136/C136M
(2014) Standard Test Method for Sieve
Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates
ASTM C29/C29M
(2017a) Standard Test Method for Bulk
Density ("Unit Weight") and Voids in
Aggregate
ASTM D1556/D1556M
(2015; E 2016) Standard Test Method for
Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place
by Sand -Cone Method
ASTM D1557 (2012; E 2015) Standard Test Methods for
Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of
Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000
ft-lbf/ft3) (2700 kN-m/m3)
ASTM D2167 (2015) Density and Unit Weight of Soil in
Place by the Rubber Balloon Method
SECTION 32 11 23 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
ASTM D2487 (2017) Standard Practice for
Classification of Soils for Engineering
Purposes (Unified Soil Classification
System)
ASTM D4318 (2017; E 2018) Standard Test Methods for
Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and
Plasticity Index of Soils
ASTM D6938 (2017a) Standard Test Method for In -Place
Density and Water Content of Soil and
Soil -Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow
Depth)
ASTM D75/D75M (2014) Standard Practice for Sampling
Aggregates
ASTM E11 (2016) Standard Specification for Woven
Wire Test Sieve Cloth and Test Sieves
1.2 DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this specification, the following definitions apply.
1.2.1 Aggregate Base Course
Aggregate base course (ABC) is well graded, durable aggregate uniformly
moistened and mechanically stabilized by compaction.
1.2.2 Degree of Compaction
Degree of compaction required, except as noted in the second sentence, is
expressed as a percentage of the maximum laboratory dry density obtained
by the test procedure presented in ASTM D1557 abbreviated as a percent of
laboratory maximum dry density. Since ASTM D1557 applies only to soils
that have 30 percent or less by weight of their particles retained on the
3/4 inch sieve, the degree of compaction for material having more than 30
percent by weight of their particles retained on the 3/4 inch sieve will
be expressed as a percentage of the laboratory maximum dry density in
accordance with AASHTO T 180 Method D and corrected with AASHTO T 224.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SD-03 Product Data
ABC Stone
SD-06 Test Reports
Initial Tests
In -Place Tests
1.4 EQUIPMENT, TOOLS, AND MACHINES
All plant, equipment, and tools used in the performance of the work will
SECTION 32 11 23 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
be subject to approval by the Contracting Officer before the work is
started. Maintain all plant, equipment, and tools in satisfactory working
condition at all times. Submit a list of proposed equipment, including
descriptive data. Use equipment capable of minimizing segregation,
producing the required compaction, meeting grade controls, thickness
control, and smoothness requirements as set forth herein.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
Sampling and testing are the responsibility of the Contractor. Perform
sampling and testing using a laboratory approved in accordance with
Section 01 45 00.00 20 QUALITY CONTROL. Work requiring testing will not
be permitted until the testing laboratory has been inspected and
approved. Test the materials to establish compliance with the specified
requirements and perform testing at the specified frequency. The
Contracting Officer may specify the time and location of the tests.
Furnish copies of test results to the Contracting Officer within 24 hours
of completion of the tests.
1.5.1 Sampling
Take samples for laboratory testing
When deemed necessary, the sampling
Officer.
1.5.2 Tests
1.5.2.1 Sieve Analysis
in conformance with ASTM D75/D75M.
will be observed by the Contracting
Perform sieve analysis in conformance with ASTM C117 and ASTM C136/C136M
using sieves conforming to ASTM Ell. Perform particle -size analysis of
the soils in conformance with AASHTO T 88.
1.5.2.2 Liquid Limit and Plasticity Index
Determine liquid limit and plasticity index in accordance with ASTM D4318.
1.5.2.3 Moisture -Density Determinations
Determine the laboratory maximum dry density and optimum moisture content
in accordance with paragraph DEGREE OF COMPACTION.
1.5.2.4 Field Density Tests
Measure field density in accordance with ASTM D1556/D1556M, ASTM D2167 or
ASTM D6938. For the method presented in ASTM D1556/D1556M use the base
plate as shown in the drawing. For the method presented in ASTM D6938
check the calibration curves and adjust them, if necessary, using only the
sand cone method as described in paragraph Calibration, of the ASTM
publication. Tests performed in accordance with ASTM D6938 result in a
wet unit weight of soil and ASTM D6938 will be used to determine the
moisture content of the soil. Also check the calibration curves furnished
with the moisture gauges along with density calibration checks as
described in ASTM D6938. Make the calibration checks of both the density
and moisture gauges using the prepared containers of material method, as
described in paragraph Calibration of ASTM D6938, on each different type
of material being tested at the beginning of a job and at intervals as
directed.
SECTION 32 11 23 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
a. Submit certified copies of test results for approval not less than
30 days before material is required for the work.
b. Submit calibration curveds and related test results prior to using
the device or equipment being calibrated.
c. Submit coppies of field test results within 24 hours after the
tests are performed.
1.5.2.5 Wear Test
Perform wear tests on ABC course material in conformance with
ASTM C131/C131M.
1.5.2.6 Weight of Slag
Determine weight per cubic foot of slag in accordance with ASTM C29/C29M
on the ABC course material.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 AGGREGATES
Provide ABC conforming to NCDOT, Section 1005.
2.2 TESTS, INSPECTIONS, AND VERIFICATIONS
2.2.1 Initial Tests
Perform one of each of the following tests, on the proposed material prior
to commencing construction, to demonstrate that the proposed material
meets all specified requirements when furnished. Complete this testing
for each source if materials from more than one source are proposed.
a. Sieve Analysis.
b. Liquid limit and plasticity index.
C. Moisture -density relationship.
d. Wear.
e. Weight per cubic foot of Slag.
2.2.2 Approval of Material
Select the source of the material 30 day sprior to the time the material
will be required in the work. Tentative approval of material will be
based on initial test results. Final approval of the materials will be
based on sieve analysis, liquid limit, and plasticity index tests
performed on samples taken from the completed and fully compacted coure(s).
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
When the ABC is constructed in more than one layer, clean the previously
constructed layer of loose and foreign matter by sweeping with power
sweepers or power brooms, except that hand brooms may be used in areas
SECTION 32 11 23 Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
where power cleaning is not practicable. Provide adequate drainage during
the entire period of construction to prevent water from collecting or
standing on the working area.
3.2 OPERATION OF AGGREGATE SOURCES
Condition aggregate sources on private lands in accordance with local laws
or authorities. Clearing, stripping, and excavating are the
responsibility of the Contractor. Operate the aggregate sources to
produce the quantity and quality of materials meeting the specified
requirements in the specified time limit.
3.3 STOCKPILING MATERIAL
Clear and level storage sites prior to stockpiling of material. Stockpile
all materials, including approved material available from excavation and
grading, in the manner and at the locations designated. Stockpile
aggregates on the cleared and leveled areas designated by the Contracting
Officer to prevent segregation. Stockpile materials obtained from
different sources separately.
3.4 PREPARATION OF UNDERLYING COURSE OR SUBGRADE
Clean the underlying course or subgrade of all foreign substances prior to
constructing the base course(s). Do not construct base course(s) on
underlying course or subgrade that is frozen. Construct the surface of
the underlying course or subgrade to meet specified compaction and surface
tolerances. Correct ruts or soft yielding spots in the underlying
courses, areas having inadequate compaction, and deviations of the surface
from the specified requirements set forth herein by loosening and removing
soft or unsatisfactory material and adding approved material, reshaping to
line and grade, and recompacting to specified density requirements. For
cohesionless underlying courses or subgrades containing sands or gravels,
as defined in ASTM D2487, stabilize the surface prior to placement of the
base course(s). Stabilize by mixing ABC into the underlying course and
compacting by approved methods. Consider the stabilized material as part
of the underlying course and meet all requirements of the underlying
course. Do not allow traffic or other operations to disturb the finished
underlying course and maintain in a satisfactory condition until the base
course is placed.
3.5 GRADE CONTROL
Provide a finished and completed base course conforming to the lines,
grades, and cross sections shown. Place line and grade stakes as
necessary for control.
3.6 MIXING AND PLACING MATERIALS
Mix the coarse and fine aggregates in a stationary plant, or in a
traveling plant or bucket loader on an approved paved working area. Make
adjustments in mixing procedures or in equipment, as directed, to obtain
true grades, to minimize segregation or degradation, to obtain the
required water content, and to insure a satisfactory base course meeting
all requirements of this specification. Place the mixed material on the
prepared subgrade or subbase in layers of uniform thickness with an
approved spreader. Place the layers so that when compacted they will be
true to the grades or levels required with the least possible surface
disturbance. Where the base course is placed in more than one layer,
SECTION 32 11 23 Page 5

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
clean the previously constructed layers of loose and foreign matter by
sweeping with power sweepers, power brooms, or hand brooms, as directed.
Make adjustments in placing procedures or equipment as may be directed by
the Contracting Officer to obtain true grades, to minimize segregation and
degradation, to adjust the water content, and to insure an acceptable base
course.
3.7 LAYER THICKNESS
Compact the completed base course to the thickness indicated. No
individual layer may be thicker than 6 inches nor be thinner than 3 inches
in compacted thickness. Compact the base course(s) to a total thickness
that is within 1/2 inch of the thickness indicated. Where the measured
thickness is more than 1/2 inch deficient, correct such areas by
scarifying, adding new material of proper gradation, reblading, and
recompacting as directed. Where the measured thickness is more than 1/2
inch thicker than indicated, the course will be considered as conforming
to the specified thickness requirements. The average job thickness will
be the average of all thickness measurements taken for the job and must be
within 1/4 inch of the thickness indicated. Measure the total thickness
of the base course at intervals of one measurement for each 500 square
yards of base course. Measure total thickness using 3 inch diameter test
holes penetrating the base course.
3.8 COMPACTION
Compact each layer of the base course, as specified, with approved
compaction equipment. Maintain water content during the compaction
procedure to within plus or minus 2 percent of the optimum water content
determined from laboratory tests as specified in this Section. Begin
rolling at the outside edge of the surface and proceed to the center,
overlapping on successive trips at least one-half the width of the
roller. Slightly vary the length of alternate trips of the roller.
Adjust speed of the roller as needed so that displacement of the aggregate
does not occur. Compact mixture with hand -operated power tampers in all
places not accessible to the rollers. Continue compaction until each
layer is compacted through the full depth to at least 100 percent of
laboratory maximum density. Make such adjustments in compacting or
finishing procedures as may be directed by the Contracting Officer to
obtain true grades, to minimize segregation and degradation, to reduce or
increase water content, and to ensure a satisfactory base course. Remove
any materials found to be unsatisfactory and replace with satisfactory
material or rework, as directed, to meet the requirements of this
specification.
3.9 PROOF ROLLING
In addition to the compaction specified, proof roll areas designated on
the drawings by application of two coverages of a heavy pneumatic -tired
roller having four or more tires abreast, each tire loaded to a minimum of
30,000 pounds and inflated to a minimum of 125 psi. A coverage is defined
as the application of one tire print over the designated area. In the
areas designated, apply proof rolling to the top of the underlying
material on which the base course is laid and to the each layer of base
course. Maintain water content of the underlying material and each layer
of the base course as specified in Paragraph COMPACTION from start of
compaction to completion of proof rolling of that layer. Remove any base
course materials or any underlying materials that produce unsatisfactory
results by proof rolling and replace with satisfactory materials. Then
SECTION 32 11 23 Page 6

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
recompact and proof roll to meet these specifications.
3.10 EDGES OF BASE COURSE
Place the base course(s) so that the completed section will be a minimum of
one-half foot wider, on all sides, than the next layer that will be
placed above it. Place approved material along the outer edges of the
base course in sufficient quantity to compact to the thickness of the
course being constructed. When the course is being constructed in two or
more layers, simultaneously roll and compact at least a 2 foot width of
this shoulder material with the rolling and compacting of each layer of
the base course, as directed.
3.11 FINISHING
Finish the surface of the top layer of base course after final compaction
and proof rolling by cutting any overbuild to grade and rolling with a
steel -wheeled roller. Do not add thin layers of material to the top layer
of base course to meet grade. If the elevation of the top layer of base
course is 1/2 inch or more below grade, scarify the top layer to a depth
of at least 3 inches and blend new material in and compact and proof roll
to bring to grade. Make adjustments to rolling and finishing procedures
as directed by the Contracting Officer to minimize segregation and
degradation, obtain grades, maintain moisture content, and insure an
acceptable base course. Should the surface become rough, corrugated,
uneven in texture, or traffic marked prior to completion, scarify the
unsatisfactory portion and rework and recompact it or replace as directed.
3.12 SMOOTHNESS TEST
Construct the top layer so that the surface shows no deviations in excess
of 3/8 inch when tested with a 12 foot straightedge. Take measurements in
successive positions parallel to the centerline of the area to be paved.
Also take measurements perpendicular to the centerline at 50 foot
intervals. Correct deviations exceeding this amount by removing material
and replacing with new material, or by reworking existing material and
compacting it to meet these specifications.
3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
3.13.1 In -Place Tests
Perform each of the following tests on samples taken from the placed and
compacted ABC. Take samples and test at the rates indicated.
a. Perform density tests on every lift of material placed and at a
frequency of one set of tests for every 250 square yards, or portion
thereof, of completed area.
b. Perform sieve analysis on every lift of material placed and at a
frequency of one sieve analysis for every 500 square yards, or portion
thereof, of material placed.
C. Perform liquid limit and plasticity index tests at the same frequency
as the sieve analysis.
d. Measure the thickness of the base course at intervals providing at
least one measurement for each 500 square yards of base course or part
thereof. Measure the thickness using test holes, at least 3 inch in
SECTION 32 11 23 Page 7

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
diameter through the base course.
3.13.2 Approval of Material
Select the source of the material 30 days prior to the time the material
will be required in the work. Tentative approval of material will be
based on initial test results. Final approval of the materials will be
based on tests for gradation, liquid limit, and plasticity index performed
on samples taken from the completed and fully compacted course(s).
3.14 TRAFFIC
Do not allow traffic on the completed base course.
3.15 MAINTENANCE
Maintain the base course in a satisfactory condition until the full
pavement section is completed and accepted. Immediately repair any
defects and repeat repairs as often as necessary to keep the area intact.
Retest any base course that was not paved over prior to the onset of
winter to verify that it still complies with the requirements of this
specification. Rework or replace any area of base course that is damaged
as necessary to comply with this specification.
3.16 DISPOSAL OF UNSATISFACTORY MATERIALS
Dispose of any unsuitable materials that have been removed outside the
limits of Government -controlled land. No additional payments will be made
for materials that have to be replaced.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 32 11 23 Page 8

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic W06895127
SECTION 33 11 00
WATER DISTRIBUTION
02/18
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by
the basic designation only.
AMERICAN WATER
WORKS ASSOCIATION (AWWA)
AWWA
B300
(2010;
Addenda 2011) Hypochlorites
AWWA
B301
(2010)
Liquid Chlorine
AWWA
C500
(2009)
Metal -Seated Gate Valves for
Water
Supply
Service
AWWA
C509
(2015)
Resilient -Seated Gate Valves
for
Water
Supply Service
AWWA
C515
(2015)
Reduced -Wall, Resilient -Seated Gate
Valves
for Water Supply Service
AWWA
C550
(2017)
Protective Interior Coatings
for
Valves
and Hydrants
AWWA
C600
(2017)
Installation of Ductile -Iron
Mains
and Their
Appurtenances
AWWA C605 (2014) Underground Installation of
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) and Molecularly
Oriented Polyvinyl Chloride (PVCO)
Pressure Pipe and Fittings
AWWA C651 (2014) Standard for Disinfecting Water
Mains
AWWA C655
AWWA C800
AWWA M23
AWWA M9
(2009) Field Dechlorination
(2014) Underground Service Line Valves and
Fittings
(2002; 2nd Ed) Manual: PVC Pipe - Design
and Installation
(2008; Errata 2013) Manual: Concrete
Pressure Pipe
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM A48/A48M (2003; R 2012) Standard Specification for
Gray Iron Castings
ASTM C94/C94M (2017a) Standard Specification for
SECTION 33 11 00 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
Ready -Mixed Concrete
ASTM D1784 (2011) Standard Specification for Rigid
Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and
Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC)
Compounds
ASTM D1785 (2015; E 2018) Standard Specification for
Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC), Plastic Pipe,
Schedules 40, 80, and 120
ASTM D2241 (2015) Standard Specification for
Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure -Rated
Pipe (SDR Series)
ASTM D2466 (2017) Standard Specification for
Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe
Fittings, Schedule 40
ASTM D2467 (2015) Standard Specification for
Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe
Fittings, Schedule 80
ASTM D2774 (2012) Underground Installation of
Thermoplastic Pressure Piping
ASTM D2855 (2015) Standard Practice for Making
Solvent -Cemented Joints with Poly(Vinyl
Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings
ASTM F402 (2005; R 2012) Safe Handling of Solvent
Cements, Primers, and Cleaners Used for
Joining Thermoplastic Pipe and Fittings
FOUNDATION FOR CROSS -CONNECTION CONTROL AND HYDRAULIC RESEARCH
(FCCCHR)
FCCCHR List (continuously updated) List of Approved
Backflow Prevention Assemblies
FCCCHR Manual (loth Edition) Manual of Cross -Connection
Control
MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS
INDUSTRY (MSS)
MSS SP-80 (2013) Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check
Valves
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 24 (2016; ERTA 2016) Standard for the
Installation of Private Fire Service Mains
and Their Appurtenances
NSF INTERNATIONAL (NSF)
NSF 372 (2016) Drinking Water System Components -
Lead Content
SECTION 33 11 00 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
NSF/ANSI 14 (2017b) Plastics Piping System Components
and Related Materials
NSF/ANSI 61 (2017) Drinking Water System Components -
Health Effects
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
UL 262 (2004; Reprint Oct 2011) Gate Valves for
Fire -Protection Service
1.2 DEFINITIONS
1.2.1 Water Mains
Water mains include water piping having diameters 4 through 14 inch,
specific materials, methods of joining and any appurtenances deemed
necessary for a satisfactory system.
1.2.2 Water Service Lines
Water service lines include water piping from a water main to a building
service at a point approximately 5 feet from building or the point
indicated on the drawings, specific materials, methods of joining and any
appurtenances deemed necessary for a satisfactory system.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SD-03 Product Data
Water Service Main Pipe, Fittings, Joints, Valves and Couplings
Submit manufacturer's standard drawings or catalog cuts. Include
information concerning gaskets with submittal for joints and
couplings.
Valves G
Valve Boxes; G
Pipe Restraint; G
Corporation Stops; G
Backflow Preventer; G
Disinfection Procedures; G
SD-06 Test Reports
Backflow Preventer Tests; G
Hydrostatic Sewer Test
Leakage Test
Hydrostatic Test
SD-07 Certificates
Pipe, Fittings, Joints, Valves and Couplings
Valves
Backflow Prevention Training Certificate
SECTION 33 11 00 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
Backflow Tester Certification
SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions
Ductile Iron Piping
PVC Piping
PVC Piping For Service Lines
1.4 QUALITY CONTROL
1.4.1 Regulatory Requirements
Comply with NSF/ANSI 14 or NSF/ANSI 61 and NSF 372 for materials for
potable water systems; comply with lead content requirements for
"lead-free" plumbing as defined by the U.S. Safe Drinking Water Act
effective January 2014. Provide materials bearing the seal of the
National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) for potable water service.
Comply with NFPA 24 for materials, installation, and testing of fire main
piping and components.
1.4.2 Qualifications
1.4.2.1 Backflow Preventers
1.4.2.1.1 Backflow Preventer Certificate
Certificate of Full Approval from FCCCHR List, University of Southern
California, attesting that the design, size and make of each backflow
preventer has satisfactorily passed the complete sequence of performance
testing and evaluation for the respective level of approval. Certificate
of Provisional Approval will not be acceptable.
1.4.2.1.1.1 Backflow Tester Certificate
Prior to testing, submit to the Contracting Officer certification issued
by the State or local regulatory agency attesting that the backflow tester
has successfully completed a certification course sponsored by the
regulatory agency. Tester must not be affiliated with any company
participating in any other phase of this Contract.
1.4.2.1.1.2 Backflow Prevention Training Certificate
Submit a certificate recognized by the State or local authority that
states the Contractor has completed at least 10 hours of training in
backflow preventer installations. The certificate must be current.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
1.5.1 Delivery and Storage
Inspect materials delivered to site for damage. Unload and store with
minimum handling and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Store materials on site in enclosures or under protective covering. Store
plastic piping, jointing materials and rubber gaskets under cover out of
direct sunlight. Do not store materials directly on the ground. Keep
inside of pipes, fittings, valves, and other accessories free of dirt and
debris.
SECTION 33 11 00 Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
1.5.2 Handling
Handle pipe, fittings, valves, fire hydrants, and other accessories in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions and in a manner to ensure
delivery to the trench in sound undamaged condition. Avoid injury to
coatings and linings on pipe and fittings; make repairs if coatings or
linings are damaged. Do not place other material, hooks, or pipe inside a
pipe or fitting after the coating has been applied. Inspect the pipe for
defects before installation. Carry, do not drag pipe to the trench. Use
of pinch bars and tongs for aligning or turning pipe will be permitted
only on the bare ends of the pipe. Clean the interior of pipe and
accessories of foreign matter before being lowered into the trench and
keep them clean during laying operations by plugging. Replace defective
material without additional expense to the Government. Store rubber
gaskets, not immediately installed, under cover or out of direct sunlight.
Handle PVC pipe, fittings, and accessories in accordance with AWWA C605.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
Provide all materials in accordance with AWWA C800 and as indicated
herein. Provide valves and fittings with pressure ratings equivalent to
the pressure ratings of the pipe.
2.1.1 Pipe, Fittings, Joints, Valves And Couplings
Submit manufacturer's standard drawings or catalog cuts, except submit
both drawings and cuts for push -on and rubber-gasketed bell -and -spigot
joints. Include information concerning gaskets with submittal for joints
and couplings.
2.1.1.1 Ductile -Iron Piping2.1.1.2 Plastic Piping
2.1.1.2.1 PVC and PVCO Piping
2.1.1.2.2 PVC Piping for Service Lines
2.1.1.2.2.1 Pipe and Fittings
Provide ASTM D1784 cell class 12454 pipe and fittings of the same PVC
material.
a. ASTM D1785, Schedule 40 with ASTM D2466 Schedule 40 or ASTM D2467
Schedule 80 fittings.
b. ASTM D2241 pipe and fittings with SDR as necessary to provide 150 psi
minimum pressure rating with ASTM D2466 Schedule 40 or ASTM D2467
Schedule 80 fittings.
2.1.1.2.2.2 Joints and Connections
Fittings may be joined by the solvent -cement method or threading.
2.1.1.2.2.3 Solvent Joining
Provide solvent joints in accordance with ASTM D2855.
SECTION 33 11 00 Page 5

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
2.1.2 Valves
Provide a protective interior coating in accordance with AWWA C550.
2.1.2.1 Water Service Valves
2.1.2.1.1 Gate Valves Smaller than 3 Inch in Size on Buried Piping
Gate valves smaller than 3 inch size on Buried Piping MSS SP-80, Class
150, solid wedge, nonrising stem, with flanged or threaded end
connections, a union on one side of the valve, and a handwheel operator.
2.1.2.1.2 Check Valves Smaller than 2 Inch in Size
Provide check valves with a minimum working pressure of 150 psi or as
indicated with a clear waterway equal to the full nominal diameter of the
valve. Valves open to permit flow when inlet pressure is greater than the
discharge pressure, and close tightly to prevent return flow when
discharge pressure exceeds inlet pressure. Cast the size of the valve,
working pressure, manufacturer's name, initials, or trademark on the body
of each valve.
Provide valves for screwed fittings, made of lead-free bronze and in
conformance with MSS SP-80, Class 150, Types 3 and 4 compatible for the
application.
2.1.2.2 Valve Boxes
Provide a valve box for each gate valve on buried piping. Construct
adjustable valve boxes manufactured from cast iron of a size compatible
for the valve on which it is used. Provide cast iron valve boxes with a
minimum cover and wall thickness of 3/16 inch and conforming to
ASTM A48/A48M, Class 35B. Coat the cast-iron box with a heavy coat of
bituminous paint. Provide a round head. Cast the word "WATER" on the
lid. The minimum diameter of the shaft of the box is 5 1/4 inches.
2.1.3 Disinfection
Chlorinating materials are to conform to: Chlorine, Liquid: AWWA B301;
Hypochlorite, Calcium and Sodium: AWWA B300.
2.2 ACCESSORIES
2.2.1 Pipe Restraint
2.2.1.1 Thrust Blocks
Use ASTM C94/C94M concrete having a minimum compressive strength of 2,500
psi at 28 days.
2.2.2 Insulating Joints
Provide a rubber-gasketed insulating joint or dielectric coupling between
pipe of dissimilar metals which will effectively prevent metal -to -metal
contact between adjacent sections of piping.
2.2.3 Dielectric Fittings
Install dielectric fittings between threaded ferrous and nonferrous
SECTION 33 11 00 Page 6

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
metallic pipe, fittings and valves, except where corporation stops join
mains to prevent metal -to -metal contact of dissimilar metallic piping
elements and compatible with the indicated working pressure.
2.2.4 Tracer Wire for Nonmetallic Piping
Provide a continuous bare copper or aluminum wire not less than 0.10 inch
in diameter in sufficient length over each separate run of nonmetallic
pipe.
2.2.5 Water Service Line Appurtenances
2.2.5.1 Curb Boxes
Provide a curb box for each curb or service stop manufactured from cast
iron, size capable of containing the stop where it is used. Provide a
round head. Cast the word "WATER" on the lid. Factory coat the box with
a heavy coat of bituminous paint.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
3.1.1 Connections to Existing System
Perform all connections to the existing water system in the presence of
the Contracting Officer.
3.1.2 Operation of Existing Valves
Do not operate valves within or directly connected to the existing water
system unless expressly directed to do so by the Contracting Officer.
3.1.3 Earthwork
Perform earthwork operations in accordance with Section 31 23 00.00 20
EXCAVATION AND FILL.
3.2 INSTALLATION
Install all materials in accordance with the applicable reference
standard, manufacturers instructions and as indicated herein.
3.2.1 Piping
3.2.1.1 General Requirements
Install pipe, fittings, joints and couplings in accordance with the
applicable referenced standard, the manufacturer's instructions and as
specified herein.
3.2.1.1.1 Termination of Water Lines
Terminate the work covered by this section at a point approximately 5 feet
from the building, unless otherwise indicated.
Do not lay water lines in the same trench with gas lines, fuel lines,
electric wiring, or any other utility. Do not install copper tubing in
the same trench with ferrous piping materials. Where nonferrous metallic
SECTION 33 11 00 Page 7

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
pipe (i.e., copper tubing) crosses any ferrous piping, provide a minimum
vertical separation of 12 inches between pipes.
3.2.1.1.2 Pipe Laying and Jointing
Remove fins and burrs from pipe and fittings. Before placing in position,
clean pipe, fittings, valves, and accessories, and maintain in a clean
condition. Provide proper facilities for lowering sections of pipe into
trenches. Under no circumstances is it permissible to drop or dump pipe,
fittings, valves, or other water line material into trenches. Cut pipe
cleanly, squarely, and accurately to the length established at the site
and work into place without springing or forcing. Replace a pipe or
fitting that does not allow sufficient space for installation of jointing
material. Blocking or wedging between bells and spigots is not
permitted. Lay bell -and -spigot pipe with the bell end pointing in the
direction of laying. Grade the pipeline in straight lines; avoid the
formation of dips and low points. Support pipe at the design elevation
and grade. Secure firm, uniform support. Wood support blocking is not
permitted. Lay pipe so that the full length of each section of pipe and
each fitting rests solidly on the pipe bedding; excavate recesses to
accommodate bells, joints, and couplings. Provide anchors and supports
for fastening work into place. Make provision for expansion and
contraction of pipelines. Keep trenches free of water until joints have
been assembled. At the end of each work day, close open ends of pipe
temporarily with wood blocks or bulkheads. Do not lay pipe when
conditions of trench or weather prevent installation. Provide a minimum of
2 1/2 feet depth of cover over top of pipe.
3.2.1.1.3 Tracer Wire
Install a continuous length of tracer wire for the full length of each run
of nonmetallic pipe. Attach wire to top of pipe in such manner that it
will not be displaced during construction operations.
3.2.1.1.4 Connections to Existing Water Lines
Make connections to existing water lines after coordination with the
facility and with a minimum interruption of service on the existing line.
Make connections to existing lines under pressure in accordance with the
recommended procedures of the manufacturer of the pipe being tapped and as
indicated, except as otherwise specified, tap concrete pipe in accordance
with AWWA M9 for tapping concrete pressure pipe.
3.2.1.1.5 Sewer Manholes
No water piping is to pass through or come in contact with any part of a
sewer manhole.
3.2.1.1.6 Water Piping Parallel With Sewer Piping
Where the location of the water line is not clearly defined by dimensions
on the drawings, do not lay water line closer than 10 feet, horizontally,
from any sewer line.
a. Normal Conditions: Lay water piping at least 10 feet horizontally from
sewer or sewer manhole whenever possible. Measure the distance from
outside edge to outside edge of pipe or outside edge of manhole. When
local conditions prevent horizontal separation install water piping in
a separate trench with the bottom of the water piping at least 18
SECTION 33 11 00 Page 8

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
inches above the top of the sewer piping.
b. Unusual Conditions: When local conditions prevent vertical separation,
construct sewer piping of AWWA compliant ductile iron water piping and
perform hydrostatic sewer test, without leakage, prior to
backfilling. When local conditions prevent vertical separation, test
the sewer manhole in place to ensure watertight construction.
3.2.1.1.7 Water Piping Crossing Sewer Piping
Provide at least 18 inches above the top (crown) of the sewer piping and
the bottom (invert) of the water piping whenever possible. Measure the
distance edge -to -edge. Where water lines cross under gravity sewer lines,
construct sewer line of AWWA compliant ductile iron water piping with
rubber-gasketed joints and no joint located within 10 feet, horizontally,
of the crossing.
a. Normal Conditions: Provide a separation of at least 18 inches between
the bottom of the water piping and the top of the sewer piping in
cases where water piping crosses above sewer piping.
b. Unusual Conditions: When local conditions prevent a vertical
separation described above, construct sewer piping passing over or
under water piping of AWWA compliant ductile iron water piping and
perform hydrostatic sewer test, without leakage, prior to
backfilling. Construct sewer crossing with a minimum 20 feet length
of the AWWA compliant ductile iron water piping, centered at the point
of the crossing so that joints are equidistant and as far as possible
from the water piping. Protect water piping passing under sewer
piping by providing a vertical separation of at least 18 inches
between the bottom of the sewer piping and the top of the water
piping; adequate structural support for the sewer piping to prevent
excessive deflection of the joints and the settling on or damage to
the water piping.
3.2.1.1.8 Penetrations
Provide ductile -iron or Schedule 40 steel wall sleeves for pipe passing
through walls of valve pits and structures. Fill annular space between
walls and sleeves with rich cement mortar. Fill annular space between
pipe and sleeves with mastic.
3.2.1.2 Plastic Service Piping
Install pipe and fittings in accordance with the paragraph GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS and with the applicable requirements of ASTM D2774 and
ASTM D2855, unless otherwise specified. Handle solvent cements used to
join plastic piping in accordance with ASTM F402.
3.2.1.2.1 Jointing
Make solvent -cemented joints for PVC piping using the solvent cement
previously specified for this material; assemble joints in accordance with
ASTM D2855. Make plastic pipe joints to other pipe materials in
accordance with the recommendations of the plastic pipe manufacturer.
3.2.1.2.2 Plastic Pipe Connections to Appurtenances
Connect plastic service lines to corporation stops and gate valves in
SECTION 33 11 00 Page 9

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
accordance with the recommendations of the plastic pipe manufacturer.
3.2.1.3 Water Service Piping
3.2.1.3.1 Location
Connect water service piping to the existing service where indicated.
Where building service has not been installed, terminate water service
lines approximately 5 feet from the building line at the points indicated;
close such water service lines with plugs or caps.
3.2.2 Backflow Preventers
Install backflow preventers of type, size, and capacity indicated a
minimum of 12 inch and a maximum of 36 inch above concrete base. Include
valves and test cocks. Install according to the manufacturers
requirements and the requirements of plumbing and health department and
authorities having jurisdiction. Support NPS 2 1/2 inch and larger
backflow preventers, valves, and piping near floor with 12 inch minimum
air gap, and on concrete piers or steel pipe supports. Do not install
backflow preventers that have a relief drain in vault or in other spaces
subject to flooding. Do not install by-pass piping around backflow
preventers.
3.2.3 Disinfection
Prior to disinfection, provide disinfection procedures, proposed
neutralization and disposal methods of waste water from disinfection as
part of the disinfection submittal. Disinfect new water piping and
existing water piping affected by Contractor's operations in accordance
with AWWA C651. Disinfect new water piping using the AWWA C651. Ensure a
free chlorine residual of not less than 10 parts per million after 24 hour
holding period and prior to performing bacteriological tests.
3.2.4 Flushing
Perform bacteriological tests prior to flushing. Flush solution from the
systems with domestic water until maximum residual chlorine content is
within the range of 0.2 to 0.5 parts per million, the residual chlorine
content of the distribution system, or acceptable for domestic use. Use
AWWA C655 neutralizing chemicals.
3.2.5 Pipe Restraint
3.2.5.1 Concrete Thrust Blocks
Install concrete thrust blocks where indicated.
3.2.6 Valves
3.2.6.1 Gate Valves
Install gate valves, AWWA C500 and UL 262, in accordance with the
requirements of AWWA C600 for valve -and -fitting installation and with the
recommendations of the Appendix ("Installation, Operation, and Maintenance
of Gate Valves") to AWWA C500. Install gate valves, AWWA C509 or AWWA C515,
in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C600 for valve -and -fitting
installation and with the recommendations of the Appendix ("Installation,
Operation, and Maintenance of Gate Valves") to AWWA C509 or AWWA C515.
SECTION 33 11 00 Page 10

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
Install gate valves on PVC water mains in accordance with the
recommendations for appurtenance installation in AWWA M23, Chapter 7,
"Installation." Make and assemble joints to gate valves as specified for
making and assembling the same type joints between pipe and fittings.
3.2.6.2 Check Valves
Install check valves in accordance with the applicable requirements of
AWWA C600 for valve -and -fitting installation, except as otherwise indicated.
Make and assemble joints to check valves as specified for making and
assembling the same type joints between pipe and fittings.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
3.3.1 Tests
Notify the Contracting Officer a minimum of five days in advance of
hydrostatic testing. Coordinate the proposed method for disposal of waste
water from hydrostatic testing. Perform field tests, and provide labor,
equipment, and incidentals required for testing, except that water needed
for field tests will be furnished as set forth in paragraph AVAILABILITY
AND USE OF UTILITY SERVICES in Section 01 50 00 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION
FACILITIES AND CONTROLS. Provide documentation that all items of work
have been constructed in accordance with the Contract documents.
3.3.1.1 Hydrostatic Test
Test the water system in accordance with the applicable AWWA standard
specified below. Test PVC and PVCO plastic water systems made with PVC
pipe in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C605 for pressure and
leakage tests. The amount of leakage on pipelines made of PVC water main
pipe is not to exceed the amounts given in AWWA C605, except that at
joints made with sleeve -type mechanical couplings, no leakage will be
allowed. Test water service lines in accordance with requirements of
AWWA C600 for hydrostatic testing. No leakage will be allowed at copper
pipe joints, copper tubing joints (soldered, compression type, brazed),
plastic pipe joints, flanged joints, and screwed joints. Do not backfill
utility trench or begin testing on any section of a pipeline where
concrete thrust blocks have been provided until at least 7 days after
placing of the concrete.
3.3.1.2 Leakage Test
For leakage test, use a hydrostatic pressure not less than the maximum
working pressure of the system. Leakage test may be performed at the same
time and at the same test pressure as the pressure test.
3.3.1.3 Bacteriological Testing
Perform bacteriological tests in accordance with AWWA C651 Option A.
3.3.1.4 Backflow Preventer Tests
After installation conduct Backflow Preventer Tests and provide test
reports verifying that the installation meets the FCCCHR Manual Standards.
3.3.1.5 Tracer Wire Continuity Test
Test tracer wire for continuity after service connections have been
SECTION 33 11 00 Page 11

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
completed and prior to final pavement or restoration. Verify that tracer
wire is locatable with electronic utility locating equipment. Repair
breaks or separations and re -test for continuity.
3.4 SYSTEM STARTUP
Water mains and appurtenances must be completely installed, disinfected,
flushed, and satisfactory bacteriological sample results received prior to
permanent connections being made to the active distribution system.
Obtain approval by the Contracting Officer prior to the new water piping
being placed into service.
3.5 CLEANUP
Upon completion of the installation of water lines and appurtenances,
remove all debris and surplus materials resulting from the work.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 33 11 00 Page 12

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic W06895127
SECTION 33 30 00
SANITARY SEWERS
05/18
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by
the basic designation only.
AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION (AWWA)
AWWA C104/A21.4 (2016) Cement -Mortar Lining for
Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water
AWWA C105/A21.5 (2010) Polyethylene Encasement for
Ductile -Iron Pipe Systems
AWWA C110/A21.10 (2012) Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings
for Water
AWWA C111/A21.11 (2017) Rubber -Gasket Joints for
Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings
AWWA C153/A21.53 (2011) Ductile -Iron Compact Fittings for
Water Service
AWWA C600 (2017) Installation of Ductile -Iron Mains
and Their Appurtenances
AWWA C605 (2014) Underground Installation of
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) and Molecularly
Oriented Polyvinyl Chloride (PVCO)
Pressure Pipe and Fittings
ASME INTERNATIONAL (ASME)
ASME B1.20.1 (2013) Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch)
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM A746 (2018) Standard Specification for Ductile
Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe
ASTM C150/C150M (2018) Standard Specification for Portland
Cement
ASTM C270 (2014a) Standard Specification for Mortar
for Unit Masonry
ASTM C443 (2012; R 2017) Standard Specification for
Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes,
Using Rubber Gaskets
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
ASTM C478 (2018) Standard Specification for Circular
Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole
Sections
ASTM C923 (2008; R 2013; E 2016) Standard
Specification for Resilient Connectors
Between Reinforced Concrete Manhole
Structures, Pipes and Laterals
ASTM C94/C94M (2017a) Standard Specification for
Ready -Mixed Concrete
ASTM C972 (2000; R 2011) Compression -Recovery of
Tape Sealant
ASTM C990 (2009; R 2014) Standard Specification for
Joints for Concrete Pipe, Manholes and
Precast Box Sections Using Preformed
Flexible Joint Sealants
ASTM D1784 (2011) Standard Specification for Rigid
Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and
Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC)
Compounds
ASTM D1785 (2015; E 2018) Standard Specification for
Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC), Plastic Pipe,
Schedules 40, 80, and 120
ASTM D2241 (2015) Standard Specification for
Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure -Rated
Pipe (SDR Series)
ASTM D2321 (2018) Standard Practice for Underground
Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for
Sewers and Other Gravity -Flow Applications
ASTM D2464 (2015) Standard Specification for Threaded
Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe
Fittings, Schedule 80
ASTM D2466 (2017) Standard Specification for
Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe
Fittings, Schedule 40
ASTM D2467 (2015) Standard Specification for
Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe
Fittings, Schedule 80
ASTM D3034 (2016) Standard Specification for Type PSM
Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and
Fittings
ASTM D3139 (1998; R 2011) Joints for Plastic Pressure
Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals
ASTM D3212 (2007; R 2013) Standard Specification for
Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes
Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
ASTM D412 (2016) Standard Test Methods for
Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic
Elastomers - Tension
ASTM D624 (2000; R 2012) Tear Strength of
Conventional Vulcanized Rubber and
Thermoplastic Elastomers
ASTM F477 (2014) Standard Specification for
Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining
Plastic Pipe
ASTM F949 (2015) Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)
Corrugated Sewer Pipe with a Smooth
Interior and Fittings
UNI-BELL PVC PIPE ASSOCIATION (UBPPA)
UBPPA UNI-B-6 (1998) Recommended Practice for
Low -Pressure Air Testing of Installed
Sewer Pipe
1.2 SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for all submittals. Submit the following
in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Contractor's License; G
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Installation Drawings; G
SD-03 Product Data
Precast Concrete Manholes
Frames, Covers, and Gratings
Gravity Pipe
Pressure Pipe
SD-06 Test Reports
Precast Concrete Sewer Manhole Test; G
Hydrostatic Sewer Test; G
Low -Pressure Air Tests; G
Tests For Pressure Lines; G
Deflection Testing
Concrete Pipe Test; G
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
SD-07 Certificates
Portland Cement
Gaskets
1.3 QUALITY CONTROL
1.3.1 Installer Qualifications
Install specified materials by a licensed underground utility Contractor
licensed for such work in the state where the work is to be performed.
Verify installing Contractor's License is current and state certified or
state registered.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
1.4.1 Delivery and Storage
Check upon arrival; identify and segregate as to types, functions, and
sizes. Store off the ground in a manner affording easy accessibility and
not causing excessive rusting or coating with grease or other
objectionable materials.
1.4.1.1 Piping
Inspect materials delivered to site for damage; store with minimum of
handling. Store materials on site in enclosures or under protective
coverings. Store plastic piping and jointing materials and rubber gaskets
under cover out of direct sunlight. Do not store materials directly on
the ground. Keep inside of pipes and fittings free of dirt and debris.
1.4.1.2 Cement, Aggregate, and Reinforcement
As specified in Section 03 30 53 MISCELLANEOUS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE.
1.4.2 Handling
Handle pipe, fittings, and other accessories in such manner as to ensure
delivery to the trench in sound undamaged condition. Take special care
not to damage linings of pipe and fittings; if lining is damaged, make
satisfactory repairs. Carry, do not drag, pipe to trench.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
2.1.1 Sanitary Sewer Gravity Pipeline
Provide mains and laterals of ductile -iron pipe or polyvinyl chloride
(PVC) plastic pipe as indicated. Provide new and modify existing
exterior sanitary gravity sewer piping and appurtenances. Provide each
system complete and ready for operation.
2.1.2 Sanitary Sewer Pressure Lines
Provide pressure lines of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic pressure pipe.
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
2.2 MATERIALS
Provide materials conforming to the respective specifications and other
requirements specified below. Submit manufacturer's product
specification,standard drawings or catalog cuts.
2.2.1 Gravity Pipe
2.2.1.1 Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe and Associated Fittings
2.2.1.1.1 Ductile Iron Gravity Pipe and Fittings
Provide ductile iron pipe conforming to ASTM A746 with cement -mortar
lining in conforming to AWWA C104/A21.4, Pressure Class 350. Provide
push -on joints conforming to AWWA C111/A21.11.
2.2.1.2 PVC Gravity Sewer Piping
2.2.1.2.1 PVC Gravity Pipe and Fittings
ASTM D3034, SDR 35, or ASTM F949 with ends suitable for elastomeric gasket
joints.
2.2.1.2.2 PVC Gravity Joints and Jointing Material
Provide joints conforming to ASTM D3212. Gaskets are to conform to
ASTM F477.
2.2.2 Pressure Pipe
2.2.2.1 PVC Pressure Pipe and Associated Fittings
Pipe, couplings and fittings are to be manufactured of materials
conforming to ASTM D1784, Class 12454B.
2.2.2.1.1 Pipe and Fittings Less Than 4 inch Diameter
2.2.2.1.1.1 Screw -Joint
Provide pipe conforming to dimensional requirements of ASTM D1785,
Schedule 80, with joints meeting requirements of 150 psi working pressure,
200 psi hydrostatic test pressure, unless otherwise shown or specified.
Provide fittings for threaded pipe conforming to requirements of ASTM D2464,
threaded to conform to the requirements of ASME B1.20.1 for use with
Schedule 80 pipe and fittings. Pipe couplings when used, are to be tested
as required by ASTM D2464.
2.2.2.1.1.2 Push -On Joint
ASTM D3139, with ASTM F477 gaskets. Fittings for push -on joints are to be
iron conforming to AWWA C110/A21.10 or AWWA C153/A21.53 and
AWWA C111/A21.11 with a cement -mortar lining conforming to AWWA C104/A21.4,
standard thickness.
2.2.2.1.1.3 Solvent Cement Joint
Provide pipe conforming to dimensional requirements of ASTM D1785 or
ASTM D2241 with joints meeting the requirements of 150 psi working
pressure and 200 psi hydrostatic test pressure. Fittings for solvent
cement jointing are to conform to ASTM D2466 or ASTM D2467.
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 5

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
2.2.3 Cement Mortar
Provide cement mortar conforming to ASTM C270, Type M with Type II cement.
2.2.4 Portland Cement
Submit certificates of compliance stating the type of cement used in
manufacture of concrete pipe, fittings, septic tanks, and precast
manholes. Provide portland cement conforming to ASTM C150/C150M, Type II
for concrete used in concrete pipe, concrete pipe fittings, septic tanks,
and manholes and type optional for cement used in concrete cradle,
concrete encasement, and thrust blocking.
2.2.5 Portland Cement Concrete
Provide portland cement concrete conforming to ASTM C94/C94M, compressive
strength of 4000 psi at 28 days, except for concrete cradle and encasement
or concrete blocks for manholes. Concrete used for cradle and encasement
is to have a compressive strength of 2500 psi minimum at 28 days. Protect
concrete in place from freezing and moisture loss for 7 days.
2.2.6 Precast Concrete Manholes
Provide precast concrete manholes, risers, base sections, and tops
conforming to ASTM C478.
2.2.7 Gaskets and Connectors
Provide gaskets for joints between manhole sections conforming to ASTM C443.
Resilient connectors for making joints between manhole and pipes entering
manhole are to conform to ASTM C923 or ASTM C990.
2.2.8 External Preformed Rubber Joint Seals
An external preformed rubber joint seal is an accepted method of sealing
cast iron covers to precast concrete sections to prevent ground water
infiltration into sewer systems. All finished and sealed manholes
constructed in accordance with paragraph entitled "Manhole Construction"
are to be tested for leakage in the same manner as pipelines as described
in paragraph entitled "Leakage Tests." The seal is to be multi -section
with a neoprene rubber top section and all lower sections made of Ethylene
Propylene Diene Monomer (EPDM) rubber with a minimum thickness of 60 mils.
Each unit is to consist of a top and bottom section and have mastic on
the bottom of the bottom section and mastic on the top and bottom of the
top section. The mastic is to be a non -hardening butyl rubber sealant and
seal to the cone/top slab of the manhole/catch basin and over the lip of
the casting. Extension sections are to cover up to two more adjusting
rings. Properties and values are listed in the following table:
Properties, Test Methods and Minimum Values for Rubber used in Preformed Joint Seals
Physical Properties
Test Methods
EPDM
Neoprene
Butyl Mastic
Tensile, psi
ASTM D412
1840
2195
--
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 6

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
W06895127
Properties, Test Methods and Minimum Values for Rubber used in Preformed Joint Seals
Physical Properties
Test Methods
EPDM
Neoprene
Butyl Mastic
Elongation, percent
ASTM D412
553
295
350
Tear Resistance, ppi
ASTM D624 (Die
B)
280
160
--
Rebound, percent, 5 minutes
ASTM C972 (mod.)
--
--
11
Rebound, percent, 2 hours
ASTM C972
--
--
12
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
3.1.1 Installation Drawings
Submit Installation Drawings showing complete detail, both plan and side
view details with proper layout and elevations.
3.2 INSTALLATION
Backfill after inspection by the Contracting Officer. Before, during, and
after installation, protect plastic pipe and fittings from any environment
that would result in damage or deterioration to the material. Keep a copy
of the manufacturer's instructions available at the construction site at
all times and follow these instructions unless directed otherwise by the
Contracting Officer.
3.2.1 Connections to Existing Lines
Obtain approval from the Contracting Officer before making connection to
existing line. Conduct work so that there is minimum interruption of
service on existing line.
3.2.2 General Requirements for Installation of Pipelines
These general requirements apply except where specific exception is made
in the following paragraphs entitled "Special Requirements."
3.2.2.1 Location
Install pressure sewer lines beneath water lines only, with the top of the
sewer line being at least 2 feet below bottom of water line. When these
separation distances can not be met, contact the Contracting Officer for
direction.
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 7

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
3.2.2.1.1 Sanitary Piping Installation Parallel with Water Line
3.2.2.1.1.1 Normal Conditions
Install sanitary piping or manholes at least 10 feet horizontally from a
water line whenever possible. Measure the distance from edge -to -edge.
3.2.2.1.1.2 Unusual Conditions
When local conditions prevent a horizontal separation of 10 feet, the
sanitary piping or manhole may be laid closer to a water line provided
that:
a. The top (crown) of the sanitary piping is to be at least 18 inches
below the bottom (invert) of the water main.
b. Where this vertical separation cannot be obtained, construct the
sanitary piping with AWWA-approved ductile iron water pipe pressure
and conduct a hydrostatic sewer testwithout leakage prior to
backfilling.
C. The sewer manhole is to be of watertight construction and tested in
place.
3.2.2.1.2 Installation of Sanitary Piping Crossing a Water Line
3.2.2.1.2.1 Normal Conditions
Lay sanitary sewer piping by crossing under water lines to provide a
separation of at least 18 inches between the top of the sanitary piping
and the bottom of the water line whenever possible.
3.2.2.1.2.2 Unusual Conditions
When local conditions prevent a vertical separation described above, use
the following construction:
a. Construct sanitary piping passing over or under water lines with
AWWA-approved ductile iron water pressure piping and conduct a
hydrostatic sewer testwithout leakage prior to backfilling.
b. Protect sanitary piping passing over water lines by providing:
(1) A vertical separation of at least 18 inches between the bottom of
the sanitary piping and the top of the water line.
(2) Adequate structural support for the sanitary piping to prevent
excessive deflection of the joints and the settling on and
breaking of the water line.
(3) That the length, minimum 20 feet, of the sanitary piping be
centered at the point of the crossing so that joints are
equidistant and as far as possible from the water line.
3.2.2.1.3 Sanitary Sewer Manholes
No water piping shall pass through or come in contact with any part of a
sanitary sewer manhole.
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 8

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
3.2.2.2 Earthwork
Perform earthwork operations in accordance with Section 31 23 00.00 20
EXCAVATION AND FILL.
3.2.2.3 Pipe Laying and Jointing
Inspect each pipe and fitting before and after installation; replace those
found defective and remove from site. Provide proper facilities for
lowering sections of pipe into trenches. Lay nonpressure pipe with the
bell ends in the upgrade direction. Adjust spigots in bells to give a
uniform space all around. Blocking or wedging between bells and spigots
will not be permitted. Replace by one of the proper dimensions, pipe or
fittings that do not allow sufficient space for installation of joint
material. At the end of each work day, close open ends of pipe
temporarily with wood blocks or bulkheads. Provide batterboards not more
than 25 feet apart in trenches for checking and ensuring that pipe invert
elevations are as indicated. Laser beam method may be used in lieu of
batterboards for the same purpose. Construct branch connections by use of
regular fittings or solvent cemented saddles as approved. Provide saddles
for PVC pipe conforming to Table 4 of ASTM D3034.
3.2.3 Special Requirements
3.2.3.1 Installation of Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe
Unless otherwise specified, install pipe and associated fittings in
accordance with paragraph entitled "General Requirements for Installation
of Pipelines" of this section and with the requirements of AWWA C600 for
pipe installation and joint assembly.
a. Make push -on joints with the gaskets and lubricant specified for this
type joint and assemble in accordance with the applicable requirements
of AWWA C600 for joint assembly. Make mechanical -joints with the
gaskets, glands, bolts, and nuts specified for this type joint and
assemble in accordance with the applicable requirements of AWWA C600
for joint assembly and the recommendations of Appendix A to
AWWA C111/A21.11.
b. Exterior protection: Completely encase buried ductile iron pipelines
with polyethylene tube or sheet in accordance with AWWA C105/A21.5,
using Class A polyethylene film.
3.2.3.2 Installation of PVC Piping
Install pipe and fittings in accordance with paragraph entitled "General
Requirements for Installation of Pipelines" of this section and with the
requirements of ASTM D2321 for laying and joining pipe and fittings. Make
joints with the gaskets specified for joints with this piping and assemble
in accordance with the requirements of ASTM D2321 for assembly of joints.
Make joints to other pipe materials in accordance with the recommendations
of the plastic pipe manufacturer.
3.2.3.3 Installation of PVC Pressure Pipe
Unless otherwise specified, install pipe and fittings in accordance with
AWWA C605. AWWA C605 includes requirements such as excavation,
installation, and placement of apputenances.
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 9

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
3.2.3.3.1 Pipe Less Than 4 Inch Diameter
3.2.3.3.1.1 Threaded Joints
Make by wrapping the male threads with joint tape or by applying an
approved thread lubricant, then threading the joining members together.
Tighten the joints with strap wrenches which will not damage the pipe and
fittings. Tighten the joint no more than 2 threads past hand -tight.
3.2.3.3.1.2 Push -On Joints
Bevel the ends of pipe for push -on joints to facilitate assembly. Mark
pipe to indicate when the pipe is fully seated. Lubricate the gasket to
prevent displacement. Exercise care to ensure that the gasket remains in
proper position in the bell or coupling while making the joint.
3.2.3.3.1.3 Solvent -Weld Joints
Comply with the manufacturer's instructions.
3.2.4 Concrete Work
Cast -in -place concrete is included in Section 03 30 53 MISCELLANEOUS
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE. Support the pipe on a concrete cradle, or encased
in concrete where indicated or directed.
3.2.5 Manhole Construction
Construct base slab of cast -in -place concrete or use precast concrete base
sections. Make inverts in cast -in -place concrete and precast concrete
bases with a smooth -surfaced semi -circular bottom conforming to the inside
contour of the adjacent sewer sections. For changes in direction of the
sewer and entering branches into the manhole, make a circular curve in the
manhole invert of as large a radius as manhole size will permit. For
cast -in -place concrete construction, either pour bottom slabs and walls
integrally or key and bond walls to bottom slab. No parging will be
permitted on interior manhole walls. For precast concrete construction,
make joints between manhole sections with the gaskets specified for this
purpose; install in the manner specified for installing joints in concrete
piping. Parging will not be required for precast concrete manholes.
Perform cast -in -place concrete work in accordance with the requirements
specified under paragraph entitled "Concrete Work" of this section. Make
joints between concrete manholes and pipes entering manholes with the
resilient connectors specified for this purpose; install in accordance
with the recommendations of the connector manufacturer. Where a new
manhole is constructed on an existing line, remove existing pipe as
necessary to construct the manhole. Cut existing pipe so that pipe ends
are approximately flush with the interior face of manhole wall, but not
protruding into the manhole. Use resilient connectors as previously
specified for pipe connectors to concrete manholes.
3.2.6 Miscellaneous Construction and Installation
3.2.6.1 Connecting to Existing Manholes
Connect pipe to existing manholes such that finish work will conform as
nearly as practicable to the applicable requirements specified for new
manholes, including all necessary concrete work, cutting, and shaping.
Center the connection on the manhole. Holes for the new pipe are be of
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 10

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
sufficient diameter to allow packing cement mortar around the entire
periphery of the pipe but no larger than 1.5 times the diameter of the
pipe. Cut the manhole in a manner that will cause the least damage to the
walls.
3.2.6.2 Metal Work
3.2.6.2.1 Workmanship and Finish
Perform metal work so that workmanship and finish will be equal to the
best practice in modern structural shops and foundries. Form iron to
shape and size with sharp lines and angles. Do shearing and punching so
that clean true lines and surfaces are produced. Make castings sound and
free from warp, cold shuts, and blow holes that may impair their strength
or appearance. Give exposed surfaces a smooth finish with sharp
well-defined lines and arises. Provide necessary rabbets, lugs, and
brackets wherever necessary for fitting and support.
3.2.6.2.2 Field Painting
After installation, clean cast-iron frames, covers, gratings, and steps
not buried in concrete to bare metal, remove mortar, rust, grease, dirt,
and other deleterious materials and apply a coat of bituminous paint. Do
not paint surfaces subject to abrasion.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
The Contracting Officer will conduct field inspections and witness field
tests specified in this section. Be able to produce evidence, when
required, that each item of work has been constructed in accordance with
the drawings and specifications.
3.3.1 Tests
Perform field tests and provide labor, equipment, and incidentals required
for testing.
3.3.1.1 Hydrostatic Sewer Test
When unusual conflicts are encountered between sanitary sewer and
waterlines a hydrostatic pressure sewer test will be performed in
accordance with the applicable AWWA standard for the piping material or
AWWA C600.
3.3.1.2 Leakage Tests for Nonpressure Lines
Test lines for leakage by either by low-pressure air tests. When
necessary to prevent pipeline movement during testing, place additional
backfill around pipe sufficient to prevent movement, but leaving joints
uncovered to permit inspection. When leakage or pressure drop exceeds the
allowable amount specified, make satisfactory correction and retest
pipeline section in the same manner. Correct visible leaks regardless of
leakage test results.
3.3.1.2.1 Low -Pressure Air Tests
3.3.1.2.1.1 PVC Pipelines
Test PVC pipe in accordance with UBPPA UNI-B-6. The allowable pressure
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 11

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
drop is located in UBPPA UNI-B-6. Make calculations in accordance with
the Appendix to UBPPA UNI-B-6.
3.3.1.3 Tests for Pressure Lines
Test pressure lines in accordance with the applicable standard specified
in this paragraph, except for test pressures. For hydrostatic pressure
test, use a hydrostatic pressure 50 psi in excess of the maximum working
pressure of the system, but not less than 100 psi, holding the pressure
for a period of not less than one hour. For leakage test, use a
hydrostatic pressure not less than the maximum working pressure of the
system. Leakage test may be performed at the same time and at the same
test pressure as the pressure test.
3.3.1.3.1 PVC Pressure Pipe
Test PVC pressure pipe in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C605
for hydrostatic and leakage tests. The quantity of water that must be
supplied during testing is not to exceed the quantity of water calculated
in accordance with AWWA C605 to maintain the specified test pressure
within 5 psi.
3.3.2 Field Tests for Cast -In -Place Concrete
Field testing requirements are covered in Section 03 30 53 MISCELLANEOUS
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE.
3.3.3 Inspection
Check each straight run of pipeline for gross deficiencies by holding a
light in a manhole; the light must show a practically full circle of light
through the pipeline when viewed from the adjoining end of line.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 33 30 00 Page 12

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
SECTION 33 32 13.13
PACKAGED SEWAGE LIFT STATIONS, WET WELL TYPE
11/14
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by
the basic designation only.
AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION (AWWA)
AWWA C110/A21.10 (2012) Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings
for Water
AWWA C500 (2009) Metal -Seated Gate Valves for Water
Supply Service
AWWA C509 (2015) Resilient -Seated Gate Valves for
Water Supply Service
AWWA C600 (2017) Installation of Ductile -Iron Mains
and Their Appurtenances
ASME INTERNATIONAL (ASME)
ASME B16.11 (2016) Forged Fittings, Socket -Welding and
Threaded
ASME B16.3 (2016) Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings,
Classes 150 and 300
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
ASTM A123/A123M (2017) Standard Specification for Zinc
(Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and
Steel Products
ASTM A126 (2004; R 2014) Standard Specification for
Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges,
and Pipe Fittings
ASTM A36/A36M (2014) Standard Specification for Carbon
Structural Steel
ASTM C478 (2018) Standard Specification for Circular
Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole
Sections
ASTM C913 (2018) Standard Specification for Precast
Concrete Water and Waste Water Structures
INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE)
IEEE C62.11 (2012) Standard for Metal -Oxide Surge
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
Arresters for Alternating Current Power
Circuits (>1kV)
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR STANDARDIZATION (ISO)
ISO 1940-1 (2003; R 2008) Mechanical Vibration -
Balance Quality Requirements for Rotors in
a Constant (Rigid) State - Part 1:
Specification and Verification of Balance
Tolerances
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
UL 864 (2014; Reprint Mar 2018) UL Standard for
Safety Control Units and Accessories for
Fire Alarm Systems
UL 1449 (2014; Reprint Jul 2017) UL Standard for
Safety Surge Protective Devices
1.2 SUBMITTALS
Government approval is required for all submittals. Submit the following
in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES:
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Material, Equipment, and Fixtures List; G
SD-02 Shop Drawings
Fabrication Drawings; G
Erection/Installation Drawings; G
Wet Well
Valve Vault
SD-03 Product Data
Spare Parts Data; G
Entrance Covers G
Pumps; G
Pump Controls; G
Impellers; G
Couplings; G
Bearings; G
Stuffing Boxes; G
Gate Valves; G
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
Check Valves; G
Electric Motors; G
Submesrible Level Transmitter
Float Controls
Direct Act Float
SD-05 Design Data
Motor/Pumps; G
SD-06 Test Reports
Pump Test; G
Hydrostatic Pressure Test; G
Pressure Sensor Test; G
Float Test; G
SD-07 Certificates
Listing of Product Installations; G
Entrance Covers; G
Pumps; G
Gate Valves; G
Check Valves; G
Electric Motors; G
Wet Well
Valve Vault
SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions
Entrance Covers; G
Pumps; G
Pump Controls; G
Gate Valves; G
Check Valves; G
Electric Motors; G
Special Tools; G
Posted Instructions; G
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
Submersible Level Transmitter
Float Controls
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
Operation and Maintenance Manuals; G
Preventative Maintenance and Inspection Procedure; G
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Warranty; G
1.3 QUALITY CONTROL
Submit a listing of product installations similar to the package lift
station being installed.
Verify conformance of materials and equipment for package lift station to
the referenced publications or as specified. Verify that the manufacturer
is regularly engaged in the manufacture of such products.
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Inspect materials delivered to site for damage. Unload and store with
minimum handling. Store materials on site in enclosures or under
protective covering. Do not store materials directly on the ground. Keep
inside of pipes, fittings, and valves free of dirt and debris.
Handle pipe, fittings, and other accessories in such manner as to ensure
delivery to the trench in sound undamaged condition. Take special care
not to damage linings of pipe and fittings; if lining is damaged, make
satisfactory repairs. Carry, do not drag, pipe to trench.
1.5 WARRANTY
Provide a manufactuers' warranty for pumps, float switches, control panel.
Create a list or reference all specific operation and maintenance
procedures that are required to keep the warranty valid.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Provide each station with two pumps with controls capable of operating the
pumps either simultaneously or individually, depending on the load
conditions.
Furnish and install each lift station as a complete unit with necessary
appurtenances designed for the following:
Service life - 15 years
Pump capacity - as shown on project plans
Total head - as shown on project plans
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
Submit fabrication drawings after receiving tentative approval of the
equipment and the materials list but before installation. Submit drawings
covering necessary or recommended changes to accommodate the equipment
offered. Show on the drawings the design of the chamber, with dimensions,
types, and thicknesses of materials, and elevation levels with reference
to those elevations indicated.
Provide the following motor/pumps design information prior to final
turnover - number of motor rotor bars and stator slots; number of cooling
fan blades; RPM of motor; bearings, bearing manufacturer, bearing type,
bearing style and number of balls/elements; number of commutator bars and
commutator brushes; SCR firing frequencies; and number of pump impellers.
2.1.1 Design Requirements
2.1.1.1 Pump Construction
Fabricate castings in cast iron or steel free from injurious defects.
Design castings to permit easy replacement of parts. Gasket all joints to
prevent leakage. Design and install passageways to permit the smooth flow
of sewage and free from sharp turns and projections. Provide pump
castings with cleanout plates in the suction line and drain plugs.
a. Electric Motors
Provide 60-hertz, 3-phase motors.
b. Impellers
Fabricate impellers in cast iron, cast steel, or an alloy suitable for the
service required. Provide free flowing impellers which permit objects in
the sewage that enter the pump to pass into the discharge pipe. Provide
each impeller keyed, splined, or threaded on the shaft and locked in such
manner that lateral movement is prevented and reverse rotation can not
cause loosening.
C. Couplings
Provide heavy-duty flexible type couplings, keyed to the shaft. Provide
universal type couplings for vertical pumps.
d. Shaft Sleeves
Protect the shaft from the liquid being pumped, points in contact with the
stuffing boxes, and other wearing parts with sleeves designed in bronze or
a suitable alloy.
e. Stuffing Boxes
Grease -seal stuffing boxes with a seal ring, designed to ensure tight
packing without excessive wear or friction on the shafts, and prevent the
leakage of air or water. Provide split type glands which can be easily
removed for repacking.
f. Balance
Balance rotating parts of the equipment mechanically and hydraulically to
operate throughout the required range without excessive end thrust,
vibration, and noise. Conform allowable vibration limits with ISO 1940-1,
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 5

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
Table 1. Existence of defects that cannot be eliminated by adjustment
will be sufficient cause for rejection of the equipment.
g. Shafts
Provide high-grade steel shafts of a size and strength to perform the work
required.
h. Bearings
Provide ball or roller type main bearings to withstand radial and end
thrust. Pumps dependent upon hydraulic balance are prohibited.
i. Lubrication
Provide self lubricating, permanently sealed bearings.
2.2 COMPONENTS
Submit a material, equipment, and fixtures list of all major components
including manufacturer's catalog numbers, specification and drawing
reference number, warranty information, and fabrication site.
2.2.1 Chamber
Include pipe supports, brackets, and other miscellaneous components of
steel conforming to ASTM A36/A36M, ASME B16.3,ASME B16.11 and hot -dipped
galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M.
2.2.2 Wet Well Base Material
2.2.2.1 Wet Well and Valve Vault
Provide precast concrete wet well and valve vault with inside dimensions
as indicated conforming to the requirements of ASTM C478 and ASTM C913, as
applicable.
2.2.3 Entrance Covers
2.2.3.1 Access Hatch Cover
Provide aluminum access hatch cover as indicated. Include lifting
mechanism, automatic hold open arm, slam lock with handle, and flush lift
handle. Use automatic hold open arm that locks in the 90 degree
position. Use access hatch cover capable of withstanding a live load of
300 lbs./sq. ft. Provide stainless steel cylinder lock with two keys per
lock. Key all the locks the same.
2.2.4 Pumps
2.2.4.1 Submersible Sewage Nonclog Pump
Provide submersible sewage nonclog pumps with grinder units as indicated.
Provide UL listed pumps for explosion proof Class 1, Division 1, Groups C
and D hazardous locations. Provide submersible, centrifugal sewage pumps
and grinder units capable of grinding the materials found in normal
domestic sewage, including plastics, rubber, sanitary napkins, disposable
diapers, animal hair and wooden articles into a finely ground slurry with
particle dimensions no greater than 1/4 inch of the nonclogging type with
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 6

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
passageways designed to pass 3 inch diameter spheres without clogging.
Provide pump capacity, number of pumps and motor characteristics as
indicated on the drawings. Select pumps to continuously operate in a
submerged or partially submerged condition.
2.2.4.2 Alternator
Provide an alternator control switch to operate in connection with each
float. Use an alternator control switch to alternate the operation of the
pumps and operate both pumps if the water level rises above the second
high water level. Incorporate time delay function and devices in the
alternator controls such that both sewage pumps cannot be started
simultaneously for an adjustable period of 10 to 120 seconds after
shutdown. Use the delay function designed to operate in any condition of
start-up in either normal or emergency operational mode.
2.2.5 Valves
2.2.5.1 Gate Valves in Valve Vault
Conform to AWWA C500 for gate valves with outside -screw -and -yoke
rising -stem type with double disc gates and flanged ends. Conform to
AWWA C509 for valves with outside -screw -and -yoke rising -stem type with
flanged ends. Provide valves with handwheels that open by
counterclockwise rotation of the valve stem. Bolt and construct stuffing
boxes to permit easy removal of parts for repair. Use valves from one
manufacturer.
2.2.5.2 Check Valves Less than 4-Inch Diameter
Provide neoprene ball check valve with integral hydraulic sealing flange,
designed for a hydraulic working pressure of 175 psi.
2.2.5.3 Check Valves 4-Inch and Larger Diameter
Provide nonclogging swing check valve rated for not less than 175 psig
working pressure capable of passing 3-inch diameter solids. Cast iron
conforming to ASTM A126. Buna-N disc and integral seat. Flanged ends
conforming to AWWA C110/A21.10.
Provide a positive horizontal, swing check type check valves. Provide
valves that permit a free flow of sewage forward and a positive check
against backflow. Provide iron body valves with a removable cover for
inspection and removal of the gate assembly. Provide bronze gate, gate
seats, shaft, studs, and nuts.
2.2.6 Piping
Provide force mains in accordance with Section 33 30 00 SANITARY SEWERAGE.
2.2.6.1 Piping Connections
Provide pump suction and discharge with flanged connections of the proper
size for the pump type and capacity. Provide between pipes of dissimilar
metals a rubber gasket or other approved type of insulating joint or
dielectric coupling to effectively prevent metal -to -metal contact between
adjacent sections of piping.
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 7

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
2.2.6.2 Accessories
Provide flanges, connecting pieces, transition glands, transition sleeves,
and other adapters as required.
2.2.6.3 Flexible Flanged Coupling
Provide flexible flanged couplings applicable for sewage as indicated.
Use flexible flanged coupling designed for a working pressure of 350 psi.
2.2.7 Nameplates
Provide the manufacturer's name or trademark on a corrosion -resistant
identification plate or cast integrally, on each item of equipment,
stamped, or otherwise permanently marked in a conspicuous place. Include
on the pump identification plate the pump capacity in gpm, pump head in
feet and speed of rotation. Cast on the body of the pump the direction of
rotation.
2.2.8 Pump Controls
2.2.8.1 General
Pump operating controls provided by the pump supplier and are the
automatic type including all necessary components to function reliably.
Mount controls in a NEMA 4x rated stainless steel control panel. Ensure
equipment subject to contact with sewage or sewage gases is
corrosion -resistant metal. Provide an electronic controller that
automatically activates and alternates the pump operation. If the liquid
level continues to rise to the plans -specified level, the controller
engages both pumps to operate simultaneously until both shut off at the
specified low level. Provide hand -off -auto switches to choose the mode of
operation for each pump. Provide controls with a 12 VDC powered float
switch connected to the alarm contact of the battery charger to activate
high-level alarms.
Protect pumping stations from lightning and transient voltage surges and
equip with phase protection.
Design the control system to operate two (2) pumps at power
characteristics as shown on the plans. Ensure all controls and wiring
meet or exceed the requirements of the National Electrical Code (NEC),
Latest Edition.
Provide components that are UL listed or FM approved.
Require the control function to provide for the operation of the pumps
under normal conditions and alternates the pumps on each pump down cycle.
In the event the incoming flow exceeds the pumping capacity of the lead
pump, the offline pumps automatically start to handle the increased flow.
As the flow decreases, the pumps cut off at the elevations set on the
controller.
2.2.8.2 Enclosure
Provide a NEMA 4x rated enclosure manufactured from stainless steel. The
enclosure is a wall mount type suitable for mounting on strut or channel
with a minimum depth sized to adequately house all the components.
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 8

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
Provide a rubber composition door gasket and assures a positive
weatherproof seal. Provide a door that opens a minimum of 180 degrees and
is equipped with a 3-point latch and padlockable handle.
Provide a dead front mounted in the panel to provide protection of
personnel from live internal wiring. Install cutouts for breaker handles
to allow operation of breakers without entering the compartment.
Mount all control switches, indicator pilot lights, elapsed time meters,
duplex receptacle and other operational devices on the external surface of
the dead front.
Ensure the dead front opens a minimum of 150 degrees to allow access to
equipment for maintenance.
Mount all hardware to the subpanel with machine thread tapped holes. Sheet
metal screws are not acceptable. Permanently identify all devices to
match the schematic diagram.
Provide an enclosure ventilator located near the top of the enclosure on
the opposite side of the generator receptacle. Provide a rain and vermin
proof ventilator and made of fire retardant thermoplastic material.
2.2.8.3 Power Distribution
Provide a panel power distribution that includes all necessary components
and is completely wired with stranded copper conductors rated at 194
degrees F. Install all conductor terminations as recommended by the
device manufacturer.
Provide a main circuit breaker in the control panel.
Size each motor breaker to meet the pump motor operating characteristics.
Individually protect the control circuit and the duplex receptacle by
circuit breakers.
Install indicating type circuit breakers, providing "On/Off/Trip"
positions of the operating handle. When the breaker is tripped
automatically, the handle assumes a middle position indicating "Trip"
Provide quick -make and quick -break thermal magnetic breakers on manual and
automatic operation and have inverse time characteristics secured through
the use of bimetallic tripping elements supplemented by a magnetic trip
for instantaneous protection. Design breakers so that an overload on one
pole automatically trips and opens all legs. Field installed handle ties
are not acceptable.
Ensure motor starters are open frame, across the line, full voltage, NEMA
rated with individual overload protection for each phase. Ensure motor
starter contact and coil is replaceable from the front of the starter
without removing from its mounted position.
Provide motor overload protection via melting alloy type thermal overload
relays. Provide overloads that are interchangeable and sized per NEC.
Provide control transformers for 120 VAC requirements in the control
panel. Provide fused transformers and the secondaries grounded.
Provide incoming power with both lightning surge arresters (line side,
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 9

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
IEEE C62.11) and transient voltage surge suppression (load side, UL 1449
). Use solid state devices with LED indicator lights for power and
protective status. As a minimum, rate devices for 50,000 amps per phase
with response time less than 5nSec.
Install a line voltage rated, solid-state, adjustable, plug-in monitor to
sense reversed or loss of a phase. Ensure the control circuit
de -energizes upon sensing any of the faults and automatically restores
service upon return to normal power.
2.2.8.4 Panel Mounted
Provide a weatherproof -shatterproof red strobe alarm light fixture rated
at 100,000 peak candle power, 12 VDC, 80 flashes per minute to indicate
alarm conditions.
Mount the alarm horn on the exterior of the cabinet. The alarm horn
provides a signal of not less than 90db at 10 feet. Deactivate the alarm
horn with an alarm silence switch, however, the alarm light flashes until
the alarm condition ceases to exist. At that time the alarm reset
function resets for normal operation.
The alarm circuitry is 12 VDC, powered by a battery operated alarm with
charger with plug-in base, solid state circuitry and push to test switch.
Battery is rated for 7.0 amp -hours minimum. Alarm horn and light are
activated via the battery charger upon either loss of utility power or a
high level condition in the wet well.
2.2.8.5 Remote Mounted
Provide remote alarm panel mounted in Duty Office of Building 7019. Alarm
panel shall activate upon activation of the panel mounted alarm.
Panel shall be rated for indoor and outdoor use in accordance with UL 864.
Alarm panel shall have horn and light. Horn shall be rated 82 decibels at
10 feet. Panel shall have an alarm test and horn silence switch with auto
reset.
2.2.8.6 Control System
Provide a control system for the automatic and manual control and
alternation of the pumps to maintain a pumped down condition of the wet
well. The submersible level transmitter shall be the primary level
controller. The direct acting floats shall act as a backup control system.
Provide control of duplex pumps by an electronic alternating controller
with digital level display.
As the level in the wet well rises, the lead pump as determined by the
alternator, starts and pump the station to the "off" position. In the
event the incoming flow exceeds the capacity of the lead pump, the lag
pump starts and both pumps run to the off level. The alternator switches
when the off level is reached.
If the level continues to rise, alarm functions are activated via a
high-level float switch (intrinsically safe for Class I, Division 1,
hazardous installations).
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 10

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
W06895127
2.2.8.7 Direct Operating Floats
Direct -acting floats shall be mercury free.
Use a direct acting float switch consisting of a normally -open mercury
switch enclosed in a float. Use pipe mounted float assembly. Use float
molded of rigid high -density polyurethane foam, color -coded and coated
with a durable, water and corrosion -resistant jacket of clear urethane.
Provide connecting cable and support pole in accordance with manufacturers
recommendations. Provide a cast aluminum NEMA Type 4X junction box to
connect float assembly. Use box with a gasketed cover with tapped float
fitting and conduit entrance pipe threaded opening. Mount floats at fixed
elevations as shown. Use floats designed to tilt and operate their
switches causing sequential turn -on turn-off of the pump, when the liquid
level being sensed rises or falls past the float.
2.2.8.8 Submersible Level Transmitter
Provide submersible level indicator capable of indicating wetwell liquid
levels. Provide connecting cable and support pole in accordance with
manufacturers recommendations.
SPECIFICATIONS
Service
Compatible fluids. Not for use with
powder and bulk solids.
Wetted Materials
Sensor: 316 SS, 316L SS Epoxy.
Ranges
10 psi, 23.09 Feet
Accuracy
+0.2% FS
Temperature Limits
Ambient: 0 to 200' F
Temperature Compensation
0 to 180' F
Pressure Limits
2x FS
Power Requirement
13 to 30 VDC (2 wire)
Output Signal
4 to 20 mA (Two -wire)
Max. Loop Resistance
900 Ohms at 24 VDC
Electrical Connections
Wire Pigtail
Enclosure Rating
Weatherproff meets NEMA 4X,
explosion -proof rated Class I, Div. 1,
Groups B, C, D; Class II/III, Div. 1,
Groups E, F, G.
Mounting Orientation
Vertical
Weight
4.3 lb
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 11

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
Agency Approvals CE, FM
2.2.8.9 Ancillary Equipment
The control system includes, but not be limited to:
a. An elapsed time meter for each pump mounted on the dead front door.
The meter operates on 120 VAC, and indicate run time in hours, have
LCD Display and is not resettable.
b. Control wire is a minimum 18 AWG. Route all control wires through a
plastic wireway with snap on covers, bundled and tie wrapped to form a
neat assembly.
C. Provide a duplex, 20 amp, GFI receptacle providing 120 volts, 60
hertz, single phase power inside the panel on the deadfront door.
d. 1-N/O and 1-N/C unpowered contact for high level, power/control power
failure, and pump run indication wired to terminal strip.
e. Identification plate engraved to show white letters on a black
background. Letters are uppercase. Identification Plate to indicate
"LIFT STATION CONTROL PANEL" system voltage (e.g. 208V, 3PH or 480V,
3PH), and power source.
g. Pump seal failure indication.
h. Time delay relay to prevent pumps from starting simultaneously.
2.3 PAINT
Treat and paint equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's standard
practice for sewage resistance.
2.4 PORTABLE STAINLESS HOIST
The pump station will be supplied with a portable stainless hoist to
facilitate equipment removal and placement for periodic and emergency
maintenance. The hoisting equipment shall be sized for 1,800 lbs max load
rating and will include stainless pedestal base, mounted to the pump
station wet well cover to adequately reach required equipment.
The portable host shall be all T-304 stainless steel construction with
marine grade brake winch and 30 feet (9m) of 1/4-inch (7mm) T-304
stainless steel cable with galvanized safety hook. The fixed reach davit
arm shall be set at 24" and the overall unit height shall be 60". The
winch -end of the cable shall be supplied with a swedge-ball end for easy
removal from the winch, and shall be supplied with an additional 10' of
cable from the top of station elevation, to be coiled and hung from a
dedicated stainless hook in the access hatchway. Each pump and/or trash
basket as required shall have a dedicated lifting cable assembly. The
portable hoist shall be guaranteed against defects in material and/or
workmanship for a period of 3 years.
2.5 GAUGE ASSEMBLY
Pressure gauges shall be installed on each discharge pipe as indicated on
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 12

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
the drawings. Each pressure gauge shall be direct mounted, stainless
steel case, stainless steel sensing element, liquid filled, with a one and
one-half inch diameter dial and furnished with a clear glass crystal
window, one-fourth inch shut-off (isolation valve). All gauges shall be
weatherproofed. The face dial shall be white finished aluminum with jet
black graduations and figures. The face dial shall indicate the units of
pressure measured in psi, with a 0-60 psi range.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
Install lift station as indicated, in accordance with drawings and the
manufacturer's instructions. Dampen and isolate equipment vibration.
3.1.1 Protection from Moving Parts
Locate guard belts, pulleys, chains, gears, couplings, projecting
setscrews, keys, and other rotating parts in accordance with applicable
OSHA standards and so that personnel are properly protected from injury.
3.1.2 Valves
Install gate valves conforming to AWWA C500 in accordance with AWWA C600
for valve -and -fitting installation and with the recommendations of the
Appendix ("Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of Gate Valves") to
AWWA C500. Install gate valves conforming to AWWA C509 in accordance with
AWWA C600 for valve -and -fitting installation and with the recommendations
of the Appendix ("Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of Gate
Valves") to AWWA C509.
Install check valves in accordance with the applicable requirements of
AWWA C600 for valve -and -fitting installation, except as otherwise indicated.
Make and assemble joints to gate valves and check valves as specified
for making and assembling the same type joints between pipe and fittings.
3.1.3 Piping
Include all piping as indicated to complete the work and render the system
fully functional.
3.1.4 Miscellaneous
Attach a final as built drawing, laminated in mylar, to the inside of the
front door and shown on the as -built drawings. Include a list of all
legends. Identify the pump nameplate data on the drawing and on the
as -built plans.
Permanently mark all component parts in the control panel and identified
as they are indicated on the drawing. Mark on the back plate adjacent to
the component. Identify all control conductors with wire markers at each
end as close as practical to the end of conductor.
3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
3.2.1 Tests
Perform tests, including hydrostatic pressure test of piping, under a test
pressure equal to 50 percent more than the pump discharge pressure or
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 13

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
total dynamic head, whichever is greater. Perform a pump test, float test.
Submit the test results to the Contracting Officer.
Test all panels to the power requirements as shown on the plans to assure
proper component operation. Activate each control function to check for
proper operation and indication.
3.2.2 Field Representative
A representative of the lift station manufacturer is to direct the startup
of the station and instruct representatives of the Government in startup
and operation procedures.
3.3 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
3.3.1 Operation and Maintenance
Submit preventative maintenance and inspection procedure for package lift
stations. Include in procedures the frequency of preventative
maintenance, inspection, adjustment, lubrication, and cleaning necessary
to minimize corrective maintenance and repair.
Supply special tools that are required for maintenance and testing of the
package lift stations.
Submit spare parts data, including a complete list of parts and supplies
with current unit prices and source of supply. List parts and supplies
that are either normally furnished at no extra cost with the purchase of
equipment, or specified to be furnished as a part of the contract, and
list additional items recommended by the manufacturer to ensure an
efficient operation for a period of one year.
Install on or near the package lift stations, a complete package of posted
instructions, consisting of labels, signs, and templates of operating
instructions.
Submit operation and maintenance manuals for package lift stations,
including Equipment Description, Assembly and Installation Procedures,
Adjustment and Alignment, Checkout Procedures, Procedures of Operation and
Troubleshooting.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 33 32 13.13 Page 14

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic W06895127
SECTION 33 71 02
UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION
02/15
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCES
The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the
extent referenced. The publications are referred to within the text by
the basic designation only.
ASTM B1
ASTM B3
ASTM B8
IEEE C2
ASTM INTERNATIONAL (ASTM)
(2013) Standard Specification for
Hard -Drawn Copper Wire
(2013) Standard Specification for Soft or
Annealed Copper Wire
(2011; R 2017) Standard Specification for
Concentric -Lay -Stranded Copper Conductors,
Hard, Medium -Hard, or Soft
INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS (IEEE)
IEEE Stds Dictionary
(2017; Errata 1-2 2017; INT 1 2017)
National Electrical Safety Code
(2009) IEEE Standards Dictionary: Glossary
of Terms & Definitions
INTERNATIONAL ELECTRICAL TESTING ASSOCIATION (NETA)
NETA ATS (2017; Errata 2017) Standard for
Acceptance Testing Specifications for
Electrical Power Equipment and Systems
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA)
ANSI C119.1 (2016) Electric Connectors - Sealed
Insulated Underground Connector Systems
Rated 600 Volts
NEMA TC 2 (2013) Standard for Electrical Polyvinyl
Chloride (PVC) Conduit
NEMA TC 9 (2004) Standard for Fittings for Polyvinyl
Chloride (PVC) Plastic Utilities Duct for
Underground Installation
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFPA)
NFPA 70 (2017; ERTA 1-2 2017; TIA 17-1; TIA 17-2;
TIA 17-3; TIA 17-4; TIA 17-5; TIA 17-6;
TIA 17-7; TIA 17-8; TIA 17-9; TIA 17-10;
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
TIA 17-11; TIA 17-12; TIA 17-13; TIA
17-14; TIA 17-15; TIA 17-16; TIA 17-17 )
National Electrical Code
SOCIETY OF CABLE TELECOMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERS (SCTE)
ANSI/SCTE 77 (2013) Specification for Underground
Enclosure Integrity
TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY ASSOCIATION (TIA)
TIA-758 (2012b) Customer -Owned Outside Plant
Telecommunications Infrastructure Standard
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE (USDA)
RUS Bull 1751F-644 (2002) Underground Plant Construction
UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
UL 1242 (2006; Reprint Mar 2014) Standard for
Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit --
Steel
UL 44 (2018) UL Standard for Safety
Thermoset -Insulated Wires and Cables
UL 486A-486B (2018) UL Standard for Safety Wire
Connectors
UL 510 (2017) UL Standard for Safety Polyvinyl
Chloride, Polyethylene and Rubber
Insulating Tape
UL 514A (2013; Reprint Aug 2017) UL Standard for
Safety Metallic Outlet Boxes
UL 514B (2012; Reprint Nov 2014) Conduit, Tubing
and Cable Fittings
UL 6 (2007; Reprint Nov 2014) Electrical Rigid
Metal Conduit -Steel
UL 651 (2011; Reprint Nov 2018) UL Standard for
Safety Schedule 40, 80, Type EB and A
Rigid PVC Conduit and Fittings
UL 83 (2017) UL Standard for Safety
Thermoplastic -Insulated Wires and Cables
UL 854 (2004; Reprint Nov 2014) Standard for
Service -Entrance Cables
1.2 DEFINITIONS
a. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, electrical and electronics
terms used in these specifications, and on the drawings, are as
defined in IEEE Stds Dictionary.
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
b. In the text of this section, the words conduit and duct are used
interchangeably and have the same meaning.
C. In the text of this section, "medium voltage cable splices," and
"medium voltage cable joints" are used interchangeably and have the
same meaning.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL
PROCEDURES:
SD-03 Product Data
Composite/fiberglass handholes
SD-06 Test Reports
Field Acceptance Checks and Tests
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.4.1 Regulatory Requirements
In each of the publications referred to herein, consider the advisory
provisions to be mandatory, as though the word, "must" had been
substituted for "should" wherever it appears. Interpret references in
these publications to the "authority having jurisdiction," or words of
similar meaning, to mean the Contracting Officer. Equipment, materials,
installation, and workmanship must be in accordance with the mandatory and
advisory provisions of IEEE C2 and NFPA 70 unless more stringent
requirements are specified or indicated.
1.4.2 Standard Products
Provide materials and equipment that are products of manufacturers
regularly engaged in the production of such products which are of equal
material, design and workmanship. Products must have been in satisfactory
commercial or industrial use for 2 years prior to bid opening. The 2-year
period must include applications of equipment and materials under similar
circumstances and of similar size. The product must have been for sale on
the commercial market through advertisements, manufacturers' catalogs, or
brochures during the 2-year period. Where two or more items of the same
class of equipment are required, these items must be products of a single
manufacturer; however, the component parts of the item need not be the
products of the same manufacturer unless stated in this section.
1.4.2.1 Alternative Qualifications
Products having less than a 2-year field service record will be acceptable
if a certified record of satisfactory field operation for not less than
6000 hours, exclusive of the manufacturers' factory or laboratory tests,
is furnished.
1.4.2.2 Material and Equipment Manufacturing Date
Products manufactured more than 3 years prior to date of delivery to site
are not acceptable, unless specified otherwise.
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 CONDUIT, DUCTS, AND FITTINGS
2.1.1 Rigid Metal Conduit
UL 6.
2.1.2 Intermediate Metal Conduit
UL 1242.
2.1.3 Plastic Conduit for Direct Burial and Riser Applications
UL 651 and NEMA TC 2, EPC-40.
2.1.4 Fittings
2.1.4.1 Metal Fittings
UL 514B.
2.1.4.2 PVC Duct Fittings
NEMA TC 9.
2.1.4.3 Outlet Boxes for Steel Conduit
Outlet boxes for use with rigid or flexible steel conduit must be
cast -metal cadmium or zinc -coated if of ferrous metal with gasketed
closures and must conform to UL 514A.
2.2 LOW VOLTAGE INSULATED CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
Insulated conductors must be rated 600 volts and conform to the
requirements of NFPA 70, including listing requirements. Wires and cables
manufactured more than 24 months prior to date of delivery to the site are
not acceptable. Service entrance conductors must conform to UL 854, type
USE.
2.2.1 Conductor Types
Cable and duct sizes indicated are for copper conductors and THHN/THWN
unless otherwise noted. Conductors No. 10 AWG and smaller must be
solid. Conductors No. 8 AWG and larger must be stranded. All conductors
must be copper.
2.2.2 Conductor Material
Unless specified or indicated otherwise or required by NFPA 70, wires in
conduit, other than service entrance, must be 600-volt, Type THWN/THHN
conforming to UL 83 or Type XHHW or RHW conforming to UL 44. Copper
conductors must be annealed copper complying with ASTM B3 and ASTM B8.
2.2.3 In Duct
Cables must be single -conductor cable.
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
2.2.4 Cable Marking
Insulated conductors must have the date of manufacture and other
identification imprinted on the outer surface of each cable at regular
intervals throughout the cable length.
Identify each cable by means of a fiber, laminated plastic, or non-ferrous
metal tags, or approved equal, in each manhole, handhole, junction box,
and each terminal. Each tag must contain the following information; cable
type, conductor size, circuit number, circuit voltage, cable destination
and phase identification.
Conductors must be color coded. Provide conductor identification within
each enclosure where a tap, splice, or termination is made. Conductor
identification must be by color -coded insulated conductors, plastic -coated
self -sticking printed markers, colored nylon cable ties and plates, heat
shrink type sleeves,or colored electrical tape. Control circuit
terminations must be properly identified. Color must be green for
grounding conductors and white for neutrals; except where neutrals of more
than one system are installed in same raceway or box, other neutrals must
be white with a different colored (not green) stripe for each. Color of
ungrounded conductors in different voltage systems must be as follows:
a. 208/120 volt, three-phase
(1) Phase A - black
(2) Phase B - red
(3) Phase C - blue
2.3 LOW VOLTAGE WIRE CONNECTORS AND TERMINALS
Must provide a uniform compression over the entire conductor contact
surface. Use solderless terminal lugs on stranded conductors.
a. For use with copper conductors: UL 486A-486B.
2.4 LOW VOLTAGE SPLICES
Provide splices in conductors with a compression connector on the
conductor and by insulating and waterproofing using one of the following
methods which are suitable for continuous submersion in water and comply
with ANSI C119.1.
2.5 TAPE
2.5.1 Insulating Tape
UL 510, plastic insulating tape, capable of performing in a continuous
temperature environment of 80 degrees C.
2.5.2 Buried Warning and Identification Tape
Provide detectable tape in accordance with Section 31 23 00.00 20
EXCAVATION AND FILL.
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 5

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
2.6 GROUNDING AND BONDING
2.6.1 Grounding Conductors
Stranded -bare copper conductors must conform to ASTM B8, Class B,
soft -drawn unless otherwise indicated. Solid -bare copper conductors must
conform to ASTM B1 for sizes No. 8 and smaller. Insulated conductors must
be of the same material as phase conductors and green color -coded, except
that conductors must be rated no more than 600 volts. Aluminum is not
acceptable.
2.7 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
Provide concrete in accordance with Section 03 30 53 MISCELLANEOUS
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE. In addition, provide concrete for encasement of
underground ducts with 3000 psi minimum 28-day compressive strength.
Concrete associated with electrical work for other than encasement of
underground ducts must be 4000 psi minimum 28-day compressive strength
unless specified otherwise.
2.8 UNDERGROUND STRUCTURES
2.8.1 Composite/Fiberglass Handholes and Covers
ANSI/SCTE 77. Provide handholes and covers of polymer concrete,
reinforced with heavy weave fiberglass with a design load (Tier rating)
appropriate for or greater than the intended use. All covers are required
to have the Tier level rating embossed on the surface and this rating must
not exceed the design load of the box.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
Install equipment and devices in accordance with the manufacturer's
published instructions and with the requirements and recommendations of
NFPA 70 and IEEE C2 as applicable. In addition to these requirements,
install telecommunications in accordance with TIA-758 and
RUS Bull 1751F-644.
3.2 CABLE INSPECTION
Inspect each cable reel for correct storage positions, signs of physical
damage, and broken end seals prior to installation. If end seal is
broken, remove moisture from cable prior to installation in accordance
with the cable manufacturer's recommendations.
3.3 UNDERGROUND FEEDERS SUPPLYING BUILDINGS
Terminate underground feeders supplying building at a point 5 feet outside
the building and projections thereof, except that conductors must be
continuous to the terminating point indicated. Coordinate connections of
the feeders to the service entrance equipment with Section 26 20 00
INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. Provide PVC, Type EPC-40 conduit from the
supply equipment to a point 5 feet outside the building and projections
thereof. Protect ends of underground conduit with plastic plugs until
connections are made.
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 6

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
3.4 UNDERGROUND CONDUIT AND DUCT SYSTEMS
3.4.1 Requirements
Run conduit in straight lines except where a change of direction is
necessary. Provide numbers and sizes of ducts as indicated. Ducts must
have a continuous slope downward toward underground structures and away
from buildings, laid with a minimum slope of 3 inches per 100 feet.
Depending on the contour of the finished grade, the high -point may be at a
terminal, a manhole, a handhole, or between manholes or handholes.
Perform changes in ductbank direction as follows:
a. Short -radius manufactured 90-degree duct bends may be used only for
pole or equipment risers, unless specifically indicated as acceptable.
b. The minimum manufactured bend radius must be 18 inches for ducts of
less than 3 inch diameter, and 36 inches for ducts 3 inches or greater
in diameter.
C. As an exception to the bend radius required above, provide field
manufactured longsweep bends having a minimum radius of 25 feet for a
change of direction of more than 5 degrees, either horizontally or
vertically, using a combination of curved and straight sections.
Maximum manufactured curved sections: 30 degrees.
3.4.2 Treatment
Ducts must be kept clean of concrete, dirt, or foreign substances during
construction. Field cuts requiring tapers must be made with proper tools
and match factory tapers. A coupling recommended by the duct manufacturer
must be used whenever an existing duct is connected to a duct of different
material or shape. Ducts must be stored to avoid warping and
deterioration with ends sufficiently plugged to prevent entry of any water
or solid substances. Ducts must be thoroughly cleaned before being laid.
Plastic ducts must be stored on a flat surface and protected from the
direct rays of the sun.
3.4.3 Conduit Cleaning
As each conduit run is completed, for conduit sizes 3 inches and larger,
draw a flexible testing mandrel approximately 12 inches long with a
diameter less than the inside diameter of the conduit through the
conduit. After which, draw a stiff bristle brush through until conduit is
clear of particles of earth, sand and gravel; then immediately install
conduit plugs. For conduit sizes less than 3 inches, draw a stiff bristle
brush through until conduit is clear of particles of earth, sand and
gravel; then immediately install conduit plugs.
3.4.4 Multiple Conduits
Separate multiple conduits by a minimum distance of 3 inches, except that
light and power conduits must be separated from control, signal, and
telephone conduits by a minimum distance of 12 inches. Stagger the joints
of the conduits by rows (horizontally) and layers (vertically) to
strengthen the conduit assembly. Provide plastic duct spacers that
interlock vertically and horizontally. Spacer assembly must consist of
base spacers, intermediate spacers, ties, and locking device on top to
provide a completely enclosed and locked -in conduit assembly. Install
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 7

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
spacers per manufacturer's instructions, but provide a minimum of two
spacer assemblies per 10 feet of conduit assembly.
3.4.5 Conduit and Duct Without Concrete Encasement
Depths to top of the conduit must be not less than 24 inches below
finished grade. Provide not less than 3 inches clearance from the conduit
to each side of the trench. Grade bottom of trench smooth; where rock,
soft spots, or sharp -edged materials are encountered, excavate the bottom
for an additional 3 inches, fill and tamp level with original bottom with
sand or earth free from particles, that would be retained on a 1/4 inch
sieve. The first 6 inch layer of backfill cover must be sand compacted as
previously specified. The rest of the excavation must be backfilled and
compacted in 3 to 6 inch layers. Provide color, type and depth of warning
tape as specified in Section 31 23 00.00 20 EXCAVATION AND FILL.
3.4.6 Duct Encased in Concrete
3.4.6.1 Partially Completed Duct Banks
During construction wherever a construction joint is necessary in a duct
bank, prevent debris such as mud, and, and dirt from entering ducts by
providing suitable conduit plugs. Fit concrete envelope of a partially
completed duct bank with reinforcing steel extending a minimum of 2 feet
back into the envelope and a minimum of 2 feet beyond the end of the
envelope. Provide one No. 4 bar in each corner, 3 inches from the edge of
the envelope. Secure corner bars with two No. 3 ties, spaced approximately
one foot apart. Restrain reinforcing assembly from moving during
concrete pouring.
3.5 LOW VOLTAGE CABLE SPLICING AND TERMINATING
Make terminations and splices with materials and methods as indicated or
specified herein and as designated by the written instructions of the
manufacturer. Do not allow the cables to be moved until after the
splicing material has completely set. Make splices in underground
distribution systems only in accessible locations such as handholes.
3.6 GROUNDING SYSTEMS
NFPA 70 and IEEE C2, except provide grounding systems with a resistance to
solid earth ground not exceeding 25 ohms.
3.6.1 Grounding Conductors
Provide bare grounding conductors, except where installed in conduit with
associated phase conductors. Ground cable sheaths, cable shields,
conduit, and equipment with No. 6 AWG. Ground other noncurrent -carrying
metal parts and equipment frames of metal -enclosed equipment. Ground
metallic frames and covers of handholes and pull boxes with a braided,
copper ground strap with equivalent ampacity of No. 6 AWG.
3.7 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING
Provide in accordance with NFPA 70 and Section 31 23 00.00 20 EXCAVATION
AND FILL.
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 8

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
3.7.1 Reconditioning of Surfaces
3.7.1.1 Unpaved Surfaces
Restore to their original elevation and condition unpaved surfaces
disturbed during installation of duct. Preserve sod and topsoil removed
during excavation and reinstall after backfilling is completed. Replace
sod that is damaged by sod of quality equal to that removed. When the
surface is disturbed in a newly seeded area, re -seed the restored surface
with the same quantity and formula of seed as that used in the original
seeding, and provide topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding,
sprigging, or mulching. Provide work in accordance with Section 02 82 30
RE-ESTABLISHING VEGETATION.
3.8 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE
Provide concrete in accordance with Section 03 30 53 MISCELLANEOUS
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE.
3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
3.9.1 Performance of Field Acceptance Checks and Tests
Perform in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and include
the following visual and mechanical inspections and electrical tests,
performed in accordance with NETA ATS.
3.9.1.1 Low Voltage Cables, 600-Volt
Perform tests after installation of cable, splices and terminations and
before terminating to equipment or splicing to existing circuits.
a. Visual and Mechanical Inspection
(1) Inspect exposed cable sections for physical damage.
(2) Verify that cable is supplied and connected in accordance with
contract plans and specifications.
(3) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections.
(4) Inspect compression -applied connectors for correct cable match and
indentation.
(5) Visually inspect jacket and insulation condition.
(6) Inspect for proper phase identification and arrangement.
b. Electrical Tests
(1) Perform insulation resistance tests on wiring No. 6 AWG and larger
diameter using instrument which applies voltage of approximately
1000 volts do for one minute.
(2) Perform continuity tests to insure correct cable connection.
3.9.2 Follow -Up Verification
Upon completion of acceptance checks and tests, show by demonstration in
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 9

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
WO6895127
service that circuits and devices are in good operating condition and
properly performing the intended function. As an exception to
requirements stated elsewhere in the contract, the Contracting Officer
must be given 5 working days advance notice of the dates and times of
checking and testing.
-- End of Section --
SECTION 33 71 02 Page 10

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic W06895127
July 31, 2019 9:16 AM
ADDRESS VERIFICATION REPORT
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
This report lists any Reference Organization that appears in a Section
Reference Article without a corresponding listing in either the Sources
for Reference Publications Section (01 42 00, 01420, or 01090) or the
Supplemental Reference List.
HINT: With this file opened as a report from the SI Processed Files folder,
double-clicking a Section number will open the Section in the Editor.
SECTION REFERENCE ORGANIZATION
ALL REFERENCE ADDRESSES HAVE BEEN VERIFIED
Address Verification Report
Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
July 31, 2019 9:16 AM
BRACKET VERIFICATION REPORT
-----------------------------------------------------
This report lists all brackets remaining in the text.
HINT: With this file opened as a report from the SI Processed Files folder,
double-clicking a Section number will open the Section in the Editor.
SECTION SUBPART BRACKETS EXPLANATORY NOTES
NO BRACKETS FOUND IN TEXT
Bracket Verification Report
Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic W06895127
July 31, 2019 9:16 AM
REFERENCE VERIFICATION REPORT
Duplicate References
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
This report lists References that are found in both the Section Reference
Article and the Supplemental Reference List.
The Reference descriptions listed are from the Supplemental Reference List.
HINT: With this file opened as a report from the SI Processed Files folder,
double-clicking a Section number will open the Section in the Editor.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION REFERENCE
ALL REFERENCES HAVE BEEN VERIFIED
Duplicate Title Report
Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic W06895127
July 31, 2019 9:16 AM
REFERENCE VERIFICATION REPORT
Unresolved References
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
This report lists all References that appear in a Section, but that are
not listed in either that Section's Reference Article or the Supplemental
Reference List.
HINT: With this file opened as a report from the SI Processed Files folder,
double-clicking a Section number will open the Section in the Editor.
SECTION SUBPART REFERENCE
ALL REFERENCES HAVE BEEN VERIFIED
Reference Verification Report
Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
July 31, 2019 9:16 AM
SECTION VERIFICATION REPORT
This report lists all Sections that are referenced in other Sections, but
that are not in the Job or Master.
HINT: With this file opened as a report from the SI Processed Files folder,
double-clicking a Section number will open the Section in the Editor.
SECTION SUBPART SECTION REFERENCED
ALL SECTIONS HAVE BEEN VERIFIED
Section Verification Report
Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
July 31, 2019 9:16 AM
SUBMITTAL LIST
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
This report lists all the submittal numbers and descriptions found in the
Section Submittal Articles, along with the Section and subpart in which
the descriptions appear. The explanatory text immediately below each
submittal description is for information only, and appears in the
Submittal Procedure Section, but does not appear in the Sections listed in
this report.
HINT: With this file opened as a report from the SI Processed Files folder,
double-clicking a Section number will open the Section in the Editor.
SD-01 Preconstruction Submittals
Submittals that are required prior to or commencing with the start of work
on site.
SECTION:
01
14
00
SUBPART:
1.1
SECTION:
01
20
00.00
20
SUBPART:
1.2
SECTION:
01
30
00
SUBPART:
1.2
SECTION:
01
31
23.13
20
SUBPART:
1.3
SECTION:
01
33
00
SUBPART:
1.2
SECTION:
01
35
26
SUBPART:
1.3
SECTION:
01
45
00.00
20
SUBPART:
1.2
SECTION:
01
50
00
SUBPART:
1.2
SECTION:
01
57
19
SUBPART:
1.3
SECTION:
02
41
00
SUBPART:
1.5
SECTION:
31
23
00.00
20
SUBPART:
1.3
SECTION:
33
30
00
SUBPART:
1.2
SECTION:
33
32
13.13
SUBPART:
1.2
SD-02 Shop
Drawings
Drawings,
diagrams and
schedules
specifically prepared to illustrate some
portion of
the work.
SECTION:
26
20
00
SUBPART:
1.3
SECTION:
26
51
00
SUBPART:
1.4
SECTION:
33
30
00
SUBPART:
1.2
SECTION:
33
32
13.13
SUBPART:
1.2
Submittal List
Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
July 31, 2019
WO6895127
9:16 AM
SD-03 Product
Data
Catalog
cuts,
illustrations,
schedules,
diagrams, performance charts,
instructions
and
brochures
illustrating size, physical appearance and
other characteristics
of materials,
systems or equipment for some portion
of the work.
SECTION:
01
78
00
SUBPART:
1.4
SECTION:
03
30
53
SUBPART:
1.3
SECTION:
26
20
00
SUBPART:
1.3
SECTION:
26
51
00
SUBPART:
1.4
SECTION:
32
11
23
SUBPART:
1.3
SECTION:
33
11
00
SUBPART:
1.3
SECTION:
33
30
00
SUBPART:
1.2
SECTION:
33
32
13.13
SUBPART:
1.2
SECTION:
33
71
02
SUBPART:
1.3
SD-05 Design Data
Design calculations, mix designs, analyses or other data pertaining to a
part of work.
SECTION: 33 32 13.13 SUBPART: 1.2
SD-06 Test Reports
Report signed by authorized official of testing laboratory that a
material, product or system identical to the material, product or system
to be provided has been tested in accord with specified requirements.
Unless specified in another section, testing must have been within three
years of date of contract award for the project.
SECTION: 01 35 26 SUBPART: 1.3
SECTION: 01 57 19 SUBPART: 1.3
SECTION: 03 30 53 SUBPART: 1.3
SECTION: 26 20 00 SUBPART: 1.3
SECTION: 31 23 00.00 20 SUBPART: 1.3
SECTION: 32 11 23 SUBPART: 1.3
SECTION: 33 11 00 SUBPART: 1.3
SECTION: 33 30 00 SUBPART: 1.2
Submittal List
Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
July 31, 2019
SECTION: 33 71 02 SUBPART: 1.3
W06895127
9:16 AM
SD-07 Certificates
Statements printed on the manufacturer's letterhead and signed by
responsible officials of manufacturer of product, system or material
attesting that the product, system, or material meets specification
requirements. Must be dated after award of project contract and clearly
name the project.
SECTION: 01 35 26 SUBPART: 1.3
SECTION: 01 45 00.00 20 SUBPART: 1.2
SECTION: 01 57 19 SUBPART: 1.3
SECTION: 03 30 53 SUBPART: 1.3
SECTION: 26 51 00 SUBPART: 1.4
SECTION: 33 11 00 SUBPART: 1.3
SECTION: 33 30 00 SUBPART: 1.2
SECTION: 33 32 13.13 SUBPART: 1.2
SD-08 Manufacturer's Instructions
Preprinted material describing installation of a product, system or
material, including special notices and (SDS) concerning impedances,
hazards and safety precautions.
SECTION: 01 78 00 SUBPART: 1.4
SECTION: 33 11 00 SUBPART: 1.3
SECTION: 33 32 13.13 SUBPART: 1.2
SD-10 Operation and Maintenance Data
Data provided by the manufacturer, or the system provider, including
manufacturer's help and product line documentation, necessary to maintain
and install equipment, for operating and maintenance use by facility
personnel.
SECTION: 01 78 00 SUBPART: 1.4
SECTION: 01 78 23 SUBPART: 1.2
SECTION: 26 20 00 SUBPART: 1.3
SECTION: 33 32 13.13 SUBPART: 1.2
SD-11 Closeout Submittals
Submittal List
Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
July 31, 2019
WO6895127
9:16 AM
Documentation
to
record
compliance with technical or administrative
requirements
or
to establish an administrative mechanism.
SECTION:
01
57
19
SUBPART:
1.3
SECTION:
01
78
00
SUBPART:
1.4
SECTION:
01
78
23
SUBPART:
1.2
SECTION:
02
41
00
SUBPART:
1.5
SECTION:
33
32
13.13
SUBPART:
1.2
Submittal List
Page 4

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
July 31, 2019 9:16 AM
SUBMITTAL VERIFICATION REPORT
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Search for "Submittal Formatting Requirements" in SpecsIntact help for
more information about the contents of this report.
Section Submittal Discrepancies
Sections that do not cite Submittal Items in both the Submittal Article
and elsewhere in the text, that cite invalid Classifications, or that
contain Submittal Descriptions, Classifications, or multiply -defined
Submittal Items outside the Submittal Article:
HINT: With this file opened as a report from the SI Processed Files folder,
double-clicking a Section number will open the Section in the Editor.
SECTION SUBPART SUBMITTAL DISCREPANCY
Discrepancies Between Submittal Articles and Submittal Procedures Section
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Submittal Descriptions from Section Submittal Articles that differ from
Descriptions in the Submittal Procedures Section (01 33 00, 01330, or
01300), or that are missing from the Submittal Procedures Section:
HINT: With this file opened as a report from the SI Processed Files folder,
double-clicking a Section number will open the Section in the Editor.
STANDARD DESCRIPTION
SECTION SUBPART INVALID DESCRIPTION
All the Submittal Descriptions in Sections processed match.
Submittal Verification Report
Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic WO6895127
July 31, 2019 9:16 AM
TEST REQUIREMENT LIST
--------------------------------------------------------------
This report lists all the test requirements cited in the text.
HINT: With this file opened as a report from the SI Processed Files folder,
double-clicking a Section number will open the Section in the Editor.
SECTION: 02 41 00 SUBPART: 1.3
Provide new supports and reinforcement for existing construction weakened
by demolition, deconstruction, or removal work. Repairs, reinforcement,
or structural replacement require approval by the Contracting Officer
prior to performing such work.
SECTION: 26 20 00 SUBPART: 3.4.1
Operate each device subject to manual operation at least five times,
demonstrating satisfactory operation each time.
SECTION: 26 20 00 SUBPART: 3.4.2
Test wiring rated 600 volt and less to verify that no short circuits or
accidental grounds exist. Perform insulation resistance tests on wiring
No. 6 AWG and larger diameter using instrument which applies voltage of
approximately 500 volts to provide direct reading of resistance.
SECTION: 26 20 00 SUBPART: 3.4.3
Test ground -fault receptacles with a "load" (such as a plug in light) to
verify that the "line" and "load" leads are not reversed.
SECTION: 26 51 00 SUBPART: 3.1.1
Obtain approval of the exact mounting height on the job before commencing
installation and, where applicable, after coordinating with the type,
style, and pattern of the ceiling being installed.
SECTION: 31 23 00.00 20 SUBPART: 3.3.1
Ensure that footing subgrades have been inspected and approved by the
Contracting Officer prior to concrete placement.
SECTION: 31 23 00.00 20 SUBPART: 3.3.3
Removal of hard material beyond lines and grades indicated will not be
grounds for a claim for additional payment unless previously authorized by
the Contracting Officer. Excavation of the material claimed as rock shall
not be performed until the material has been cross sectioned by the
Contractor and approved by the Contracting Officer. Common excavation
shall consist of all excavation not classified as rock excavation.
SECTION: 31 23 00.00 20 SUBPART: 3.12.1
Take the number and size of samples required to perform the following
tests.
Test/Requirements List
Page 1

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic W06895127
July 31, 2019 9:16 AM
SECTION: 31 23 00.00 20 SUBPART: 3.12.2
Perform one of each of the following tests for each material used. Provide
additional tests for each source change.
SECTION: 31 23 00.00 20 SUBPART: 3.12.2.1
Test select material in accordance with ASTM C136/C136M for conformance to
ASTM D2487 gradation limits; ASTM D1140 for material finer than the No. 200
sieve; ASTM D1557 for moisture density relations, as applicable.
SECTION: 31 23 00.00 20 SUBPART: 3.12.2.2
Test density in accordance with ASTM D1556/D1556M, or ASTM D6938. When
ASTM D6938 density tests are used, verify density test results by
performing an ASTM D1556/D1556M density test at a location already
ASTM D6938 tested as specified herein. Perform an ASTM D1556/D1556M
density test at the start of the job, and for every 10 ASTM D6938 density
tests thereafter. Test each lift at randomly selected locations every 500
square feet of existing grade in fills for structures and concrete slabs,
and every 1000 square feet for other fill areas and every 1000 square feet
of subgrade in cut.
SECTION: 33 11 00 SUBPART: 3.3.1
Perform field tests, and provide labor, equipment, and incidentals
required for testing, except that water needed for field tests will be
furnished as set forth in paragraph AVAILABILITY AND USE OF UTILITY
SERVICES in Section 01 50 00 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND
CONTROLS.
SECTION: 33 11 00 SUBPART: 3.3.1.1
Test the water system in accordance with the applicable AWWA standard
specified below. Test PVC and PVCO plastic water systems made with PVC
pipe in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C605 for pressure and
leakage tests. The amount of leakage on pipelines made of PVC water main
pipe is not to exceed the amounts given in AWWA C605, except that at
joints made with sleeve -type mechanical couplings, no leakage will be
allowed.
SECTION: 33 11 00 SUBPART: 3.3.1.2
For leakage test, use a hydrostatic pressure not less than the maximum
working pressure of the system. Leakage test may be performed at the same
time and at the same test pressure as the pressure test.
SECTION: 33 11 00 SUBPART: 3.3.1.3
Perform bacteriological tests in accordance with AWWA C651 Option A.
SECTION: 33 11 00 SUBPART: 3.3.1.4
After installation conduct Backflow Preventer Tests and provide test
reports verifying that the installation meets the FCCCHR Manual Standards.
SECTION: 33 11 00 SUBPART: 3.3.1.5
Test tracer wire for continuity after service connections have been
Test/Requirements List
Page 2

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic
July 31, 2019
WO6895127
9:16 AM
completed and prior to final pavement or restoration. Verify that tracer
wire is locatable with electronic utility locating equipment. Repair
breaks or separations and re -test for continuity.
SECTION: 33 30 00 SUBPART: 3.3.1.1
When unusual conflicts are encountered between sanitary sewer and
waterlines a hydrostatic pressure sewer test will be performed in
accordance with the applicable AWWA standard for the piping material or
AWWA C600.
SECTION: 33 30 00 SUBPART: 3.3.1.2.1.1
Test PVC pipe in accordance with UBPPA UNI-B-6. The allowable pressure
drop is located in UBPPA UNI-B-6. Make calculations in accordance with
the Appendix to UBPPA UNI-B-6.
SECTION: 33 30 00 SUBPART: 3.3.1.3.1
Test PVC pressure pipe in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C605
for hydrostatic and leakage tests. The quantity of water that must be
supplied during testing is not to exceed the quantity of water calculated
in accordance with AWWA C605 to maintain the specified test pressure
within 5 psi.
SECTION: 33 32 13.13 SUBPART: 3.2.1
hydrostatic pressure test of piping
SECTION: 33 32 13.13 SUBPART: 3.2.1
pump test
SECTION: 33 32 13.13
float test
SECTION: 33 32 13.13
SUBPART: 3.2.1
SUBPART: 3.2.1
Test all panels to the power requirements as shown on the plans
SECTION: 33 71 02 SUBPART: 3.9.2
Upon completion of acceptance checks and tests, show by demonstration in
service that circuits and devices are in good operating condition and
properly performing the intended function.
Test/Requirements List
Page 3

Replace Pump Station 7022, OLF Atlantic W06895127
July 31, 2019 9:16 AM
REFERENCE TITLE REPORT
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
This report lists Reference Identifiers with conflicting Reference Titles
in two or more Section Reference Articles.
HINT: With this file opened as a report from the SI Processed Files folder,
double-clicking a Section number will open the Section in the Editor.
SECTION REFERENCE REFERENCE TITLE
ALL REFERENCES HAVE BEEN VERIFIED
Reference Title Report
Page 1

5 UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
A/E #6697171]
a
a
J
Z
O
LLJ
U)
J
a
U
L.L.
L.L.
O
O
L.L.
C)
LLJ
(10
CL
a �
a�3
l�V
i
V6
I
C
I I
n
Wddlife
Reserve _ _ __ _ _ _ R90
--_ = - _-
Atlantic
_ ___ - —_ — _ _-- _ .• ,� � � �#eye.
PROJEC
SITE 1.7n
-. 4.. _� Q
SITE LOCATION MAP
10. *JyL
ARDOR F ,
MCAS
CHERRY
TFISH-
-CHE)N Y
AIDE SHEEP MINT
UT RIDGE
Great Havelock
Lake
Morehead 6iy'
eEeCe. Atlantic Beach
.906 E
k'Cyl 'Emerald Isle
VICINITY MAP
MAW
F0*I
F OMBIM1*
fAR GE i i-i
PROJECT
SITE ' F _
1.�. t
UpEN 690L'NL)� ?dC0LF
�djc q.� SM'] ra, LD,
'Beaofori L { r
NOT TO SCALE
4
NOT TO SCALE
1fI
REPLACE PUMP STATION OLF ATLANTIC
MARINE CORPS AIR STATION
CHERRY POINT, NORTH CAROLINA
WO #6895127
INDEX OF
DRAWINGS
NAVFAC
SHEET
NO.
SHEET
TITLE
12798158
1
OF
13
G-001
COVER SHEET
12798159
2
OF
13
CU100
OVERALL SITE PLAN
12798160
3
OF
13
CU101
ENLARGED SITE PLAN -EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DEMOLITION
12798161
4
OF
13
CU102
ENLARGED SITE PLAN -NEW WORK
12798162
5
OF
13
CU103
DEMOLITION -PLAN, SECTION & PHOTOGRAPHS
12798163
6
OF
13
CU104
NEW WORK -PLAN, SECTION & DETAILS
12798164
7
OF
13
CU501
DETAILS
12798165
8
OF
13
CU502
DETAILS
12798166
9
OF
13
CU503
DETAILS
12798167
10
OF
13
CU504
DETAILS
12798168
11
OF
13
E-001
GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES, LEGEND AND ABBREVIATIONS
12798169
12
OF
13
E-101
DEMOLITION AND NEW WORK PLANS
12798170
13
OF
13
E-501
DETAILS
CIVIL LEGEND
EXISTING DESCRIPTION
NEW
WATER VALVE
POST INDICATOR VALVE
©❑
TELECOMMUNICATIONS MANHOLE
EO
ELECTRIC MANHOLE
�S
SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE
O CO
CLEANOUT
❑
STORM DRAIN DROP INLET
Zo
FIRE HYDRANT
TPED ® ❑T
COMMUNICATIONS PEDESTAL
CQ-, 0_*
UTILITY POLE/POLE WITH LIGHT
- -S-
- SANITARY SEWER (GRAVITY)
FM
SANITARY SEWER (FORCE MAIN)
FM
- -p
STORM SEWER
--- -W----
WATER MAIN
W
- - - - OHE- - -
OVERHEAD ELECTRICAL
- - - -UGE- -
UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL
UGE
- - - -UGC- - -
- UNDERGROUND COMMUNICATIONS
-00
FENCE
0
CONCRETE
o o
ASPHALT
X 5.00
SPOT ELEVATIONS
+28
- -25- -
CONTOUR LINES
28
SURVEY CONTROL POINT
30- 0
ABBREVIATIONS
A/C AIR CONDITIONER
BP BRADFORD PEAR (TREE)
CM CRAPE MYRTLE (TREE)
C/E CENTER LINE
CATH. CATHODIC ANTI -CORROSION PROTECTION
CPP CORRUGATED PLASTIC PIPE
DIA, 0 DIAMETER
DI DROP INLET
EOP EDGE OF PAVEMENT
ELEV ELEVATION
EX, EXIST EXISTING
HOR HORIZONTAL
INV INVERT
MAX MAXIMUM
MH MANHOLE
MIN MINIMUM
OHE OVERHEAD ELECTRIC
OC ON CENTER
PSF POUND SQUARE FOOT
RCP REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE
SF SQUARE FEET
TBM TEMPORARY BENCHMARK
TYP TYPICAL
VERT VERTICAL
WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC
WM WATER METER
XFMR PAD -MOUNTED TRANSFORMER
8c AND
f PLUS OR MINUS
PERCENT
A/E PROJECT #19002
1 2 3 4 5
w
a
0
SEAL
CONSULTING STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS
748 LORD DUNMORE DRIVE, SURE 101
VIRGINIA BEACH, VIRGINIA, 23464
PHONE: [phone] FAX: [phone]
A/E INFO
APPROVED
' FOR COMMANDER NAVFAC I
ACTIVITY
SATISFACTORY TO DATE
DES JKA
DRW MSP
ICHK
JCA
PM/DM
BRANCH MANAGER
CHIEF ENG/ARCH
FIRE PROTECTION
Q
z
J
o
o
p
Q:f
Z
Q
U
U i
�Z=
Q a
�
O
�
z
Q >
U
�
z
/
� J
0
z
Q
� Q
Lu LL.
O
O0
c�
U
Z
W
z
O
=
Cr
w
c j
Lu
>
Z
O
z
zo �
U
Lu
Q 0-
wc~i�
Lu
a �
U
LU
LLcn
0- �
Q
O
�
U
Q
Lil
z
z
o
U
z
<
:�
a♦♦���
SALE: AS NOTED
-P—�a,
EPROJECT NO.: -
-
MAXIMO WORK ORDER NO.
LICENSE NO. C-0706
6895127
NAVFAC DRAWING NO
AVOLIS ENGINEERING, P.A.
12798158
P.O. BOX 15564
SHEET 01 OF 13
NEW BERN, NC 28561
PH.[phone]
G-001
DRAWFORM REVISION: 10 MARCH 2O09
0
C
101
uk
z
O
Ld
J
Q
U
ILL.
L.L_
O
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

J
rJ
W
T
va
va
W
w
L.L.
W
L-
C/)
N
U
Z
Z ^ I_- UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
I L �J -r �J
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
1
J
rI
T
va
va
W

J
rJ
W
T
va
va
W
w
C)
L.�
W
L.�
Lo
N
U
Z
,1 r) Z ^ UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
I Z- J � J
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
J
rI
T
va

1 i 2 i 3 i 4 i 5
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
a
a
a
C
J
rJ
MM
T
EX. GRASS
\� EX. 6" PVC �
�W \
EX 1" WATER
C)
o
EXISTING N
L.�
�
INV IN=6.67 (E
c.)
INV IN:
INV IN=7.84 (E
n
X 12.33
INV OUl
X 12.2(
ENLARGED SITE PLAN - NEW WORK
SCALE: 1 " = 5'
EX. 6" PVC
X 11.84
N
/1115
�I IF�
X
X
13.90
eX To
\ ReMq N
12.07
11.99
/
3.53
12.44
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES:
1. THE LOCATION AND DEPTHS OF EXISTING UTILITIES SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. THE CONTRACTOR
SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SCANNING THE AREA OF WORK TO IDENTIFY TO HIS OWN
SATISFACTION THE EXTENT OF UTILITIES PRESENT INCLUDING THE UTILITIES INDICATED TO BE
PRESENT, THOSE NOT SHOWN, AND THOSE SHOWN TO BE IN A DIFFERENT LOCATION.
2. PHYSICAL SITE FEATURES OUTSIDE THE AREA OF WORK OR THOSE FEATURES NOT RELEVANT TO
THE WORK BEING PERFORMED ARE NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY.
3. ALL EXISTING VEGETATED AREAS DISTURBED DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REVEGETATED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROJECT VEGETATION PLAN, SEE DETAIL D, SHEET CU504.
4. COMPLETE ALL PIPE TRENCHING IN ACCORDANCE WITH DETAIL C, SHEET CU502.
NEW WORK ITEMS -THIS SITE:
1❑ NEW PACKAGED SEWAGE LIFT STATION. SEE DETAILS A, B AND C, SHEET CU104.
2❑ NEW ELECTRICAL RACK, CONTROL PANEL, AND DISCONNECT. SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS.
30 NEW VALVE. SEE DETAIL A, SHEET CU502.
® INSTALL THRUST BLOCKING. SEE DETAIL B, SHEET CU502.
5❑ FROST -PROOF YARD HYDRANT. SEE DETAIL D, SHEET CU502.
© NEW CHAIN LINK FENCE. SEE DETAIL A, SHEET CS503.
7❑ NEW CHAIN LINK SWING GATE. SEE DETAIL B, SHEET CU503.
® NEW GRAVEL SURFACING. SEE DETAIL C, SHEET CS503.
9❑ NEW UNDERGROUND ELECTRIC SERVICE TO NEW CONTROL PANEL. SEE ELECTRICAL PLANS.
10 GRAVEL CONTROL ENTRANCE. SEE DETAIL A, SHEET CU504.
11 INSTALL SILT FENCE. SEE DETAIL B, SHEET CU504.
12 INSTALL CHECK DAM. SEE DETAIL C, SHEET CU504.
13 NEW 4" PVC FORCE MAIN. CONNECT TO EXISTING 4" PVC FORCE MAIN.
14 NEW 1 " PVC WATER SERVICE.
SEWER BYPASS REQUIREMENTS:
DOMESTIC WASTE FLOW SHALL BE MAINTAINED FOR THE DURATION OF THE CONTRACTOR'S WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
PROVIDE A BYPASS SYSTEM THAT SHALL SATISFACTORILY COLLECT AND DISPOSE OF WASTEWATER FLOW OCCURRING TO THE
EXISTING LIFT STATION. THE BYPASS SYSTEM SHALL CONSIST AS A MINIMUM OF A TEMPORARY DUPLEX PUMPING SYSTEM WITH
CONTROLS AND TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS TO THE EXISTING FORCE MAIN. THE PUMPING SYSTEM SHALL BE CAPABLE OF
HANDLING THE STATED DESIGN FLOW. ALL EXPENSES ASSOCIATED WITH PROVIDING, OPERATING AND MAINTAINING THE BYPASS
SYSTEM SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. A PORTABLE GENERATOR SHALL BE PROVIDED, SIZED PROPERLY
TO OPERATE THE BYPASS SYSTEM IN THE CASE OF A POWER OUTAGE.
. . . . . . ■ . NONE
A/E PROJECT #19002
1
aw
LICENSE NO. C 0706 ,.w
AVOLIS ENGINEERING, P.A.
P.O. BOX 15564
NEW BERN, NC 28561
PH.[phone]
X
r
cn
SEAL
N RW
CONSULTING STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS
748 LORD DUNMORE DRIVE, SUITE 101
VIRGINIA BEACH, VIRGINIA, 23464
PHONE: [phone] FAX: [phone]
ACE INFO
APPROVED
FOR COMMANDER NAVFAC
rACTIVITY
SATISFACTORY TO DATE
DES JKA
I RAW MSP
CHK JCA
PM/DM
BRANCH MANAGER
CHIEF ENG/ARCH
FIRE PROTECTION
>a
Z
J
O
�
0
C'C
o
z
Q
U
U i
H z
2
aa�
z
Q >
U
o Z
z H
Z
Y
o
J
O
Q
w LL.
0
O
W
O
0
z
U
Z
1
(D
c:)
g
w
w
cn
w
z
cl-
(D
z
w
�
UJI
w
Q
cn
a
Q
i
J
Q
Z
w
�
LUL
0-
Q
o
�
Q
U
z�
w
U
z
Q
cri
a
�
SCALE: AS NOTED
EPROJECT NO.: —
MAXIMO WORK ORDER NO.
6895127
fJAVFAC DRAWING NO,
121798161
SHEET 04 OF 13
CU102
0
J
rI
M!
T
2
5
DRAWFORM REVISION: 10 MARCH 2O09
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

1 i 2 i 3
5 UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
J
rJ
MM
T
va
L.L.
LLJ
Lo
U
Z
C
i
/EXISTING UNDERGROUND ELECTRIC TO BE
REMOVED —SEE ELECTRICAL PLAN
EXISTING 8" SEWER INLET TO REMAIN
EXISTING WET WELL (TO BE REMOVED)
RIM=13.50'
BOTTOM=1.50f
ING PUMPS AND PIPING TO BE REMOVED
NG BUILDING TO BE DEMOLISHED
4,r
EXISTING BUILDING TO BE DEMOLISHED
I�­EXISTING 4" FORCE MAIN TO BE
REMOVED TO EXTENT SHOWN
i
i
i
PLAN -DEMOLITION -ACCESS LEVEL
SCALE: 1 /4" = 1'-0"
'ISTING BUILDING TO BE DEMOLISHED
KISTING PUMPS AND PIPING TO BE REMOVED
NORTHWEST ELEVATION
EXISTING BUILDING TO BE DEMOLISHED
EXISTING 4" FORCE MAIN TO E
REMOVED TO EXTENT SHOA
rBSECTION -DEMOLITION
N
CU103 CU103 SCALE: 1 /4" = V-0"
NORTHWEST ELEVATION
EXISTING WET WELL (TO BE REMOVED)
RIM=13.50'
BOTTOM=1.50f
NORTHEAST ELEVATION
LT —UP ROOF OVER CONCRETE DECK
EXISTING BUILDING TO BE DEMOLISHED
BRICK
NORTHEAST ELEVATION
EXISTING PUMP AND WET WELL
D PHOTOGRAPHS
tr
NOT TO SCALE
BUILDING ELEVATIONS
CU103 CU103 SCALE: 1/4" = V-0"
EXISTING PUMPS AND PIPING TO BE REMOVED
. . . . ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
. . . . . ■ ■ ■ ■ .
A/E PROJECT #19002
LICENSE NO. C-0706
AVOLIS ENGINEERING, P.A.
P.O. BOX 15564
NEW BERN, NC 28561
PH.[phone]
a
Q
0
SEAL
N RW
CONSULTING STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS
748 LORD DUNMORE DRIVE, SUITE 101
VIRGINIA BEACH, VIRGINIA, 23464
PHONE: [phone] FAX: [phone]
ACE INFO
APPROVED
FOR COMMANDER NAVFAC
I ACTIVITY
SATISFACTORY TO DATE
DES JKA
I DRW MSP
CHK JCA
PM/DM
BRANCH MANAGER
CHIEF ENG/ARCH
FIRE PROTECTION
a
z
J
O
0
Of
O
z
Q
U
U i
H z
2
aaw
Z
=
Q >
U
�
Z
z H
Q
Z
0
t
J
0
<
Q
O
�
p
J
(3 O
oS
U
Z
z
(D
O
O
z
�
�
W
w
Cn
z
z
Z
� �
J
w
a C3L-
CL
w
I
w
cU)
z
O
U
v' w
0
o
w
�
Q
U
p
zw
w
U
z
Z
Q
�
a=D
SCALE: AS NOTED
EPRDJECT NO.: —
MAXIMO WORK ORDER NO.
6895127
NAVFAC DRAWING NO.
12798162
SHEET 05 OF 13
C U 103
i
J
rI
M!
T
va
0
L.L.
0
W_
cn
U
Z
3 ' 4
5
DRAWFORM REVISION: 10 MARCH 2O09
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
a
a
a
J
Z
O
w
N
J
a
U
0
C)
0
w
4E U)
U
Z
A �
M
a
S
I
CL
8
i
i
r6
C
C
Lon;
EX. 8" SEWER INLET
TO REMAIN
NEW WET WELL TO BE CONCENTRIC WITH
I CENTER OF EXISTING WET WELL
PIPE SUPPORT (TYP OF 3)-
SEE DETAIL F, SHEET CU501 7 25 7
NEW 5' DIAMETER CONCRETE WET WELL �4 0* DI BOW 6' CLEAR
� DI TEE
4" DI DRAIN
(2) SUBMERSIBLE GRINDER
PUMP - 80 GPM @ 25' TDH
ol
A PLAN —PUMP STATION AND VALVE VAULT
CU104 SCALE: 1 /2" = 1'-0"
a
m
TOP ELEVATION=13.5'
STAINLESS STEEL LIFT OUT CHAIN
EX. 8" SEWER SERVICE
TO REMAIN
FLOAT (TYP OF 5)
BACKUP FLOAT SYSTEM
HIGH WATER ALARM ELEVATION=+6.20'
LAG PUMP ON ELEVATION=+6.00'
LEAD PUMP ON ELEVATION=+5.70'
PUMP OFF ELEVATION=+3.50'
SUBMERSIBLE LEVEL TRANSMITTER -
LOW LEVEL ALARM ELEVATION=+3.00'
BOTTOM ELEVATION=+1.50'
NEW CONCRETE WET WELL
(2) SUBMERSIBLE GRINDER PUMP
80 GPM @ 25' TDH
STAINLESS STEEL PORTABLE HOIST
SEE DETAIL C, SHEET CU501
30"x48" ALUMINUM HATCH
r--4" VENT -SEE DETAIL E, SHEET CU501
4" CHECK VALVE
PRESSURE GAUGE -SEE DETAIL A, SHEET CU501
4" DI PIPE
/4' GATE VALVE
NEW EXISTING
k1_1
4" PVCEX 4" PVC
4" DI PIPE
\-4" DI TEE
4" GATE VALVE
4" EMERGENCY BYPASS
SEE DETAIL D, SHEET CU501
6'x6'x6' DEEP CONCRETE VALVE VAULT
4" GATE VALE -WHEEL CONTROL
6'x6'x6' DEEP CONCRETE VALVE VAULT
36"x36" ALUMINUM HATCH
TOP ELEVATION=13.5'
O O O
PRESSURE GUAGE-SEE DETAIL A, SHEET CU501
STAINLESS STEEL PIPE
4" 90° DI ELBOW RESTRAINT
t/
4" DI PIPE
T
12" NCDOT #57 STONE
ol
6 PUMP STATION —ELEVATION VIEW
CU104 1 culo4 SCALE: 1 /2" = 1'-0"
0
\-4" 90° aDl ELB W
3" DI TEE
4" GATE VALVE
V4" DI DRAIN GROUT BOTTOM TO DRAIN
PIPE SUPPORT (TYP OF 3)-
SEE DETAIL F, SHEET CU501
4" GATE VALE -WHEEL CONTROL
4" CHECK VALVE
NON -SHRINK GROUT AT ALL PENETRATIONS
4" FLAP VALVE
-2" STAINLESS STEEL GUIDE PIPES
FOR LIFT OUT RAIL ASSEMBLY
90° ELBOW
PUMP BASES SHALL BE ANCHORED TO THE BOTTOM OF THE WET
WELL WITH (4) 3/4" EPDXY ANCHORS WITH A MINIMUM PULLOUT
STRENGTH OF 5,000 POUNDS
2
STAINLESS STEEL
PORTABLE HOIST -SEE
DETAIL C, SHEET CU501
" DI PIPE
NEW 4" PVC FORCE MAIN
EX 4" PVC FORCE MAIN
NEW EXISTING
3
8" THICK PRECAST CONCRETE
TOP WITH LIFTING LUGS
C
CU104 CU104
HINGE SIDE
+.+.+
+.+++
...
..
30" x36" ALUMINUM HATCH
SEE DETAIL B. SHEET CU501
PLAN —PUMP STATION COVER VIEW
SCALE: 1 /2" = 1'-0"
,x\%%IIjjE/Jj/
CARS
ti9.9
�'/r i i 110\�
W
Q
0
cn
SEAL
CONSULTING STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS
748 LORD DUNMORE DRIVE, SUITE 101
VIRGINIA BEACH, VIRGINIA, 23464
PHONE: [phone] FAX: [phone]
APPROVED
ACE INFO
FOR COMMANDER NAVFAC
ACTIVITY
SATISFACTORY TO DATE
DES JKA
DRW MSP
CHK JCA
PM/DM
BRANCH MANAGER
CHIEF ENG/ARCH
FIRE PROTECTION
a
z
00
o�
Z
U
a
U
zs�
aa�
C)
Q >
U
Z
z H
W
J
Z
J
�
uj �_
CIO
O
O
U
O
U
Z
U
O
W
Z
II­_cn
w
c
z
Z
J
C�
z
CL
w
�
I
C3L-
w co
a
U
O
t
J
Q �
w
U
�
u
z
J cl�
Q
�
�
Q
U
z�
w
z
U
Q
ci-i
A/E PROJECT #19002
a
SCALE: AS NOTED
Q1
EPROJECT NO.: —
MAXIMO WORK ORDER NO.
LICENSE NO. C 0706
6895127
NAKFAC DRAWING NO.
AVOLIS ENGINEERING, P.A.
12798163
0 2' 4' P.O. BOX 15564
;HEFT 06 of 13
Mm NEW BERN, NC 28561
SCALE: 1/2" = 1'
CU
104
PH.[phone]
4 5 DRAWFORM REVISION: 10 MARCH 2O09
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
i
J

J
rJ
W
T
va
va
W
w
L.L.
W
L-
C/)
N
U
Z
,1 r) -z ^ cl- UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
1
J
rI
T
va

J
Z
O
W
U)
J
Q
U
L.L.
LL.
O
O
LL.
M
W
L-
V)
(/7
U
Z
M
,, n -z ^ lz UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
I L `J ---r % J
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
1
J
Z
O
W
C/7
J
Q
U
u-
u-
O

J
rJ
W
T
va
va
W
w
L.L.
W
L-
C/)
N
U
Z
IJ
,, r) -z ^ c: UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
I L `J `T .J
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
1
J
rI
T
va
va
W

J
rJ
W
T
va
va
W
w
L.L.
W
L-
C/)
N
U
Z
-z ^ I_- UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
I
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Ll
J
rI
T
va
va
W

ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION NOTES
2 I 3 I 4 I 5
GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES
ELECTRICAL LEGEND
ABBREVIATIONS
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Z
O
w
U)
Q
U
Lj_.
LL_
O
O
LL_
E rll
a Lu
N
� go�
U
N Z
M
r
7
3
a
0
O
m
C
1E
op
z
g
ed
I
0
5
3
i
C
N
Os
W�
J
GENERAL: DEMOLITION DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON EXISTING PLANS AND FIELD INVESTIGATION
PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. VISIT THE EXISTING BUILDING PRIOR TO BID IN ORDER TO BECOME
FAMILIAR WITH THE EXISTING CONDITIONS AND IN ORDER TO AVOID CONFLICTS.
DASHED ITEMS: ALL ITEMS SHOWN DASHED ON DEMOLITION PLANS ARE EXISTING AND SHALL BE
REMOVED.
D SOLID ITEMS: ALL ITEMS SHOWN SOLID ON DEMOLITION PLANS ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN.
EXISTING CONDUIT: ALL EXISTING CONDUITS AND WIRING THAT WILL NOT BE REUSED SHALL BE
REMOVED WHERE THEY WILL BE EXPOSED UPON COMPLETION OF NEW WORK. EXISTING
CONDUIT TO REMAIN CONCEALED IN WALLS SHALL BE ABANDONED. EXISTING CONDUIT TO
REMAIN BELOW FLOOR SLAB SHALL BE CUT OFF ONE INCH BELOW ROUGH FLOOR AND
GROUTED FLUSH. ALL EXISTING WIRING IN CONDUITS TO BE ABANDONED SHALL BE
DISCONNECTED FROM POWER SOURCE AND REMOVED.
C
n
REPAIR DAMAGE: EXERCISE CARE IN REMOVAL OF DEMOLITION ITEMS. REPAIR, AT NO
ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER, ANY DAMAGE CAUSED TO EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND/OR
EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN.
ASSOCIATED APPURTENANCES: REMOVE ALL ELECTRICAL APPURTENANCES (DISCONNECTS,
STARTERS, WIRING, CONDUIT, ETC.) ASSOCIATED WITH ITEMS TO BE REMOVED INCLUDING
EQUIPMENT TO BE REMOVED BY OTHERS.
KNOCKOUT PLUGS AND COVERS: ALL CONDUIT REMOVED SHALL BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY,
INCLUDING FITTINGS, MOUNTING DEVICES, MOUNTING HARDWARE, ETC. PROVIDE CONDUIT PLUGS
AND BLANKS FOR ALL OPENINGS CREATED BY THE REMOVAL OF CONDUIT. PROVIDE BLANK
COVER PLATES FOR ALL OPENED OUTLET BOXES CREATED BY THE REMOVAL OF EQUIPMENT
AND/OR DEVICES
DEMOLISHED MATERIALS: ALL MATERIALS REMOVED UNDER DEMOLITION, NOT TO BE RELOCATED
OR DESIGNATED TO BE TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER, SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE
CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE REMOVED COMPLETELY FROM THE SITE.
SCHEDULE OUTAGES: ALL WORK AND ALL POWER OUTAGES IN THE EXISTING BUILDING SHALL BE
SCHEDULED AT TIMES SCHEDULED WITH THE CONTRACTING OFFICER.
NOTIFICATION: NOTIFY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER PRIOR TO TURNING OFF ANY CIRCUITS.
STAINLESS STEEL
HEX BOLT AND
WASHER
PULL SLOT
goo
�000
.0000
SKID
RESISTANT
SURFACE
SECTIONAL
BOX WHEN
REQUIRED
COMPAI
EARTH
l
TYPE
HANDHOLE
SIZING
5
12"
X 12"
X
24"
DEEP
6
12"
X 18"
X
24"
DEEP
7
12"
X 24"
X
24"
DEEP
8
24"
X 36"
X
24"
DEEP
9
30"
X 48"
X
24"
DEEP
VI\VJI ILV I\Vl..f\
HANDHOLE REQUIREMENTS
1. HOUSING SHALL BE A POLYMER CONCRETE REINFORCED WITH A HEAVY WEAVE FIBERGLASS
REINFORCING WITH COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF NO LESS THAN 10,000 PSI.
2. COVER AND BOX SHALL WITHSTAND A SERVICE LOAD OF NO LESS THAN 15,000 LBS OVER A
10" x 10" AREA.
3. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS AND INSERTS.
4. PROVIDE WITH (2) 2 1 /2" MOUSEHOLES.
5. PROVIDE LABEL "ELECTRICAL" FOR POWER HANDHOLES OR "TELEPHONE" FOR TELEPHONE
HANDHOLES, OR AS INDICATED.
6"
STANDARD ELECTRICAL HANDHOLE (NONTRAFFIC)
(COMPOSITE/FIBERGLASS) TYPES 5, 6, 7, 8 & 9
SKETCH DATE JUNE 2002 STYLE U G - 6
GENERAL: UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE, ALL WORK
SHOWN ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS IS NEW WORK TO BE PROVIDED
UNDER THIS CONTRACT.
COORDINATION: COORDINATE AND COOPERATE WITH ALL TRADES ON THE
PROJECT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ALL CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
INCLUDING CIVIL, STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND ADJUST ACCORDINGLY AS DIRECTED
BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER.
AS -BUILT DRAWINGS: SECURE AN EXTRA SET OF ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
TO BE KEPT ON SITE AND MARK, DAILY, THE DRAWINGS IN RED AS THE
PROJECT PROGRESSES IN ORDER TO KEEP AN ACCURATE RECORD OF
ALL DEVIATIONS BETWEEN THE WORK SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND
THE WORK WHICH IS ACTUALLY INSTALLED. THESE MARKED DRAWINGS
SHALL REFLECT ANY AND ALL CHANGES AND REVISIONS TO THE
ORIGINAL DESIGN WHICH EXISTS IN THE COMPLETED WORK. DELIVER THE
MARKED DRAWINGS TO THE ENGINEER AT PROJECT CLOSE-OUT.
TESTS: TEST ALL WIRING FOR CONTINUITY AND GROUNDS BEFORE
CONNECTING ANY FIXTURES OR DEVICES. PERFORM INSULATION
RESISTANCE TESTS ON ALL WIRING #6 OR LARGER TO ENSURE THAT ALL
PORTIONS ARE FREE FROM SHORT-CIRCUITS AND GROUNDS.
INSPECTIONS: ARRANGE ALL NECESSARY INSPECTIONS. DELIVER ALL
REQUIRED INSPECTION CERTIFICATES TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER.
ELECTRICAL SERVICE: PROVIDE THE ELECTRICAL SERVICE. COMMUNICATE
WITH THE CONTRACTING OFFICER, VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS, AND
COORDINATE ALL EFFORTS.
GROUNDING: PROVIDE GROUNDING IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC FOR
THE ENTIRE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INCLUDING EQUIPMENT FRAMES
CONDUITS, SWITCHES, CONTROLLERS, WIRE -WAYS, NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS,
AND OTHER EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE A GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN ALL
POWER CONDUITS.
LABELS: PROVIDE LABELS FOR ALL PANELBOARDS, CABINETS, SAFETY
SWITCHES, MOTOR -DISCONNECT SWITCHES, AND MOTOR CONTROLLERS.
LABELS SHALL BE MACHINE ENGRAVED, LAMINATED PLASTIC,
PERMANENTLY ATTACHED WITH SELF -TAPPING SCREWS OR RIVETS. DO
NOT USE SELF-ADHESIVE LABELS. LABEL SHALL INDICATE EQUIPMENT
DESIGNATION AND ASSOCIATED PANEL AND CIRCUIT THAT SERVES IT.
PANEL DIRECTORY: PROVIDE TYPEWRITTEN PANELBOARD DIRECTORY CARD
IN EACH PANELBOARD WITH CIRCUIT LOAD INFORMATION AND ROOM
NUMBER CLEARLY IDENTIFIED. USE ACTUAL ROOM NUMBERS IN THE
BUILDING, NOT THE ROOM NUMBERS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT
DRAWINGS, AS THEY ARE OFTEN DIFFERENT.
CONDUCTORS AND MATCHING LUGS: IN SITUATIONS WHERE CONDUCTOR
SIZES AND/OR QUANTITIES OF PARALLEL SETS HAVE BEEN INCREASED
DUE TO VOLTAGE DROP OR FOR OTHER REASONS, CONTRACTOR SHALL
PROVIDE THE APPROPRIATE LUG SIZES/QUANTITIES WITHIN THE
EQUIPMENT CONNECTED (PANELBOARD, DISCONNECT SWITCH, TRANSFER
SWITCH ETC.) TO PERMIT SATISFACTORY CONNECTION OF THE INDICATED
CONDUCTORS. WHERE SUFFICIENT LUG SIZES AND/OR QUANTITIES
CANNOT BE PROVIDED TO ACCOMMODATE THE CONDUCTORS INDICATED,
THEN PROVIDE REDUCING ADAPTERS, PIN TERMINALS, OR A JUNCTION
BOX TO SPLICE LARGER CONDUCTORS TO APPROPRIATELY SIZED
SMALLER CONDUCTORS TO FIT INTO THE LUGS PROVIDED. ALL
CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC.
MOTOR COORDINATION: MOTORS, MOTOR STARTERS, CONTROLLERS,
INTEGRAL DISCONNECT SWITCHES, AND CONTACTORS SHALL BE PROVIDED
WITH THEIR RESPECTIVE PIECES OF EQUIPMENT BY THE EQUIPMENT
SUPPLIER. COMMUNICATE WITH THE TRADES PROVIDING THE EQUIPMENT,
VERIFYING ALL REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
REQUIRED THEREIN, AND INSTALL MOTOR STARTERS.
MOTOR DISCONNECTS: ALL MOTORS SHALL HAVE DISCONNECTING MEANS.
MOTOR CONTROLLERS: ALL 3-PHASE MOTORS SHALL HAVE MAGNETIC
MOTOR CONTROLLERS WITH SOLID STATE OVERLOAD RELAY PROTECTION.
THE SOLID STATE OVERLOAD RELAY SHALL HAVE PHASE LOSS AND
PHASE OVERCURRENT PROTECTION WITH AUTOMATIC RESET UPON RETURN
OF NORMAL POWER.
MOTOR FUSE PROTECTION: WHERE FUSE PROTECTION IS SPECIFICALLY
REQUIRED BY THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER, PROVIDE FUSED SWITCHES
IN LIEU OF NON -FUSED SWITCHES OR IN LIEU OF ENCLOSED CIRCUIT
BREAKERS, OR OTHER DEVICES INDICATED.
CONNECTION DETAILS: SECURE APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING
WIRING DIAGRAMS, ROUGH -IN AND HOOK UP DETAILS FROM OTHER
INVOLVED CONTRACTORS FOR EQUIPMENT WHICH MUST BE CONNECTED
ELECTRICALLY.
® LIGHTING FIXTURE
5 SINGLE POLE SWITCH, 20A, 120/277V, 46" AFF UON
THE FOLLOWING SUBSCRIPTS SHALL APPLY TO DEVICES WHERE USED:
• GFI: GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTING TYPE RECEPTACLE
• WP: WEATHER RESISTANT GFI RECEPTACLE WITH WEATHERPROOF WHILE -IN -USE
COVER.
DUPLEX CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLE 20A, 120V, 18" AFF, UON
icy
MOTOR CONNECTION
❑J
SAFETY SWITCH, 60A-3P, FU @ 30A, 3R
®'
COMBINATION DISCONNECT SWITCH & STARTER
SPD
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICE
®
ELECTRICAL PANELBOARD
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT RUN IN CONDUIT AND CIRCUIT HOMERUN TO
AND
PANELBOARD (PANEL AND CIRCUIT DESIGNATION AS INDICATED). AS A
MINIMUM CONDITION, EACH SINGLE PHASE CIRCUIT SHALL HAVE 1 #12
PHASE CONDUCTOR, 1 #12 NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR AND 1 #12 GROUNDING
CONDUCTOR IN 1 /2" CONDUIT. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL PHASE CONDUCTORS
AS REQUIRED FOR "MULTIPLE PHASED" ELECTRICAL LOADS. PROVIDE
NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR TO ALL WALL SWITCH OUTLET BOXES WHETHER
REQUIRED OR NOT. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL "SWITCH LEG" CONDUCTORS TO
PROVIDE THE LIGHT FIXTURE CONTROL INDICATED. MULTIPLE SINGLE PHASE
CONDUCTORS MAY BE GROUPED TOGETHER IN A COMMON CONDUIT IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC AND AT THE CONTRACTOR'S DISCRETION.
GROUNDING CONDUCTORS MAY BE SHARED AS ALLOWED BY THE NEC.
NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS SHALL NOT BE SHARED. MULTI -POLE BREAKERS
SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NEC WHERE MULTI -WIRE
BRANCH CIRCUITS ARE REQUIRED. CONDUIT LARGER THAN 1 /2" AND
CONDUCTORS LARGER THAN #12 SHALL BE AS INDICATED.
pg
PULL BOX DIRECT BURIED, TOP FLUSH WITH GRADE, UG-6, TYPE 6 WITH
"ELECTRIC" OR "COMM" IN TOP AS APPLICABLE
GENERAL
DETAIL OR SECTION NOTATION
ENUMERATION:
q_r
SHEET WHERE SECTION IS CUT
�1 NEW WORK NOTE SYMBOL
Ol DEMOLITION NOTE SYMBOL
LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
FIXTURE
SYMBOL
STYLE NO. & TYPE
NUMBER AND TYPE
OF LAMPS
VOLTAGE
MOUNTING
NOTES
®
NIL-11, 1X4
LED
UNIVERSAL
SURFACE CEILING
01
Di LUMEN OUTPUT SHALL BE 4,000, NO DIMMING REQUIRED.
A
AMPERE
AFG
ABOVE FINISHED GRADE
AIC
AMPERE INTERRUPTING CAPACITY
BFG
BELOW FINISHED GRADE
C
CONDUIT
CKT
CIRCUIT
CB
CIRCUIT BREAKER
ECB
ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKER
ETR
EXISTING TO REMAIN
EXIST
EXISTING
FLA
FULL LOAD AMPS
GFI
GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER
GND
GROUND
HP
HORSE POWER/HEAT PUMP
KAIC
THOUSAND AMPERE
INTERRUPTING CAPACITY
MCA
MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPS
MCB
MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER
MTD
MOUNTED
NEC
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE
NF
NON -FUSED
NTS
NOT TO SCALE
P
POLE
PCP
PUMP CONTROL PANEL
PNL
PANEL
PNLBD
PANELBOARD
0
PHASE
RECEPT
RECEPTACLE
REQ'D
REQUIRED
SPD
SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE
SS
STAINLESS STEEL
TYP
TYPICAL
UON
UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
V
VOLT
W
WATTS/WIRE
WP
WEATHERPROOF
LUMINAIRE REQUIREMENTS:
1. HOUSING - FIBERGLASS OR FIBERGLASS -REINFORCED POLYESTER OUTER HOUSING, WITH
ALUMINUM COMPONENT TRAY AND HEAT SINK. OPTIONAL LENGTHS OF 4FT OR 8FT.
2. LENS - IMPACT -RESISTANT ACRYLIC OR OPTIONAL POLYCARBONATE, WITH CONTINUOUS
CLOSED -CELL POLYURETHANE GASKET, SECURED WITH STAINLESS STEEL OR POLYCARBONATE
LATCHES.
3. LIGHT SOURCE - SOLID STATE LEDS WITH MINIMUM 50K HOURS RATED LIFE AT L70, 3500K
CCT UON, MINIMUM 80 CRI, MAXIMUM 4-STEP MCADAM ELLIPSE BINNING TOLERANCE FOR
COLOR CONSISTENCY, AND MINIMUM EFFICACY OF 100 LUMENS/WATT. INITIAL LUMEN OUTPUT
AS INDICATED IN LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE.
4. DRIVER - REPLACEABLE, INTEGRAL, HIGH -EFFICIENCY DRIVER WITH MINIMUM 0.9 PF, OPERATING
VOLTAGE OF 120-277V, THERMAL MANAGEMENT, < 20% TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION.
ON -OFF CONTROL, STEP -DIMMABLE OR FULLY DIMMABLE AS INDICATED.
5. CERTIFICATION - UL 1598, WET LOCATION (IP65, IP66, IP67), DLC QUALIFIED, AND ROHS
COMPLIANT. COMPLIES WITH LM79, LM80 AND TM21 TESTING STANDARDS. UL 924 WHEN
EQUIPPED WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY BACK-UP.
6. MOUNTING - SURFACE -MOUNTED OR SUSPENDED FROM CEILING.
7. OPTIONS - POWER CORD, INTEGRAL MOTION SENSOR, EMERGENCY BACK-UP.
8. THIS SKETCH IS A NON-PROPRIETARY GRAPHIC REPRESENTATION OF A LUMINAIRE THAT MAY
MEET THE SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENTS. IT IS NOT INTENDED TO INDICATE A CERTAIN
MANUFACTURER OR PREFERENCE.
LED ENCLOSED AND GASKETED
REVISED: APRIL 2016 LIGHTING PLATE: N L-1 1
Q
0
2
� �NLTH OF P,�
0
o�r
JAMES E. BARKLEY, JR. v 4
Lic. No. 043854
�0 OB101/2019 w�
IONAL 5 �
SEAL
\ : 1
CONSULTING STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS
748 LORD DUNMORE DRIVE, SUITE 101
VIRGINIA BEACH, VIRGINIA, 23464
PHONE: [phone] FAX: [phone]
A/E INFO
APPROVED
' FOR COMMANDER NAVFAC '
ACTIVITY
SATISFACTORY TO DATE
DES SAJ
DRW SAJ
CHK ETA
PM/DM
BRANCH MANAGER
CHIEF ENG/ARCH
FIRE PROTECTION
Q
z
�
J
�Of
oI.<
O
U Z
0
i
Z z
=
Z
O
Q o
�o
g
z
U
Er
t=
z ~
0o
o
Q
Q
Q
Z
J
z
O
O
0
z
w
CO
O
(.D
2-7
J
z
cn
r
w
O
CD
z
z
O
Q rl
J
U)
W
(j w
U
F-
a
U
rl
w
J
U-
0
W
Q
O
zNw
w
�z
Z
5a
w
SCALE:
EPROJECT NO.: —
MAXIMO WORK ORDER NO.
6895127
NAVFAC DRAWING NO.
12798168
COLLABORATISHEET 11 OF 13
VE
MECHANICAL ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS O 0
WWW. PACE -ENGINEERING. CO
5 DRAWFORM REVISION: 10 MARCH 2O09
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
C
n
ry
O
L�
0
L�J
U5
cn
z

ry
0
0
w
LL-
Vn
U)
g
U
Z
r
,, r) 7 A UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

ry
0
0
w
L-
V)
cn
U
Z
I
,, r) 7 A UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
UNCLASSIFIED//FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
1
ry
0
0
w
V)
cn
U
Z